The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About400 S Baldwin Ave - 2023 - Levi's (Rev 1)PROJECT MANAGAER MARIE SCHLENDER (602) 577-4346 ARCHITECTURAL MBH ARCHITECTS 960 ATLANTIC AVE ALAMEDA, CA FREDDY QUINTANA freddyq@mbharch.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD PROJECT DESIGNER CAROLINE TRAN LEVI STRAUSS & CO 1155 BATTERY ST. SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94111 (415) 501-1039 ctran@levi.com MEP THORSON BAKER & ASSOCIATES 3030 W. STREETSBORO ROAD RICHFIELD, OH 44286 JOHNATHAN SAIGE (234) 400-0178 jsaige@thorsonbaker.com TENANT COORDINATOR JENNIFER CUMMINGS jennifer.cummings@urw.com STRUCTURAL THORSON BAKER & ASSOCIATES 3030 W. STREETSBORO ROAD RICHFIELD, OH 44286 PATRICIA FELLENSTEIN (330) 523.9294 pfellenstein@thorsonbaker.com LIGHTING TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD BUILDING DEPARTMENT ARCADIA BUILDING DEPARTMENT 240 HUNTINGTON DR ARCADIA, CA 91007 626-574-5416 PLANNING/ZONING DEPARTMENT ARCADIA ZONING DEPARTMENT 240 HUNTINGTON DR ARCADIA, CA 91007 626-574-5416 FIRE DEPARTMENT ARCADIA FIRE DEPARTMENT 710 S. SANTA ANITA AVE. ARCADIA, CA 91006 626-574-5131 APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES: BUILDING CLASSIFICATION: BUILDING CODE ELECTRICAL CODE MECHANICAL CODE PLUMBING CODE ENERGY CODE GREEN BUILDING CODE FIRE SAFETY CODE ACCESSIBILITY CODE 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CBC) 2019 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) 2019 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) 2019 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) 2019 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE 2019 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STD CODE (CGBSC) 2019 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE CALIFORNIA DISABILITY CODE CONSTRUCTION TYPE BUILDING USE GROUP PROPOSED OCCUPANCY SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY TYPE II-B, FULLY SPRINKLERED M M-MERCANTILE N/A THIS PROJECT IS AN INTERIOR TENANT FIT-OUT WITHIN AN EXISTING SHOPPING CENTER. WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, CONSTRUCTION OF STOREFRONT, INTERIOR WALLS/PARTITIONS, WALL FIXTURES, STORAGE RACKS, LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING. NUMBER OF FLOORS: 1 FLOORS OF PROPOSED RENOVATION: 1 HISTORIC/ARCHITECTURALLY SIGNIFICANT BUILDING? NO EXTERIOR STOREFRONT RENOVATION YES PROPOSED STRUCTURAL ALTERATIONS NO ENERGY CALCULATIONS ATTACHED NO TOILET FACILITIES PROVIDED YES AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM YES FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS YES STORAGE RACKS YES LEVI'S SPACE # 6ANI-01 A ACCES ACCESSORY ACOUS ACOUSTIC(AL) AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AL ALUMINUM ALT ALTERNATE ANNUNC ANNUNCIATOR ANOD ANODIZED AOR ARCHITECT OF RECORD APPL APPLIANCE ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL) AUTO AUTOMATIC AVG AVERAGE &AND B BLDG BUILDING BD BOARD BLKG BLOCKING B.O.BOTTOM OF BU BUILT UP C CAB CABINET CPT CARPET CEM CEMENTITIOUS CER CERAMIC CLG CEILING C.O.CENTER OF COILG COILING CONC CONCRETE CONSTR CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS CONTR CONTRACTOR COV COVER CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT D DBL DOUBLE DEPT DEPARTMENT DESIGN DET DETAIL DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIA DIAMETER DIFF DIFFUSER DIM DIMENSION DISP DISPENSER DIV DIVISION DN DOWN $DOLLAR (US CURRENCY) DR DOOR DSCON DISCONNECT DWR DRAWER E ELAST ELASTOMERIC ELEC ELECTRICAL EMBED EMBEDD(ED)(ING) ENGR ENGINEER(ED) EQ EQUAL EQUIP EQUIPMENT EXIST EXISTING EXP JT EXPANSION JOINT EXPS EXPOSE(D) EXT EXTERIOR F FAB FABRICATION FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FD FLOOR DRAIN FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FE&C FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FIN FINISH FLDG FOLDING F.O.FINISHED OPENING FR FIRE RAT(ING)(ED) / FITTING ROOM FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FRMG FRAMING FXD FIXED FXTR FIXTURE FLR FLOOR(ING) FURN FURNITURE FWC FABRIC WALL COVERING G GA GAUGE GFRC GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GFRG GLASS FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM GFRP GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTER GL GLASS GR GRAD(E)(ING) GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD G.C.GENERAL CONTRACTOR H HD HEAD HDWD HARDWOOD HDWR HARDWARE HM HOLLOW METAL HORIZ HORIZONTAL HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING I INFO INFORMATION INSTRUM INSTRUMENT(ATION) INSUL INSULATION INTLK INTERLOCK(ING) INT INTERIOR INFLTR INFILTRATION L LAV LAVATORY LB POUND LL LANDLORD OR LEASE LINE LSC LEVI STAUSS & CO. LT LIGHT LVLG LEVELING LVR LOUVER M MAX MAXIMUM MFD MANUFACTURED MFR MANUFACTURER MECH MECHANICAL MET METAL MEMB MEMBRANE MEZZ MEZZANINE MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MLWK MILLWORK MO MASONRY OPENING MOIST MOISTURE MOT MOTOR(IZED) MTD MOUNTED MTL METAL N NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NUMBER NTA NOTE TO ARCHITECT NTS NOT TO SCALE O OPP OPPOSITE P PTN PARTITION PEDTR PEDESTRIAN PBD PARTICLE BOARD PNL PANEL PORT PORTABLE PREFIN PREFINISHED PREFAB PREFABRICATED PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLAS PLASTER PLSTC PLASTIC PLYWD PLYWOOD PM PROJECT MANAGER PRTECN PROTECTION R RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RDR READER RECES RECESSED RECPT RECEPTACLE REF REFER(ENCE) REFL REFLECTED REFR REFRIGERATOR REQD REQUIRED RESIS RESIST(ANT)(IVE) REINF REINFORCE(D)(ING)(MENT) RESL RESILIENT RFG ROOFING RM ROOM RO ROUGH OPENING S SCR SCRIBE SECUR SECURITY SF SQUARE FEET SGL SINGLE SIM SIMILAR SST STAINLESS STEEL STD STANDARD STL STEEL STRUCT STRUCTURAL SURF SURFACE SUSP SUSPENDED SYS SYSTEM(S) T THK THICK TLT TOILET TO TOP OF TRAF TRAFFIC TRANS TRANSPARENT TRTD TREATED TYP TYPICAL U UNDRLY UNDERLAYMENT UTL UTILITY UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED V VEH VEHICLE VERT VERTICAL VIF VERIFY IN FIELD W W/WITH WC WATER CLOSET WD WOOD WDW WINDOW W/O WITH OUT WT WEIGHT WTRPRF WATERPROOFING NORTH ARROW ALIGN ALIGN SURFACE SYMBOL X#.#x 0 COLUMN GRID LEASE LINE ROOM NAME XXX DOOR TAG PARTITION TYPE FIXTURE TAG START POINT A101 1 SIM A2.22 1 x A101--------------------------- SHEET NOTE ELEVATION HEIGHT CALLOUT DETAIL TAG SECTION TAG ELEVATION TAG SECTION DETAIL TAG CENTERLINE 1 REVISION TAG DIMENSION STRING X' - X" A101 X Ref X Re f X Ref X Re f TRIM FINISH WALL FINISH BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH MATERIAL / FINISH ROOM NUMBER <XXXX> <000> TRIM WALL BASE FL <MODEL #> x A101 SIM --------------------------- X X Name [FT] AFF CEILING FINISHCLG A. LANDLORD REVIEW IS FOR DESIGN INTENT AND COMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD’S CRITERIA ONLY. APPROVAL BY LANDLORD OR LANDLORD’S AGENT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE OR IMPLY A REPRESENTATION OR CERTIFICATION BY LANDLORD THAT THESE DRAWINGS OR TENANT’S WORK IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY REQUIREMENTS, OR ANY LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, BUILDING CODES, OR ORDINANCES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT, AND FIRE LIFE SAFETY. FURTHERMORE, LANDLORD ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ENGINEERING OR SAFETY OF TENANT'S DESIGN, NOR IS LANDLORD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY COORDINATION BETWEEN OTHER TRADES AND JOB CONDITIONS AFFECTED BY TENANT'S WORK. B. LANDLORD DELIVERS THE PREMISES IN AS-IS CONDITIONS. TENANT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FIELD VERIFICATION AND MUST DESIGN AND BUILD TO THOSE SPECIFICATIONS. C. TENANT’S ARCHITECT TO SUBMIT TO CITY FOR PERMIT APPROVAL, ALL PLANS MUST COMPLY WITH LOCAL AND STATE JURISDICTIONS. D. TENANT’S GC AND ARCHITECT TO FOLLOW RULES AND REGULATIONS AND WESTFIELD DESIGN CRITERIA E. ANY CHANGES OF STORE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION AFTER PLAN APPROVAL MUST BE FORMALLY ADDRESSED WITH WESTFIELD AND THE CITY. F. TENANT SHALL ENSURE THAT ENTIRE STOREFRONT IS BEHIND THE LEASE LINE. COORDINATE FIELD CONDITIONS WITH WESTFIELD ON-SITE TC/FM. G. ANY CHANGES TO STORE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS ARE THE FULL RESPONSIBILITY AND SOLE COST TO THE TENANT. H. TENANT’S GC MUST COORDINATE ANY WORK OUTSIDE LEASE LINE WITH WESTFIELD TC. I. ANY USE OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR OTHERS TO BE BROUGHT UP TO CODE. TENANT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REQUIRED UPGRADES. J. ANY IMPORTED ITEMS MUST COMPLY WITH US LOCAL STANDARD WITHOUT IMPACTING THE SCHEDULE. K. TENANT'S BARRICADE NEEDS TO BE SET UP BEFORE CONSTRUCTION START WITH MALL REQUIRED VENDOR. PLEASE TO ENSURE TO HAVE THE VENDOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE MALL MANAGEMENT FOR PROPER MALL COMMON AREA CLEARANCE. GRAPHIC NEEDS TO BE APPROVED BY MALL MARKETING DIRECTOR. L. CONTRACTOR MUST CONTACT FACILITY MANAGER FOR A SET OF RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR EACH CENTER. A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING MUST BE HELD WITH FACILITY MANAGER PRIOR TO STARTING ANY CONSTRUCTION WITH AN APPROVED SET OF PLANS FROM THE CITY. M. GC MUST SCAN OR X-RAY THE SLAB PRIOR TO ANY TRENCH OR CORING. PLEASE CHECK WITH THE MALL FM AND SEND N. REPORT TO FM/TC FOR REVIEW BEFORE ANY WORK. O. ANY MALL TILE TO BE PURCHASED FROM MALL FACILITY MANAGER P. TENANT MUST SURVEY THE SPACE BEFORE ANY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION. Q. GC TO USE MALL REQUIRED VENDORS (BARRICADE, FS, FA, ROOFING...ETC.) IF APPLIED. CONTACTS ON MALL CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. R. WE DELIVER THE SPACE AS IS PENDING TENANT'S POWER AND WATER USAGE. ANY UPGRADE NEEDED PER CODE OR DESIGN WILL BE AT TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY. S. NO STURDOR VENT IS ALLOWED. T. CRANE LIFT NEEDS TO BE APPROVED BY WF RISK MANAGEMENT. IT WILL TAKE ABOUT 2-4 WEEKS FOR REVIEW. GC MUST VIF AND SEND THE RISK MANAGEMENT PACKAGE AT THE BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION. U. TENANT MUST PROVIDE PROPER TENANT SPACE MAIN GAS AND/OR WATER CONTROL VALVE PER CODE AT THE MALL COMMON AREA OR THROUGH ACCESS PANEL AND WITH MALL NAME TAG FOR WAY FINDING. TYP. V. ANY TENANT’S POWER IS ON MALL HOUSE METER MUST HAVE FUNCTIONAL SUB-METER FOR MALL MONTHLY READING. GC TO VIF AND INSTALL ONE TO MATCH THE EXISTING ONE IN THE MALL AS NEEDED IN YOUR SPACE AND COORDINATE WITH THE MALL FM FURTHER AS NEEDED. W. IF IS ON EDISON METER, TENANT MUST TRANSFER ACCOUNT TO THEIR NAME, AND COORDINATE WITH MALL FM FOR TEMP POWER AS NEEDED. X. NO ITEMS OF SIGNIFICANT WEIGHT TO BE SUPPORTED BY DECK. INCLUDING CEILING FRAMING, HVAC AND IT’S TO SPAN FROM STEEL TO STEEL. TENANT TO CHECK WITH THE CITY ON ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. Y. GC MUST PROVIDE LABELS (SPACE NAME + WF SPACE # + MAILING ADDRESS #) TO BACK DOOR, POWER BREAKER/METER AT MALL ELECTRICAL ROOM, ANY ROOF UNITS, SPACE WATER SHUT OFF VALVE...ETC. Z. GC TO HIRE MALL REQUIRED FS/FA VENDORS FOR DESIGN/PERMIT AND INSTALLATION PER YOUR DESIGN. AA. ALL COLOR AND MATERIAL SELECTIONS MUST MEET ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT FACTORS. BB. SUBMIT COLOR AND MATERIAL SAMPLE BOARD FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR THE FORWARD SELLING AREAS AND STOREFRONT. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT STOREFRONT SAMPLES BE PART OF THIS SUBMITTAL. CC. ANY EXISTING SYSTEM WITHIN TENANT'S SPACE THAT WILL BE REUSED MUST BE RECONDITIONED TO CURRENT LL'S STANDARDS AND BUILDING CODE AT TENANTS EXPENSE. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENS E D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A0.1.0 COVER SHEET WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 <XXXX.XX> 03/24/22 <XXXX.XX> INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ <XXXXXX> 6A N I -01 WESTFIELD SANTA ANITA 6ANI-01 SPACE E16, 2ND LEVEL 400 S BALDWIN AVE ARCADIA, CA 91007 NO SHEET DD S E T CD S E T PE R M I T CD SET A0.1.0 COVER SHEET ● ● ● A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX, REQ'D SUBMITTALS & NOTES ● ● A0.2.1 SITE PLAN ● ● A0.2.2 MALL MAP ● ● A0.4.0 ADA COMPLIANCE AND STANDARD (CALIF)● ● A0.6.0 LIFE SAFETY, ACCESSIBILITY & EGRESS PLAN ● ● ● A0.7.0 DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE ● ● A0.8.0 FINISH SCHEDULE ● ● A0.9.0 FIXTURE, ACCESSORY & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ● ● A1.1.1 LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN ● ● A2.1.0 DEMOLITION / TRENCHING PLAN ● ● ● A2.1.1 DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN ● ● ● A2.1.2 BARRICADE PLAN, ELEVATION & SECTION ● ● ● A2.2.1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN ● ● ● A2.2.2 POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN ● ● A2.2.3 FINISH PLAN ● ● ● A2.2.4 FIXTURE PLAN ● ● ● A3.1.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ● ● ● A4.1.1 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLANS & ELEVATION ● ● ● A4.1.2 STOREFRONT SECTIONS ● ● ● A4.1.3 STOREFRONT DETAILS ● ● A5.1.1 SALES AREA - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ● ● ● A6.2.1 FITTING ROOMS - ENLARGED PLAN & AXONOMETRIC ● ● A6.2.2 FITTING ROOMS - STYLE LOUNGE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ● ● A6.2.3 FITTING ROOMS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ● ● ● A6.2.4 FITTING ROOM - DETAILS ● ● A6.5.1 CASHWRAP - ENLARGED PLAN & AXONOMETRIC ● ● A6.6.1 BOH - ENLARGED PLAN ● ● ● A6.6.2 BOH - ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN & ELEVATIONS ● ● ● A6.6.4 BOH - DETAILS ● ● A7.1.1 PARTITION TYPES ● ● A7.1.2 PARTITION DETAILS ● ● A7.1.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - BLOCKING ● ● A7.1.4 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - CEILING ● ● A7.1.6 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - FLOOR ● ● A7.2.1 SIGNAGE DETAILS ● ● A9.0.0 SPECIFICATIONS ● ● A9.0.1 SPECIFICATIONS ● ● A9.0.2 SPECIFICATIONS ● ● A9.0.3 SPECIFICATIONS ● ● A9.0.4 SPECIFICATIONS ● ● ELECTRICAL E01.01 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN ● ● E02.01 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN ● ● E03.01 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & LEGENDS ● ● E03.02 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND ONE LINE DIAGRAM ● ● E03.03 ELECTRICAL DETAIL ● ● E03.04 ELECTRICAL DETAIL ● E04.01 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ● ● ENERGY EN01.01 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS ● EN01.02 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS ● EN01.03 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS ● EN01.04 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS ● EN01.05 MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORM ● EN01.06 PLUMBING COMPLIANCE FORM ● FIRE PROTECTION FA01.01 FIRE ALARM PLAN ● ● FP01.01 FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER PLAN ● ● MECHANICAL M01.01 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN ● ● M02.01 MECHANICAL DETAIL AND SCHEDULES ● ● MP03.01 MECHANICAL, PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS ● ● MP03.02 MECHANICAL, PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS ● ● PLUMBING P01.01 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN ● ● P02.01 PLUMBING DETAILS & SCHEDULES ● ● TECHNOLOGY T01.01 TECHNOLOGY PLAN ● T02.01 TECHNOLOGY DETAILS ● T03.01 TECHNOLOGY SPECIFICATIONS ● T03.02 TECHNOLOGY SPECIFICATIONS ● STRUCTURAL (TBA) S01.01 GENERAL NOTES ● S02.01 EXISTING ROOF FRAMING PLAN ● S03.01 STRUCTURAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS & SECTIONS ● STRUCTURAL (RLG) S-0.1 GENERAL NOTES & SPECIAL INSPECTIONS ● S-1.0 FOUNDATION PLAN ● S-1.1 FRAMING PLAN ● S-2.0 DETAILS ● S-2.1 DETAILS ● STRUCTURAL (ECLIPSE) SHEET 1 SHEET 1 - SHELVING DETAILS ● DRAWING INDEX PROJECT TEAM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION CODE DATA SUMMARY SCOPE OF WORK AREA NAME AREA % SALES GROSS AREA 1622 SF 58% BACK OF HOUSE 690 SF 25% FITTING ROOM & ALCOVE AREA 410 SF 15% TAILOR SHOP 63 SF 2% GROSS LEASED AREA 2786 SF MAX TRAVEL DISTANCE 250'-0" 111'-9" EGRESS WIDTH 44" 44" NUMBER OF EXITS 2 2 REQUIRED PROVIDED MOP SINK 1 1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 1 WATER CLOSET 1 1 LAVATORY 1 1 REQUIRED PROVIDED OCCUPANCY TYPE AREA OCCUPANCY LOAD FACTOR NO. OF OCCUPANTS (M) MERCANTILE 2096 SF 60 SF 35 (S) STORAGE 690 SF 300 SF 2 TOTAL NO. OCCUPANTS 2786 SF 37 ITEM DESIGNED AND/OR DESIGNATED BY SUBMITTAL REVIEWED BY SIGNAGE VENDOR LSC / LL FIRE SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR AOR / MEP / GC FIRE ALARM SUBCONTRACTOR AOR / MEP / GC DEFFERRED SUBMITTALS KEY PLAN VICINITY MAP AREA CALCULATION OCCUPANCY CALCULATION PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS EXIT CAPACITY ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS LEGEND LL GENERAL NOTES 2 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 4 02/06/2023 RCP UPDATE 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 LEGEND: LSC:LEVI & CO. STORE DESIGNER AOR:ARCHITECT OF RECORD GC: GENERAL CONTRACTOR LL: LANDLORD EXIST:EXISTING EOR:ENGINEER OF RECORD SE:STRUCTURAL ENGINEER MEP: MEP ENGINEER STRU:STRUCTURAL MECH:MECHANICAL PLUM:PLUMBING LC:LIGHTING CONSULTANT A. SUPPLY: SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT, FREIGHT ON BOARD TRUCK UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED IN GREATER DETAIL. B. INSTALL: DESCRIBES OPERATIONS AT PROJECT. FROM INSPECTION AND UNLOADING TO COMPLETION IN PLACE, READY FOR INTENDED USE. C. UNLESS EXPLICITLY STATED ON RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE OR OTHERWISE INDICATED ON CD DRAWINGS, ALL WORK INDICATED IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GC. D. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR UNLOADING OWNER FURNISHED CONSTRUCTION ITEMS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1. ALL REQUIRED PERMITS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE REQUIRED GOVERNING AGENCIES BEFORE BUILDINGS ARE OCCUPIED. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AND OBTAIN ALL INSPECTIONS AND LICENSES AND PAY REQUIRED FEES. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INVESTIGATE LOCAL CODES AND PROCEDURES. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND MALL REQUIREMENTS. G.C. TO RECONFIRM AT TIME OF BID ANY AND ALL MALL REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO THE SCOPE OF WORK. 4. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DRAWINGS. 5. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE PROJECT MANAGER'S ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. WHEN CHANGES ARE REQUIRED, DUE TO ANY REASON, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY AND PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY OF THE WORK IN THIS AREA. CHANGES THAT ALTER THE CONTRACT AMOUNT MUST HAVE THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH WORK. 6. G.C. SHALL INSPECT SITE & VERIFY FIELD DIMENSIONS BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER IMMEDIATELY IF THERE ARE ANY SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES. 7. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON PLANS ARE TO FACE OF EXTERIOR MASONRY, CONCRETE COLUMN OR GRID LINES AND FACE OF GYP. BD. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DETAILED. 8. GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, METAL TRIM AND OTHER ACCESSORIES SHALL COME FACTORY FINISHED. IF THEY COME OTHERWISE, G.C. TO VERIFY FINISH WITH PROJECT MANAGER. 9. G.C. SHALL, IN THE WORK OF ALL TRADES, PERFORM ANY AND ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, REPAIRING, RESTORING AND THE LIKE NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND TO RESTORE ANY DAMAGED OR AFFECTED SURFACES RESULTING FROM THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. ALL ROOF PATCHING AND REPAIRS SHALL RETURN AREA TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION & SHALL BE WATER TIGHT. 10. G.C. SHALL MAINTAIN ALL EXITS, EXIT LIGHTING, FIRE PROTECTION DEVICES/ALARMS CONFORMING WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES FOR THE ENTIRE DURATION OF THE WORK. 11. DURING ALL PHASES OF THE WORK, THE G.C. SHALL NOT DISTURB THE FUNCTIONS AND DELIVERIES OF NEIGHBORING TENANTS. 12. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WORK PERFORMED BY OTHER CONTRACTORS. DISCREPANCIES, IF ANY, SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 13. ALL SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE BID ADMINISTRATOR FOR APPROVAL DURING THE BIDDING PROCESS. 14. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE TIMELY ARRIVAL AND STORAGE OF ANY AND ALL SPECIFIED FINISH MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, LIGHT FIXTURES AND ANY OTHER SUCH MATERIAL(S) THAT THEY ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING TO BE UTILIZED ON THIS PROJECT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER & THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING WITHIN 10 DAYS OF DATE OF CONTRACT OF THOSE SPECIFIED ITEMS THAT MAY NOT BE READILY AVAILABLE. IF NOTIFICATION IS NOT RECEIVED BY THE ARCHITECT & OWNER, THE CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROPER ORDERING AND FOLLOW-UP OF SPECIFIED ITEMS AND WILL PURSUE WHATEVER MEANS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER, TO ASSURE AVAILABILITY OF ALL SPECIFIED ITEMS SO AS NOT TO CREATE A HARDSHIP ON THE OWNER & NOT DELAY PROGRESS OF THE WORK. NO EXTENSION OF TIME TO THE CONTRACT WILL BE ALLOWED. 15. G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE LOSS AND/OR DAMAGE OF ALL OWNER-SUPPLIED MATERIALS AND FIXTURES RECEIVED AND ACCEPTED AT THE SITE, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR NOT. ANY MATERIALS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 16. G.C. SHALL SUPPLY ALL MATERIALS, LABOR AND COORDINATION REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS AS DESCRIBED IN THE DOCUMENTS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT DIMENSIONS WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF DUCT OPENINGS BEFORE INSTALLATION AND VERIFY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE PROJECT MANAGER, IF ANY. 17. FOR SIZE AND LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS FOR MECHANICAL DUCT WORK, REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 18. ALL EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS, FLASHINGS, COUNTER FLASHINGS, COPING AND EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE WATERPROOF CAULKING AND SEALANTS: ALL OPEN JOINTS, PENETRATIONS AND OTHER OPENINGS IN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE SEALED, CAULKED, GASKETED, OR WEATHERSTRIPPED TO LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE AND MEET CODE REQUIREMENT. 19. G.C. SHALL LEAVE THE SITE IN A NEAT, CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION UPON THE CONCLUSION OF HIS WORK ON A DAILY BASIS. ALL WASTE, RUBBISH AND EXCESS MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE PROMPTLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL TRASH, INCLUDING OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AND TRASH GENERATED BY OWNER'S CONTRACTORS FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. 20. SAFETY: ALL CONDUCT, WORK, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST SAFETY RULES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL AUTHORITIES AND AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 21. WORK COMPLETED BY OTHERS SHALL BE PROTECTED. IF OTHER TRADES CAUSE ANY DAMAGE IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SAID TRADE TO COORDINATE REPAIRS WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST OR SCHEDULE CHANGES TO THE OWNER. 22. FOR THE PURPOSE OF BIDDING, PROPRIETARY NAMES IDENTIFYING ITEMS OF WORK ARE USED SOLELY TO DESCRIBE THE STANDARD OF THE PROJECT OR THE COLOR OF THE FINISH, UNLESS THE ITEMS OF WORK ARE EXPLICITLY NOTED AS NOT HAVING AN EQUAL. 23. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMEDY, WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER, ANY DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP. 24. THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE AN ON-SITE SUPERINTENDENT FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. 25. THE G.C. SHALL LEAVE NO GAPS AND FILL SOLID TO PIPING AND DUCTWORK TO MAINTAIN THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF DEMISING WALLS AND MAINTAIN THE MINIMUM FIRE RATING. 26. ALL PAINT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED, FURNISHED, AND INSTALLED BY G.C. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TO BE BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR OR OWNER. 27. ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS, WARRANTIES AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UPON FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 28. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WITH OWNER ON ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE OWNER. ANY POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OR DELAYS CAUSED BY THE OWNER'S SUBCONTRACTORS MUST BE DOCUMENTED IN WRITING TO THE PROJECT MANAGER BEFORE THE DELAY IS ACTUALLY INCURRED FOR IT TO BE CONSIDERED. OTHERWISE THE G.C. WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MEETING THE SCHEDULE AS OUTLINED IN THE CONTRACT. 29. THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK. ALL SUCH OPENINGS SHALL BE FRAMED AND REINFORCED. 30. THE G.C. SHALL CLEAN THE SITE OF ALL UNNECESSARY DEBRIS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION, AND SHALL KEEP THE SITE NEAT AND CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. THE G.C. SHALL CLEAN ALL DOORS, WINDOW GLASS, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALLS, CEILING AND FLOORS, AS WELL AS ALL INSTALLED ITEMS (FIXTURES & FURNITURE) BEFORE VACATING THE PREMISES AND OWNER MOVE-IN. 31. ALL EXISTING FIREPROOFING TO BE MAINTAINED. DAMAGE OR REMOVAL OF FIREPROOFING MUST BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AT NO COST TO OWNER. 32. A 44 INCH CLEAR EXIT AISLE THROUGH ROOMS TO EXIT DOORS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 33. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL WHEN SERVING A LOAD OF 50 OR MORE OCCUPANTS 34. DOORS OPENING INTO AN EXIT CORRIDOR SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING AND HAVE A MINIMUM FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF 45 MINUTES. DO NOT INSTALL HOLD OPEN KICKDOWNS @ DOORS OPENING INTO EXIT CORRIDORS. 35. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR WHERE DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE-RATED WALLS, FLOORS OR CEILING ASSEMBLIES. 36. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENED FROM EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 37. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS, IF REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. AND SHALL UTILIZE THE SERVICES OF A QUALIFED ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING COMPANY. INCLUDE THESE COSTS (IF ANY) IN BIDS AND SCHEDULE INSPECTIONS TO OCCUR DURING THE NORMAL CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS AS REQUIRED. 38. THE G.C. AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL ADHERE TO ALL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA INCLUDED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS (CD'S) UNLESS SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED BY ANY ADDENDUM OR MODIFICATIONS ISSUED PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF A CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. ADDITIONALLY, THE G.C. SHALL READ, UNDERSTAND, AND OBSERVE THE LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES AND GENERAL RULES. 39. THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK INDICATED OR INFERRED ON THESE CD'S UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED "BY OTHERS" AND/OR "NIC" ALSO, IN ADDITION TO THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS, THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING & SCHEDULING THE WORK NOTED "BY OTHERS AND/OR "NIC" 40. THE G.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL FINISHED DIMENSIONS BASED ON THE SUBCONTRACTOR'S OR VENDOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS. FIELD CONDITIONS ALTERING ANY DIMENSIONS SHOULD BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 41. THE G.C. & F.C. SHALL SUBMIT TO OWNER A MASTER CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WITHIN 1 WEEK AFTER THE PROJECT IS AWARDED. THE G.C. IS TO SUBMIT A LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS FOR THE PROJECT, INCLUDING NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE # & CONTACT INFORMATION. 42. THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE THE SHOP DRAWINGS, SPECS, CUT SHEETS AND/OR SAMPLES TO THE ARCHITECT, "CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER" (CPM), & OWNER FOR REVIEW & APPROVAL NO LATER THAN 2 WEEKS FROM "NOTICE TO PROCEED" (NTP) OWNER/VENDOR SUBMITTALS, ALL QUOTES, LAYOUTS, & SPECIFICATIONS TO BE SUBMITTED TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL NO LATER THAN 1 WEEK AFTER BID DUE DATE. 43. THE G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WORK OF VARIOUS TRADES IN INSTALLATION OF INTERRELATED WORK. BEFORE INSTALLATION OR WORK BY ANY TRADE BEGINS, MAKE PROPER PROVISIONS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. CHANGES REQUIRED IN WORK CAUSED BY NEGLECT TO DO SO SHALL BE MADE AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. THIS SHALL INCLUDE WORK PERFORMED BY ANY OWNER'S SUBCONTRACTOR / VENDOR AS WELL AS THOSE UNDER CONTRACT TO THE G.C. 44. ALL HANGERS, CHANNELS, RODS, & OTHER MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORT STEEL SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE G.C. AS NECESSARY FOR PROPER SUPPORT OF SUSPENDED/SUPPORTED EQUIPMENT AND SHALL BE FASTENED TO STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY AS PER L.L. REQUIREMENTS. 45. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS MOUNTED 18" A.F.F. VERTICALLY U.N.O. OUTLETS TO HAVE WHITE BODY AND PLATE IN ALL AREAS. 46. THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A SMOOTH LEVEL FLOOR SURFACE FOR FINAL FINISHES. PATCH/SHIM ALL AREAS AS NECESSARY SO THAT FLOOR MEETS FLUSH TO ALL OTHER FLOOR MATERIALS. 47. THE G.C. WILL SET ALL CEILINGS, SOFFITS, & TRACK USING A LASER LEVEL TO ACHIEVE A CEILING THAT IS PLUMB, LEVEL, AND SQUARE TO ALL WALLS AND SOFFITS. 48. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WITH LANDLORD ON ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD. ANY POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OR DELAYS CAUSED BY THE LANDLORD'S SUBCONTRACTORS MUST BE DOCUMENTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER BEFORE THE DELAY IS ACTUALLY INCURRED FOR IT TO BE CONSIDERED. OTHERWISE THE G.C. WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MEETING THE SCHEDULE AS OUTLINED IN THE CONTRACT. 49. THE G.C. SHALL SUPPLY LABOR AND COORDINATION REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS AS DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. 50. THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS FOR PLUMBING, MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL WORK. ALL SUCH OPENINGS SHALL BE FRAMED AND REINFORCED. NO PENETRATIONS SHALL BE CUT WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION BY THE LANDLORD. PROVIDE ALL ITEMS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OF EXISTING ITEMS BEING PENETRATED, WHERE APPLICABLE. 51. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH THE OWNER VENDORS TO MEET THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. REFER TO VENDOR LIST. 52. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND SERVICES; ALL OR PART OF THIS COST MAY BE INCLUDED IN DEPOSIT(S) TO LANDLORD. COST TO BE INCLUDED IN BID. THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY POWER AS NECESSARY. 53. ARCHITECT TO PROVIDE G.C. WITH COPY OF LANDLORD APPROVED SIGN OFF ON DRAWINGS. G.C. TO HAVE THIS REQUIRED SET ON SITE. 54. NO ROOF PENETRATIONS WILL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT LANDLORD AUTHORIZATION. 55. G.C. TO COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE LAWS CONCERNING ALL HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. THE INSTALLATION OR USE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES IS NOT PERMITTED IN ANY COMPONENT OF THE PREMISES DURING THIS TENANCY. 56. G.C. TO COVER ALL RETURN AIR OPENINGS BEFORE AND DURING CONSTRUCTION 57. G.C. TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. 58. G.C. NOT TO SCREW, BOLT, OR OTHERWISE PENETRATE THE LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE OR DECK UNLESS PERMITTED BY MALL CRITERIA OR OTHERWISE APPROVED. 59. G.C. TO OBTAIN, REVIEW & COMPLY WITH ANY & ALL CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA NOT LISTED IN THESE DOCUMENTS. 60. WHERE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT LOCAL LABOR AND THE LOCAL CARPENTERS UNION, GENERAL CONTRACTORS ARE RECEIVING THIS DESIGN AS PART OF A PROJECT BID PROCESS WITH SPECIFIC BID INSTRUCTIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALL USE ALL REASONABLE EFFORTS TO COMPETITIVELY BID CARPENTRY WORK LOCALLY AND TO UNION CARPENTER SUBCONTRACTORS. ALL CONTRACTORS ENGAGED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE BONDABLE, LICENSED COMMERCIAL CONTRACTORS, POSSESSING GOOD LABOR RELATIONS, CAPABLE OF PERFORMING QUALITY WORKMANSHIP AND WORKING IN HARMONY WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS ON THE JOB. CONTRACTORS WILL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY LEVI'S OF THE OCCURENCE, OR THREAT, OF ANY PICKETING, HAND BILLING, PROTEST, BOYCOTT OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES AND CONTRACTOR WILL COOPERATE WITH LEVI'S AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO PREVENT, STOP OR AVOID ANY PICKETING, HAND BILLING, PROTEST, OR BOYCOTT WITHIN THE PREMISES. REQUIRED SUBMITTALS VENDOR LIST AND CONTACT INFORMATION RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX DEFINITIONS & GENERAL NOTES 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 1/4" = 1'-0" A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX, REQ'D SUBMITTALS & NOTES WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 GENERAL NOTES ITEM DESIGNED AND/OR DESIGNATED BY SUBMITTAL REVIEWED BY ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM/ WINDOW MULLION SYSTEM AOR/ LSC / FABRICATOR AOR / LSC LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN AOR / GC AOR SIGNAGE*AOR / FABRICATOR AOR /LSC STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SE SE LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING SE SE POST CONSTRUCTION AS-BUILTS GC AOR SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS SUBCONTRACTOR AOR / GC** GRAPHIC PACKAGE FABRICATOR LSC HVAC CONTROLS CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS (NOT REQ'D FOR OWNER PROVIDED CONTROLS) QUALIFIED CONTROLS CONTRACTOR MEP HVAC CONTROLS WIRING DIAGRAMS AND PRODUCT INFORMATION (NOT REQ'D FOR OWNER PROVIDED CONTROLS) QUALIFIED CONTROLS CONTRACTOR MEP DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT INFORMATION HVAC CONTRACTOR MEP / AOR / GC** PRODUCT DATA FOR HVAC EQUIP. THAT IS NOT OWNER FURNISHED OR LANDLORD FURNISHED HVAC CONTRACTOR MEP / AOR / GC** ELECTRICAL GEAR AND LIGHTING CONTROLS SUBMITTALS IF NOT PROVIDED BY CAPITOL LIGHTING ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MEP SPEAKERS/ AV EQUIPMENT VENDOR MEP / AOR / GC** STORE FIXTURES VENDOR LSC LIGHTING FIXTURES, TRACK, TRACK HEADS, LED LIGHT BOX, & LED REVEALS VENDOR / AOR MEP / AOR / GC** SECURITY VENDOR AOR/ MEP/ LSC MOBILE SHELVING *(IF SEISMIC)VENDOR AOR / SE / LSC EXIT SIGNAGE VENDOR AOR/ MEP/ GC** DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE (EXCLUDING STOREFRONT)VENDOR / AOR AOR FITTING ROOM DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE VENDOR / AOR AOR CCTV VENDOR / AOR AOR/ MEP/ LSC RFID READERS VENDOR / AOR MEP/ GC** FIRE ALARM SHOP DRAWINGS SUBCONTRACTOR AOR/ MEP/ GC** BARRICADE GRAPHICS LSC / VENDOR LL #ITEM VENDOR CONTACT INFO 1 LIGHT FIXTURE CAPITOL LIGHTING BETH RIBE (860.449.4502) 2 FIXTURE VENDOR IDX CORPORATION TANEA NOBLE (636.542.2633) 3 SOUND SYSTEM PLAY NETWORK JEFF ROMAN (425.629.2760) 4 SECURITY NEDAP CHRISTOPHER COX (christopher@productprotectionsolutions.com & projects@ppstg.com) 888-542-3065 5 SECURITY BURGLAR ALARM Lon Bason ADT 214-587-5819 lbason@adt.com 6 MOVABLE STOCK SHELVING PIPP MOBILE STORAGE ANGELA MORSE (616.988.4069 OR ANGELA@PIPPMOBILE.COM) 7 SECURITY - TRAFFIC COUNTER SHOPPER TRAK EMMA FONDELL (ORDERS@SHOPPERTRAK.COM) 8 GRAPHICS MOSS, INC CHRISTIANA GHERARDINI (847.238.4285 OR CGHERARDINI@MISSINC.COM) 9 FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACADEMY FIRE PROTECTION MICHELLE MONTANO (800.773.4736) 10 CONCRETE FLOORING DIAMASHIELD CHRIS SIBLEY (248.703.9008). Eastern-JIM DEBRUYNE jdebruyne@diamashield.com (248) 228-3250. Western-CURRY MCDANIEL cmcdaniel@diamashield.com (248) 765-3934 11 FITTING ROOM DOOR AND HARDWARE PRIME JOHN MATTEO (514-219-2000, 514-509-5039) john@prime-cm.com 12 DIGITAL SCREENS REFLECT SYSTEMS BRANDIE HOLT (502.487.0332), brandie.holt@cri.com, PATRICK MAY patrick.may@cri.com 13 IT VENDOR LEVI STRAUSS & CO. JOHN SHEPPARD (817.262.6388) 14 CEILING LIGHT BOX COOLEDGE PAUL KENNEDY (paul.kennedy@cooledgelighting.com) 844-455-448 EXT 807 15 STOREFRONT SIGNAGE COLITE HALL GLADDEN (hgladden@colite.com 803.767.6566) 16 WALK-OFF MAT CONSTRUCTION SPECIALITIES ASHLEY MOORE amoore@c-sgroup.com 803.767.6566 17 SECURITY GRILLE INFINITY AP HERB BUFORD (hbuford@infinity-ap.com 214.923.6935) 18 LOCKSETS & KEYS INSTAKEY JAMIE PEFFER (303.761.9999 x119 OR LEVI@INSTAKEY.COM) 19 STOREFRONT FINS AND STOREFRONT LIGHTBOX DIGICO IMAGING, INC. LUKE ELSASSER (lelsasser@digicoimaging.com 614.239.5200) TRED ROWLAND (trowland@digicoimaging.com 614.679.5597) 20 STOREFRONT ACM, METAL TRIM, MULLIONS & GLAZING SYSTEM INFINITY AP HERB BUFORD (hbuford@infinity-ap.com 214.923.6935) GABRIELLA (gbosnyak@infinity-ap.com) 21 HANG GRID IDX CORPORATION TANEA NOBLE (636.542.2633) 22 OUTRIGGER FIXTURE/ SALES FLOOR MIRRORS IDX CORPORATION TANEA NOBLE (636.542.2633) 23 FITTING ROOM MATS ECO DOMO CHRISTIAN NADEAU (301.424.7717) 24 FITTING ROOM CUSHIONS CISCO HOME LORINDA SAVAGE (415.436.0131) 25 BARRICADE BOSTON BARRICADE DAVID BROWN (866.866.0925) ITEM NOTES PURCHASED BY SUPPLIED BY INSTALLED BY SUBMITTAL REVIEW COMMENTS FITTING ROOM - FIBER CEMENT WALL FINISH ONLY WHERE INDICATED LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC GC TO DO TAKEOFF AND ORDER FROM FIXTURE VENDOR FITTING ROOM - ENTRY PORTAL LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC METAL BY INFINTY; WOOD BY FIXTURE VENDOR LED LIGHTING REVEAL ONLY WHERE INDICATED LSC CAPITOL LIGHT GC FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE - RUG LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC FIXTURE VENDOR SUPPLIES THIS PER SIZE SPECIFIED FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE WALLCOVERING GC MOSS MOSS STORE DESIGN GC TO COORDINATE INSTALL USING LS & CO VENDOR FITTING ROOM - FRAMES/JAMB GC GC GC GC TO COORDINATE WITH PRIME FOR DOOR PANELS PLACEMENT LIGHTING OVERHEAD CEILING LIGHTBOX CENTER OF STORE LSC CAPITOL LIGHT COOLEDGE LSC CAPITOL PURCHASES FROM COOLEDGE OVERHEAD CEILING LIGHT BOX - 12X12 LIGHT TILE LSC CAPITOL LIGHT COOLEDGE OVERHEAD CEILING LIGHT BOX - ELECTRICAL SEE SHOP DRAWINGS GC GC GC TRACK LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING LSC CAPITOL LIGHT GC FREY REGLET LED LIGHT REVEALS AT STOREFRONT (ALL TIERS), INSIDE FITTING ROOMS & STYLE LOUNGE PORTAL (TIER A ONLY) LSC CAPITOL LIGHT GC 4' OR 8' FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHTING BACK OF HOUSE LSC CAPITOL LIGHT GC EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND SIGNAGE LSC CAPITOL LIGHT GC LIGHTING CONTROLS LSC CAPITOL LIGHT GC RECESSED CAN LIGHTS LSC CAPITOL LIGHT GC 2x2 LAY-IN LIGHT BOH RESTROOM LSC CAPITOL LIGHT GC DIMMERS LSC CAPITOL LIGHT GC BOH SHELVES AND STANDARDS AT PROCESSING AREA & MGR'S DESK SEE SPEC ON DRAWINGS GC GC GC WATER COOLER LSC LSC OPS EMPLOYEE LOCKERS LSC LSC GC MISC. OFFICE EQUIPMENT LSC LSC LSC MOBILE SHELVING & JET RAIL LSC PIPP MOBILE PIPP MOBILE DROP SAFE LSC AMSEC AMSEC LOCK CORES FOR MANAGER'S OFFICE MATCH ALL EXTERIOR DOORS GC INSTAKEY GC MANAGER'S DESK GC GC GC HANGRODS LSC PIPP MOBILE PIPP MOBILE EMPLOYEE BREAK COUNTER & STOOLS GC GC GC KITCHENETTE LSC LSC LSC TOILET ROOM GRAB BAR & ACCESSORIES SEE SPECS ON DRAWINGS GC GC GC TOILET ROOM PLUMBING FIXTURES & MOP SINK SEE SPECS ON DRAWINGS GC GC GC CORNERGUARDS STAINLESS STEEL FINISH - SEE SPECS ON DRAWINGS GC GC GC CODE REQUIRED SIGNAGE RESTROOM SIGN, TACTILE EXIT SIGN GC GC GC DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN - HIGH & LOW MECHANICAL, HVAC, & EQUIPMENT FIRE ALARM GC GC GC SPRINKLER EXISTING TO BE MODIFIED PER DRAWINGS GC GC GC SWITCHGEAR GC GC GC TELEPHONE SERVICE & EQUIPMENT LSC WIPRO WIPRO GC TO COORDINATE HVAC SYSTEM GC GC GC INTRUSION ALARM LSC GC TO COORDINATE TRAFFIC COUNTER LSC SHOPPERTRAK SHOPPERTRAK ADT POS SYSTEM & EQUIPMENT LSC WIPRO WIPRO SOUND SYSTEM LSC PLAY NETWORK PLAY NETWORK LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT GC GC GC SECURITY EQUIPMENT / SENSORMATIC PREFFERED ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM. SPEC IN FLOOR? LSC ADT ADT ADT SECURITY EQUIPMENT - ELECTRICAL GC GC GC TAILOR SHOP - EQUIPMENT AND DIRECT TO GARMENT PRINTER HEAT PRESS, PRE-TREATMENT MACHINE LSC LSC LSC ITEM NOTES PURCHASED BY SUPPLIED BY INSTALLED BY SUBMITTAL REVIEW COMMENTS GENERAL PERMITS, FEE AND NOTICES GC AOR FILE PERMIT APPLICATION AOR FLOOR PROTECTION LSC VENDOR LSC VENDOR LSC VENDOR INSPECTIONS AND CERTIFICATES GC GC TESTING GC GC TRASH DISPOSAL FOR OWNER'S VENDOR'S MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT GC GC DEBRIS REMOVAL AND CLEANUP GC GC RECORD DOCUMENTS (AS-BUILTS DOCUMENTATION)GC GC GC / AOR AOR TO REVIEW AND SIGN-OFF PUNCHLIST PRIOR TO ARCHITECT'S / OWNERS PUNCHLIST GC GC GC / PM PROJECT CLOSEOUT N/A GC GC LSC INTERNAL SIGN-OFF FINAL CLEANING GC GC OFF-SITE STORAGE ITEMS BROUGHT IN DAILY (INCLUDING OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS) GC GC GC TO PROVIDE STORAGE NEEDED FOR ALL VENDORS TEMPORARY UTILITIES GC GC BARRICADE BARRICADE GC BOSTON BARRICADES GC BARRICADE GRAPHICS LSC LSC VENDOR LSC VENDOR SIGNAGE EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SIGNAGE LSC COLITE COLITE STOREFRONT DOORS AND HARDWARE LSC INFINITY INFINITY LSC / AOR STOREFRONT FRAMING & STRUCTURE GC GC GC STOREFRONT MULLION SYSTEM LSC INFINITY INFINITY LSC / AOR STOREFRONT ILLUMINATED FINS (INCLUDING DRIVERS AND BLOCKING) LSC DIGICO INFINITY LSC / AOR SUPPLIED TO INFINITY FOR INSTALL FROM DIGICO STOREFRONT ILLUMINATED FINS - ELECTRICAL GC GC GC GC TO PROVIDE ELECTRICAL TO STOREFRONT STOREFRONT WOOD CLADDING INTERIOR APPLICATION ONLY LSC FIXTURE VENDOR INFINITY INFINITY TO DO TAKEOFF AND ADD TO THEIR DRAWINGS, INFINITY TO ORDER FROM IDX STOREFRONT ACM CLADDING LSC INFINITY INFINITY STOREFRONT METAL TRIM LSC INFINITY INFINITY STOREFRONT GLAZING LSC INFINITY INFINITY LSC / AOR ENTRY EXHIBITION - DIGITAL PORTAL LSC INWK INWK SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY VENDOR. GC TO COORDINATE ENTRY EXHIBITION - ELECTRICAL/DATA SERVICE (DIGITAL OR LIGHTBOX) WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS GC GC GC ENTRY EXHIBITION - LIGHTBOX PORTAL LSC DIGICO DIGICO DIGICO STOREFRONT ENTRY - ROLLING GRILLE LSC INFINITY INFINITY LSC / AOR STOREFRONT ENTRY - ROLLING GRILLE - ELECTRICAL WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS LSC INFINITY INFINITY INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION DEMISING WALLS EXIST EXIST EXIST GC TO SUPPLY, PURCHASE, AND INSTALL IF LL DELIVERY DOES NOT INCLUDE INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND FINISHES SEE FINISH SCHEDULE GC GC GC CONCRETE SLAB EXIST EXIST EXIST CONCRETE DIAMOND POLISHING DIAMASHIELD DIAMASHIELD DIAMASHIELD GC TO COORDINATE SELF-LEVELING INTERIOR TOPPING SYSTEM GC GC GC MICROTOPPING SLAB REPAIR SYSTEM GC GC GC STRUCTURE/DECK PREPARATION WORK X-RAY SLAB & OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM MALL OPERATIONS PRIOR TO SLAB CUTTING. GC GC GC EXPOSED CEILING EXIST EXIST EXIST INTERIOR' DOORS & HARDWARE (EXCLUDING FITTING ROOMS) DETEX GC GC GC COOK & BOARDMAN (PREFERRED BUT NOT REQUIRED) FITTING ROOM DOORS & HARDWARE LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC PAINT SEE FINISH SCHEDULE GC GC GC COMBED PLASTER WALL FINISH SEE FINISH SCHEDULE GC GC GC BASE TRIM SEE FINISH SCHEDULE GC GC GC IN-WALL BLOCKING WHERE REQUIRED GC GC GC IN-FLOOR ELECTRICAL & DATA FOR SHOPSETS & TAILOR SHOP CORE DRILLINN OR TRENCHING, SEE PLANS GC GC GC ALL DATA LINES RAN BY IT GC TO SUPPLY CONDUIT IN-WALL ELECTRICAL & DATA GC GC GC SALES AREA FIT CAMP - PERIMETER FIXTURE SYSTEM LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC ADD FIT CAMP GRAPHIC: PURCHASED BY LSC/ SUPPLIED BY MOSS/ INSTALLED BY MOSS FIT CAMP - PERIMETER FIXTURE SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS GC GC GC FOR ILLUMINATED SHELVES & SIGNAGE FIT CAMP - GRAPHICS LSC MOSS MOSS FIT CAMP - PERIMETER FIXTURE SYSTEM - SURFACE MOUNTED BLOCKING GC GC GC SEE ATTACHMENT DETAIL; EITHER IN-WALL OR SURFACE MTD. FEATURE PORTFOLIO - GRAPHICS LSC MOSS MOSS FEATURE PORTFOLIO - GRAPHIC FRAME & LIGHTBOX LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC ADD FEATURE PORTFOLIO GRAPHIC: PURCHASED BY LSC/ SUPPLIED BY MOSS/ INSTALLED BY MOSS FEATURE PORTFOLIO - GRAPHIC FRAME & LIGHTBOX - ELECTRICAL GC GC GC FEATURE PORTFOLIO - FREESTANDING FIXTURE IN FRONT OF FEATURE PORTFOLIO LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC FEATURE PORTFOLIO - FREESTANDING FIXTURE - ELECTRICAL BEHIND LIGHTBOX GRAPHIC, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS GC GC GC SHOPSET FLOOR FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES FIXTURES ASSEMBLY BY GC WHERE REQUIRED LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC SHOPSET - ELECTRICAL WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS GC GC GC SHOPSET - DATA WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS GC GC GC ALL DATA LINES RAN BY IT GC TO SUPPLY CONDUIT SALES FLOOR MIRRORS LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC WALL HANG BAR ABOVE PERIMETER FIXTURES LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC WALL GRAPHIC - ILLUMINATED LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC WALL GRAPHIC - ILLUMINATED - ELECTRICAL WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS GC GC GC WALL GRAPHIC - DIGITAL SCREEN LSC INWK INWK WALL GRAPHIC - DIGITAL SCREEN - ELECTRICAL & DATA WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS GC GC GC TAILOR SHOP MODULES, FRAME STRUCTURE, & POS LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC TAILOR SHOP - ELECTRICAL FOR SEWING MACHINES, SIGNAGE, IPADS, ETC. GC GC GC TAILOR SHOP - DATA FOR DTG PRINTER, IPADS, POS, ETC. GC GC GC ALL DATA LINES RAN BY IT GC TO SUPPLY CONDUIT CORNERGUARDS FOH AREAS - BLACK FINISH GC GC GC FIT CAMP - FABRIC PANELS DECOR ELEMENTS FOR TAILOR SHOP LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC STORE DESIGN SEE FIXTURE DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TAILOR SHOP - HANGBARS & BELTS DECOR ELEMENTS FOR TAILOR SHOP LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC TAILOR SHOP - HANGING BANNER SIGNS DECOR ELEMENTS FOR TAILOR SHOP LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC TAILOR SHOP SIGN LSC IDX GC TAILOR SHOP - FABRIC PANELS DECOR ELEMENTS FOR TAILOR SHOP LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC FITTING ROOMS FITTING ROOM - DOORS & HARDWARE USE LEVI'S APPROVED VENDOR LSC PRIME GC FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE SEATING LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE SEATING - ELECTRICAL IN-FLOOR, WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS GC GC GC FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE - RUG LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC FITTING ROOM - HANGBAR, MIRROR, BENCH LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC FITTING ROOM - ELECTRICAL FOR MIRROR & OUTLET GC GC GC FITTING ROOM - BENCH WALL SUPPORT GC GC GC FITTING ROOM - CORK FLOORING SEE FINISH SCHEDULE GC GC GC FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE WALLCOVERING MOSS LSC MOSS MOSS STORE DESIGN GC TO COORDINATE INSTALL USING LS & CO VENDOR FITTING ROOM - WAINSCOTING ONLY WHERE INDICATED LSC FIXTURE VENDOR GC GC TO DO TAKEOFF AND ORDER FROM FIXTURE VENDOR 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 LEVI'S SPACE # 6ANI-01 ACCESSIBLE PARKING 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A0.2.1 SITE PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 LEVI'S SPACE # 6ANI-01 ACCESSIBLE PARKING EGRESS PATH#1 TO EXIT DISCHARGE - REFER TO EGRESS SHEET FOR EXIT ROUTE WITHING SPACE EGRESS PATH#2 TO EXIT DISCHARGE - REFER TO EGRESS SHEET FOR EXIT ROUTE WITHING SPACE PUBLIC RESTROOMS 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A0.2.2 MALL MAP WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 MALL MAP (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 CL CL SWITCHES DESCRIPTION URINAL LAVATORY GRAB BAR MIRROR AIR HAND DRYER SOAP DISPENSER CLOTHES HOOK NOTE: MOUNTING HEIGHT FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO HIGHEST OPERABLE CONTROL DOOR SHALL NOT SWING INTO REQUIRED MINIMUM AREA OF COMPARTMENT TOILET STALL -FRONT ENTRY MULTIPLE ACCOMODATION TOILET ROOM TOILET STALL -SIDE ENTRY MULTIPLE ACCOMODATION TOILET ROOM AMBULATORY TOILET STALL - ADDITIONAL STALL @ MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET ROOM W/ 6 OR MORE STALLS NOTE: DIMENSIONS SHOWN DESCRIBE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS ONLY, REFER TO A-403 FOR SIZE & LOCATIONS OF SPECIFIC FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES. FLUSH LEVER TO BE AT OPEN SIDE OF TOILET. SMOOTH, HARD, NON-ABSORBENT MATERIAL 30" x 48" CLR. SPACE 30" x 48" CLR. SPACE SEAT COVER DISPENSER URINAL LAVATORY GRAB BARS / FM TOILET GRAB BARS / FM TOILET 16"-18" 59 " M I N . 60" MIN.60" MIN. 16"-18" 59 " M I N . CL CL 60 " M I N . 17"-19" 36" MIN. 1 1/2" . 1 1 / 4 " - 1 1 / 2 " 36" MIN. MIN. 12" MIN. 24" 17"-18" 17 " - 1 9 " T. O . G R A B B A R 33 " - 3 6 " 48 " M I N . (1 ) P E R M E N ' S R M 17 " M A X . MI N . 13 1 / 2 " MAX. 6" MI N . 9"27 " M I N . 29 " M I N . 34 " M A X . MA X . 3' - 4 " 48 " M A X . 48 " M A X . 48 " M A X . MA X . 40 " 17" MIN. 18 1 / 2 " 39"-41" 54" MIN. MAX. 12" MIN. 3' - 6" MI N . 18 " 39 " - 4 1 " T. O . G R A B B A R 33 " - 3 6 " CLCL SINGLE OCCUPANT TOILET 56 " M I N . 60" MIN. 17"-18"18" MIN. ø 5' - 0 " M I N . 12 "MI N . 18 " 48 " M I N PER 2019 CBC SECTION 11B - 604.3.1 TOILET TISSUE HOLDER 19 " M I N . 1 1 / 2 " M I N . 42" MAX. 24" MIN. 7"-9" 48 " M A X 2 2 2' - 0" 2 MIN. 8" CL HI LO NOTE: EQUIPMENT PERMITTED IN SHADED AREA FREE-STANDING FOUNTAIN OR COOLER BUILT-IN FOUNTAIN OR COOLERCLEAR FLOOR SPACE ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT UNIT SPOUT HEIGHT AND KNEE CLEARANCE -LO SPOUT HEIGHT -HI NOT TO EXCEED FOUNTAIN DEPTH 30" MIN. 48 " M I N . MIN. 8". MAX 6". 5" MAX. MIN. 15". MI N . 9" . 27 " M I N . 36 " M A X . 43 " M A X . 38 " M I N . 48"MIN. 30 " M I N . EQ EQ 24" MAX. 17"-19" 48 " M I N . 30" MIN. CURB RAMP (SECTION) MAX. FORWARD REACH OVER AN OBSTRUCTION CURB RAMP WITH FLARED SIDES (PLAN) 1:10WALK STREET BUILT-UP RAMP WITH FLARED SIDES (PLAN) WALK STREET 1:10 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE PARALLEL APPROACHCLEAR FLOOR SPACE 90° TURNS HIGH & LOW SIDE REACH LIMITS 'T'-SHAPE 180° TURNS TURN AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION NOTE: X ≤25", Z ≥25" IF X < 20", Y = 48" MAX. IF X = 20 -25", Y = 44" MAX. NOTE: X < 48" X Y MAX. SIDE REACH OVER AN OBSTRUCTION CLEAR WIDTH FOR TWO WHEELCHAIRS WHEELCHAIR TURNING DIAMETER CURB RAMPS WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AND REACH REQUIREMENTS SLOPE = Y: X WHERE X IS LEVEL PLANE 1:12 MAX. SLOPE ADJOINING SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 1:20 NOTE: WHEN X <= 48"; FLARED SIDES SLOPE = 1:12 MAX. CURB (BEYOND) STREET WALK 1:12 MAX. SLOPE1:12 MAX. SLOPE CHANGES OF ELEVATION ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. 1 2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER MOUNTING HEIGHT MAXIMUM SLOPE FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR CARPET FINISH FLOOR DOOR DOOR FRAME BEYOND "SADDLE" TYPE THRESHOLD CARPET (WHERE OCCURS) -1/4" COMP. MAX. THRESHOLD PARAMETERS MIN. 36" MIN. 48" MIN. 36" M I N . 48 " M I N . 60 " MIN. 42" MIN. 42"X MIN. 36" 60 " M I N . M I N . 36 " MIN. 60"60" MIN. 60 " M I N . 30"24" M A X . 34 " M A X . 46 " X 30 " 48" Z X 48" Z 10" MAX.30" 54 " M A X . M I N . 9" 30" MAX. 10" 48 " 48 " 30" 48 " M A X . MIN. 48" X MIN. 48" PI L E 1 1 / 2 " M A X . 12" MIN. Y 1/ 2 " M A X . 1/ 4 " M A X . 1/ 2 " M A X . WHEELCHAIR TURNING REQUIREMENTS IN AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE PER 2019 CBC 11B-403.5.2 180° TURNS MIN. 42"X< 48" MIN. 42" M I N . 48 " 180° TURNS (EXCEPTION) MIN. 36"X< 48" MIN. 36" M I N . 60 " ELEVATION OF CENTER HANDRAIL EXTENSION AT BOTTOM OF RUN FLUSH RISER ANGLED NOSING CONTRASTING STRIPING: INTERIOR: TOP & LAST TREAD FOR EACH RUN. EXTERIOR: EVERY TREAD NOTE: Y = 12" MIN. EXTENSION + WIDTH OF ONE TREAD DO W N STAIR PLAN UP EXTENSION AT TOP OF RUN ROUNDED NOSING NOTE: X = 12" MIN. EXTENSION 1/2" R. MAX. STAIR HANDRAILS ACCEPTABLE NOSINGS ³WI D T H 1/2" R. MAX.1/2" R. MAX.60.00° 1 1/2" MAX.1 1/2" MAX11" MIN.1 1/2" MAX. 60.00° 12" MIN. Y A A 12" MIN. X MA X . 27 " . Y X X Y44" MIN. OF S T A I R ≥ W I D T H C L DOOR SIGN AT TOILET ROOMS NOTES: LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED, CONTRASTING IN COLOR, AND HAVE A WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1 AND A STROKE WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10, AND RAISED 1/32" MIN. AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE RAISED LETTERING. WHERE PERMANENT SIGNAGE IS PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNAGE AS DESCRIBED ABOVE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE STRIKE SIDE OF THE DOOR. MIN. 9" 1' - 0" 2 LEVEL LANDING NOTE: IF A RAMP HAS A RISE > 6" OR A HORIZONTAL PROJECTION > 72" THEN IT SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES WALL EDGED RAMP COMPONENTS OF A SINGLE RAMP RUN LEVEL LANDING SURFACE OF RAMP CURB EDGED RAMP MAX. HORIZ. PROJECTION 30" 30" 30" 1:20 1:16 1:12 50'-0" 40'-0" 30'-0" MAX. RISESLOPE HANDRAIL CURB 12" MIN.12" MIN. 34 " - 3 8 " MA X . 27 " MIN. 48" 4" M A X . 2" M I N . 34 " - 3 8 " 12" MIN.12" MIN.48" MIN.1 1/4" - 1 1/2"1 1/2". RI S E HORIZONTAL PROJECTION or RUN FREE-STANDING OVERHANGING OBJECTS OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POSTS OR PYLONS PROTECT THIS AREA FROM CROSS TRAFFIC CANE DETECTION BARRIER HANDRAIL WALKING PARALLEL TO A WALL WALKING PERPENDICULAR TO A WALL SIGNAGE PROTECTION AROUND WALL-MOUNTED OBJECTS PROTRUDING OBJECTS HANGING ON WALL WITH LEADING EDGES ABOVE 27" ADDITIONAL PROTECTION NOT REQUIRED BETWEEN WING WALLS 27 " 80 " 27 " M A X . CLEAR WIDTH 12" MIN. 27 " M A X . DIST. ANY CLEAR WIDTH 36" MIN. 80 " M I N . CLR. WIDTH 36" MIN. 4" MAX. 27 " M I N . 27 " M A X . DIST. ANY DIST. ANY 27 " M A X . CLR. WIDTH 36" MIN. DI M E N S I O N AN Y M A X . 24 " 4" MAX.POINT PASSAGE 32"MIN. CLR. WIDTH 20B G-004 A -TYPICAL CASHWRAP PLAN 30"X48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30"X48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE EMPLOYEE SIDE CUSTOMER SIDE 3' - 0" 3' - 0 " B -CASHWRAP ELEVATION -FRONT 3' - 0" 2' 1 0 " M A X . 2' - 9 3 / 4 " CL TYPESTYLE GRADE 2 BRAILLE, TYP. EXIT ROUTE EXIT 7 1/2". 5 3 / 4 " . 60 " A F F 3/ 8 " M I N . 5 1/2". 4" .CL 60 " A F F 5/8" MIN. HIGH, 1/32" MIN. RAISED CHARACTERS, UPPERCASE LETTERS IN SAN SERIF FONT, TYP. 3/ 8 " M I N . 48 " A F F 48 " A F F HINGE SIDE APPROACHFRONT APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PUSH SIDE NOTE:X=12" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER SWINGING DOOR PUSH SIDE NOTE:Y=48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER SWINGING DOOR PULL SIDE FRONT APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PULL SIDE NOTE:X=36" MIN. Y=60" MIN. HINGE SIDE APPROACH 24" PREFERRED LATCH SIDE APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PUSH SIDE NOTE: Y=48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER LATCH SIDE APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PULL SIDE 60 " M I N . 60 " M I N . 18" MIN.36" MIN. 32" MIN. FO R M I N . C L E A R 24 " M A X . 42" MIN. 48" MIN. 48" MIN. X Y 60 " M I N . ( Y ) 24" MIN. X 48 " M I N . 44 " M I N . ( Y ) 24" MIN 44 " M I N . ( Y ) 2 22" MIN 1' - 0 " 1' - 0" 1/4" THICK PLEX PAINTED MATHEWS SATIN BLACK TO BE APPLIED FLUSH TO WALL & DOOR w/ VHB TAPE & SILICONE WHITE GRAVOTAC RAISE SYMBOLS 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A0.4.0 ADA COMPLIANCE AND STANDARD (CALIF) WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"3 TOILET ROOM, FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"2 ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 STAIRS SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"6 TACTILE SIGNAGE SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"4 RAMPS SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"5 PROTRUDING OBJECTS SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"7 ACCESSIBLE CASHWRAP DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"8 TACTILE EGRESS SIGNAGE SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"9 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 AN P FC FE SD FA AV HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB A. MAXIMUM EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE ALLOWED PER CBC 2019, TABLE 1017.2 B. EGRESS PROVIDED IS GREATER THAN EGRESS REQUIRED C. THIS BUILDING IS CURRENTLY EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE SPRINKLER/ ALARM SYSTEM. ANY CHANGES TO THE SYSTEM WILL BE DONE UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT. D. EXIT SIGNS ARE REQUIRED WHEN TWO OR MORE EXITS ARE PROVIDED. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE. WHEN SIGNS ARE USED TO IDENTIFY EXIT DOORS, EXIT STAIRWAYS, EXIT RAMPS OR EXIT ROUTES, TACTILE SIGNS ARE REQUIRED. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING. E. 2019 CBC 1006.2.1 EGRESS BASED ON OCCUPANT LOAD AND COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE. TWO EXITS OR EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS FROM ANY SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE THE DESIGN OCCUPANT LOAD OR THE COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE EXCEEDS THE VALUES LISTED IN TABLE 1006.2.1. (i.e. FOR 'M' = 75 ft maximum common path of egress travel distance.) MINIMUM T-SHAPED TURNING SPACE MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MINIMUM TURNING RADIUS MINIMUM WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ø 5 ' - 0" 4' - 0" 2' - 6 " 2' - 6 " 4' - 0" 5' - 0" 1' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 3' - 0 1 / 2 " 1' - 0"3' - 0"1' - 0" 5' - 0 " EGRESS PATH BACK OF HOUSE EGRESS ROUTE. MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH FOH = 44", BOH = 44" FRONT OF HOUSE EGRESS ROUTE EXIT SIGN -SUSPENDED HORN/STROBES FIRE ALARM FIRE EXTINGUISHER B.O. FIXTURE AT <XX"> A.F.F. MOUNT AT <XX"> A.F.F. MOUNT AT <XX"> A.F.F. MOUNT HANDLE AT <XX"> A.F.F. EXIT SIGN -SURFACE MOUNTED B.O. FIXTURE AT <XX"> A.F.F. FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL MOUNT AT <XX"> A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE MANUAL PULL STATION ANNUNCIATOR PANEL MOUNT BOTTOM AT <XX"> A.F.F. EXIT TAGEXIT # SMOKE DETECTOR D I A G O N A L D I S T A N C E : 1 0 1 '-1 0 " [3 1 0 4 0 ] E X I T S E P A R A T I O N : 1 0 1 '-8 " [3 0 9 8 1 ] B C D 3 2 1 EXIT 2 EXIT 1 TYP. 1 TYP. 2 TYP. 1 TYP. 2 TYP. 3 44 55 6 ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) TYP. 7 A EX1 TRAVEL DISTANCE: 111'-9" [34061] EX1 EX1 TYP. 3 TYP. 3 8 8 47 OCCUPANTS X 0.2 = 10" 10" REQUIRED 72" PROVIDED AREA OCCUPANT LOAD NO. OF OCCUPANTS (A) P-1 TO 7'-4 1/2", P-1 ABOVE P-3 AREA OCCUPANT LOAD NO. OF OCCUPANTS (A) P-1 - 9 10 3 OCCUPANTS X 0.2 = 1" 1" REQUIRED 36" PROVIDED 10SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R 11 MERCANTILE STORAGE 11 11 11 TRAVEL DISTANCE: 40'-11" [12471] TR A V E L D I S T A N C E : 2 9 ' -3" [ 8 9 1 5 ] 55 NOTE: LEVI'S STRAUSS & CO ROUTE TO ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM = 290' * NOT TO EXCEED 300' 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A0.6.0 LIFE SAFETY, ACCESSIBILITY & EGRESS PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 XSHEET NOTES GENERAL NOTESACCESSIBILITY LEGEND LEGEND EGRESS & OCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS MAX TRAVEL DISTANCE 250'-0" 111'-9" EGRESS WIDTH 44" 44" NUMBER OF EXITS 2 2 REQUIRED PROVIDED BOH 1 PROPOSED TRAVEL DISTANCE TO BOH DOOR 29' - 2 1/2" FOH 1 PROPOSED TRAVEL DISTANCE TO FOH DOOR 111' - 9" FOH 2 PROPOSED TRAVEL DISTANCE TO FOH DOOR 40' - 11" OCCUPANCY TYPE AREA OCCUPANCY LOAD FACTOR NO. OF OCCUPANTS (M) MERCANTILE 2096 SF 60 SF 35 (S) STORAGE 690 SF 300 SF 2 TOTAL NO. OCCUPANTS 2786 SF 37 DOOR EXIT # CLEAR WIDTH PROVIDED EXIT 1 EXIT 2 3' - 0" TOTAL NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED: 2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 LIFE SAFETY, ACCESSIBILITY & EGRESS PLAN 1 LEASE LINE. 2 (E) DEMISING WALL. 3 INDICATES 44" WIDE PATH OF TRAVEL EXIT ROUTE. 4 ADA COMPLIANT RESTROOM. REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS. 5 ADA COMPLIANT FITTING ROOM. REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS. 6 ADA COMPLIANT DRINKING FOUNTAIN. REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS. 7 ADA COMPLIANT CASHWRAP. REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS. 8 ALL PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL HAVE A SERVICE TAG AFFIXED TO THEM SHOWING THAT EXTINGUISHER HAS BEEN SERVICED BY A CALIFORNIA STATE LICENSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CONCERN. ALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO A BRACKET OR WITHIN AN APPROVED CABINET. SIGNAGE SHALL BE POSTED ABOVE THE EXTINGUISHER AND SHALL READ FIRE EXTINGUISHER. REFERENCE 2019 CFC(RFC) SECTION 906. 9 GRADE-LEVEL TACTILE EXTERIOR DOOR EXIT SIGN. 10 EXIT PASSAGE TACTILE EXIT SIGN LEADING TO GRADE-LEVEL EXIT. 11 TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH WORDS "EXIT ROUTE". SCALE: 1" = 60'-0"2 RESTROOM ACCESSIBILITY PLAN 14' -0" REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 1 1/2"SEE SCHEDULE 1 1/2" SE E S C H E D U L E 1 1 / 2 " OPEN KICKPLATE SE E S C H E D U L E 3' - 2 " 5' - 0 " 2"2" 2" EXIT DEVICE ONE-WAY DOOR VIEWER CLOSER TYPE A - CASED OPENING TYPE B - SERVICE EXIT SE E S C H E D U L E 2" SEE SCHEDULE2"2" 3' - 2 " TYPE C - SALES/NON-SALES & RESTROOM TYPE D - FITTING ROOM KICKPLATE ON PUSH SIDE, WHERE APPLICABLE TYPE E - STOREFRONT, SINGLE SE E S C H E D U L E 1 1 / 2 " SEE SCHEDULE1 1/2"1 1/2" TYPE F - STOREFRONT (INTERIOR), DOUBLE SE E S C H E D U L E SEE SCHEDULE 1' - 0 " 5 A0.7.0------------------------------------------ 5 A0.7.0------------------------------------------ 2 A0.7.0------------------------------------------ 2 A0.7.0------------------------------------------ 1 A0.7.0------------------------------------------ 1 A0.7.0------------------------------------------ TYPE G - SECURITY GRILLE 3 A0.7.0------------------------------------------ 3 A0.7.0------------------------------------------ REQUIRED SIGN ON INTERIOR OF STORE. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE "B" FOR REQUIREMENTS. REQUIRED SIGN ON INTERIOR OF STORE. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE "B" FOR REQUIREMENTS. REQUIRED SIGN ON INTERIOR OF STORE. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE "B" FOR REQUIREMENTS. SEE SCHEDULE 4 A0.7.0------------------------------------------ 2"2" SEE SCHEDULE 10 " 5' - 3 " D O O R P A N E L 10 " 2" 6' - 1 0 3 / 4 " 10 3 / 4 " TYPE F - STOREFRONT (EXTERIOR), DOUBLE HO L D 9' - 0 " ( 1 0 8 " ) D O O R O P E N I N G HOLD 6'-0" (72"). 1' - 0 " REQUIRED SIGN ON INTERIOR OF STORE. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE "B" FOR REQUIREMENTS. 10 " REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE HEAD JAMB WOOD TRIM, P-1 SEALANT AT JOINTS, TYP 1 1 / 2 " REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE HEAD JAMB DOUBLE 6" X 20 GA BOX BEAM HEADER. FOR 20 GA TRACK TOP & BOTTOM, REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR SIZING HM FRAME HM FRAME1/2" 2" 2" 1/ 2 " DOUBLE STUDS REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR TYPE JAMB BEYOND REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR TYPESEALANT AT JOINTS, TYP SMOKE SEAL AT FIRE RATED DOOR. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SMOKE SEAL AT FIRE RATED DOOR. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE HEAD JAMB DOUBLE 6" X 20 GA BOX BEAM HEADER. FOR 20 GA TRACK TOP & BOTTOM, REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR SIZING HM FRAME HM FRAME 1/2" 2" 2" 1/ 2 " DOUBLE STUDS REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR TYPE SEALANT AT JOINTS, TYP HEAD JAMB HOLLOW METAL FRAME PROVIDED BY VENDOR [20] 3/4" PLAN PER [20] 3/4" STYLE LOUNGE FITTING ROOM GC TO PROVIDE (1) FRT WOOD STUD STIFFENER AT JAMB EXTENDS FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE DOOR ASSEMBLY AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY VENDOR -REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULEREFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE GC TO PROVIDE FRT WOOD BLOCKING ASSEMBLY -CUT TO SIZE IN FIELD HM FRAME ANCHORED TO STUDS [20] 3/4" PLAN PER [20] 3/4" [68] 2 3/4" [16] 3/4" GC HOLD SEE SCHEDULE [68] 2 3/4" [16] 3/4" [320] [320 mm] 1' - 0 1/2" GC TO PROVIDE FRT WOOD BLOCKING ASSEMBLY -CUT TO SIZE IN FIELD [20] 3/4" PLAN PER [20] 3/4" REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE [66] 2 1/2" HOLLOW METAL FRAME PROVIDED BY VENDOR HM FRAME ANCHORED TO BLOCKING DOOR ASSEMBLY AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY VENDOR -REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE HOLLOW METAL FRAME PROVIDED BY VENDOR BEYOND FITTING ROOMSTYLE LOUNGE GC HOLD R.O. 85.207" [2170 mm] A. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR HAND OF DOOR. B. EXIT DOORS AT STOREFRONT SHALL HAVE SIGN ABOVE STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" IN 1" HIGH BLACK VINYL LETTERS ON A SILVER BACKGROUND BY GC. LOCKING DEVICE TO BE OF TYPE THAT IS READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED. C. DOORS WITHIN THE PATH OF TRAVEL FOR HANDICAPPED TO BE OPENABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER, PANIC BAR OR PUSH/PULL HARDWARE. D. EXIT DOORS TO BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. E. FIRE DOOR CLOSERS TO BE ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE FOR A MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE, AS SET FORTH BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL. F. INTERIOR DOOR CLOSERS FOR EGRESS DOORS TO BE ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE FOR A MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE OF 5.0 LBF. G. THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. H. BOTH SIDES OF DOOR LEAFS AND FRAMES SHALL BE FINISHED THE SAME, UON. I. INSTALL ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO MEET ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. J. DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREE. TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS FIVE SECONDS MINIMUM. K. ANY HARDWARE SUBSTITUTIONS TO BE SUBMITTED WITH CATALOG FOR ARCH APPROVAL. L. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL HARDWARE LOCKSET WITH CONSTRUCTION CORES. M. SUBMIT THREE (3) COPIES OF HARDWARE LIST AND CUT SHEETS. CUT SHEETS TO CLEARLY INDICATE HARDWARE TO BE USED. N. CONTRACTOR TO ORDER ALL HARDWARE IMMEDIATELY UPON APPROVAL OF HARDWARE LIST. O. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO BID HARDWARE THAT CONFORMS TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. P. WHERE DOOR OPENINGS ARE NOTED WITH AN HOURLY FIRE RESISTANCE RATING, PROVIDE HARDWARE COMPONENTS LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY, OR OTHER TESTING LABORATORY, OR OTHER TESTING LABORATORY APPROVED BY THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES, TO MEET THE HOURLY FIRE RATING NOTED. Q. HARDWARE SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 80 FOR FIRE RATED CLASS INDICATED. 1 2 (E) CONCRETE (N) THRESHOLD FACE OF (N) DOOR FRAME, BEYOND (N) CORK FLOORING, WHERE APPLICABLE, REFER TO FINISH PLAN (E) BUILDING SLAB 1/ 2 " M A X CHANGE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN 1/4" & 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL AND TWO UNITS HORIZONTAL 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A0.7.0 DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 <XXXX.XX> 03/24/22 <XXXX.XX> NEXT GEN Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 ASSEMBLY DOOR FRAME HARDWARE SET FIRE RATING NOTESNO. LOCATION TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH D01 EXST 14'-0" 10'-0" EXST EXST EXST EXST EXST EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS. GC TO VERIFY IF IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION D02 FR 1 D 3'-4 3/4" 7'-1 1/2" 1 3/4" WD WD-1 HM CRS - P.C. P RAL9005 MATTE 4 ALL FITTING ROOM DOORS AND HARDWARE WILL BE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE NEW DOOR FRAME, PRIME TO PROVIDE DOOR PANELS D03 FR 2 D 3'-4 3/4" 7'-1 1/2" 1 3/4" WD WD-1 HM CRS - P.C. P RAL9005 MATTE 4 ALL FITTING ROOM DOORS AND HARDWARE WILL BE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE NEW DOOR FRAME, PRIME TO PROVIDE DOOR PANELS D04 FR 3 D 3'-4 3/4" 7'-1 1/2" 1 3/4" WD WD-1 HM CRS - P.C. P RAL9005 MATTE 4 ALL FITTING ROOM DOORS AND HARDWARE WILL BE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE NEW DOOR FRAME, PRIME TO PROVIDE DOOR PANELS D05 FR 4 D 3'-4 3/4" 7'-1 1/2" 1 3/4" WD WD-1 CRS - P.C. P RAL9005 MATTE 4 ALL FITTING ROOM DOORS AND HARDWARE WILL BE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE NEW DOOR FRAME, PRIME TO PROVIDE DOOR PANELS D06 FR ADA D 3'-4 3/4" 7'-1 1/2" 1 3/4" WD WD-1 HM CRS - P.C. P RAL9005 MATTE 4 ALL FITTING ROOM DOORS AND HARDWARE WILL BE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE NEW DOOR FRAME, PRIME TO PROVIDE DOOR PANELS D07 CORRIDOR 1 A 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" - - WD P-3 - - - - D08 (E) RESTROOM (ADA) C 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM P-3 HM P-3 6 - - - D09 STYLE LOUNGE A 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" - - WD P-3 3 - - - D10 CORRIDOR C 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM P-3 HM P-3 - - - - D11 BOH C 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM P-3 HM P-3 3 - - - D12 CORRIDOR 2 EXST 3'-1 1/2" 7'-0" 1 3/4" EXST EXST EXST EXST 1 1 HR GC TO VERIFY IF IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE DOOR TYPES SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 CASED OPENING DETAILS SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 SERVICE DOOR DETAILS SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 SALES/NON-SALES & RESTROOM DOOR DETAILS SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 FR DOOR DETAILS GENERAL NOTES SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"4 SERVICE DOOR THRESHOLD N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D 1 EACH TRILOGY LOCKS P/DL 4100 IC 26DY. US3 POLISHED BRASS/US26D SATIN CHROME FINISH/ US10B DURONODIC. USED FOR RESTROOMS ACCESSIBLE TO PUBLIC 3 EACH SILENCERS HAGER 307D. GREY FINISH 1 EACH KICKPLATE HAGER 193S 8 X 34. US32D FINISH. PUSH SIDE ONLY 1 EACH PRIVACY SET/ LEVER DESIGN 1 EACH CLOSER LCN 1461 X RW/PA X TBSRT. ALUMINUM FINISH 6 - RESTROOM 3 EACH HINGE, 4-1/2", HEAVY WT HAGER BB1199 4-1/2 X 4-1/2" X NRP. US32D FINISH 2 EACH MORTISE CYLINDER MORTISE 1E-1 5/32" / 7-7 PIN / 4-MORTISE / CR-STANDARD CAM / RPS-STD PACKAGE / 622 FINISH 2 EACH 4" DOOR RAIL WITHOUT LOCK CR LAURENCE. #DR4SSBL58S 2 EACH TOP PIVOT CR LAURENCE. #H340DU 2 EACH FLOOR MOUNTED DOOR CLOSER BODY CR LAURENCE. #BTS80 PAINT TO MATCH M-1 2 EACH 10" BOTTOM RAIL WITH LOCK CR LAURENCE. #DR10SBL12SL 2 EACH MORTISE THUMBTURN CYLINDER CR LAURENCE. #DRA20DU 4 EACH PULLS CR LAURENCE. #60LPMBL 5 - STOREFRONT 1 PAIR ALL-GLASS SWING DOORS HERCULITE DOOR SYSTEM,1/2" TEMPERED LOW-IRON GLASS WITH 10" BOTTOM RAIL. 3 EACH SILENCERS 1 EACH HINGE PIN STOP PERFECT PRODUCTS DOORSAVERS COMMERCIAL. 01236 FINISH 1 EACH SPRING HINGE, 4-1/2" STD WT HAGER 1250 4-1/2" X 4-1/2". USB10B FINISH (CENTER HINGE) 1 EACH LOCKSET AL80PDAxSATx11-096x10-025xC-KEYWAY. 613 FINISH.UNLOCKED BY KEY FROM ALCOVE. ALWAYS OPENS FROM INSIDE 4 - FITTING ROOM 2 EACH BUTT HINGE, 4-1/2" HAGER BB1279 4-1/2 X 4-1/2". US10B FINISH 1 EACH LOCKSET SCHLAGE, ND50PD (F82)PUSH BUTTON LOCKING. PUSH BUTTON LOCKS OUTSIDE LEVER UNTIL IT IS LOCKED WITH KEY OR BY TURNING INSIDE LEVER 3 EACH SILENCERS 1 EACH KICKPLATE 1 EACH PASSAGE SET, WITH THRU-BOLTS 1 EACH CLOSER LCN 1461 X RW/PA X TBSRT. ALUMINUM FINISH 3 A - SALES/NON-SALES 3 EACH HINGE, 4-1/2", HEAVY WT HAGER BB1199 4-1/2 X 4-1/2" X NRP. US32D FINISH 3 EACH SILENCERS HAGER 307D. GREY FINISH 1 EACH KICKPLATE HAGER 193S 8 X 34. US32D FINISH. PUSH SIDE ONLY 1 EACH PASSAGE SET, WITH THRU-BOLTS SCHLAGE ND10S X ATH X 13-248 X 10-025. 626 FINISH 1 EACH CLOSER LCN 1461 X RW/PA X TBSRT. ALUMINUM FINISH 3 - SALES/NON-SALES 3 EACH HINGE, 4-1/2", HEAVY WT HAGER BB1199 4-1/2 X 4-1/2" X NRP. US32D FINISH 1 EACH MISCELLANEOUS SCHLAGE 36-082 X 012. 626 FINISH 1 EACH DOOR VIEWER HAGER 1756. US26D 1 EACH THRESHOLD NATIONAL 425E X 36. MILL FINISH 1 EACH DOOR SWEEP NATIONAL 200NA X 36. A FINISH 1 EACH SEAL NATIONAL 5050B X 17". B FINISH 1 EACH CLOSER LCN 1461 X RW/PA X TBSRT. ALUMINUM FINISH 1 EACH CYLINDER CORE (CONSTRUCTION) SCHLAGE 80-035 X 50-231 X CONSTRUCTION. GREEN FINISH NON-RATED 1 EACH EXIT ALARM DETEX ECL-230D X GREY 2 - SERVICE DR 3 EACH HINGE, 4-1/2", HEAVY WT HAGER BB1199 4-1/2 X 4-1/2" X NRP. US32D FINISH 1 EACH RIM CYLINDER SCHLAGE 80-129. 626 FINISH ITIC 1 EACH DOOR SWEEP NATIONAL 200NA X 36. A FINISH 1 EACH THRESHOLD NATIONAL 425E X 36. MILL FINISH 1 EACH SEAL NATIONAL 5050B X 17". B FINISH HEAD AND JAMB 1 EACH DOOR VIEWER HAGER 1756. US26D 1 EACH CLOSER LCN 1451 X RW/PA X TBSRT. ALUMINUM FINISH NO HOLD-OPEN ON RATED DOORS 1 EACH CYLINDER CORE (CONSTRUCTION)SCHLAGE 80-035 X 50-231 X CONSTRUCTION. GREEN FINISH 1 EACH RIM CYLINDER SCHLAGE 80-129, 626 FINISH RATED 1 EACH EXIT ALARM DETEX ECL-600 X GREY: GREY FINISH 1 - SERVICE DR 3 EACH HINGE, 4-1/2", HEAVY WT HAGER BB1199 4-1/2 X 4-1/2" X NRP. US32D FINISH HDWARE GROUP QTY DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER / SPECIFICATION NOTES N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D FOH SALES REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 A. REFER TO RESOURCE DESIGN SPECIFICATION BOOK FOR FULL SPECIFICATIONS, CONTACTS, AND INFORMATION. B. FABRICATOR TO COORDINATE ALL "WHITE" SAMPLES SO AS ALL "WHITES" MATCH. FIXTURE FABRICATOR MUST SUBMIT SAMPLES OF FINISHES AND MATERIALS TO OWNER AND DESIGNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. NO MATERIAL OR FINISHES SHALL BE SUBSTITUTED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM OWNER AND DESIGNER. ARCHITECT OF RECORD TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND DESIGNER ALL FINAL FINISH SPECIFICATIONS. REFER TO FULL COLOR & MATERIAL RESOURCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMPLETE SPECS. C. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO COORDINATE ALL TOLERANCES OF MATERIALS IN FIXTURE DETAILS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. D. FLAT PAINT FINISH TO BE USED ON CEILINGS UON. E. EGGSHELL PAINT FINISH TO BE USED ON ALL WALLS UON. F. SEMI-GLOSS PAINT FINISH TO BE USED ON ALL DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES UON. G. FIXTURE FABRICATOR AND G.C. TO FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. 1. GRIND FLOOR WITH AN 80 GRIT METAL BOND DIAMOND TO EXPOSE AN EVEN SALT AND PEPPER APPEARANCE. IF AN 80 GRIT DIAMOND WILL NOT ACHIEVE THIS, YOU MUST START WITH A LOWER GRIT, SUCH AS A 40 OR 25 GRIT AND WORK BACK UP TO AN 80 GRIT TO REMOVE THE SCRATCHES LEFT BEHIND FROM THE PREVIOUS METAL CUT. 2. GRIND FLOOR WITH A 100 GRIT HYBRID OR TRANSITIONAL DIAMOND. 3. GRIND FLOOR WITH A 200 GRIT HYBRID OR TRANSITIONAL DIAMOND. 4. SCRUB IN DENSIFIER SUCH AS SASE D1 OR AN APPROVED EQUIVALENT. DO NOT LET DENSIFIER DRY ON FLOOR. IT MUST BE SCRUBBED IN, KEPT WET FOR A MINIMUM OF 20 MINUTES THEN REMOVED WITH A WET DRY VACUUM OR AN AUTO SCRUBBER. 5. POLISH FLOOR WITH A 400 GRIT RESIN DIAMOND TO ACHIEVE THE DESIRED GLOSS IF THE DESIRED GLOSS IS NOT REACHED YOU MUST POLISH THE FLOOR WITH A 500 GRIT ETC. 6. APPLY A COAT OF PROSOCO LS GUARD OR AN APPROVED EQUIVALENT. THIS SHOULD BE SPRAYED ON WITH AN AIRLESS SPRAYER AND MASSAGED INTO THE FLOOR WITH A MICRO-FIBER PAD. THE “GUARD” SHOULD BE APPLIED AT APPROXIMATELY 1,700 SQUARE FEET PER GALLON. 7. BURNISH FLOOR WITH A 400 GRIT BURNISHING PAD UNDER A PROPANE POWERED BURNISHER ONCE THE GUARD HAS COMPLETELY CURED, USUALLY AN HOUR AFTER APPLICATION. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 1 : 50 A0.8.0 FINISH SCHEDULE WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH NOTES MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT/COLOR NOTES ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACT-1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ARMSTRONG 2'X2' X 3/4" ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE, CIRRUS CLG ANGLED TEGULAR #584 FIBERGLASS "STEEL GRID" ARMSTRONG W/MUNIGUARD PLUS, COLOR: WHITE STEEL GRID ARMSTRONG PRELUDE ML (EX FOR SEISMIC CONDITIONS) #7300 SERIES GRID, 15/16" COLOR: WHITE BASE B-1 METAL WALL BASE TBD BASE TRIM: 4" METAL TBD NO SHARP EXPOSED EDGES B-2 VINYL WALL BASE JOHNSONITE ALTERNATE SOURCE: ROPPE PRODUCT: BASEWORKS THERMOSET RUBBER WALL BASE, TSBT TOELESS COLOR: 40 BLACK DIMENSION: 4" HIGH CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT, REGIONAL MATERIALS, RAPIDLY RENEWABLE RESOURCES, PEOPLE FRIENDLY SPACES B-3 WOOD WALL BASE BY MILLWORKER PRODUCT: 1/2" THICK STRAIGHT WOOD BASE COLOR: PAINTED P-5 DIMENSION: 4" HIGH CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT, REGIONAL MATERIALS, RAPIDLY RENEWABLE RESOURCES, PEOPLE FRIENDLY SPACES CONCRETE CO-1 CONCRETE EXISTING BY GC EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB - POLISHED/SEALED BY GC LOW EMITTING MATERIALS CO-2 CONCRETE NEW SCOFIELD ALTERNATE SOURCE: REFERENCE ALL ACCEPTABLE SOURCES ON www.concretenetwork.com NEW CONCRETE SLAB BY GC - POLISHED/SEALED BY GC LOW EMITTING MATERIALS CORK COR-1 CORK FLOOR PLANKS SIENA ALTERNATE SOURCE: DURO DESIGN SUPPLIED BY VENDOR PRODUCT: CORK FLOATING FLOOR WATER BASED POLYURETHANE FINISH COLOR: OCEAN 7890S DIMENSION: 12" x 36" x 7/16" 950MMx295MM, THICKNESS:10.5MM RAPIDLY RENEWABLE RESOURCE, CERTIFIED WOOD, LOW EMITTING FLOORING SYSTEMS, ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS COR-2 CORKFLOOR PLANKS (GLUELESS) SIENA SUPPLIED BY VENDOR PRODUCT: CORK PLANKS (GLUELESS) FINISH: SMOOTH COLOR: OCEAN 7890S DIMENSION: 12" x 36" x 7/16" 950MMx295MM, THICKNESS:10MM RAPIDLY RENEWABLE RESOURCE, CERTIFIED WOOD, LOW EMITTING FLOORING SYSTEMS, ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS FIBER CEMENT BOARD FC-1 FIBER CEMENT BOARD NINGBO CHINSUNBOARD BUILDING MATERIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD COLOR: SAND COLOR, FINISH: UNSANDED, FINAL FINISH: TWO COATS OF CLEAR MATTE SPRAY PAINT - 10/15% GLOSS RATE, DIM: 2440x1220x6MM FLOOR VCT-1 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ARMSTRONG FLOOR VINYL COMPOSITE TILE STYLE: STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE COLORS: 51899 COOLWHITE, SIZE: 12"x12"x1/8" NON-PUBLIC RESTROOM FRP FRP-1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC KAL-TILE KAL-LITE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC WALL PANEL COLOR: OPAQUE WHITE, TRIM/MOULDING: WHITE, PATTERN: BUBBLE (NO VERTICAL SEAMS), (CLASS A) 0.09" THICK MOP SINK, DRINKING FOUNTAIN AREA (IF PROVIDED) FRP EXTENDED TO 48" AFF AT NON-PUBLIC RESTROOM GLASS G-1 EXTERIOR GLASS TBD PRODUCT: LOW IRON TEMPERED PANELS COLOR: CLEAR DIMENSION: REFER TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS EXTERIOR STOREFRONT GLAZING G-2 INTERIOR GLASS TBD PRODUCT: LOW IRON TEMPERED PANELS COLOR: CLEAR DIMENSION: REFER TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS INTERIOR STOREFRONT GLAZING METAL MTL-1 ACM METAL LARSON ACM, COLOR: BLACK, CLEAR MATTE THICKNESS: 4MM STOREFRONT MTL-2 BRAKE METAL LOCAL SOURCE BRAKE METAL COLOR: RAL9005 MATTE THICKNESS: 18 GAUGE STOREFRONT MTL-3 POWDER-COATED ALUMINUM LOCAL SOURCE POWDER COAT ALUMINUM COLOR: RAL9005 MATTE THICKNESS: 1/4" FITTING ROOM PORTAL PAINT P-1 PAINT 'WALLS' SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRODUCT: ECO SELECT ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX COLOR: SW 6168 MODERNE WHITE (EGGHSELL) SALES FLOOR WALLS, FITTING ROOM AREA WALLS, BOH WALLS & RESTROOM. P-2 PAINT 'OTS CEILING' SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRODUCT: ECO SELECT ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX COLOR: #6168 MODERN WHITE (DRYFALL) SALES FLOOR OTS CEILING P-3 PAINT 'DOORS AND TRIM' SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRODUCT: ECO SELECT ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX COLOR: #6168 MODERN WHITE (SEMI GLOSS) DOORS AND TRIM, ABOVE 8' ON SALES FLOOR IN TIER B & C P-4 PAINT 'CEILING' SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRODUCT: ECO SELECT ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX COLOR: #6168 MODERN WHITE (FLAT) GYP BD. CEILINGS P-5 PAINT 'BASE' SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRODUCT: ECO SELECT ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX COLOR: #9005 JET BLACK (EGGSHELL) WOOD BASE PLASTER PS-1 WALL PLASTER NASS FRESCO FINISHES PROPRIETARY PLASTER PRODUCT COLOR: CUSTOM PATTERN FRC-15-07-007C APPLY TEXTURE HORIZONTALLTY. INTERIOR WALL, ABOVE PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES TILE CT-1 PORCELAIN TILE - BULLNOSE DALTILE CERAMIC BULLNOSE TILE COLOR: ARCTIC WHITE #S-4289 SIZE: 2-1/8"x8-1/2" LATICRETE GROUT, COLOR: #44 BRIGHT WHITE PUBLIC RESTROOM CT-2 PORCELAIN TILE - COVE BASE DALTILE CERAMIC COVE BASE TILE COLOR: ARCTIC WHITE #A-3481 SIZE: 4-1/4"x8-1/2" LATICRETE GROUT, COLOR: #44 BRIGHT WHITE PUBLIC RESTROOM CT-3 PORCELAIN TILE - WALL TILE DALTILE CERAMIC WALL TILE COLOR: ARCTIC WHITE 190 SIZE: 4"x12" LATICRETE GROUT, COLOR: #44 BRIGHT WHITE PUBLIC RESTROOM CT-4 PORCELAIN TILE - FLOOR TILE DALTILE CERAMIC FLOOR TILE COLOR: ABSOLUTE BLACK #G771 SIZE: 12"x24" LATICRETE GROUT, COLOR: #22 MIDNIGHT BLACK PUBLIC RESTROOM CT-5 SALES FLOOR - FLOOR TILE 12"X24" DALTILE FLOOR TILE COLOR: DOVE GREY SIZE: 12"x24" GROUT, COLOR: 165 DeLorean Gray SALES FLOOR (LSE REGION). USE ONLY WHEN EXPOSED CONCRETE SLAB IS NOT AN OPTION CT-6 PORCELAIN TILE - FLOOR TILE 12"X24" DALTILE FLOOR TILE COLOR: BLACK MATTE DL28 SIZE: 12" X 24" STACK BOND. USE IN MALL TILE REGION WALLCOVERING WC-1 WALLCOVERING LEVI'S CUSTOM BRANDED PATTERN MOSS PRODUCT: CUSTOM BRANDED PATTERN WALLCOVERING COLOR: CUSTOM PATTERN TBD STYLE LOUNGE WALL WOOD WD-1 PLYWOOD ASH VENEER SHEATHING, CLEAR MATTE LOCAL SOURCE PRODUCT: PLYWOOD ASH VENEER SHEATHING COLOR: CLEAR MATTE. MATERIAL - BIRCH 3/4" DOUGLAS FIR VENEER CORE, ASTM E84 FLAME SPREAD INDEX - 70, FLAME SPREAD CLASS - B, ASTM E84 SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX - 55, SOURCE - HPVA T-14704 (2015) STOREFRONT, FITTING ROOM AREA ENTRY PORTAL. MUST BE CLASS B FIRE RATING AT STOREFRONT (APPLY BURN BARRIER™ FPR OR EQUAL TO MEET THIS REQUIREMENT) WD-2 PLYWOOD ASH VENEER PANEL, CLEAR MATTE, THICKNESS: 3/4" LOCAL SOURCE PRODUCT: PLYWOOD ASH VENEER SHEATHING COLOR: CLEAR MATTE DIMENSION: 3/4" THICKNESS FITTING ROOM WAINSCOTING CONCRETE GRIND SPECIFICATIONS 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 A. FIXTURE FABRICATOR AND ANY VENDORS TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO OWNER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. B. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY ALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AND COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ALL WALL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION. C. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY ALL POWER, VENTILATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATE WITH G.C. PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION. D. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. E. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY CORRECT WEIGHT LOAD REQUIREMENTS OF FIXTURE. FIXTURE MANUFACTURER TO VERIFY FUNCTIONALITY AND STABILITY OF ALL FIXTURES; COORDINATE ANY FLOOR AND/ OR WALL SECUREMENTS AS REQUIRED. F. VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. G. COORDINATION IS REQUIRED BETWEEN G.C., FIXTURE FABRICATOR, AND SIGN/GRAPHIC FABRICATOR REGARDING METHOD OF INSTALLATION OF SIGN AND/ OR GRAPHIC ELEMENTS. VENDORS TO COORDINATE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. REFER TO GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR INFORMATION. H. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE TO THE HIGHEST STANDARDS OF TRADE PRACTICE. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 1 : 50 A0.9.0 FIXTURE, ACCESSORY & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 MARK ITEM QTY MANUFACTURER MODEL FINISH / COLOR NOTES BOH_003 MOP SINK 1 PROFLO PFMB2424 W/ PF245 HOSE BRACKET & Z843M1-RC FAUCET WHITE BOH_005 SOAP DISPENSER 1 BOBRICK B-2013 SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL BOH_013 RESTROOM MIRROR 1 BOBRICK B-165 2436 STAINLESS STEEL BOH_016 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 1 BOBRICK B-2890 BOH_019 MICROWAVE 1 TBD TBD TO BE ORDERED AND INSTALLED BY STORE OPERATIONS AFTER TURNOVER BOH_022 UNDER-COUNTER REFRIGERATOR 1 TBD TBD TO BE ORDERED AND INSTALLED BY STORE OPERATIONS AFTER TURNOVER BOH_025 EMPLOYEE LOCKERS, C-THRU 2 TBD TBD BOH_026 MANAGER'S DESK 1 TBD TBD BOH_028 MOBILE SHELVING UNIT 5 PIPP TBD BOH_030 WATER FOUNTAIN 1 ELKAY LVRC8S BOH_035 MANAGER'S CHAIR 1 TBD TBD BOH_040 EYE WASH STATION 1 BOH_041 FIRST AID KIT 1 BOH_042 PATHOGEN KIT 1 ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE MARK ITEM QTY MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES C1 360 CAMERA 1 TBD TBD C2 FIXED CAMERA 1 TBD TBD SECURITY DEVICE SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTESFIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION QTY COMMENTS Fixture System AC.FS_02 ACCESSORIES - WALL BAY 2 FP.FS_04.3 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - 2 BAY - TALL 2 SS.FS_01.2 SHOP SET - LIFESTYLE PLATFORM - LARGE 2 SS.FS_03.1 SHOP SET - INTEGRATED LIFESTYLE FIXTURE - SMALL 2 SS.FS_05.5 SHOP SET - PLATFORM FEATURE RAIL - 600mm - MEDIUM 4 SS.FS_08 SHOP SET - INTEGRATED LIFESTYLE FIXTURE - TABLE TOP RAIL 2 SS.FS_17.2 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- SHORT 4 SS.FS_17.4 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- TALL 4 Fixture Component AC.FC_06.1 ACCESSORIES - SHELF - 100mm 2 AC.FC_09 ACCESSORIES - WALL BAY 2 FC.FC_01 FIT CAMP - PERIMETER FIXTURE - FACE OUT 8 FC.FC_04.1 FIT CAMP - FRAME EXTENSION - TALL 6 FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL 8 FP.FC_08.3 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - GRAPHIC FRAME - 2 BAY - TALL 2 FP.FC_09.2 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - LIGHTBOX - 2 BAY - TALL 2 MS.FC_02 MISC - WALL GRAPHIC - ILLUMINATED - 1220mm x2440mm 2 MS.FC_3.2 MISC - WALL MIRROR - 600mm x 2240mm 2 VD.FC_10 VISUAL DISPLAY - HANG BAR SIGN 4 MARK ITEM QTY MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES ET_001 POS 2 HEWLETT PACKARD HP ENGAGE ONE POS MODEL 145 ET_002 POS CASH DRAWER 2 HEWLETT PACKARD HP STANDARD DUTY CASH DRAWER ET_003 POS KEYBOARD 2 HEWLETT PACKARD HP POS KEYBOARD ET_004 POS BARCODE SCANNER 2 HEWLETT PACKARD HP ENGAGE ONE BARCODE SCANNER ET_005 POS PRINTER 2 EPSON TM-T88VI PRINTER ET_006 POS VERIFONE 2 VERIFONE TBD Equipment & Technology Schedule REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 B C D 3 2 1 A ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 101' - 4" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 6' - 3" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 21' - 4" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 8' - 8" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 81' - 8" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 11' - 0" 30' - 0"30' - 0"30' - 0" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 27' - 7" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 1' - 5" 12' - 3"5' - 5" 1' - 4" 3' - 9" 7' - 3" 1 2 344 7' - 1" 28' - 1" 1' - 11" AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) A. G.C. TO PROVIDE FIELD VERIFIED DIMENSIONS AS REQUESTED, AND RETURN TO AOR. THIS MUST BE PERFORMED TO MEET THE LEASE REQUIREMENTS B. VERIFY ELECTRIC PANELS AND SERVICE SIZE MATCHES ELECTRICAL DESIGN DRAWINGS. C. VERIFY HVAC UNIT SIZE MATCHES HVAC DESIGN DRAWINGS. D. VERIFY LOCATION AND HEIGHT OF SPRINKLER MAIN ENTERING AND LEAVING TENANT SPACE. VERIFY SPRINKLER BRANCH LINE HEIGHTS. E. VERIFY LOCATION AND HEIGHT OF ALL FIXED UTILITIES WITHIN THIS TENANT SPACE TO DETERMINE ANY CONFLICTS WITH THE PROPOSED BUILD OUT. F. VERIFY TYPE, THICKNESS AND R-VALUE OF ROOF DECK INSULATION (IF APPLICABLE.) G. VERIFY HEIGHT, CONFIGURATION AND LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING ABOVE CEILING ITEMS OR UTILITIES TO REMAIN EITHER FOR LANDLORD USE OR TENANT REUSE. H. GC TO INFORM ARCHITECT AND PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY OMISSIONS, DIMENSION DIFFERENCES OR OTHER ITEMS THAT MAY CONFLICT WITH PROPOSED DESIGN. PLAN LEGEND LEASE LINE DIMENSIONS REQUIRED TO BE VERIFIED BY THE GC[ ] CONFIRM CEILING ELEMENTS UNDERSIDE OF DECK = ______________________________ BOTTOM OF BEAM = _______________________________ LOWEST UTILITY LINE = _______________________________ NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FIELD VERIFIED DIMENSIONS AS REQUESTED AND RETURN TO ARCHITECT. THIS MUST BE PERFORMED TO MEET THE LEASE REQUIREMENTS. LOD AREA FROM LANDLORD:3000 SF LOD AREA (VERIFIED):2997 SF EXISTING EXTERIOR/DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED PROPOSED TRENCHING PROPOSED CORE DRILL EXISTING TO REMAIN 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A1.1.1 LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN XSHEET NOTES GENERAL NOTES 1 LEASE LINE. 2 (E) DEMISING WALL. PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 3 GC SHALL VERIFY THAT SLAB IS SUITABLE FOR MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM. SLOPE SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 1/8" PER 1'-0" IN ANY DIRECTION. 4 (E) ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. LEGEND REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX FOR ASSOCIATED NOTES. B. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS THAT THE ENTIRE SPACE IS TO BE CLEARED OF ALL PARTITIONS, FIXTURES, FINISHES, STOREFRONT AND SIGNAGE (UON) THE REMAINING SPACE SHOULD CONSIST OF EXISTING PERIMETER WALLS, STRIPPED COLUMNS, CONCRETE FLOOR, AND EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE (UON). COORDINATE WITH M.E.P. DRAWINGS IF EXISTING EQUIPMENT IS TO REMAIN. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ALL DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. D. PREVENT MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF EXISTING STRUCTURE(S). PROVIDE AND PLACE BRACING OR SHORING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURE. ASSUME LIABILITY FOR SUCH MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, DAMAGE OR INJURY. E. HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR TO INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DETERMINE WHETHER ANY COMPRESSOR REFRIGERANT LINES ARE PRESENT THAT MUST BE PROPERLY DRAINED (TO E.P.A. STANDARDS) PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. F. BURNING OF MATERIALS ON SITE IS NOT PERMITTED. G. NO WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED OUTSIDE THE LEASE LINE AS DEFINED BY THE LANDLORD. H. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. I. TENANT TO COORDINATE BARRICADE AND BARRICADE GRAPHICS WITH OPERATIONS MANAGER. TENANT'S G.C. TO COORDINATE BARRICADE LOCATION WITH MALL OPERATION MANAGER. J. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATIONS OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE LINES AND CAPPING LOCATIONS ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. K. CEASE OPERATIONS AND NOTIFY THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED. TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT THE STRUCTURE. DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL SAFETY IS RESTORED. L. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WITH THE OWNER AND THE LANDLORD AND BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES TO BOTH PARTIES ATTENTION PRIOR TO FINALIZING THE BID AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. M. A FIRE EXTINGUISHER MUST BE KEPT ON THE PREMISES AT ALL TIMES. N. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE, MAINTAIN POSSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE O. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES AS NECESSARY FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION FOR ALL LIFE/SAFETY DEVICES. P. WHERE THE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB IS TO BE PATCHED AND REPAIRED, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE EXISTING FIRE RATING OF THE EXISTING SLAB, PATCH WORK TO BE STRUCTURALLY SOUND AND CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING LIVE LOADS FOR MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES AS PER LOCAL CODES AND JURISDICTION. Q. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL WORK BELOW SLAB WITH LANDLORD AND SHALL PATCH & REPAIR ANY/ALL DAMAGE THAT MAY OCCUR DURING DEMOLITION WORK. R. GC TO ARRANGE & PAY FOR DISCONNECTING, REMOVING & CAPPING UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN AREAS OF DEMOLITION, DISCONNECT & STUB-OFF. NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANY & BUILDING MANAGER IN ADVANCE & OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING THIS WORK. S. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT EXISTING FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. PHASE DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. T. ANY RE-USED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE REFURBISHED TO A "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. U. DO NOT ABANDON ANY UTILITIES OF MATERIALS WITHIN THE LEASE SPACE. V. COVER RETURN AIR OPENINGS BEFORE AND DURING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED. W. REPAIR AND/OR REPAINT LANDLORD PROPERTY DAMAGED DURING TENANT IMPROVEMENTS PER LANDLORD SPECS AND ACCEPTANCE. X. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM A CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST ON THE EXISTING SLAB AFTER DEMOLITION AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER IF ADDITIONAL MOISTURE MIGRATION IS REQUIRED.\ Y. GC TO CONFIRM ALL NECESSARY PENETRATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. Z. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING TRENCHING AND/OR CORE DRILLING REQUIREMENTS, AND CONTACTING LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PERFORMING WORK. AA. GC RESPONSIBLE FOR X-RAYING SLAB BEFORE CUTTING. COORDINATE ALL FLOOR SLAB CORING WITH LOWER LEVEL TENANT (AS NECESSARY). BB. COMPLETELY AND PERMANENTLY SEAL ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS. EXISTING EXTERIOR/DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED PROPOSED TRENCHING PROPOSED CORE DRILL EXISTING TO REMAIN B C D 3 2 1 LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 27' - 7" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 1' - 5" TYP. 1 TYP. 2 TYP. 333 4 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 TYP. 5 TYP. 5 TYP. 6 TYP. 4 TYP. 7 TYP. 7 TYP. 5 TYP. 1 TYP. 8 TYP. 9 LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 8' - 8" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 81' - 8" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 11' - 0" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 6' - 3" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 21' - 4" TYP. 10 11 TYP. 11 A TYP. 6 TYP. 6 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 TYP. 5 TYP. 5 30' - 0"30' - 0"30' - 0" 28' - 1" 1' - 11" TYP. 5 ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) B C D 3 2 1 TYP. 2 TYP. 333 TYP. 1 TYP. 8 TYP. 1 TYP. 2 4' - 11" 11' - 11" 12 3' - 0"2' - 2" 14' - 0" 6' - 6" A A6.5.1 1 TYP. 13 ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) A. LL TO DELIVER THE SPACE AS IS. IT IS THE TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UPGRADE ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT IS BEING REUSED B. TENANT MUST DEMO THE SPACE ACCORDING TO THEIR TI WORK C. ALL WESTFIELD RELATED UTILITIES/WIRING MUST REMAIN UNTOUCHED. VIF WITH TC OR FM PRIOR TO REMOVING ANY SUCH ITEMS. D. ALL UNUSED ITEMS (CONDUITS, PIPING, HANGERS, DUCTWORK, RTU...ETC.) FROM PREVIOUS TENANT MUST BE REMOVED E. TENANT AND TENANT'S ARCHITECT TO CHECK FOR ANY REQUIRED ADA UPGRADES IF EXISTING RESTROOMS ARE BEING REUSED F. TENANT’S GC MUST PROTECT ALL COMMON AREAS FINISHES (CEILING, NEUTRAL PIERS, FLOOR FINISHES, EXIT CORRIDORS,….) G. GC MUST HIRE MALL REQUIRED VENDOR FOR FIRE ALARM, FIRE SPRINKLER. AND ROOF WORK H. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MALL’S FACILITIES 48-HOUR ADVANCE NOTICE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. I. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN DURING DEMOLITION SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR ALTER ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. LANDLORD SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY IF ANY DAMAGE OCCURS OR IS DISCLOSED DURING DEMOLITION. J. MEP SYSTEMS LOCATED AT REMOVED/DEMOLISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS THAT ARE NOT PART OF NEW DESIGN SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AT THE SOURCE AND REMOVING OR CAPPING. REROUTE AND CONTINUE ANY SYSTEM THAT MUST BE RETAINED FOR ADJACENT TENANT SPACES THAT ARE NOT IN THESE PLANS. K. ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FOR EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, REMOVED AND CAPPED ABOVE CEILING OR BELOW FLOOR. IF CONTINUITY OF SYSTEM MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR USE BY ADJACENT TENANT SPACES, CONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE, AS NECESSARY, TO BE BEHIND NEW CONSTRUCTION. L. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING FROM SITE, ALL RUBBLE AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY DEMOLITION AND DISPOSING OF IT IN A PROPER MANNER. PROVIDE HAUL ROUTE TO MALL’S MANAGEMENT FOR REMOVAL OF RUBBLE OR DEBRIS. PROTECT MALL FLOOR WITH MASONITE OR SIMILAR WHEN USING CARTS, DOLLIES, OR OTHER TRANSPORTATION METHODS. DEBRIS REMOVAL MUST NOT BE VISIBLE IN THE MALL COMMON AREA DURING BUSINESS HOURS. M. VERIFY IN FIELD ALL DEMISING DIMENSIONS AGAINST LOD PRIOR TO START OF TENANT CONSTRUCTION - ENSURE PLAN REFLECTS FIELD CONDITIONS. ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN APPROVED PLANS AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A2.1.0 DEMOLITION / TRENCHING PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 GENERAL NOTESXSHEET NOTESLEGEND SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 DEMOLITION PLAN 1 LEASE LINE 2 (E) DEMISING WALL. GC TO ENSURE ANY FIRE RATED WALL IS MAINTAINED/PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION AND SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS PER UL REQUIRENMENT. 3 (E) ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. 4 (E) FIXTURES, FURNITURE, MILLWORK, GRAPHICS, ETC TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY, TYP THROUGHOUT THE SPACE, U.N.O. 5 (E) INTERIOR PARTITION TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY, TYP. 6 (E) INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN. GC TO PATCH AND REPAIR WHERE REQUIRED AND ENSURE ANY FIRE RATED WALL IS MAINTAINED/PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION. 7 (E) TOILET FIXTURES, TOILET ACCESSORIES AND PLUMBING PIPPING TO BE RETAINED, GC TO VERIFY THEIR CONDITION. (E) LIGHTING FIXTURES, FLOOR FINISHES TO BE REMOVED. 8 (E) STOREFRONT GLAZING TO BE RETAINED. 9 (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN (AS NEEDED) WHILE MAINTAINING FIRE RATING CODE. PREP COLUMN FOR AS REQ'D TO ACCEPT NEW FINISHES. 10 (E) DOOR AND FRAME TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. 11 GC TO REMOVE THE EXISTITNG FLOOR FINISH IN ITS ENTIRETY, TYP. PREP U.N.O. EXISTING SLAB/SUB FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ACCEPT NEW FINISHES. REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR MORE INFO. 12 TRENCH PORTION OF SLAB FOR (N) FLOOR SENSORMATIC SYSTEM. EXTENTS OF DEMO TO BE CONFIRMED VIA SENSORMATIC VENDOR'S SURVEY. 13 GC TO SCAN FLOORING PRIOR TO TRENCHING - NEED CENTER'S APPROVAL. SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"2 TRENCHING PLAN LL GENERAL NOTES 2 2 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 B C D 3 2 1TYP. 1 TYP. 1 TYP. 2 TYP. 3 TYP. 3 TYP. 3 TYP. 3 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 TYP. 5 TYP. 5 TYP. 3 TYP. 3 TYP. 6 TYP. 6 TYP. 3 TYP. 3 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 TYP. 6 TYP. 6 LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 27' - 7" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 1' - 5" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 8' - 8" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 81' - 8" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 11' - 0" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 6' - 3" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 21' - 4" A 30' - 0"30' - 0"30' - 0" 28' - 1" 1' - 11" TYP. 2 TYP. 2 TYP. 7 TYP. 7 TYP. 7 TYP. 7 ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) TYP. 8 TYP. 8 6' - 0" TYP. 9 TYP. 10 EXISTING EXTERIOR/DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED EXISTING TO BE REMAIN A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX FOR DIVISION OF LABOR. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.7.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A0.8.0 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE D. REFER TO SHEET A7.1.1 FOR PARTITION TYPES E. REFER TO HVAC, ELECTRICAL AND FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS (DEFERRED SUBMITTAL BY OTHERS) FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK, INCLUDING ADDITIONAL CEILING ELEMENTS, SPRINKLER LOCATIONS AND EQUIPMENT. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND REGULATIONS. F. ALL FIXTURES, SPRINKLER HEADS, AND OTHER DEVICES TO BE CENTERED ON CEILING TILES AND/OR GWB CEILING, UON G. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES, COORDINATE EXISTING AND NEW REGISTERS, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLER LINES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE ITEMS TO ENSURE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR CEILING LAYOUT AS SHOWN. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES AND OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. H. EXIT SIGNS SHOWN FOR DESIGN PURPOSE ONLY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THE CORRECT NUMBER OF EXIT SIGNS IN THE CORRECT LOCATIONS ACCORDING TO LOCAL CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. I. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, CEILINGS AND RELATED ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN TO SPECIFIED HEIGHTS ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. J. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY ALL CLEAR CEILING HEIGHTS. K. G.C. TO LEAVE MALL/BUILDING DUCTS INTACT. COORDINATE WITH MALL'S TENANT COORDINATOR. L. SUSPENSION OF ANY LOAD FROM THE EXISTING STRUCTURE WILL REQUIRE LANDLORD FIELD APPROVAL. NOTHING MAY BE ATTACHED TO OVERHEAD SLAB UNLESS PERMITTED BY MALL'S CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA. (CONFIRM ALL ITEMS TO BE INDIRECTLY HUNG AS REQUIRED). M. USE UNISTRUT AS NECESSARY TO INSTALL NEW FIXTURES THAT CONFLICT WITH EXISTING DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, ETC. N. G.C. TO RELOCATE ALL EXISTING CEILING ELEMENTS AT STOREFRONT PER NEW DESIGN (SHOPPER TRACK, RETAIL NEXT, ETC.) CONFIRM PRESENSE OF ITEMS ON SITE DURING DEMOLITION, AND COORDINATE RELOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. O. ALL LIGHTS TO HAVE OCCUPANCY SENSORS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A2.1.1 DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN LEGEND 1 LEASE LINE. 2 (E) DEMISING WALL. PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 3 (E) ROOF DECK, BEAMS AND OTHER STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TO REMAIN. 4 (E) LIGHTING AND ASSOCIATED WIRING, CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC TO BE REMOVED BACK TO COMMON POINT OF CONNECTION. 5 (E) GYPSUM CEILING TO REMAIN. 6 (E) SOFFITS, LIGHTING AND ALL HVAC DUCTWORK DIFFUSERS, ETC TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY THROUGHOUT ENTIRE SPACE; UON 7 (E) CEILING TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY FROM SALES AREA. 8 (E) GYPSUM CEILING TO REMAIN. GC TO PATCH AND REPAIR WHERE REQUIRED AND ENSURE IT IS MAINTAINED/PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION. 9 (E) SOFFIT TO BE DEMOLISHED. 10 (E) SOFFIT TO REMAIN. GC TO PATCH AND REPAIR WHERE REQUIRED AND ENSURE IT IS MAINTAINED/PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION. XSHEET NOTES GENERAL NOTES 4 4 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 4 02/06/2023 RCP UPDATE A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE/MATRIX FOR ASSOCIATED NOTES. B. FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS BARRICADE TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LL REGULATIONS. C. FOR EXTERIOR LOCATION BARRICADE TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AHJ REGULATIONS. D. BARRICADE SHOWN FOR DESIGN INTENT. NARRICADE TO BE PROVIDED BY ENVY MODULAR WALL SYSTEMS. CONTACT AARON HAMANN (855)368-9697 AARONHAMANN@ENVYMWS.COM E. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DESIGN OF FRAMING AND SCAFFOLDING SUPPORTING BARRICADES. F. INTERIOR BARRICADES TO HAVE 6 MIL POLYETHYLENE DUST PROTECTION AT TOP, TAPED AT SEAMS. G. EXTERIOR BARRICADES TO HAVE "ROOF" WITH WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AND ALUM. DRIP EDGE. H. ATTACHMENTS OF BARRICADES TO MALL BULKHEADS, BUILDING FACADE, NEUTRAL PIERS, MALL FLOORING AND SIDEWALKS SHALL BE AS REQ'D TO STABILIZE BARRICADE AND MINIMIZE DAMAGE OR HOLES IN EXISTING SURFACES. FASTENINGS SHALL BE AT JOINTS BETWEEN MATERIALS. FOLLOWING REMOVAL OF BARRICADE, ALL EXISTING SURFACES SHALL BE FULLY RESTORED TO APPEARANCE BEFORE BARRICADE WAS ERECTED. I. HEAD CONDITION OF BARRICADE VARIES PER PROJECT CONDITIONS. ADJUST AS REQ'D. J. BARRICADE LOCATIONS MUST BE CONFIRMED IN FIELD TO ENSURE NO CONFLICTS WITH LIGHTING AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. GC TO VERIFY AS REQ'D. 3 A2.1.2------------------------------------ A2.1.2 2 TYP. 1 3 2 1 3' - 0" MIN. 3' - 0" PREFFERED EQ 6' - 0" ACCESS DOOR EQ TBD BY TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER DIMENSIONS VARY WITH STORE CONDITIONS TYP. 2 TYP. 2 6' - 6"6' - 6" 29' - 5" 3 A2.1.2------------------------------------ 3 2 T.O. STOREFRONT 10'-9" AFF B.O. MALL BULKHEAD 15'-10" AFF MALL FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF TYP. 3 TYP. 3 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 5 T.O. STOREFRONT 10'-10" AFF B.O. MALL BULKHEAD 15'-10" AFF MALL FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF TYP. 4 5 TYP. 2 4 5 . 0 ° TYP. 6 TYP. 7 BARRICADE MUST BE CO-ORDINATED WITH LL'S REQUIRED CONTRACTOR, BOSTON BARRICADE AT TENANT'S EXPENSES, SEE CONTACT BELOW FOR COORDINATION: HEIKE DYDELL SENIOR PROJECT MANAGER DIRECT: 760-208-6091 MOBILE: 951-216-0699 HDYDELL@BOSTONRS.COM WWW.BOSTONRS.COM BOSTON RETAIL SOLUTIONS 28441 FELIX VALDEZ AVE TEMECULA CALIFORNIA 92590 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A2.1.2 BARRICADE PLAN, ELEVATION & SECTION WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 XSHEET NOTES GENERAL NOTES SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1 BARRICADE PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"2 BARRICADE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 BARRICADE SECTION 1 LEASE LINE. 2 PROVIDE 3-5/8" X 25 GA. METAL STUD BRACING AND BOTTOM STRUTS AT 10'-0" O.C. MAX SECURE BOTTOM STRUTS WITH SANDBAGS AS REQ'D. 3 VENDOR SUPPLIED GRAPHICS. GC TO COORDINATE WITH VENDOR FOR INSTALLATION 4 PROVIDE 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD (SMOOTH ONE SIDE), OVER WOOD FRAMING. SMOOTH SIDE TO FACE EXTERIOR. MUD & TAPE JOINTS, PRIME & PAINT. 5 PAIR OF 3'-0"x7'-0" LOCKABLE HOLLOW CORE DOORS, LOCATED PER PROPOSED ENTRY DOORS. 6 GC TO FIELD VERIFY FACADE CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE UPPER LIMIT OF BARRICADE WITH LL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. (E) MALL FACADE ELEMENTS TO BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE AND DEBRIS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND BARRICADE INSTALLATION. 7 (E) MALL FACADE. LL GENERAL NOTES REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB A4.1.1 2 A6.2.1 1 A6.6.1 1 B C D 3 2 1 D12 D0 8 D07 D06 D09 D02 D04 AA 30' - 0"30' - 0" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 8' - 8" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 81' - 8" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 11' - 0" 101 CASHWRAP 100 FOH SALES 107 FR ADA 108 CORRIDOR 1 108 CORRIDOR 103 FR 1 102 STYLE LOUNGE 109 (E) RESTROOM (ADA) 110 BOH 105 FR 3 F3.0 H3.2 B3.0 A A F3.2 F3.0 B3.0 F3.2 A A A F3.2 B3.0 F3.0 F3.0 EQ HOLD 10' - 1" EQ A5.1.14 A5.1.1 1 A5.1.1 3 A5.1.1 2 A1A1 A LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 6' - 3" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 21' - 4" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 27' - 7" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 1' - 5" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 101' - 4" TYP. 1 TYP. 2 3 TYP. 4 55 6 F3.2 ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) D0 1 ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) AL I G N TYP. 1 TYP. 2 TYP. 7 TYP. 7 TYP. 7 8 9 10 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 28' - 1" 1' - 11" ALIGN 9 9 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 99 9 9" ALIGN A AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) A6.5.1 1 SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R 1' - 11" 2' - 2" B3.0 B3.0 9 A6.6.2 1 111 CORRIDOR 29 104 FR 2 106 FR 4 D03 D05 D11 D10 10 ALIGNF3.2 H3.2 B3.0 B3.0 B3.0 F3.0 F3.0 8 2 2 2F3.2 B3.2 B3.0 B3.0 9 8' - 10 1/2" 28' - 1" TYP. 11 5 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.0.2 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR DIVISION OF LABOR. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.0.6 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A0.0.7 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE D. THE G.C. SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF THE EXISTING SPACE & OF ANY EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN BY ACTUAL MEASUREMENT BEFORE ANY WORK IS PERFORMED. IF MEASUREMENTS DIFFER FROM DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THESE PLANS, THE G.C. IS TO NOTIFY THE TENANT IMMEDIATELY. THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING ANY & ALL DISCREPANCIES AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO TENANT. E. G.C. TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT AFTER LAYOUT AND PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OCCUR: 1. DIMENSION LABELED +/-VARIES MORE THAN 2" FROM ACTUAL FIELD MEASUREMENT. 2. DIMENSIONS LABELED "MIN" CAN NOT BE ACHIEVED. 3. CLEAR OR CRITICAL DIMENSIONS ARE DESIGNATED BUT CANNOT BE MET OR WHERE CORRIDOR/AISLE WIDTH CANNOT MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS (3'-8" UON) 4. ANY DISCREPANCY, OMISSION OR UNANTICIPATED FIELD CONDITION ALTERS THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS. F. THE G.C. SHALL PATCH & REPAIR ALL EXISTING SURFACES AS NECESSARY BEFORE APPLYING NEW FINISHES. ALL SOFT, POROUS, FLAKING OR OTHERWISE DEFECTIVE FINISHES SHALL BE REMOVED BEFORE APPLICATION OF NEW MATERIALS. OPENINGS, VOIDS, OR UNFINISHED SURFACES CREATED BY REMOVAL OR MODIFICATION OF EXISTING WORK SHALL BE FILLED OR PATCH & FINISHED AS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR NEW FINISHES REQ. SPECIFICALLY, FLOOR SURFACES AT ENTRY SHALL BE LEVELED TO ASSURE SMOOTH SURFACE TRANSITION BETWEEN EXISTING & NEW FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS. VERIFY ANY PATCHING OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB IN BOATHOUSE WITH PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO DOING WORK. G. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FACE OF FINISH TO FACE OF FINISH UON. H. G.C. SHALL VERIFY THAT DEMISING WALLS EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND ALL PENETRATIONS ARE SEALED TIGHT, AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND SHALL PROVIDE ALL WORK REQUIRED TO CORRECT DEFICIENT CONDITIONS. I. G.C. TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT THAT ALL DEMISING WALLS ARE PLUMB. IF NOT, G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL FURRING AND GYP BD TO CORRECT. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO WORK. J. THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO MAINTAIN EXISTING LIFE SAFETY ELEMENTS, AND MAINTAIN THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND FIRE RATING INTEGRITY OF THE LANDLORD'S DEMISING WALLS, FLOOR SLAB, BEAMS, COLUMNS, ROOF DECK, ETC. K. ALL METAL STUDS ARE TO BE 20 GA. TYPICAL NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS. SEE USG STEEL- FRAMED DRYWALL SYSTEMS "LIMITING HEIGHT -STEEL STUD ASSEMBLIES" CHART. USE THE L/240 ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION FIGURES ONLY L. ALL GYPSUM BOARD TO BE 5/8" TYPE 'X' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. M. THE G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WORK OF VARIOUS TRADES IN INSTALLATION OF INTERRELATED WORK. BEFORE INSTALLATION OR WORK BY ANY TRADE BEGINS, MAKE PROPER PROVISIONS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. THIS SHALL INCLUDE WORK BY ANY OF THE TENANTS SUBCONTRACTORS AS WELL AS THOSE UNDER CONTRACT W/ THE G.C. N. PROVIDE METAL OR FRT WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL SIGNS, HOOKS, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES & ANY OTHER WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE ALL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY FOR MILLWORK W/ MILLWORK. O. ALL FRAMING LUMBER, PLYWOOD AND CONCEALED WOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (FRT) -NO WOOD IN CEILING PLENUM ABOVE SPRINKLER COVERAGE P. ALL INTERIOR FINISH & TRIM MATERIALS SHALL MEET APPLICABLE CODES FOR FLAME SPREAD RATINGS Q. THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE CAULK JOINTS WHERE GYP. BD. MEETS THE FLOOR OR ROOF DECK -PACK FLUTES AT DECK AS REQUIRED R. PROVIDE DRYWALL TRIM AT ALL EXPOSED EDGES AND CORNERS S. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL WITHIN THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL INCLUDING ITS RULES AND REGULATION. T. ALL SUPPORTS TO BE FROM STRUCTURAL JOISTS AND BEAMS AND NOT FROM THE DECK ABOVE. U. ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION OR EXISTING BUILDING SYSTEMS DURING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REPAIRED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. V. DOORS TO BE LOCATED 4" FROM FACE OF WALL UON. AREA NOT IN CONTRACT (N.I.C.) X#.#x XXX DOOR NUMBER PARTITION TYPE PARTITION TYPE X#.# STUD SIZE MODIFIER NOTES: A. STUD SIZES: a. 3 = 3-5/8" METAL STUD b. 6 = 6" METAL STUD B. USE 6" STUDS FOR PILASTERS AND PLUMBING WALLS C. USE WATER RESISTANT GYP BD AT ALL WET LOCATIONS D. RESTROOM WALLS TO BE FILLED WITH 3-1/2" FRICTION FIT BATT SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION (STC 42, OR BETTER) E. EXTEND GYP BD 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG. F. ALL NEW PARTITIONS TO BE METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C., UON • ALL LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING TO COMPLY WITH THE SSMA (STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION) TABLES AND GUIDELINES. MODIFIERS: 0.NONE 1. 3-1/2" FRICTION FIT BATT SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION (STC OF 42 OR BETTER) 2. PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL; REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR DIMENSION EXISTING DEMISING WALL (A) NEW PARTITION (FULL HEIGHT) NEW PARTITION (PARTIAL HEIGHT) NEW STOREFRONT WALL (SF) (REFER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS AND DETAILS) EXISTING DEMISING WAL (A1) RFID INSULATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN XSHEET NOTES GENERAL NOTESLEGEND 1 LEASE LINE. 2 (E) DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING AND SEAL ALL PENETRATUINS PER UL REQUIREMENT. 3 (E) EGRESS DOOR. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS 4 (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN. GC TO VERIFY LOCATION OF (E) COLUMN. 5 (E) RESTROOM (E) PLUMBING FIXTURES AND (N) FINISHES TO BE MAINTAINED 6 (N) DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 7 (E) ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. 8 GC TO APPLY REFLECTIX RFID INSULATION TO THE WALLS SEPARATING THE BOH AND FOH AREAS. 9 NEW 48" CORNER GUARD ABOVE BASE. 48"x2"x2" - 90 DEG, 16 GA, TYPE 304, SATIN #4 BRUSHED FINISH, STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD FROM THE CORNER GUARD STORE (CG-554-16482-90). 10 NEW 48" CORNER GUARD ABOVE BASE. 48" X 2 1/2" X 2 1/2" - 90 DEGREE LEXAN POLYCARBONATE CLEAR INPRO CORNER GUARD FROM THE CORNER GUARD STORE. 11 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A2.2.1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 2 2 POWER POLE REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 GFCI SD USB HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB C1C2FE FE SHHBHB WALL/FIXTURE MOUNTED DUPLEX POWER RECEPTACLE FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX POWER RECEPTACLE WALL/FIXTURE MOUNTED QUADRAPLEX POWER RECEPTACLE WALL MOUNTED GFCI DUPLEX POWER RECEPTACLE WALL/FLOOR MOUNTED DATA RECEPTACLE DM DOOR MONITOR CALL BUTTONCB TRENCHING LOCATION ELECTRICAL PANEL SWITCHBOARDSB [XX"]RECEPTACLE MOUNTING HEIGHT KS KEY SWITCH EMERGENCY RELEASEER JUNCTION BOX SMOKE DETECTOR USB POWER RECEPTACLE B C D 3 2 1 A ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) 5' - 6"9' - 1"5' - 6"1' - 10"3" 4' - 11" [24"] [24"] [18"][18"][74"][94"] [18"] [74"] [18"][74"][94"] [74"][94"] [9"] [132"] [132"] [132"] EQ EQ6' - 9" 6' - 9" [74"] [72"] [34"] [34"] [18"] [18"] [9"] [134"] 6" 15' - 8" 5' - 6"9' - 0"5' - 6"1' - 11"10' - 10"6' - 5"5' - 6" 4' - 11" [18"] 1 [128"] 2 33333 101 CASHWRAP 100 FOH SALES 107 FR ADA108 CORRIDOR 1 108 CORRIDOR 103 FR 1 102 STYLE LOUNGE 109 (E) RESTROOM (ADA) 110 BOH 105 FR 3 [18"] [18"] [94"][94"] 1 1 1 (E) 2' - 7" 3' - 0" SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) 16' - 9"5' - 6" [74"][94"] 3' - 2" [18"][34"][34"][34"] 1' - 0" 2' - 3"2' - 2"2' - 2"1' - 6" 1' - 0" 6" 3' - 0" 1' - 0" [18"][18"] [18"] [132"] 1 104 FR 2 [18"] [18"][132"] 1 [18"] [18"] EQ EQ [18"] 111 CORRIDOR 2 106 FR 4 1' - 6" 2' - 5" EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ [18"] EQ EQ [18"] EQ EQ EQ EQ 5 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX FOR DIVISION OF LABOR. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS INTO FINISH CARPENTRY AND ARCHITECTRAL MILLWORK. C. CUT AND PATCH EXISTING CONCRETE FLOORS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF FLOOR BOXES. D. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. E. NUMBERS NEXT TO WALL MOUNTED DEVICES INDICATE HEIGHT ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. ALL ELECTRIC, TELEPHONE AND DATA RECEPTACLES WITHOUT SUCH IDENTIFIER SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 15" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. F. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS INTO FINISH CARPENTRY AND ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A2.2.2 POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 LEGEND 1 J-BOX FOR LIGHTBOX, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR LIGHTBOX LOCATIONS. 2 J-BOX FOR STOREFRONT SIGNAGE. 3 (E) ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. GC TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE IS MET. SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 POWER & COMMUNICATION PLAN GENERAL NOTESXSHEET NOTES REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB TYP. 1 TYP. 2 TYP. 1 TYP. 2 ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) SCHLUTER TRANSITION STRIP. (AE-M100D) FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 100 FOH SALES CT-5 B-3 P-1 TO 7'-4 1/2", P-1 ABOVE P-2 P-3 FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 107 FR ADA COR-1 B-3 WD-1 TO 4'-0", P-1 ABOVE P-2 P-3 FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 103 FR 1 COR-1 B-3 WD-1 TO 4'-0", P-1 ABOVE P-2 P-3 FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 108 CORRIDOR CO-1 B-2 P-1 P-2 - FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 105 FR 3 COR-1 B-3 WD-1 TO 4'-0", P-1 ABOVE P-2 P-3 FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 108 CORRIDOR 1 CO-1 B-2 P-1 P-2 - FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 109 (E) RESTROOM (ADA) (E) FLOOR B-2 FRP-1 TO 4'-0", P-1 ABOVE P-2 N/A FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 110 BOH CO-1 B-2 P-1 P-2 - FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 102 STYLE LOUNGE COR-1 B-3 WC-1 UPTO 9'-6", P-1 ABOVE P-2 P-3 COR-1 COR-1 FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 101 CASHWRAP CT-5 N/A N/A P-2 N/A VCT-1 SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R 1 A7.1.6------------------------------------------ 6 A7.1.6------------------------------------------ 4 A7.1.6------------------------------------------ 7 A7.1.6------------------------------------------ 13 A7.1.6------------------------------------------ 5 A7.1.6------------------------------------------ CO-1 FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 111 CORRIDOR 2 CO-1 B-2 P-1 P-2 - FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 104 FR 2 COR-1 B-3 WD-1 TO 4'-0", P-1 ABOVE P-2 P-3 CO-1 FL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 106 FR 4 COR-1 B-3 WD-1 TO 4'-0", P-1 ABOVE P-2 P-3 3 COR-1 CO-1 CT-5 CT-5 2 2 2 2 5 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX FOR DIVISION OF LABOR. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.7.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A0.8.0 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE D. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WALL FINISHES WHEN MORE THAN ONE FINISH IS USED. E. ALL FLOORING COVERING MATERIALS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. VERIFY WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. F. ALL MATERIAL TRANSITIONS AT DOOR THRESHOLDS TO TAKE PLACE AT DOOR CENTERLINE. UON. G. FLOORING CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITION OF SUB-FLOOR PRIOR TO FINISH APPLICATION. REPAIR AS NECESSARY TO LEVEL/CLEAN SURFACE. PROVIDE CRACK ISOLATION AND ANTI FRACTURE MEMBRANE AS NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY UNACCEPTABLE FLOOR FINISH WORK CAUSED BY POOR SUB-FLOOR CONDITIONS AND IMPROPER PROTECTION OF FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL AFTER INSTALLATION. H. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAULK AROUND DOOR FRAMES AND HVAC GRILLES PRIOR TO PAINTING WALLS. I. ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD RATING OF "CLASS B" J. INSTALL 30 MIL POLYETHYLENE CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE IN ALL WET AREAS. MEMBRANE MUST EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 6" UP WALL. K. FLOORING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST OF CONCRETE SLAB 24 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. TEST TO BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENT. SUBMIT REPORT TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO STARTING ANY FLOORING WORK. L. INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL MEET FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING AS REQUIRED. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS FOR INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING CODE OFFICIAL UPON REQUEST. ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER FINISHESFL BASE WALL TRIM CLG 101 ROOM NAME XX.X XX.X XX.Xx XXXXXXXX XX.X XX.X CO-1 -CONCRETE EXISTING COR-1 -CORK FLOOR PLANKS IF VARIES -REFER TO ELEVATIONS CT-5 -12X24 TILE IN SALES AREA VCT-1 -(E) 12X12 TILE IN RESTROOM (ADA) CT-6 -12X24 PORCELAIN TILE AT STOREFRONT 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A2.2.3 FINISH PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 1 LEASE LINE. 2 (E) DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. 3 NEW FLOOR TO MATCH THE SPECIFICATIONS OF EXISTING FLOOR. SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 FINISH PLAN GENERAL NOTESLEGEND FINISH LIST MARK DESCRIPTION ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACT-1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE BASE B-1 METAL WALL BASE B-2 VINYL WALL BASE B-3 WOOD WALL BASE CONCRETE CO-1 CONCRETE EXISTING CO-2 CONCRETE NEW CORK COR-1 CORK FLOOR PLANKS COR-2 CORKFLOOR PLANKS (GLUELESS) FIBER CEMENT BOARD FC-1 FIBER CEMENT BOARD FLOOR VCT-1 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE FRP FRP-1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC GLASS G-1 EXTERIOR GLASS G-2 INTERIOR GLASS METAL MTL-1 ACM METAL MTL-2 BRAKE METAL MTL-3 POWDER-COATED ALUMINUM PAINT P-1 PAINT 'WALLS' P-2 PAINT 'OTS CEILING' P-3 PAINT 'DOORS AND TRIM' P-4 PAINT 'CEILING' P-5 PAINT 'BASE' PLASTER PS-1 WALL PLASTER TILE CT-1 PORCELAIN TILE - BULLNOSE CT-2 PORCELAIN TILE - COVE BASE CT-3 PORCELAIN TILE - WALL TILE CT-4 PORCELAIN TILE - FLOOR TILE CT-5 SALES FLOOR - FLOOR TILE 12"X24" CT-6 PORCELAIN TILE - FLOOR TILE 12"X24" WALLCOVERING WC-1 WALLCOVERING LEVI'S CUSTOM BRANDED PATTERN WOOD WD-1 PLYWOOD ASH VENEER SHEATHING, CLEAR MATTE WD-2 PLYWOOD ASH VENEER PANEL, CLEAR MATTE, THICKNESS: 3/4" XSHEET NOTES REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB B C D 3 2 1 SS.FS_17.4 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- TALL SS.FS_17.2 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- SHORT SS.FS_17.2 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- SHORT SS.FS_17.4 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- TALL SS.FS_03.1 SHOP SET - INTEGRATED LIFESTYLE FIXTURE - SMALL SS.FS_03.1 SHOP SET - INTEGRATED LIFESTYLE FIXTURE - SMALL SS.FS_08 SHOP SET - INTEGRATED LIFESTYLE FIXTURE - TABLE TOP RAIL SS.FS_17.4 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- TALL SS.FS_17.2 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- SHORT SS.FS_17.2 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- SHORT SS.FS_17.4 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- TALL SS.FS_01.2 SHOP SET - LIFESTYLE PLATFORM - LARGE SS.FS_05.5 SHOP SET - PLATFORM FEATURE RAIL - 600mm - MEDIUM SS.FS_05.5 SHOP SET - PLATFORM FEATURE RAIL - 600mm - MEDIUM SS.FS_05.5 SHOP SET - PLATFORM FEATURE RAIL - 600mm - MEDIUM SS.FS_05.5 SHOP SET - PLATFORM FEATURE RAIL - 600mm - MEDIUM 100 FOH SALES 101 CASHWRAP BOH_026 BOH_035 BOH_022 BOH_019 FP.FS_04.3 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - 2 BAY - TALL FP.FS_01 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - FREESTANDING FIXTURE - 2 BAY FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY MS.FC_3.2 MISC - WALL MIRROR - 600mm x 2240mm FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY AC.FS_02 ACCESSORIES - WALL BAY AC.FS_02 ACCESSORIES - WALL BAY FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY FP.FS_01 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - FREESTANDING FIXTURE - 2 BAY FP.FS_04.3 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - 2 BAY - TALL FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY MS.FC_3.2 MISC - WALL MIRROR - 600mm x 2240mm 4' - 5" 4' - 5" 4' - 4"EQ EQ 3' - 11" 4' - 2" 4' - 2" 4' - 3" BOH_030 FR.FC_08.3 FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE BENCH - LARGE FR.FC_07 FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE SIDE TABLE ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) EQ EQ MS.FC_02 MISC - WALL GRAPHIC - ILLUMINATED - 1220mm x2440mm MS.FC_02 MISC - WALL GRAPHIC - ILLUMINATED - 1220mm x2440mm EQ1 EQ1 TYP. 1 TYP. 1 A VD.FC_10 VISUAL DISPLAY - HANG BAR SIGN SS.FS_01.2 SHOP SET - LIFESTYLE PLATFORM - LARGE VD.FC_10 VISUAL DISPLAY - HANG BAR SIGN 4' - 3" SS.FS_08 SHOP SET - INTEGRATED LIFESTYLE FIXTURE - TABLE TOP RAIL FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED 4' - 8" TYP. 2 TYP. 2 SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) FR.FC_09.1 FITTING ROOM - FREESTANDING STOOL FR.FC_14 FITTING ROOM - GARMENT HANGBAR W/ HOOKS FR.FC_05.2 FITTING ROOM - REAR VIEW MIRROR - RIGHT 107 FR ADA 108 CORRIDOR 1 103 FR 1 102 STYLE LOUNGE 109 (E) RESTROOM (ADA) 110 BOH 105 FR 3 111 CORRIDOR 2 104 FR 2 106 FR 4 BOH_025BOH_025 BOH_028 BOH_028 BOH_028 BOH_028 BOH_028 BOH_028 FR.FC_07 FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE SIDE TABLE FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED FR.FC_09.1 FITTING ROOM - FREESTANDING STOOL FR.FC_14 FITTING ROOM - GARMENT HANGBAR W/ HOOKS FR.FC_05.2 FITTING ROOM - REAR VIEW MIRROR - RIGHT TYP. 3 TYP. 3 TYP. 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 FR.FC_08.3 FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE BENCH - LARGE EQ HOLD 10' - 1" EQ 7 87 8 8 7 7 8 BOH_003 FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED FR.FC_09.2 FITTING ROOM - ADA BENCH FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED FR.FC_14 FITTING ROOM - GARMENT HANGBAR W/ HOOKS FR.FC_09.1 FITTING ROOM - FREESTANDING STOOL FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED FR.FC_14 FITTING ROOM - GARMENT HANGBAR W/ HOOKS FR.FC_05.2 FITTING ROOM - REAR VIEW MIRROR - RIGHT 2' - 9" FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY SS.FS_01.2 SHOP SET - LIFESTYLE PLATFORM - LARGE FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL 3' - 11" 2 25 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX FOR DIVISION OF LABOR. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.7.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A0.8.0 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE D. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF FINISH GWB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. FIXTURE FABRICATOR AND ANY VENDORS TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO OWNER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. F. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY ALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AND COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ALL WALL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION. G. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY ALL POWER, VENTILATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATE WITH G.C. PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION. H. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. I. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY CORRECT WEIGHT LOAD REQUIREMENTS OF FIXTURE. FIXTURE MANUFACTURER TO VERIFY FUNCTIONALITY AND STABILITY OF ALL FIXTURES; COORDINATE ANY FLOOR AND/ OR WALL SECUREMENTS AS REQUIRED. J. ALL METAL EDGES MUST BE EASED AND ROUNDED/GRINDED SMOOTH TO THE TOUCH. K. VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. L. COORDINATION IS REQUIRED BETWEEN G.C., FIXTURE FABRICATOR, AND SIGN/GRAPHIC FABRICATOR REGARDING METHOD OF INSTALLATION OF SIGN AND/ OR GRAPHIC ELEMENTS. VENDORS TO COORDINATE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. REFER TO GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR INFORMATION. M. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE TO THE HIGHEST STANDARDS OF TRADE PRACTICE. THESE FIXTURE DRAWINGS ARE PREPARED FOR THE PURPOSES OF DESIGN INTENT ONLY. THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES AS ACTUAL CONDITIONS MAY VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS DUE TO CHANGE ORDERS, ALTERATIONS BY OTHERS, FIELD CONDITIONS, ETC. REFER TO MILLWORK DRAWINGS. SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 FIXTURE PLAN GENERAL NOTES 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A2.2.4 FIXTURE PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 FIXTURE MARK DESCRIPTION QTY COMMENTS Fixture System AC.FS_02 ACCESSORIES - WALL BAY 2 FP.FS_04.3 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - 2 BAY - TALL 2 SS.FS_01.2 SHOP SET - LIFESTYLE PLATFORM - LARGE 2 SS.FS_03.1 SHOP SET - INTEGRATED LIFESTYLE FIXTURE - SMALL 2 SS.FS_05.5 SHOP SET - PLATFORM FEATURE RAIL - 600mm - MEDIUM 4 SS.FS_08 SHOP SET - INTEGRATED LIFESTYLE FIXTURE - TABLE TOP RAIL 2 SS.FS_17.2 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- SHORT 4 SS.FS_17.4 SHOP SET - CATEGORY FIXTURE - BAR -CLOSED SIDES- TALL 4 Fixture Component AC.FC_06.1 ACCESSORIES - SHELF - 100mm 2 AC.FC_09 ACCESSORIES - WALL BAY 2 FC.FC_01 FIT CAMP - PERIMETER FIXTURE - FACE OUT 8 FC.FC_04.1 FIT CAMP - FRAME EXTENSION - TALL 6 FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL 8 FP.FC_08.3 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - GRAPHIC FRAME - 2 BAY - TALL 2 FP.FC_09.2 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - LIGHTBOX - 2 BAY - TALL 2 MS.FC_02 MISC - WALL GRAPHIC - ILLUMINATED - 1220mm x2440mm 2 MS.FC_3.2 MISC - WALL MIRROR - 600mm x 2240mm 2 VD.FC_10 VISUAL DISPLAY - HANG BAR SIGN 4 FIXTURE LIST 1 LEASE LINE. 2 (E) DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING. 3 (E) ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. 4 30" X 48"CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 5 60" WHEELCHAIR MANUVERING SPACE 6 (N) DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 7 FRONT APPROACH PUSH SIDE:CLEAR SPACE=48"X DOOR+ 12" 8 FRONT APPROACH PULL SIDE:CLEAR SPACE=60"X DOOR+ 18" XSHEET NOTES Men's Min. Capacity Men's Max Capacity Women's Min. Capacity Women's Max Capacity 824 1552 824 1652 824 1552 824 1652 PRODUCT CAPACITY REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB F6 F6E F6 F6 S1 S1 S1S1 F6 E F6 F6E C1C2SHHBHBF6E F6 F6 F8 F8 F8 F8 F8 F8 F8 C1 C2 LB1 F6E F6F6E S1 F8 A4.1.1 3 B C D 3 2 1 (E) GYP BD 9' - 0" AFF P-2 EQ EQ EQ EQ LB2 T12 T12 EQ 6' - 0"EQ EQ 5' - 9" EQ T8 T6 EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ1 EQ1 17' - 10" AFF O.T.S. P2 17' - 10" AFF O.T.S. P2 17' - 10" AFF O.T.S. P2 17' - 10" AFF O.T.S. P2 17' - 10" AFF O.T.S. P2 108 CORRIDOR 1 109 (E) RESTROOM (ADA) 110 BOH 108 CORRIDOR 103 FR 1 102 STYLE LOUNGE 105 FR 3 107 FR ADA 100 FOH SALES 101 CASHWRAP BO LIGHT BOX 12'-0" AFF BO LIGHT BOX 12'-0" AFF LB2 LB2 BO LIGHT BOX 12'-0" AFF BO LIGHT BOX 12'-0" AFF LB-1 1 22 33 EX1 4 ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) ADJ. TENANT (N.I.C) A 2' - 8" EQ1 4' - 0" 4' - 0" EQ1 2' - 10" 9' - 6" LIGHTBOX 8' - 0" 9' - 5" EQ EQ 5' - 1"3' - 1" F1 F2 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 2' - 6" LIGHTBOX 14' - 0"EQ +/- 5'-0" EQ EQ 17' - 10" AFF O.T.S. P2 EQ EQ EQEQ9' - 5"9' - 5" T8 T6 F1 F2 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 T8 T6 F1 F2 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 T8 T6 F1 F2 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 T8 T6 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 T8 T6 F1 F2 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 T8T6 F1 F2F2F1F2F1F2F1 T8T6 F1 F2F2F1F2F1F2F1 F2F1 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2F1F2F1F2F1F2F1F2F1F2F1F2F1F2F1F2F1F2F1F2F1F2 EX1 EX1 (E) GYP 10' - 9" AFF P-2 O.T.S. 17' - 10" AFF P2 O.T.S. 17' - 10" AFF P2 O.T.S. 17' - 10" AFF P2 O.T.S. 17' - 10" AFF P2 O.T.S. 17' - 10" AFF P2 5 5 F2 F2 F2 F2 F1 F1 F1 F1 SE R V I C E CO R R I D O R AD J . T E N A N T ( N . I . C ) EQ 9' - 0"EQ EX1 O.T.S. 17' - 10" AFF P2 EQ EQ EQ EQ BO LIGHT BOX 12'-0" AFF LB2 106 FR 4 104 FR 2 BO LIGHT BOX 12'-0" AFF LB2 EX1 EX1 (E) GYP BD 9' - 0" AFF P-2 4' - 7" EQ EQ EQ 7' - 5" EQ EQ EQ 4' - 0"2' - 6" F4 X 4 (E) GYP 13' - 0" AFF P-2 EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 18' - 2 3/4" AFF O.T.S. P2 (E) GYP BD 9' - 0" AFF P-2 (N) EX1 1' - 0 3/4" 1' - 11"4' - 5 1/2"2' - 6" EQ EQ EQ EQ F4 X 4 F4 X 4 F4 X 4 F4 X 4 F4 X 4 V.I.F. 10' - 6 3/4" AL I G N 111 CORRIDOR 2 5 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR DIVISION OF LABOR. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.7.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A0.8.0 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE D. REFER TO HVAC, ELECTRICAL AND FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS (DEFERRED SUBMITTAL BY OTHERS) FOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK, INCLUDING ADDITIONAL CEILING ELEMENTS, SPRINKLER LOCATIONS AND EQUIPMENT. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND REGULATIONS. E. ALL FIXTURES, SPRINKLER HEADS, AND OTHER DEVICES TO BE CENTERED ON CEILING TILES AND/OR GWB CEILING, U.N.O. F. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES, COORDINATE EXISTING AND NEW REGISTERS, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLER LINES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE ITEMS TO ENSURE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR CEILING LAYOUT AS SHOWN. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES AND OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. G. EXIT SIGNS SHOWN FOR DESIGN PURPOSE ONLY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THE CORRECT NUMBER OF EXIT SIGNS IN THE CORRECT LOCATIONS ACCORDING TO LOCAL CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. H. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, CEILINGS AND RELATED ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN TO SPECIFIED HEIGHTS ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. I. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY ALL CLEAR CEILING HEIGHTS. J. G.C. TO LEAVE MALL/BUILDING DUCTS INTACT. COORDINATE WITH MALL'S TENANT COORDINATOR. K. SUSPENSION OF ANY LOAD FROM THE EXISTING STRUCTURE WILL REQUIRE LANDLORD FIELD APPROVAL. NOTHING MAY BE ATTACHED TO OVERHEAD SLAB UNLESS PERMITTED BY MALL'S CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA. (CONFIRM ALL ITEMS TO BE INDIRECTLY HUNG AS REQUIRED). L. USE UNISTRUT AS NECESSARY TO INSTALL NEW FIXTURES THAT CONFLICT WITH EXISTING DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, ETC. M. G.C. TO RELOCATE ALL EXISTING CEILING ELEMENTS AT STOREFRONT PER NEW DESIGN (SHOPPER TRACK, RETAIL NEXT, ETC.) CONFIRM PRESENSE OF ITEMS ON SITE DURING DEMOLITION, AND COORDINATE RELOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. N. ALL BOH LIGHTS TO HAVE OCCUPANCY SENSORS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. O. FOR ALL ELEMENT HEIGHTS ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NOT NOTED ON RCP, REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS F2 RECESSED LED STRIP LIGHT EX-2: EXIT SIGN (SUSPENDED) EX-1 : EXIT SIGN (MOUNTED) CLG TYPE HEIGHT A.F.F. FINISHES LIGHTING TRACK X-X X'-X' AFF XXX TRACK HEAD F1 TRACK HEAD SMOKE DETECTORSD SPEAKER 360 CAMERA FIXED CAMERA LIGHTBOX LED LIGHT (W/ EM PACK) LED STRIP LIGHT RECESSED CAN RESTROOM WALL SCONCE WAP A. TENANT/TENANT'S GC TO FIELD VERIFY ALL SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. IF SITE CONDITIONS IMPEDE LISTED CEILING HEIGHTS, TENANT/TENANT'S GC TO CONSULT WITH WESTFIELD TC PRIOR TO REMOVING EXISTING UTILITIES WHICH MAY BE SERVICING ADJACENT TENANTS. B. TENANT/TENANT'S GC TO ENSURE PROPER ACCESS PANELS ARE PROVIDED FOR ALL SERVICE POINTS. C. TENANT/TENANT'S GC TO ENSURE ALL OF LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE UL LISTED AND ANY OTHER CITY REQUIREMENT. D. TENANT/TENANT'S GC TO ENSURE ALL CEILING LIGHTS AT THE DRYWALL CEILING ARE RECESSED E. TENANT/TENANT'S GC TO ENSURE ALL YOUR CEILING DEVICE LOCATION (FS, LIGHTS, EXIT SIGNS, SPEAKERS, FA DEVICES, SECURITY DEVICES...ETC) ARE COORDINATED PROPERLY. F. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE SALES AREA MUST BE RECESSED AND THE COVERS TO PAINTED TO MATCH THE SURROUNDING AREA G. EXIT LIGHTS AT THE FRONT OF THE STORE SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THE BACK OF THE EXIT SIGN WILL NOT BE VISIBLE FROM THE SALES AREA, OR AN EDGE LIT TYPE EXIT SIGN MUST BE USED. H. IF USED ANY PEOPLE/TRAFFIC COUNTER SYSTEMS, IT MUST BE CONCEALED FROM THE VIEW AT STOREFRONT. I. TENANT MUST FIELD VERIFY ALL CEILING HEIGHTS. ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN APPROVED DIMENSIONS AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A3.1.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTESXSHEET NOTES 1 LEASE LINE. 2 GC TO PATCH AND REPAIR (E) GYP BOARD WHEREVER REQUIRED. 3 EXPOSED ROOF DECK AND EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TO BE PAINTED P-2. 4 KEEP (E) SOFFIT, REMOVE (E) LIGHTING FIXTURE, PATCH & REPAIR THE SOFFIT. 5 GC NEEDS TO FURNISH A CONDUIT AND J-BOX FOR THE CAMERA LOCATIONS. IT TO RUN THE CABLES FOR THE VENDORS. COORDINATE WITH CAMERA VENDOR FOR LOCATION OF CONDUIT, J-BOX & OTHER INFORMATION. LIGHTING LEGEND MARK ITEM QTY MANUFACTURER MODEL #COMMENTS EX1 EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN, WALL MOUNTED 7 LIGHT ALARMS SPLEDNWRCD LED WITH 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACKUP. MOUNT AT 7'-6" UON F1 WHITE TRACK HEAD LAMPHOLDER 20 WATT MAX LABEL 63 LF ILLUMINATION CTL603P-20W W/ (1) LED14P30D30KNFL LAMP F2 WHITE TRACK HEAD LAMPHOLDER 20 WATT MAX LABEL 63 LF ILLUMINATION CTL603P-20W W/ (1) LED14P30D35KSP LAMP F4X4 RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE 10 RDA4L1-30M-35S-30M-35S-12X4E WHP RECESSED 4 LIGHT UNIT (2) 30K MED BEAM AND (2) 35K SPOT BEAM WHITE FINISH TRIAC PHASE DIMMING F6 4' LED STRIP 3500K 0-10V DIMMING 6 MERCURY LIGHTING LSA-4-4000-35K-HTA-U55-UNI MOUNT AT 12'-0" UON F6E 4' LED STRIP W/ EM PACK 3500K 4 MERCURY LIGHTING LSA-4-4000-35K-HTA-U55-UNI-EM MOUNT AT 12'-0" UON F8 6" RECESSED LED DOWNLIGHT WITH CLEAR TRIM. #R6NC230K12D-C6322NCLR 7 CONTECH LIGHTING LOCATED IN GYP BD CEILINGS LB2 LIGHTBOX 4' X 4'5 COOLEDGE LBWB150 REFER TO RCP FOR SIZES. GC TO INSTALL ALL-THREAD HANGERS PER VENDOR'S TEMPLATE AND PROVIDE POWER AT CEILING. VENDOR TO ERECT AND MAKE FINAL POWER CONNECTION. LB-1 LIGHTBOX 9' X 14'1 COOLEDGE LBWB150 REFER TO RCP FOR SIZES. GC TO PROVIDE POWER AT CEILING. VENDOR TO ERECT FIXTURE FRAME. EC TO MAKE FINAL POWER CONNECTION S1 PENDANT SPEAKER, WHITE 4 TBD TBD LOCATED AT OPEN CEILINGS ONLY. MOUNTING HEIGHT: 12' - 0" AFF T6 LIGHTING TRACK, 6FT LENGTH 8 CONTECH LT-6-B CONNECTORS AND FEEDS AS REQUIRED. MOUNT AT 12'-0" UON T8 LIGHTING TRACK, 8FT LENGTH 10 CONTECH LT-8-B CONNECTORS AND FEEDS AS REQUIRED. MOUNT AT 12'-0" UON T12 LIGHTING TRACK, 12FT LENGTH 8 CONTECH LT-12-B CONNECTORS AND FEEDS AS REQUIRED. MOUNT AT 12'-0" UON LIGHTING AND AV SCHEDULE LL GENERAL NOTES 4 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 4 02/06/2023 RCP UPDATE 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 SH SH F8 F8 F8 F8 F8 A. REFER TO SHEET A020 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR ASSOCIATED NOTES. B. REFER TO SHEET A070 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A080 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE T.O. STOREFRONT 10'-8" AFF OPEN TO STORE B.O. MALL BULKHEAD 15'-10" AFF 2 A4.1.2------------------------------------1 A4.1.2------------------------------------ 3 2 1 MTL-1 MTL-1 TYP. 1 TYP. 1 TYP. 4 TYP. 3 TYP. 5 T.O. (E) BASE 1'-1" AFF MALL FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF (N) INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE 7' - 0" TYP. 6 TYP. 6 TYP. 10 TYP. 8 TYP. 11 MTL-1 MTL-1 TYP. 7 TYP. 4 MTL-1 V.I.F 1' - 0" V.I.F 4' - 10" V.I.F 1' - 0" V.I.F 14' - 0" V.I.F 1' - 0" V.I.F 6' - 8" V.I.F 5" LEASELINE TO LEASELINE 29' - 0" B.O. STOREFRONT 13'-0" AFF6" 2' - 11" A4.1.1 1 2 A4.1.2------------------------------------1 A4.1.2------------------------------------ 3 2 1 TYP. 1 TYP. 3 WD-1 WD-1 TYP. 1 TYP. 3 5 MTL-1MTL-1 MTL-1 MTL-1 TYP. 6 MTL-1 WD-1 ABV.ABV. MTL-1 ABV. AL I G N 2' - 5" 2"11 1/2" A4.1.3 1 TYP. 2 TYP. 11 TYP. 12 TYP. 11 LEASELINE TO LEASELINE 29' - 0" V.I.F 1' - 0" V.I.F 4' - 10" V.I.F 1' - 0" V.I.F 14' - 0" V.I.F 1' - 0" V.I.F 6' - 9" V.I.F 5" V.I.F. 7" MTL-1MTL-1 3 2 1 TYP. 1 TYP. 2 TYP. 1 TYP. 3 1' - 0" ALIGN 7 TYP. 8 TYP. 9 10 V.I.F 5' - 10" LEASELINE TO LEASELINE 29' - 0"TYP. 13 A4.1.3 2 TYP. 4 A. ALL REUSED ITEMS/FINISHES MUST BE RETURNED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. APPROVAL BY WESTFIELD REQUIRED B. TENANT SHALL ENSURE THAT ENTIRE STOREFRONT IS BEHIND THE LEASE LINE. COORDINATE FIELD CONDITIONS WITH WESTFIELD ON- SITE TC/FM. C. TENANT TO EXTEND LANDLORD’S MALL FLOORING FINISHES TO NEW STOREFRONT IN ANY/ALL AREAS WHERE NEW STOREFRONT RECESSED BEHIND LEASE LINE. MALL FLOORING FINISHES TO EXTEND TO CENTER OF DOOR CLOSURE LINE. TENANT TO REPAIR MALL FINISHES (FLOORING) TO AS-NEW CONDITION, REPLACE AS NEEDED. D. ALL WORK IS TENANT’S AT TENANT’S EXPENSE. IF NOT EXISTING, TENANT TO PROVIDE AT TENANT’S EXPENSE. WESTFIELD RESPONSIBLE FOR NO WORK AND NO EXPENSE. E. ALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS IN SALES AREA TO BE RECESSED METAL. F. ALL MATERIALS SHOULD BE RATED FOR HEAVY COMMERCIAL USE. G. SPEAKERS / SECURITY CAMERAS MUST BE RECESSED AND NOT SURFACE MOUNTED, IF APPLICABLE. H. ALL TVS AND MONITORS MUST BE RECESSED INTO WALL OR BE FRAMED OUT WITH ONLY SCREEN VISIBLE –NO VISIBLE CORDS. I. ALL POWER MUST BE TRENCHED –NO POWER POLES OR EXPOSED WIRING. J. IF APPLICABLE, LL REQUIRES FULLY CONCEALED SECURITY OR THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM. K. IF APPLICABLE, ANY PEOPLE COUNTER SYSTEM TO BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. L. NO SURFACE MOUNTED TRACK LIGHTING IN SALES AREA –MUST BE RECESSED LIGHTING OR TRACKS RECESSED INTO COVE. M. ALL STOREFRONT AND DEMISING WALLS, PARTITION DESIGN MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE MALL’S STRUCTURE. LANDLORD'S MALL BULKHEAD CAN ONLY BE USED FOR LATERAL SUPPORT. GENERAL NOTESXSHEET NOTES 1 LEASE LINE. 2 (E) DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. 3 (E) NEUTRAL PIER. 4 (N) LEVI'S ILLUMINATED PRIMARY SIGNAGE.SIGNAGE TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. 5 (E) ROLLING GRILLE TO REMAIN. 6 (E) 3/4" x 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL. 7 (N) ACM FINISH ON (E) STOREFRONT WALL. 8 (N) ILLUMINATED OMBRE FINS 9 (N) STOREFRONT PORTAL WALL TO ALIGN WITH (E) WALL ABOVE GLAZING. 10 (N) ACM FINISH ON NEUTRAL PIER. 11 (E) STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM. 12 (N) WOODEN PORTAL. 13 (N) ACM FINISH ON (N) STOREFRONT WALL ABOVE ROLLING GRILLE. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A4.1.1 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLANS & ELEVATION WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 036366.00 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1 STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"2 STOREFRONT PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 STOREFRONT REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LL GENERAL NOTES 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.0.2 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR ASSOCIATED NOTES. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.0.6 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A0.0.7 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE T.O. BASE 1'-1" MALL FF AFF STORE SIDE MALL SIDE MALL FINISHED FLOOR 0'-3/4" AFF TENANT FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. (E) CEILING 13'-0" AFF MTL-1 (N) BLACK ACM ON 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD T.O. FINS 15'-10" LEASE LINE (N) ILLUMINATED OMBRE FINS (N) BLACK ACM FINISH ON (E) GLAZING BASE (E) GLAZING A4.1.3 3 (N) BLACK ACM FINISH BEYOND (E) SOFFIT B.O. FINS 13'-0" 5 STORE SIDE MALL SIDE MALL FINISHED FLOOR 0'-3/4" AFF (E) ROLLING GRILLE TENANT FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF MTL-1 (N) BLACK ACM ON 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD ON 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD T.O. FINS 15'-10" LEASE LINE (N) ACM FINISH ON (E) STOREFRONT PIER BEYOND (N) BLACK ACM ON 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD (N) ILLUMINATED OMBRE FINS MTL-1 (N) LEVI'S PRIMARY SIGNAGE (N) FRAMING SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS (N) BLACK ACM ON 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD MTL-1 (N) WOODEN PORTAL BASE 0'-6" AFF (N) BLACK ACM ON (E) METAL FINISH MTL-1 B.O. (N) WOODEN PORTAL 10'-8" A4.1.3 5 A4.1.3 4 2' - 5"2" V.I.F. 7" 13 ' - 0 " B.O. (E) CEILING 13'-0" WD-1 B.O. (E) W14 13'-7" 2 1/4" 5 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENS E D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A4.1.2 STOREFRONT SECTIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 GENERAL NOTES SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"2 STOREFRONT SECTION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"1 STOREFRONT SECTION REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 BLACK ACM FINISH OVER 3/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD METAL STUD FRAMING LED ROPE LIGHT 4" ILLUMINATED OMBRE FINS W/ BLUE POWDERCOAT FINISH WOOD LAMINATE FINISH SHORT SIDE ONLY +/- 3" 4" MTL-1 WD-1 MTL-1 MTL-1 AL I G N ON 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD (N) BLACK ACM ON 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD MTL-1 (E) ROLLING GRILLE (N) BLACK ACM FINISH ABOVE MTL-1 (N) BLACK ACM FINISH ABOVE (N) BLACK ACM ON 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD MTL-1 MTL-1 AL I G N (N) BLACK ACM FINISH ON (E) STOREFRONT PIER (E) STOREFRONT GLAZING(N) BLACK ACM FINISH ON (E) NEUTRAL PIER (E) BLACK METAL REVEAL LEASELINE (N) BLACK ACM FINISH ON (E) GLAZING BASE BELOW MTL-1 2' - 5 " 2" V.I.F. 7" WD1 ABOVE (N) ILLUMINATED OMBRE FINS MTL-1 (N) BLACK ACM ON 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD (N) LEVI'S PRIMARY SIGNAGE (N) BLACK ACM ON (E) METAL FINISH MTL-1 (E) ROLLING GRILLE B.O. (E) CEILING 13'-0" AFF (N) FRAMING SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS T.O. (E) ROLLING GRILLE 10'-10" ON 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD (N) BLACK ACM ON 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD MTL-1 (N) BLACK ACM ON 1/2" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD MTL-1 (N) BLACK ACM ON (E) METAL FINISH MTL-1 B.O. (N) WOODEN PORTAL 10'-8" (E) ROLLING GRILLE (E) STOREFRONT CEILING LEASELINE 2' - 5"2" V.I.F. 7" WD-1 MTL-1 (N) BLACK ACM ON 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD T.O. FINS 15'-10" (N) ILLUMINATED OMBRE FINS (E) MULLION (E) GLAZING LEASE LINE (N) FRAMING SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 3" = 1'-0" A4.1.3 STOREFRONT DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"2 FIN DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"1 STOREFRONT DETAIL AT NEUTAL PIER SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"5 STOREFRONT DETAIL AT FINS SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"4 STOREFRONT DETAIL AT WOODEN PORTAL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"3 STOREFRONT DETAIL ABOVE (E) GLAZING REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 5 5 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 (A) RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR ASSOCIATED NOTES. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.8.0 (A) FOR FINISH SCHEDULE C. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. D. VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF T.O. PORTAL 10'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY MS.FC_02 MISC - WALL GRAPHIC - ILLUMINATED - 1220mm x2440mm MS.FC_02 MISC - WALL GRAPHIC - ILLUMINATED - 1220mm x2440mm FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY WD-1 MTL-3 B-3 P-1 P-1 OPEN TO STYLE LOUNGE B-3 A7.1.3 6 TYP. 10 A6.2.4------------------------------------ 11 A6.2.4------------------------------------ LR-1 LR-1 LR-11 10"10"10' - 1" 4' - 8" B.O. DECK 17'-9" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. BLOCKING 7'-4 1/2" AFF ALIGN ALIGN ALIGN AC.FS_02 ACCESSORIES - WALL BAY FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY MS.FC_3.2 MISC - WALL MIRROR - 600mm x 2240mm FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY FP.FS_01 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - FREESTANDING FIXTURE - 2 BAY FP.FS_04.3 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - 2 BAY - TALL B-3 P-1 P-1 FC.FS_07.2 FIT CAMP - WALL HANG BAR 3600mmFC.FC_22.2 FIT CAMP - FABRIC PANELS - TALL - B FC.FS_07.2 FIT CAMP - WALL HANG BAR 3600mmFC.FC_22.1 FIT CAMP - FABRIC PANELS - TALL - A FC.FS_07.2 FIT CAMP - WALL HANG BAR 3600mm FC.FC_22.4 FIT CAMP - FABRIC PANELS - TALL - FLAG - D P-3 FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY 2 B.O. DECK 18'-3" AFF B.O. SOFFIT 13'-0" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY OPEN TO MALL MTL-1 B.O. DECK 18'-3" AFF 33 B.O. SOFFIT 13'-0" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. BLOCKING 7'-4 1/2" AFF B.O. DECK 17'-9" AFF FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY FP.FS_04.3 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - 2 BAY - TALL FP.FS_01 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - FREESTANDING FIXTURE - 2 BAY FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY MS.FC_3.2 MISC - WALL MIRROR - 600mm x 2240mm FC.FS_04 PERIMETER FIXTURE, 3 BAY AC.FS_02 ACCESSORIES - WALL BAY ALIGN ALIGN ALIGN B-3 P-3 FC.FC_22.3 FIT CAMP - FABRIC PANELS - TALL - C FC.FS_07.2 FIT CAMP - WALL HANG BAR 3600mm FC.FS_07.2 FIT CAMP - WALL HANG BAR 3600mmFC.FC_22.1 FIT CAMP - FABRIC PANELS - TALL - A FC.FS_07.2 FIT CAMP - WALL HANG BAR 3600mm FC.FC_22.5 FIT CAMP - FABRIC PANELS - TALL - E P-1 P-1 2 FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL FC.FC_10.2 FIT CAMP - GRAPHIC FRAME - ILLUMINATED - TALL B.O. SOFFIT 13'-0" AFF 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A5.1.1 SALES AREA - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 GENERAL NOTES 1 STYLE LOUNGE PORTAL, REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A6.2.4 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2 1X4 SOLID WOOD BLOCKING FOR PERIMETER FIXTURES, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GC. 3 (E) STOREFRONT GLAZING. XSHEET NOTES SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"4 FOH SALES ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 FOH SALES ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"2 FOH SALES ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"3 FOH SALES ELEVATION REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR ASSOCIATED NOTES. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.7.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A0.8.0 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE D. FIXTURE FABRICATOR AND ANY VENDORS TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO OWNER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. E. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY ALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AND COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ALL WALL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION. F. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY ALL POWER, VENTILATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATE WITH G.C. PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION. G. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. H. FIXTURE FABRICATOR TO VERIFY CORRECT WEIGHT LOAD REQUIREMENTS OF FIXTURE. FIXTURE MANUFACTURER TO VERIFY FUNCTIONALITY AND STABILITY OF ALL FIXTURES; COORDINATE ANY FLOOR AND/ OR WALL SECUREMENTS AS REQUIRED. I. ALL METAL EDGES MUST BE EASED AND ROUNDED/GRINDED SMOOTH TO THE TOUCH. J. VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. K. COORDINATION IS REQUIRED BETWEEN G.C., FIXTURE FABRICATOR, AND SIGN/GRAPHIC FABRICATOR REGARDING METHOD OF INSTALLATION OF SIGN AND/ OR GRAPHIC ELEMENTS. VENDORS TO COORDINATE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. REFER TO GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR INFORMATION. L. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE TO THE HIGHEST STANDARDS OF TRADE PRACTICE. A6.2.3 13 4 2 A6.2.38 6 5 7 A6.2.24 2 1 3 D06 D04 D02 FR.FC_07 FR.FC_08.3FR.FC_07 FR.FC_08.3 FR.FC_09.2 105 FR 3 107 FR ADA 102 STYLE LOUNGE FR.FC_14 FR.FC_09.1 FR.FC_04.1 103 FR 1 7' - 1" 2' - 7" 10' - 1" 2' - 10" 5' - 6" 6' - 9" 5' - 4" HOLD 4' - 9" HOLD 6' - 0" A6.2.4 2 6' - 9" AL I G N 1' - 11" ALIGN TYP. 1 FR.FC_14 FR.FC_04.1 A6.2.4 2 2' - 2" D05 D04 D03 4' - 0" 4' - 11" 4' - 0"6' - 0" 106 FR 4 104 FR 2 FR.FC_05.2 ALIGN FR.FC_14 FR.FC_04.1 FR.FC_09.1 FR.FC_05.2 FR.FC_14 FR.FC_04.1 FR.FC_09.1 FR.FC_05.2 FR.FC_14 FR.FC_04.1 FR.FC_09.1 FR.FC_05.2 EX1 FR.FC_04.1 FR.FC_05.1 FR.FC_15 FR.FC_01.3 FR.FC_09.1 FR.FC_14 FR.FC_02FR.FC_02 ? ? ? ? ? P-1 B-3 COR-1 WD-2 WD-2 ? ?P-1 B-3 WD-1 WD-1 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A6.2.1 FITTING ROOMS - ENLARGED PLAN & AXONOMETRIC WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 1 LEASE LINE. GENERAL NOTESFIXTURE LIST SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1 ENLARGED FITTING ROOM PLAN FINISH LIST MARK DESCRIPTION ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACT-1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE BASE B-1 METAL WALL BASE B-2 VINYL WALL BASE B-3 WOOD WALL BASE CONCRETE CO-1 CONCRETE EXISTING CO-2 CONCRETE NEW CORK COR-1 CORK FLOOR PLANKS COR-2 CORKFLOOR PLANKS (GLUELESS) FIBER CEMENT BOARD FC-1 FIBER CEMENT BOARD FLOOR VCT-1 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE FRP FRP-1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC GLASS G-1 EXTERIOR GLASS G-2 INTERIOR GLASS METAL MTL-1 ACM METAL MTL-2 BRAKE METAL MTL-3 POWDER-COATED ALUMINUM PAINT P-1 PAINT 'WALLS' P-2 PAINT 'OTS CEILING' P-3 PAINT 'DOORS AND TRIM' P-4 PAINT 'CEILING' P-5 PAINT 'BASE' PLASTER PS-1 WALL PLASTER TILE CT-1 PORCELAIN TILE - BULLNOSE CT-2 PORCELAIN TILE - COVE BASE CT-3 PORCELAIN TILE - WALL TILE CT-4 PORCELAIN TILE - FLOOR TILE CT-5 SALES FLOOR - FLOOR TILE 12"X24" CT-6 PORCELAIN TILE - FLOOR TILE 12"X24" WALLCOVERING WC-1 WALLCOVERING LEVI'S CUSTOM BRANDED PATTERN WOOD WD-1 PLYWOOD ASH VENEER SHEATHING, CLEAR MATTE WD-2 PLYWOOD ASH VENEER PANEL, CLEAR MATTE, THICKNESS: 3/4" SCALE:2 TYPICAL FITTING ROOM - TIER B MARK DESCRIPTION QTY COMMENTS FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED 5 FR.FC_05.2 FITTING ROOM - REAR VIEW MIRROR - RIGHT 2 FR.FC_07 FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE SIDE TABLE 2 FR.FC_08.3 FITTING ROOM - STYLE LOUNGE BENCH - LARGE 2 FR.FC_09.1 FITTING ROOM - FREESTANDING STOOL 2 FR.FC_09.2 FITTING ROOM - ADA BENCH 1 FR.FC_14 FITTING ROOM - GARMENT HANGBAR W/ HOOKS 3 FR.FC_15 FITTING ROOM - DOOR NUMBERS (SET of 10) 5 XSHEET NOTES 1 LEASE LINE. 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF 4 A6.2.4------------------------------------ 3 A6.2.4------------------------------------ MTL-3 WD-1 WD-1 WD-1 P-1P-1 P-1 OPEN TO FOH B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF MTL-3 WD-1 P-3 P-3 B-3B-3 T.O. PORTAL 10'-0" AFF T.O. PARTITION 9'-6" AFF P-1 D06 STYLE LOUNGE PORTAL. GC TO COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK DRAWINGS FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF T.O. PORTAL 10'-0" AFF WD-1 MTL-3 P-1 P-1 B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF A6.2.4 10 B-3 P-3 B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. PARTITION 9'-6" AFF OPEN TO CORRIDOR 1 P-1 P-1 2 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF D04 B-3 T.O. PARTITION 9'-6" AFF B.O. TRACKS 12'-0" AFF P-3 FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED D03 D05 EX1 P-1P-1 P-1P-1 2 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF STYLE LOUNGE PORTAL. GC TO COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK DRAWINGS T.O. PORTAL 10'-0" AFF A6.2.4 10 WD-1 MTL-3 P-3 B-3 T.O. PARTITION 9'-6" AFF D02 FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED OPEN TO BOH CORRIDOR EX1 WC-1? P-1P-1 2 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 1/2" = 1'-0" A6.2.2 FITTING ROOMS - STYLE LOUNGE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"2 STYLE LOUNGE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1 STYLE LOUNGE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"4 STYLE LOUNGE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 STYLE LOUNGE ELEVATION 2 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF T.O. PARTITION 9'-6" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF 4' - 6" DOOR P-3 WD-1 FR.FC_14 FITTING ROOM - GARMENT HANGBAR W/ HOOKS D02 B-3 FR.FC_05.2 FITTING ROOM - REAR VIEW MIRROR - RIGHT 2 2 P-1P-1 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED P-1 WD-1 B-3 HANGBAR EQ EQ C/L HANGBAR 3' - 6" FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF EQEQ FR.FC_09.1 FITTING ROOM - FREESTANDING STOOL FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED FR.FC_14 FITTING ROOM - GARMENT HANGBAR W/ HOOKS P-1 WD-1 MIRROR B-3 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED P-1 WD-1 FR.FC_09.1 FITTING ROOM - FREESTANDING STOOL FR.FC_05.2 FITTING ROOM - REAR VIEW MIRROR - RIGHT B-3 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF MIRROR 2' - 5" B-3 FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED WD-1 P-1 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF FR.FC_09.2 FITTING ROOM - ADA BENCH T.O. PARTITION 9'-6" AFF P-3 D06FR.FC_04.1 FITTING ROOM - MIRROR - ILLUMINATED 1' - 6" 2' - 2"1' - 8" DOOR WD-1 B-3 P-1 2 P-1P-1 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF FR.FC_09.2 FITTING ROOM - ADA BENCH WD-1 B-3 1' - 6" 4' - 0" P-1 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF B.O. STRUCTURE 17' -7 1/2" AFF FR.FC_14 FITTING ROOM - GARMENT HANGBAR W/ HOOKS C/L HANGBAR 2' - 8" 1' - 6" HANGBAR B-3 WD-1 P-1 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 1/2" = 1'-0" A6.2.3 FITTING ROOMS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"5 TYPICAL FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"6 TYPICAL FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"7 TYPICAL FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"8 TYPICAL FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1 ADA FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"2 ADA FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 ADA FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"4 ADA FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 1' - 6 1/2" 1"5 3/4"4 3/4" 3/4" 5 1/4" 1" BO PORTAL --AFF TO PORTAL --AFF FRAMING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. STYLE LOUNGE FOH SALES 1/4" MTL SURROUND MTL-3 3/4" SOLID WOOD 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD WD-1 2-1/2" MTL STUD FRAMING RECESSED LED STRIP LIGHT LR1 3 1/2"3 1/2" (2) 6" X 20 GA BOX BEAM HEADERS. 20 GA TRACK TOP & BOTTOM, FOR SIZING REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN. 1' - 6 3/8" 1/4"6 1/2"4 5/8" 3/4" 5 1/4" 1" FRAMING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. STYLE LOUNGE FOH SALES 1/4" MTL SURROUND MTL-3 3/4" SOLID WOOD 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD WD-1 (2) 6" X 20GA BUILT-UP BOX COLUMNS IN LINE WITH WALL STUD 2-1/2" MTL STUD FRAMING RECESSED LED STRIP LIGHT LR1 3 1/2"3 1/2" LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE 2-1/2" MTL STUD FRAMING 1' - 6 1/2" 1/4"1' - 6" 1/4" BO PORTAL 11'-0" AFF TO PORTAL 11'-8" AFF FRAMING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. STYLE LOUNGE FOH SALES 1/4" MTL SURROUND MTL-3 3/4" SOLID WOOD 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD WD-1 2-1/2" MTL STUD FRAMING 3 1/2"3 1/2" (2) 6" X 20 GA BOX BEAM HEADERS. 20 GA TRACK TOP & BOTTOM, FOR SIZING REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN. 8" 1' - 6 3/8" 1/4" 1' - 6 1/8" FRAMING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. STYLE LOUNGE FOH SALES 1/4" MTL SURROUND MTL-3 3/4" SOLID WOOD 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD WD-1 (2) 6" X 20GA BUILT-UP BOX COLUMNS IN LINE WITH WALL STUD 2-1/2" MTL STUD FRAMING 3 1/2"3 1/2" LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE FC-1 B-1 LR2 9 A6.2.4------------------------------------ BO LED REVEAL 8'-0" AFF TO PARTITION (TYP.) 9'-6" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF BO LED REVEAL 8'-0" AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD TAPE AND JOINT COMPOUND CAULK JOINT METAL STUD FRAMING AS PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN LR2 1/4" CEMENT FIBER BOARD ADHERED TO 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD FULL HEIGHT WALL: WALLCOVERING (WC-2), PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL: P-1 T.O. TRIM 9'-7" AFF PAINTED 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD PAINT GRADE 1X WOOD TRIM METAL STUD FRAMING AS PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN P-3 P-1 WALLCOVERING WC-1 WD-1 B-2 P-1 TO WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B-2 P-1 10 A6.2.4------------------------------------ TO WALL (TYP) 9'-6" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF BO PORTAL --AFF TO PORTAL --AFF FRAMING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. STYLE LOUNGE FOH SALES 1/4" MTL SURROUND MTL-3 3/4" SOLID WOOD 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD WD-1 2-1/2" MTL STUD FRAMING 3 1/2"3 1/2" 6" X 20 GA BOX BEAM HEADERS. 20 GA TRACK TOP & BOTTOM, FOR SIZING REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN. 1/4"11 1/2"1/4" 11 1/2" 1' - 0" 1/4" 11 1/2" 1/4" 3/4" WOOD 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 2 1/2" MTL. STUDS LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE 3 1/2"3 1/2"1/4" MTL-01 SURROUND 5/8" GYP. BD 3 5/8" MTL. STUD BUILT UP POST 1' - 0" 1/4" STYLE LOUNGE FOH SALES MTL-3 WD-1 BO PORTAL --AFF TO PORTAL --AFF FRAMING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. STYLE LOUNGE FOH SALES 1/4" MTL SURROUND MTL-3 3/4" SOLID WOOD 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD WD-1 2-1/2" MTL STUD FRAMING RECESSED LED STRIP LIGHT LR1 3 1/2"3 1/2" 6" X 20 GA BOX BEAM HEADERS. 20 GA TRACK TOP & BOTTOM, FOR SIZING REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN. 1/4"8"1/2"3"1/4" 11 1/2" 1' - 0"1/4" 11 1/2" 1/4" 3/4" WOOD 1/2" PLYWOOD 2 1/2" MTL. STUDS LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE RECESSED LED STRIP LIGHT LR1 3 1/2"3 1/2"1/4" MTL-01 SURROUND 5/8" GYP. BD 3 5/8" MTL. STUD BUILT UP POST 11 1/2" 1' - 0" 1/4" STYLE LOUNGE FOH SALES MTL-3 WD-1 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A6.2.4 FITTING ROOM - DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"1 FR PORTAL - HEAD DETAIL (LIT) SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"2 FR PORTAL - JAMB DETAIL (LIT) SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"3 FR PORTAL - HEAD DETAIL (UN-LIT) SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"4 FR PORTAL - JAMB DETAIL (UN-LIT) SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"11 FITTING ROOM - WALL FINISHES (A) SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"9 LR2 DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"10 WALLCOVERING TRANSITION IN STYLE LOUNGE (B) & (C) SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"12 FITTING ROOM - WALL FINISHES (B) SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"13 FITTING ROOM - WALL FINISHES (C) N O T U S E D N O T U S E D SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"7 FR PORTAL - HEAD DETAIL (UN-LIT) B3 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"8 FR PORTAL - JAMB DETAIL (UN-LIT) B3 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"5 FR PORTAL - HEAD DETAIL (LIT) B10 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"6 FR PORTAL - JAMB DETAIL (LIT) B10 N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 A6.5.1 3 A6.5.14 A6.5.1 5 A6.5.1 6 2"1' - 9" 7' - 7" 2" 2' - 11" 2' - 0" 3' - 0" 2" 2" 2' - 11" 2' - 0" 3' - 0" 2" 2"3' - 6"2"3' - 6"2" TS.FS_01.3 TAILOR SHOP - TILL MODULE - LEFT SHORT TS.FC_14 TAILOR SHOP - METAL FRAME STRUCTURE TS.FC_06.2 TAILOR SHOP - TILL COUNTERTOP - LEFT TS.FS_02.1 TAILOR SHOP - WRAP MODULE - 600MM SHORT TS.FC_07.1 TAILOR SHOP - COUNTERTOP - BLACK - 600mm TS.FC_11.3 TAILOR SHOP - FRONT WOOD PANEL - 900mm - SHORT TS.FS_04.3 TAILOR SHOP - STORAGE MODULE - 900MM SHORT TS.FC_04.3 TAILOR SHOP - STORAGE CABINET- 900mm - SHORT TS.FC_11.1 TAILOR SHOP - FRONT WOOD PANEL - 600mm - SHORT TS.FC_07.2 TAILOR SHOP - COUNTERTOP - BLACK - 900mm ET_001 ET_002 ET_003 ET_004 ET_005 ET_006 101 CASHWRAP TS.FS_06 TAILOR SHOP - FRAME MODULE 8' - 3" 1' - 9"2"3' - 8" 11" 5 3/4" 5" T.O. FRAME 9'-6" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. FRAME 9'-6" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. FRAME 9'-6" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF MAX. 2' - 10" B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF T.O. FRAME 9'-6" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. LIGHTBOX 12'-0" AFF CASHWRAP 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 1/2" = 1'-0" A6.5.1 CASHWRAP - ENLARGED PLAN & AXONOMETRIC WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1 CASHWRAP - ENLARGED FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"4 CASHWRAP ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"5 CASHWRAP ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"6 CASHWRAP ELEVATION MARK DESCRIPTION QTY NOTES ET_001 POS 2 ET_002 POS CASH DRAWER 2 ET_003 POS KEYBOARD 2 ET_004 POS BARCODE SCANNER 2 ET_005 POS PRINTER 2 ET_006 POS VERIFONE 2 MARK DESCRIPTION QTY COMMENTS Fixture System TS.FS_01.3 TAILOR SHOP - TILL MODULE - LEFT SHORT 4 TS.FS_02.1 TAILOR SHOP - WRAP MODULE - 600MM SHORT 4 TS.FS_04.3 TAILOR SHOP - STORAGE MODULE - 900MM SHORT 4 TS.FS_06 TAILOR SHOP - FRAME MODULE 2 Fixture Component TS.FC_02.1 TAILOR SHOP - HANGER TROLLEY CABINET - 600mm - SHORT 4 TS.FC_07.1 TAILOR SHOP - COUNTERTOP - BLACK - 600mm 4 TS.FC_11.1 TAILOR SHOP - FRONT WOOD PANEL - 600mm - SHORT 2 TS.FC_32.7 TAILOR SHOP - CUSTOMIZATION FABRIC PANEL - 7 - CHAIN STITCH EMBROIDERY B 6 TAILOR SHOP - FIXTURE LISTTAILOR SHOP - EQUIPMENT LIST SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 CASHWRAP ELEVATION SCALE:2 CASHWRAP - AXONOMETRIC 2 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 FE A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR ASSOCIATED NOTES. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.8.0 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A2.2.2 FOR RECEPTACLE HEIGHTS A6.6.2 1 A6.6.1 54 6 A6.6.2 8 6 9 A6.6.22 4 5 3 D12 D0 8 V.I.F 5' - 7" V.I.F 28' - 7" 108 CORRIDOR 1 109 (E) RESTROOM (ADA) 110 BOH 108 CORRIDOR BOH_022 BOH_019 BOH_035 BOH_026 BOH_025BOH_025 BOH_003 BOH_030 TYP. 1 TYP. 2 V.I.F (E) 7' - 7" V.I.F 12' - 9" 4' - 6" V.I.F 8' - 9" TYP. 4 5 5 A6.6.1 3 2 MIN 18" CLR. MIN 12" CLR. 1' - 6" 1' - 9"1' - 10" 111 CORRIDOR 2 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 5' - 11" TYP. 4 V.I.F 6' - 9" 2' - 8" 3' - 7" 4' - 2" 5' - 6" 7 BOH_028 BOH_028BOH_028 BOH_028 BOH_028 BOH_028 ALIGN D11 D07 D09 D1 0 1' - 7" 4" 4" 6' - 0" 3' - 2" ALIGN VM 4.0.25VM 4.0.2 3 MS.FC_07 MS.FC_08MS.FC_08MS.FC_08 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. (E) CEILING 17'-5 1/8" AFF B.O. BEAM 16'-3" AFF T.O. PARTITION 9'-2" AFF OPEN B-2 ?P-1 9" 5' - 0" FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. BEAM 16'-3" AFF P-1P-1 B-2 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 P-1P-1 1' - 3" FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. (E) CEILING 17'-7" AFF TYP. 3 P-1P-1 B.O. BEAM 16'-3" AFF TYP. 4 TYP. 4 P-1 B-2 BOH_022 BOH_019 OPEN D12 FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B-2 P-1P-1 B.O. (E) CEILING 17'-4" AFF OPEN B.O. BEAM 16'-3" AFF P-1P-1 TYP. 4 TYP. 4 BOH_019 BOH_022 BOH_025 BOH_025 D11 B-2 MS.FC_07 MS.FC_08MS.FC_08 FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. (E) CEILING 17'-5 1/2" AFF T.O. PARTITION 16'-3" AFF P-1P-1 B-2 TYP. 4 BOH_025 D10 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A6.6.1 BOH -ENLARGED PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 ACCESSORIES LIST ACCESSORIES MARK ITEM QTY BOH_003 MOP SINK 1 BOH_013 RESTROOM MIRROR 1 BOH_016 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 1 BOH_026 MANAGER'S DESK 1 BOH_028 MOBILE SHELVING UNIT 5 BOH_030 WATER FOUNTAIN 1 BOH_035 MANAGER'S CHAIR 1 BOH_040 EYE WASH STATION 1 BOH_041 FIRST AID KIT 1 BOH_042 PATHOGEN KIT 1 XSHEET NOTES 1 LEASE LINE. 2 (E) DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. 3 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. GC TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE IS MET. 4 NEW 48" CORNER GUARD ABOVE BASE. 48" X 2 1/2" X 2 1/2" - 90 DEGREE LEXAN POLYCARBONATE CLEAR INPRO CORNER GUARD FROM THE CORNER GUARD STORE. 5 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. GC TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE IS MET. GENERAL NOTES SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1 ENLARGED BOH PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"2 BOH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 BOH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"4 BOH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"6 BOH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"5 BOH ELEVATION 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 A. REFER TO SHEET A0.2.0 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR ASSOCIATED NOTES. B. REFER TO SHEET A0.8.0 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE C. REFER TO SHEET A2.2.2 FOR RECEPTACLE HEIGHTS FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF P-1 V.I.F. 2' - 10" V.I.F. 1 ' - 5 "V.I.F. 2' - 8" (E) GYP CLG 9'-0" AFF (E) TOILET ROLL HOLDER (E) TOILET SINGLE ROLL HOLDER BOH_005 (E) MIRROR (E) LAVATORY (E)TRASH DISPOSAL (E)WC (E) GRAB BAR B-2 V.I.F. 3' - 6" V.I.F 3' - 1" FRP 4'-0" AFF FRP-1 TYP. 6 V.I.F. 1 ' - 5 "V.I.F. 2' - 8" FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF GYP. CLG. 9'-0" AFF (E) WC (E) TOILET SINGLE ROLL HOLDER (E) GRAB BAR (E)TOILET ROLL HOLDER B-2 FRP 4'-0" AFF FRP-1 P-1P-1 FRP-1 2' - 0" BOH_003 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF D08 GYP. CLG. 9'-0" AFF ? FRP 4'-0" AFF ? ? 3' - 6" FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF P-1 V.I.F. 2' - 10" (E) GYP CLG 9'-0" AFF (E) LAVATORY (E) MIRROR BOH_005 B-2 FRP 4'-0" AFF FRP-1 ? ? TYP. 6 A6.6.22 4 5 3 V.I.F 1 7 " - 1 8 " HOLD 7' - 7" HOLD 1' - 11" 109 (E) RESTROOM (ADA) (E) WC (E) TOILET ROLL HOLDER (E) TOILET SINGLE ROLL HOLDER (E) LAVATORY BOH_005 (E) GRAB BAR BOH_003 D08 V.I.F 1' - 1" V.I.F 3' - 8" V.I.F 1' - 6" V.I.F 9" V.I.F 2' - 10" 10' - 0" 1 2 3 V.I.F 4' - 1" 3 7 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. (E) CEILING 17'-5 1/8" AFF BOH_035 B.O. BEAM 16'-3" AFF OPEN P-1P-1 BOH_026 D11 EX1 TYP. 4 5 T.O. PARTITION 10-6" AFF BOH_035 BOH_026 FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF P-1P-1 B.O. (E) CEILING 17'-5 1/8" AFF ? TYP. 4 B.O. BEAM 16'-3" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF BOH_035 BOH_026 B-2 P-1 B.O. (E) CEILING 17'-5 1/8" AFF B.O. BEAM 16'-3" AFF P-1 T.O. (E) PARTITION 10-0" AFF OPEN BOH_028 ? P-1? FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF B.O. (E) CEILING 17'-5 1/8" AFF B.O. BEAM 16'-3" AFF 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A6.6.2 BOH -ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN & ELEVATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 INTERIOR MALL Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 XSHEET NOTES 1 LEASE LINE. 2 (E) DEMISING WALL. GC TO ENSURE ANY FIRE RATED WALL IS MAINTAINED/PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION AND SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS PER UL REQUIRENMENT. 3 REMOVE AND REFIX (E) PLUMBING FIXTURES BASED ON THE HEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN RESTROOM DRAWINGS. 4 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. GC TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE IS MET. 5 NEW 48" CORNER GUARD ABOVE BASE. 48"x2"x2" - 90 DEG, 16 GA, TYPE 304, SATIN #4 BRUSHED FINISH, STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD FROM THE CORNER GUARD STORE (CG-554-16482-90). 6 LAVATORY TAILPIPE OR HOTWATER LINES SHALL BE INSULATED OR COVERED. 7 G.C. TO ENSURE TOILET IS 17"-18" FROM SIDE WALL. GENERAL NOTES SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"2 RR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 RR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"4 RR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"5 RR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"8 BOH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"9 BOH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"6 BOH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"7 BOH ELEVATION 2 2 2 22 2 2 2 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 PANELS FINISHED AT ALL WALLS IN ADJACENT TO MOP BASIN, USE MFR. MATCHING VINYL TRIM AT TOP, BOTTOM, CORNERS AND JOINTS SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. MOP BASIN, AS SPECIFIED CUT & PATCH SLAB AS REQ'D FOR INSULATION OF MOP BASIN DRAIN WATER PROOF MEMBRANE, EXTENDED 12" UP WALL 10 1/2" FRP-1 3/4" 1' - 0" 1' - 0" 2' - 0" 2' - 0" 1' - 11 1/4" 8' - 0" STANDARD 2' - 0" 1' - 8" 1' - 8" 1' - 8" 1' - 2" 2' - 6" 8' - 8" ± 18 3/4" 3/4" 1' - 0" 1' - 0" 2' - 0" 2' - 0" 1' - 11 1/4" 2' - 0" 8' - 0" STANDARD 2' - 6" 1' - 2" 1' - 8" 1' - 8" 1' - 8" 8' - 8"±15 1/2" 3/4" 1' - 0" 1' - 0" 2' - 0" 2' - 0" 1' - 11 1/4" 3/4" 1' - 0" 1' - 0" 2' - 0" 2' - 0" 1' - 11 1/4" 2' - 0" 8' - 0" STANDARD 2' - 0" 8' - 0" STANDARD 7' - 0" 1' - 8" 8' - 8" ±18 3/4" ±5'-0" ±4" 1' - 8" 1' - 8" 8' - 8" FULL HEIGHT FULL HEIGHT FULL HEIGHT HIGH UTILITY 2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0" 6' - 0" 2' - 6" G.C. TO INSTALL (2) 3/4" x 3'-0" x 8'-0" PLYWOOD BACKERBOARDS BEHIND MANAGER'S DESK (ABOVE SCHEDULED BASE) 1' - 3" 1 1/2" 2 3/4" 4" 2' - 5"2' - 5" 2' - 9"2' - 9" 6' - 0"EQ EQ CLEARANCE 2' - 6" CLEAR 1' - 8" EQ EQ STANDARDS 4' - 0" 4' - 1 1/2" 2' - 0"2' - 0" 4' - 10" EQEQ NOTE: REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 1' - 4" 1' - 4" 1' - 4"WALL STANDARD 4' - 0" 4' - 1 1/2" 4" 4" 4" EQ EQ 1' - 8" 2' - 7 1/2" CLEARANCE 2' - 6" 1 1/2" 2' - 6" STANDARDS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY F.C. -F.C. TO CUT STANDARDS TO SIZE AND INSTALL STANDARDS. SHELVES AND DESK BY G.C. G.C. TO INSTALL (2) 3/4" x 3'-0" x 8'-0" PLYWOOD BACKERBOARDS BEHIND MANAGER'S DESK (ABOVE SCHEDULED BASE) 1' - 4" 2' - 0"2' - 0" SHELVES ABOVE PLAN ELEVATION BASE AS SCHEDULED STANDARDS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY F.C.- F.C. TO CUT STANDARDS TO SIZE AND INSTALL STANDARDS. SHELVES AND DESK BY G.C. G.C. TO INSTALL (2) 3/4" x 3'-0" x 8'-0" PLYWOOD BACKERBOARDS BEHIND MANAGER'S DESK (ABOVE SCHEDULED BASE) & SHELVING STANDARDS AS SHOWN SECTION 6' - 0" CL OF RAIL PARTITION, REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FRT WOOD BLOCK AT BRACKET LOCATIONS JET RAIL AO SMITH DEL-6 WATER HEATER, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS 2" x 20 GAUGE METAL STRAPS ANCHORED TO WALL, WHEN IN SEISMIC ZONE ALUMINUM DRIP PAN 2' x 2' x 3/4" PLYWOOD PLATFORM OVER 2-1/2" METAL STUD BY G.C. (2) 1-5/8" x 1-5/8" x 16 GAUGE STEEL ANGEL SUPPORTS DRIP PAN DRAINS TO MOP SINK BELOW FIRE RESISTANCE TREATED BLOCKING IN WALL INLET 3/4" FEMALE, REFER TO MFR SPECS. REFER TO CEILING PLAN FOR ACTUAL CONDITION PIPE PENETRATION FRP; REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE POLYURETHANE SEALANT SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE WATER PROOF MEMBRANE, EXTENDED 12" UP WALL FRP-1 REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN 9" MIN. MIN. CLR 2 7" ORIENT BASIN WITH OVERFLOW AT THE SIDE, NOT AT THE FRONT IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE ACCESSIBLE KNEE CLEARANCE. PROVIDE INSULATION WRAP AT WASTE AND SUPPLY LINES. DASHED LINE INDICATES KNEE & TOE CLEARANCES REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE 1' - 3" 1 1/2" 2 3/4" 2' - 5"2' - 5" 2' - 9" 2' - 6" 2' - 6" 27" MIN. CLR. 2' - 4 1/2" GC TO PROVIDE FRT BLOCKING AS REQUIRED ELEVATION BASE AS SCHEDULED SECTION 1' - 3" 1' - 2 3/4" GC TO PROVIDE FRT BLOCKING AS REQUIRED PARTITION TO REFER TO PLAN 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A6.6.4 BOH -DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"4 MOP SINK SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1 WALL MOUNTED SHELVING DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 MANAGER'S DESK DETAILS SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"2 JET RAIL MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 WATER HEATER PLATFORM DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"6 WATERPROOFING DETAIL @ THR. PENETRATION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"5 WATERPROOFING DETAIL @ FRP SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 LAVATORY SECTION N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"9 EMPLOYEE BREAK TABLE DETAILS REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG. USE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WET LOCATIONS. BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. M A X 4 5 . 0 ° BO DECK VARIES AFF TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF BO CEILING VARIES AFF BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN TO WALL 10'-0" AFF TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG. USE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WET LOCATIONS. PARTIAL HEIGHTFULL HEIGHT SEE TYPICAL PARTITION WALL BASE CONNECTION DETAIL ON SHEET S-03.01 REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHEET S-03.01 FOR ATTACHMENT DETAILS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHEET S-03.01 FOR DIAGONAL BRACING, STUD SIZE & GAUGE. SEE TYPICAL PARTITION WALL BASE CONNECTION DETAIL ON SHEET S-03.01 REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHEET S-03.01 FOR ATTACHMENT DETAILS. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG. USE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WET LOCATIONS. BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK. SECURE TO SLAB W/ MIN. 0.145" DIA. POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. AND 2" FROM EACH END METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. M A X 4 5 . 0 ° DIAGONAL BRACING @ 48" O.C. MATCH SIZE AND GAUGE OF STUD REFER TO STRUCTURAL DWGS FOR DECK ATTACHMENT. PROVIDE DEFLECTION TRACK WHERE REQ'D 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG. BO DECK VARIES AFF TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF BO CEILING VARIES AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG. USE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WET LOCATIONS. BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. M A X 4 5 . 0 ° BO DECK VARIES AFF TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF BO CEILING VARIES AFF SEE TYPICAL PARTITION WALL BASE CONNECTION DETAIL ON SHEET S-03.01 REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHEET S-03.01 FOR ATTACHMENT DETAILS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHEET S-03.01 FOR DIAGONAL BRACING, STUD SIZE & GAUGE. 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG. BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK. SECURE TO SLAB W/ MIN. 0.145" DIA. POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. AND 2" FROM EACH END METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. M A X 4 5 . 0 ° DIAGONAL BRACING @ 48" O.C. MATCH SIZE AND GAUGE OF STUD REFER TO STRUCTURAL DWGS FOR DECK ATTACHMENT. PROVIDE DEFLECTION TRACK WHERE REQ'D BO DECK VARIES AFF TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF BO CEILING VARIES AFF BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN TO WALL 9'-6" AFF CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK. SECURE TO SLAB W/ MIN. 0.145" DIA. POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. AND 2" FROM EACH END TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. PARTIAL HEIGHT 3-5/8" x 16 GA BOX BEAM, TOP & BOTTOM TRACK 16 GA. WRAPPED GYP BD OR WOOD TRIM. 'WD-1' PLYWOOD SHEATHING BY FIXTURE VENDOR TO WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG. USE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WET LOCATIONS. BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN BO DECK VARIES AFF SEE TYPICAL PARTITION WALL BASE CONNECTION DETAIL ON SHEET S-03.01 TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. BO CEILING VARIES AFF 6" TYP. M A X 4 5 . 0 ° REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHEET S-03.01 FOR ATTACHMENT DETAILS. 'WD-1' PLYWOOD SHEATHING BY FIXTURE VENDOR TO WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG FULL HEIGHT 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. 2 2 REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHEET S-03.01 FOR DIAGONAL BRACING, STUD SIZE & GAUGE. BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK. SECURE TO SLAB W/ MIN. 0.145" DIA. POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. AND 2" FROM EACH END METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. DIAGONAL BRACING @ 48" O.C. MATCH SIZE AND GAUGE OF STUD REFER TO STRUCTURAL DWGS FOR DECK ATTACHMENT. PROVIDE DEFLECTION TRACK WHERE REQ'D TO WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG BO DECK VARIES AFF TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF BO CEILING VARIES AFF 'WD-2' PANEL BY FIXTURE VENDOR 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. TO WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF BASE AND FINISH FLOOR, REFER TO FINISH PLAN CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK. SECURE TO SLAB W/ MIN. 0.145" DIA. POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. AND 2" FROM EACH END METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. TO WAINSCOT 4'-0" AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. 3-5/8" x 16 GA BOX BEAM, TOP & BOTTOM TRACK 16 GA. 3-5/8" x 16 GA TOP TRACK WRAPPED GYP BD OR WOOD TRIM, TR-03 1/2" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG. USE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WET LOCATIONS. BO DECK VARIES AFF TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF BO CEILING VARIES AFF TO WALL 9'-6" AFF TO (E) SLAB 0'-0" AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CLG OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT AN OPEN CLG 'WD-2' PANEL BY FIXTURE VENDOR 'WD-1' WAINSCOT BY FIXTURE VENDOR 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD.5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD. 2 SEE TYPICAL PARTITION WALL BASE CONNECTION DETAIL ON SHEET S-03.01 REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHEET S-03.01 FOR ATTACHMENT DETAILS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHEET S-03.01 FOR DIAGONAL BRACING, STUD SIZE & GAUGE. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 3" = 1'-0" A7.1.1 PARTITION TYPES WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"1 PARTITION TYPE 'B' SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"2 PARTITION TYPE 'C' SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"3 PARTITION TYPE 'D' SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"4 PARTITION TYPE 'E' STUD DESIGNATION STUD DEPTH STUD GAUGE STUD SPACING MAX. HT 362S137-33 3 5/8" 20 16" 16'-9" 362S137-43 3 5/8" 18 16" 18'-3" 362S137-54 3 5/8" 16 16" 19'-6" 362S137-33 6" 20 16" 24'-9" 362S137-43 6" 18 16" 27'-2" 362S137-54 6" 16 16" 29'-2" LIMITING HTS FOR INTERIOR METAL STUD PARTITIONS W/O SHELVING NOTES: A. DESIGN BASED ON ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION OF L/240 B. DESIGNED BASED ON Fy=33KSI FOR 3-5/8" & 6" LESS THAN 16 GAUGE. Fy=50 KSI FOR 3-5/8", 16 GAUGE & 6", 16 GAUGE STUD C. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL BRIDGING @ 4'-0" O.C. MAX PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. D. DESIGN BASED ON 5 PSF LATERAL LOAD. E. MAXIMUM HEIGHT TO BE REDUCED BY 5'-0" FOR WALLS WITH (3) LAYERS OF GYP BD. F. TABLE PER SSMA ICBO REPORT 4943P G. WARNING!WHEN USING STUDS MANUFACTURED BY A COMPANY OTHER THEN USG, VERIFY MANUFACTURERS STUD STRENGTH & LIMITING HEIGHT. ADJUST GAUGE & MAXIMUM HEIGHT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. N O T U S E D N O T U S E D SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"5 PARTITION TYPE 'F' (TIER B ONLY) SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"6 PARTITION TYPE 'G' (TIER B ONLY) SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"7 PARTITION TYPE 'H' (TIER B ONLY) N O T U S E D N O T U S E D 2 N O T U S E D 2 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 CEILING IF APPLICABLE REFER TO RCP (3)#10 SCREWS EA. LEG ALTERNATE BRACES AT 48" O.C CONTINUOUS 14GA TRACK 14 GA CLIP ANGLE ATTACH W/(2)1/4"∅x 1 5/8" EMBED HILTI KWIK HUS EZ ANCHORS 14 GA CLIP ANGLE (3)#10 SCREWS 30 <= SLOPE <= 60 30 <= SLOPE <= 60 REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. CONTINUOUS DEFLECTION TRACK ATTACH TO PLATE W/(2)#10 SCREWS AT 16" O.C. CONTINUOUS 18 GA PLATE ATTACH W/(2)1/4"∅x 1 5/8" EMBED HILTI KWIK HUS EZ ANCHORS AT 24" O.C. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. CONTINUOUS DEFLECTION TRACK ATTACH W/(2)1/4"∅x 1 5/8" EMBED HILTI KWIK HUS EZ ANCHORS AT 24" O.C. DIAGONAL BRACE SEE SCHED. AT 48" O.C METAL STUD AT MID-SPAN ATTACH TO EA. STUD W/(2)#10 SCREWS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. CEILING IF APPLICABLE REFER TO RCP (3)#10 SCREWS EA. LEG ALTERNATE BRACES AT 48" O.C CONTINUOUS 14GA TRACK 14 GA CLIP ANGLE ATTACH W/(2)1/4"∅x 1 5/8" EMBED HILTI KWIK HUS EZ ANCHORS 14 GA CLIP ANGLE (3)#10 SCREWS DIAGONAL BRACE SEE SCHED. AT 48" O.C METAL STUD AT MID-SPAN ATTACH TO EA. STUD W/(2)#10 SCREWS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. GC TO COORDINATE ALL HILTI HUS-EZ ANCHOR LOCATIONS WITH X-RAY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY FRAMING WORK!! REFERENCE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. DETAILS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 1" GC TO COORDINATE ALL HILTI HUS-EZ ANCHOR LOCATIONS WITH X-RAY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY FRAMING WORK!! METAL STUD NEST WITH METAL STUD TRACK REFER TO STRUCTURAL EXIST. JOIST REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLAN 6" METAL STUD AT 48" O.C. MAX. NEST STUD W/ 6" TRACK WHERE CONNECTION TO LOWER STUD REQD. ATTACH END TO STL JOIST W/(2) #12 SCREWS MIN. CONTINUOUS DEFLECTION TRACK ATTACH TO EA. NESTED STUD W/(4)#10 SCREWS MIN. ATTACH EA. END TO EXIST. STL JST W/(2)#12 SCREWS. DO NOT SCREW THROUGH DECK BOARD CONTINUOUS DEFLECTION TRACK ATTACH TO NESTED STUD W/(2)#10 SCREWS AT 16" O.C. ADD ADDITIONAL STUD BACK TO BACK TO NESTED STUD IF ADDITIONAL CAPACITY IS NEEDED REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. EXIST. JOIST REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLAN 1" REFERENCE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. DETAILS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. CONTINUOUS DEFLECTION TRACK ATTACH W/(2)1/4"∅x 1 5/8" EMBED HILTI KWIK HUS EZ ANCHORS AT 16" O.C. GC TO COORDINATE ALL HILTI HUS-EZ ANCHOR LOCATIONS WITH X-RAY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY FRAMING WORK 1" REFERENCE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. DETAILS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONT. DEFL. TRACK ATTACH TO NESTED STUD W/(2)#10 SCREWS AT 16" O.C. METAL STUD NEST WITH METAL STUD TRACK REFER TO STRUCTURAL 16 GA. CLIP ANGLE W/ (3) # 10 SCREWS TO NESTED STUD AND (3) 1/4"Ø WOOD SCREWS CEILING JOIST CONT. DEFL. TRACK ATTACH W/(2)#10 SCREWS 16GA CLIP ANGLE W/ (3) #10 SCREWS TO STUD AND (3) 1/4"Ø WOOD SCREWS TO EX. JST. TYP. EXIST. JOIST REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLAN EXIST. JOIST REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLAN REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. 1" 1" REFERENCE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. DETAILS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NESTED TRACKS (20 GAGE MINIMUM) OR SLOTTED TRACK (20 GAGE) END OF SLIP TRACK FASTENERS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK TYPICAL STUD SPACER BAR NOT MORE THAN 12" FROM TOP OF STUD 4 " M I N . C /L O F S T U D 12 " ( M A X ) MI N . 1 / 2 " C L E A R G A P NOTES: 1. NESTED TRACKS (20 GAGE MINIMUM) OR SLOTTED TRACK (20 GAGE MINIMUM) TO ALLOW 1" DEFLECTION. 2. STUDS CUT 1" SHORT TO ALLOW FOR 1" DEFLECTION 3. FINISH MATERIALS (WHERE OCCUR) HELD 1" SHORT OF TOP OF TRACK TO ALLOW FOR 1" DEFLECTION. DO SCREW FINISH MATERIALS INTO TOP OF TRACK -FASTEN INTO STUDS ONLY. 4. APPLY OR PATCH FIREPROOFING (WHERE INDICATED) AFTER INSTALLATION OF TRACK OR STRAPS. 5. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT IN 1" DEFLECTION GAP AT PARTITIONS WITH ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 6. HILTI FASTENERS OR APPROVED EQUAL 2" X 2" X 0'-4" LG, 12 GA. FRAMING CLIP W/ (3) -#12 SCREWS EA. LEG 3 5/8", 18 GA. METAL STUD BRACE @ 5'-0" O.C. MAX. (ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL WHERE POSSIBLE). REFER TO DETAIL 18/A-501 SCHEDULED WALL FINISH CEILING LANDLORD NOTE (TYPICAL): TENANT SHALL NOT DRILL SCREW, WELD, OR SHOOT INTO LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE OR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. ALL ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE MADE WIH BEAM CLAMPS, CLIP OR BOLTS AND WASHERS. NOTHING IS PERMITTED TO BE ATTACHED TO, SUSPENDED FROM, OR PENETRATE THE ROOF DECK. JOISTS, BEAMS, TRUSSES AND GIRDERS MAY BE USED FOR LATERAL BRACING AND SPANNING SUPPORT. DO NOT SUPPORT ANY CONSTRUCTION FROM LANDLORD'S CROSS BRACING OR BRIDGING. 6" METAL STUD NEST WITH METAL STUD TRACK REFER TO STRUCTURAL REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. 16GA CLIP ANGLE W/(2) #12 SCREWS TO BM AND (3)#10 SCREWS TO STUD 6" METAL STUD AT 48" O.C. MAX. NEST STUD W/ 6" TRACK WHERE CONNECTION TO LOWER STUD REQD. ATTACH END TO STL JOIST W/(2) #12 SCREWS MIN. ADD ADDITIONAL STUD BACK TO BACK TO NESTED STUD IF ADDITIONAL CAPACITY IS NEEDED CONTINUOUS DEFLECTION TRACK ATTACH TO EA. NESTED STUD W/(4)#10 SCREWS MIN. EXIST. JOIST REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLAN REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION. EXIST. JOIST REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLAN CONTINUOUS DEFLECTION TRACK ATTACH TO NESTED STUD W/(2)#10 SCREWS AT 16" O.C. 16GA CLIP ANGLE W/(2) #12 SCREWS TO BM AND (3)#10 SCREWS TO STUD 1" REFERENCE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. DETAILS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTINUOUS BOTTOM TRACK (GAUGE TO MATCH METAL STUD FRAMING) CONT. BOTTOM TRACK. SECURE BTM. TRACK TO SLAB USING POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. .145"∅@ MAX. SPACING OF 24" O.C. & 6" FROM ENDS REFER TO FINISH PLAN(S) FOR SCHEDULED WALL, BASE, & FLOOR FINISHES POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS - ICC #ESR-1663 FI R S T L E V E L ST A R T 4 ' -0" AB O V E F L O O R 2" x 2" 16GA. CLIP ANGLE 1/4" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH (4) FRAMING SCREWS METAL STUD LATERAL BRACING CR 1 1/2" X 16 GA. 8' -0" O . C . F U L L W A L L H E I G H T 3/4" 3/4" 3 /4 " 1 /2 " 3 /4 " EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB DEFLECTION TRACK METAL STUD -REFER TO WALL TYPES 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB RESTRAINING ANGLE CONCRETE STRUCTURE - UL ASSEMBLY SYSTEM HW-D-0003 NESTED METAL CEILING RUNNER FIRE CAULK -TYP. BOTH SIDES FASTENERS -DO NOT ATTACH TO VERTICAL WALL STUDS EXISTING ROOF DECK EXISTING ROOF DECK STEEL STRUCTURE - WALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST - UL ASSEMBLY SYSTEM HW-D-0524 STEEL STRUCTURE - WALL PARALLEL WITH JOIST - UL ASSEMBLY SYSTEM HW-D-0001 MIN. 25 GAUGE COMPOSITE STEEL ANGLE W/ INTUMESCENT STRIP AFFIXED ALONG INSIDE OF LEG METAL STUD -REFER TO WALL TYPES 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB FACING CEILING TRACK ATTACHED TO STEEL STRAP WITH STEEL FASTENERS SPACED 24" MAX. CONTINUOUS 20 GA GALV STEEL STRAP WITH 1/2" W INTUMESCENT STRIP AFFIXED TO EDGES TO SPAN FLUTE AND OVERLAP FLUTED DECK VALLEYS STEEL STRAP FASTENED TO FLOOR ASSEMBLY USING MIN 1 1/4" STEEL FASTENERS SPACED 12" O.C. FILL ANY CAVITIES WITH FIRE SAFING MATERIAL FASTENERS -DO NOT ATTACH TO VERTICAL WALL STUDS 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB COVER -DO NOT ATTACH TO GWB FACING FIRE CAULK -TYP. BOTH SIDES RESTRAINING ANGLE 1" MIN DEFLECTION SPACE METAL STUD -REFER TO WALL TYPES 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB FACING METAL RUNNER DEFLECTION TRACK WALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST WALL PARALLEL WITH JOIST FIRE CAULK AND SEAL - TYP. ALL SIDES 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD -DO NOT ATTACH TO WALL FRAMING DEFLECTION TRACK - REFER TO 7/A-501 EXISTING WOOD JOIST BEYOND 1/2" DEFLECTION SPACE - FILL WITH FIRE CAULK; TYP. BOTH SIDES RUNNER TRACK W/ PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR (4) #10 WOOD SCREWS -ATTACHED TO WOOD JOIST BEYOND 3 5/8" X 20 GA METAL STUDS FIRE CAULK ENTIRE PERIMETER - BOTH SIDES DEFLECTION TRACK - REFER TO 7/A-501 SHEET METAL, 12 GA. W/ (1) #12 SCREW @ 16" O.C. -BOTH SIDES 20 GA. METAL TRACKx0'-8" LONG @ 48" O.C. W/ PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR (4) #10 WOOD SCREWS 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 48" O.C. EXISTING WOOD JOIST EXISTING PLYWOOD ROOFING SHEATHING FASTEN TOP CHORD OF WOOD TRUSS 1.5" X 1.5" X 1.5" 12 GA. FRAMING CLIP W/(1) #12 SCREW EA. LEG -BOTH SIDES FILL CAVITY WITH FIRE SAFING MATERIAL WOOD STRUCTURE EXISTING PLYWOOD ROOFING SHEATHING MIN. 1 1/2" 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A7.1.2 PARTITION DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 ATTACHMENT DETAILS @ METAL DECK (COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD) SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 ATTACHMENT DETAILS @ METAL JOISTS SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 ATTACHMENT DETAILS @ CONCRETE SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 ATTACHMENT DETAIL @ WOOD BEAM/JOIST SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"9 DEFLECTION TRACK SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"10 WALL BRACING DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 ATTACHMENT DETAILS @STEEL BEAMS SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"12 TYPICAL CONNECTION @ FLOOR SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"11 LATERAL BRACING SUPPORT SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"7 FIRE-RATED HEAD DETAIL (CONCRETE STRUCTURE) SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"6 FIRE-RATED HEAD DETAILS (STEEL STRUCTURE) SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"8 FIRE-RATED HEAD DETAILS (WOOD STRUCTURE) N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 1/2" 28" 5 1/2" 28" 5 1/2" 9" NOTE: CONFIRM MOUNTING METHOD AND DETAILS WITH FIXTURE VENDOR SECTION ELEVATION PLAN 6 1/4"VARIES 6 1/4" IN WALL METAL STRAPPING; RE: FOR MORE INFO 1/ A7.1.3 3/4" 1 1/2" 1 6 " O .C . M A X . T Y P METAL STUD FRAMING, REFER TO _____ FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NOTCH TRACK AT EACH VERTICAL STUD 1 6 " O .C . M A X . T Y P MEDIUM DUTY BLOCKING HEAVY DUTY BLOCKING 6" x 18" GA. BACKING PLATE. LENGTH AS REQ'D FOR INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS. REFER TO SPECIFIC DETAILS ATTACH TO EACH STUD W/ (3) #8 PAN HEAD SCREWS 18" VENDOR PROVIDED BENCH STEEL ANGLE ANCHORED TO METAL STUDS. BENCH TO SUPPORT 300LBS AT ANY POINT. PAINT PT-05 REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE 18" SEAT BASE, REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 5 1/2" 24" 5 1/2" 24" 5 1/2" 8 1/2" NOTE: CONFIRM MOUNTING METHOD AND DETAILS WITH FIXTURE VENDOR SECTION ELEVATION PLAN PROVIDE POWER @ ILLUMINATED MIRRORS. SEE ELECTRICAL & COORDINATE W/ VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS IN WALL METAL STRAPPING; 3' - 8" 2" 1/2" RE: FOR MORE INFO 1/ A7.1.3 5 1/2" 24" 5 1/2" 24" 5 1/2" 8 1/2" NOTE: CONFIRM MOUNTING METHOD AND DETAILS WITH FIXTURE VENDOR SECTION ELEVATION PLAN 3' - 8" PROVIDE POWER @ ILLUMINATED MIRRORS. SEE ELECTRICAL & COORDINATE W/ VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS IN WALL METAL STRAPPING; RE: FOR MORE INFO 1/ A7.1.3 5 1/2" 18" 5 1/2" NOTE: CONFIRM MOUNTING METHOD AND DETAILS WITH FIXTURE VENDOR SECTION ELEVATION PROVIDE POWER & DATA @ DIGITAL SCREENS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL & COORDINATE W/ VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS IN WALL FIRE RESISTANCE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING; SECURE MOUNTING FRAME WITH SCREWS AT ±10" O.C. AT EACH BLOCKING LOCATION 6' - 0" 4" 7' - 11 1/2" 5 1/2" 24" 5 1/2" 30" 5 1/2" 8 1/2" 16" NOTE: CONFIRM MOUNTING METHOD AND DETAILS WITH FIXTURE VENDOR SECTION ELEVATION PLAN PROVIDE POWER & DATA @ DIGITAL SCREENS. SEE ELECTRICAL & COORDINATE W/ VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS IN WALL FIRE RESISTANCE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING; SECURE MOUNTING FRAME WITH SCREWS AT ±10" O.C. AT EACH BLOCKING LOCATION 3' - 8" 2" 1/2" PS-1 ABOVE BLOCKING (TIER A ONLY) 1X4 WOOD BLOCKING, PAINT P-3 P-1 BELOW WOOD BLOCKING FIXTURE WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED FIRE CAULK AS REQUIRED BY CODE B.O. BLOCKING 7'-4 1/2" AFF FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0" AFF NOTE: CONFIRM MOUNTING METHOD AND DETAILS WITH FIXTURE VENDOR ELEVATION 7" 6" 3 1/2" 6" 3" 6" 3 1/4" 6" 3 1/4" 6" 5 1/4" 6"7 3/4"6" 5 1/2" VARIES, SEE SHOP DRAWINGS 5 1/2" NOTE: CONFIRM MOUNTING METHOD AND DETAILS WITH FIXTURE VENDOR ELEVATION PROVIDE POWER & DATA @ FEATURE PORTFOLIO, SEE ELECTRICAL & COORDINATE W/ VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS 6"VARIES 6" VARIES REFER TO DETAIL 1 / A7.1.3 18" VENDOR PROVIDED BENCH REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE 1' - 6" SCREW, WASHER AND U- BRACKET TO ATTACH BENCH TO METAL STRAPPING WITHIN WALL METAL STRAPPING 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A7.1.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - BLOCKING WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"2 SALES MIRROR - BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 FITTING ROOM BENCH SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 FITTING ROOM MIRROR - BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"4 3-WAY FITTING ROOM MIRROR - BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"6 DIGITAL SCREEN - BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"7 ILLUMINATED GRAPHIC - BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 SURFACE MOUNTED BLOCKING @ FITCAMP SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"9 SALES MIRROR - BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"10 FEATURE PORTFOLIO - BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"11 FITTING ROOM BENCH SECTION N O T U S E D N O T U S E D REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 ALL THREAD AS REQ'D. DO NOT ATTACH TO ROOF DECK. INDIRECTLY SUSPEND FROM EXISTING STRUCTRAL BEAMS AS REQ'D 3/8" HEX NUT 3/8" HEX BOLT GC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL UNISTRUT TO SUPPORT THE ELECTRICAL TRACKS LIGHT TRACK LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "B.25, B4.0 or N1.2" - REFER TO RCP AIRCRAFT CABLE SUSPENSION MOUNT PROVIDED w/ LIGHT FIXTURE UNISTRUT P1000 (USE (2) P1000 WHEN JOIST / BEAM SPAN EXCEEDS 10'-0") JUNCTION BOX -ATTACH TO UNI-STRUT UNISTRUT P2785 BEAM CLAMP; TYP. EXISTING STRUCTURE -CONDITIONS MAY VARY; TYP. NOTE: UNI-STRUT TO BE INSTALLED TIGHT TO STRUCTURE TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM POSSIBLE DISTANCE FROM LIGHT FIXTURE. IDEAL DISTANCE FROM BOTTOM OF LIGHT FIXTURE TO THE UNI-STRUT IS 6'-0". MAX. 12"VARIES MAX. 12" BO LIGHT FIXTURE REFER TO RCP SECURITY CAMERA - REFER TO RCP 1/4" DIAMETER THREADED ROD UNISTRUT P1000 (USE (2) P1000 WHEN JOIST / BEAM SPAN EXCEEDS 10'-0") UNISTRUT P2785 BEAM CLAMP; TYP. EXISTING STRUCTURE -CONDITIONS MAY VARY; TYP. JUNCTION BOX BOTTOM OF SECURITY CAMERA TO ALIGN w/ BOTTOM OF LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE -REFER TO RCP MAX. 12"VARIES MAX. 12" SPEAKER -REFER TO RCP AIRCRAFT CABLE UNISTRUT P1000 (USE (2) P1000 WHEN JOIST / BEAM SPAN EXCEEDS 10'-0") EYE BOLT -ATTACH TO UNI-STRUT BO SPEAKER REFER TO RCP UNISTRUT P2785 BEAM CLAMP; TYP. EXISTING STRUCTURE -CONDITIONS MAY VARY; TYP. MAX. 12"VARIES MAX. 12" WIRELESS ACCESS POINT -REFER TO RCP 1/4" DIAMETER THREADED ROD UNISTRUT P1000 (USE (2) P1000 WHEN JOIST / BEAM SPAN EXCEEDS 10'-0") UNISTRUT P2785 BEAM CLAMP; TYP. EXISTING STRUCTURE -CONDITIONS MAY VARY; TYP. JUNCTION BOX BOTTOM OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINT TO ALIGN w/ TOP OF LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE -REFER TO RCP MAX. 12"VARIES MAX. 12" THREADED ROD BY GC THREADED ROD BRACKET KIT STIFFENER EXTRUSION KNIFE EDGE ALUMINUM FRAME COOLEDGE (LED) LIGHTING SYSTEM COOLEDGE DIFFUSER FABRIC TRIM/FASCIA BO LIGHTBOX SEE RCP GC TO COORDINATE LAYOUT OF UNISTRUT AND STRUCTURAL ITEMS WITH LIGHTBOX VENDOR VIA VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS, ETC. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. ORDER OF OPERATIONS: 1) GC INSTALLS UNISTRUT GRID ACCORDING TO DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SUBMITTAL. THIS MUST BE DONE PRIOR TO COOLEDGE ARRIVAL ON SITE. 2) IF THERE ARE SPRINKLER PENETRATIONS, THEY MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO COOLEDGE ARRIVING ON SITE AND THEIR POSITIONING NOTED. 3) COOLEDGE CONSTRUCTS ALUMINUM FRAME AND BACKING MATERIAL. 4) ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLS LIGHTING SYSTEM ACCORDING TO LAYOUT SHOWN ON SUBMITTAL. 5) COOLEDGE INSTALLS FABRIC AND TRIM. 6) SPRINKLER TRIM INSTALLED AFTER FABRIC BY OTHERS. [133] 5 1/4"BO LIGHTBOX SEE RCP COOLEDGE DIFFUSER FABRIC COOLEDGE (LED) LIGHTING SYSTEM KNIFE EDGE FRAME OPTIONAL: TRIM KIT ORDERED SEPARATELY GC TO COORDINATE LAYOUT OF UNISTRUT AND STRUCTURAL ITEMS WITH LIGHTBOX VENDOR VIA VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS, ETC. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. ORDER OF OPERATIONS: 1) GC INSTALLS UNISTRUT GRID ACCORDING TO DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SUBMITTAL. THIS MUST BE DONE PRIOR TO COOLEDGE ARRIVAL ON SITE. 2) IF THERE ARE SPRINKLER PENETRATIONS, THEY MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO COOLEDGE ARRIVING ON SITE AND THEIR POSITIONING NOTED. 3) COOLEDGE CONSTRUCTS ALUMINUM FRAME AND BACKING MATERIAL. 4) ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLS LIGHTING SYSTEM ACCORDING TO LAYOUT SHOWN ON SUBMITTAL. 5) COOLEDGE INSTALLS FABRIC AND TRIM. 6) SPRINKLER TRIM INSTALLED AFTER FABRIC BY OTHERS. FASTENER AT STIFFENER JOIN TO CEILING BRACKET CEILING BRACKET 5 . 2 " 5/8" DIA HANGER ROD TYP LOCATE 4'-0" MAX 4 5 ° - 6 0 ° 1/8" DIA AIRCRAFT WIRE W/ ALLOWABLE WORKING TENSILE STRENGTH = 340 LBS LOCATE IN FOUR DIRECTIONS AT EA HANGER TYP. PROVIDE UNISTRUT SPF100 AT EA DIAGONAL AT UNISTRUT. INSTALL PER MNFR REC. P1000 TYP PROVIDE 5/8" DIA THREADED RODW/ UNISTRUT P1012 AT EA THREADED ROD. INSTALL PER MNFR REC GYP BOARD FINISH REF RCP CEILING SUPPORT REF 7/S2.1 FOR ADD'L INFORMATION ALL THREAD AS REQ'D. DO NOT ATTACH TO ROOF DECK. INDIRECTLY SUSPEND FROM EXISTING STRUCTRAL BEAMS AS REQ'D UNISTRUT TO SUPPORT THE ELECTRICAL TRACKS LIGHT TRACK 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A7.1.4 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS -CEILING WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"3 SUSPENDED TRACK LIGHTING SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"4 LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"5 SECURITY CAMERA MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"6 SPEAKER MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"7 WIRELESS ACCESS POINT MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"1 LIGHT BOX DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"2 LIGHT BOX DETAIL (HARD CEILING) SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"8 SURFACE MOUTED TRACK LIGHT N O T U S E D N O T U S E D REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 LEASE LINE ZINC STRIP EXISTING MALL CONCOURSE FLOOR FINISH CLOSURE LINE ADA-COMPLIANT THRESHOLD POLISHED CONCRETE, REFER TO FINISH PLAN 1/2" MAX 2 1 SALES MALL CONCOURSE CHANGE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN 1/4" & 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL AND TWO UNITS HORIZONTAL POLISHED CONCRETE, REFER TO FINISH PLAN CONCRETE INFILL PER MALL CRITERIA. PROVIDE DOWELS, VAPOR BARRIER AND OTHER ITEMS AS REQ'D. MAKE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SLAB IF NO WALK-OFF MAT SENSORMATIC LOOPS CORK FLOORING, REFER TO FINISH PLAN SCHLUTER-RENO-U EDGE PROTECTION. COLOUR : BLACK (N) 5/16" PORCELAIN TILE WITH MORTAR BED STYLE LOUNGE SALES AREA H.M. FRAME BEYOND 1/2" MAX CHANGE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN 1/4" & 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL AND TWO UNITS HORIZONTAL CORK FLOORING, REFER TO FINISH PLAN SCHLUTER-RENO-U EDGE PROTECTION POLISHED CONCRETE, REFER TO FINISH PLAN STYLE LOUNGE BOH H.M. FRAME BEYOND MAX. 1/2" CHANGE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN 1/4" & 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL AND TWO UNITS HORIZONTAL (N) VCT FLOOR, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE JOHNSONITE SSR-48-B TRANSITION (E) CONCRETE SLAB, REFER TO FINISH PLAN RESTROOM BOH DOOR FRAME BEYOND CHANGE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN 1/4" & 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL AND TWO UNITS HORIZONTAL WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR BY MALL CRITERIA CERAMIC TILE, REFER TO FINISH FLOOR PLAN ADA COMPLIANT 2"x36"x3/8" DOUBLE BEVEL THRESHOLD BY DALTILE SEALED CONCRETE SLAB, REFER TO FINISH PLAN RESTROOM BOH DOOR FRAME BEYOND WATERPROOF MEMBRANE DOOR AS SCHEDULED 4 1/2" VINYL BASE @ STOCKROOM & MANAGER'S OFFICE 4" PAINTED WOOD BASE BONDING AGENT EXISTING SLAB DISTANCE LESS THAN 12" BONDING AGENT DISTANCE BETWEEN 12" & 24" 6" MIN.6". #4 DOWELS 12" LONG AT 24" o.c. ALL SIDES, EPOXY 6" INTO EXISTING BONDING AGENT EXISTING SLAB DISTANCE GREATER THAN 24"#4 DOWELS 24" LONG AT 24" o.c. ALL SIDES, EPOXY 6" INTO EXISTING 1'-0" MIN.1'-0". EXISTING SLAB WWF: 6x6 W2.9xW2.9 WWF: 6x6 W2.9xW2.9 POLISHED CONCRETE, REFER TO FINISH PLAN CONCRETE INFILL PER MALL CRITERIA. PROVIDE DOWELS, VAPOR BARRIER AND OTHER ITEMS AS REQ'D. MAKE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SLAB IF NO WALK-OFF MAT SENSORMATIC LOOPS 5/8" NATURAL COCOA MAT WITH NATURAL ALUMINUM FRAME EXISTING SLAB EXTERIOR STOREFRONTS ONLY CORK FLOORING, REFER TO FINISH PLAN SCHLUTER-RENO-U EDGE PROTECTION. COLOUR : BLACK (N) 5/16" PORCELAIN TILE WITH MORTAR BED FITTING ROOM STYLE LOUNGE H.M. FRAME BEYOND 1/2" MAX CHANGE IN ELEVATION BETWEEN 1/4" & 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL AND TWO UNITS HORIZONTAL (E) CONCRETE (N) SCHLUTER TRANSITION STRIP CORK FLOORING REFER TO FINISH PLAN STYLE LOUNGECORRIDOR (N) DOOR FRAME BEYOND(N) DOOR BEYOND, SEE SCHEDULE GC TO ENSURE ALL FLOOR FINISH TRANSITIONS ARE SMOOTH, FLUSHED AND LEVELED. PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS LEVELING MATERIAL AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FLUSH TRANSITION; SLOPE @ 1:48 MAX. SALES MALL CONCOURSE POLISHED CONCRETE, REFER TO FINISH PLAN EXISTING MALL TILE; CONFIRM THICKNESS W/ LL EXISTING SLAB LEASE LINE ADA ROLLOVER THRESHOLD TO BE SET IN FULL BED OF SEALANT (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 6" = 1'-0" A7.1.6 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS -FLOOR WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"3 FL TRANSITION - @ MALL ENTRY (THRESHOLD) SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"11 RECESSED SENSORMATIC SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"1 FL TRANSITION - STYLE LOUNGE TO SALES AREA SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"2 FL TRANSITION - STYLE LOUNGE TO BOH (A) SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"7 FL TRANSITION @ BOH RESTROOM SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"8 FL TRANSITION @ PUBLIC RESTROOM SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"5 VINYL WALL BASE DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"6 WOOD WALL BASE DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"10 TRENCHING DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"12 RECESSED SENSORMATIC W/ WALK OFF N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"9 FL TRANSITION @ PUBLIC RESTROOM SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"13 FL TRANSITION - STYLE LOUNGE TO CORRIDOR SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"4 FL TRANSITION - @ MALL ENTRY N O T U S E D N O T U S E D N O T U S E D REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 [152] 6" [965] 3' - 2" [133] 5 1/4" [718] 2' - 4 1/4" OPEN TO ACRYLIC [132] 5 1/4" [108] 4 1/4" VINYL TO WRAP EDGES SECTIONELEVATION [95] 3 3/4" [395] 1' - 3 1/2" [76] 3" 1' - 0" 1' - 0" 1/4" THICK PLEX PAINTED MATHEWS SATIN BLACK TO BE APPLIED FLUSH TO WALL & DOOR w/ VHB TAPE & SILICONE WHITE GRAVOTAC RAISE SYMBOLS [2,134] [2447 mm] 7' - 0" [285] 11 1/4" [1,721] 5' - 7 3/4" [296] 11 3/4" OPEN TO ACRYLIC [294] 11 1/2" [240] 9 1/2" [878] 2' - 10 1/2" VINYL TO WRAP EDGES ELEVATION SECTION ELECTRICAL TO POWER SUPPLY 1" PVC SPACER INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN 3' - 4" 3' - 4" METAL STUD FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS BLACK ACM FINISH OVER 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD ILLUMINATED OMBRE FINS ILLUMINATED BAT WING PRIMARY SIGNAGE, UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. VENDOR TO PROVIDE BRACKETS AND HARDWARE TO ATTACH SIGN TO ACM WALL 3"6 1/2" FOR REFERENCE ONLY MTL-1 VENDOR TO PROVIDE BRACKETS AND HARDWARE TO ATTACH SIGN TO ACM WALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FOR CONNECTION TO POWER - COORDINATE WITH SIGN VENDOR AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. As indicated A7.2.1 SIGNAGE DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"1 ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"2 RESTROOM SIGN DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 ILLUMINATED MOUNTED SIGN SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 ILLUMINATED HANGING TAILOR SHOP SIGN He i g h t = 3 6 5 8 Ref. Level0 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"3 SECTION SIGN DETAIL N O T U S E D N O T U S E D 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 07/05/2022 CD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 10/12/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 SECTION 01000 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.02 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 1.03 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 1.04 SPECIFICATION INFORMATION 1.05 DEFINITIONS 1.06 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 1.07 CODES AND REGULATIONS 1.08 PROGRESS SCHEDULE 1.09 SCHEDULE OF VALUES HANDLING 1.10 PAYMENT REQUESTS 1.11 PROCEDURES AND CONTROLS 1.12 SUBMITTALS 1.13 WARRANTIES 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.15 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES 1.16 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.17 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND 1.18 LABELS 1.19 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.20 PROJECT CLOSE OUT 1.21 FINAL CLEANING AND REPAIR PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ALL OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. THIS SECTION APPLIES TO ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THE CONTRACT. 1.02 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS A. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: LEVI'S, REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR PROJECT ADDRESS. B. PERMITS AND FEES: THE ARCHITECT WILL APPLY FOR BUILDING PERMIT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN, AND PAY FOR PERMITS, FEES, AND UTILITY COMPANY BACKCHARGES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. SUBMIT COPIES TO PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECT REIMBURSABLE. C. CODES: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SUBMIT COPIES OF INSPECTION REPORTS, NOTICES AND SIMILAR COMMUNICATIONS TO ARCHITECT. D. LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS: WORK TO BE PERFORMED SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD. PRIOR TO START OF WORK, OBTAIN A COPY OF THE LANDLORD'S GUIDELINES, RULES, REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS. OWNER WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FEES, PENALTIES OR DELAYS DUE TO NONCOMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. E. DIMENSIONS: VERIFY DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS WITH FIELD DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 1. PROVIDE A "LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN" AND BUILDING SECTION VERIFYING THE DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS WITH THE FIELD DIMENSIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CEILING HEIGHTS AND PLAN DIMENSIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. SUBMIT "LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN" AND BUILDING SECTION TO THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER. F. EXISTING CONDITIONS: NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF EXISTING CONDITIONS DIFFERING FROM THOSE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. G. CONTRACTOR'S CONDUCT ON PREMISES: CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES SHALL BEHAVE IN A RESPECTFUL, COURTEOUS AND SAFE MANNER. ABUSIVE, HARASSING, AND LEWD BEHAVIOR IS PROHIBITED. MUSIC PLAYING IS PROHIBITED. ALCOHOL, TOBACCO AND DRUG USE IS PROHIBITED. H. PROJECT REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES: 1. UTILITY COSTS: THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE USE OF EXISTING UTILITY SYSTEMS AND PAY FOR COST OF UTILITY SERVICES CONSUMED, INCLUDING ELECTRICITY, WATER AND GAS. DO NOT WASTE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND PAY FOR TEMPORARY HEAT PRIOR TO THE COMPLETE ENCLOSURE OF THE BUILDING AND AVAILABILITY OF SUITABLE PERMANENT SYSTEMS. 2. TEMPORARY OFFICES: A SEPARATE FIELD OFFICE FOR THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT REQUIRED. 3. TOILET FACILITIES: THE OWNER WILL ALLOW DESIGNATED TOILET FACILITIES WITHIN THE PREMISES TO BE USED BY CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL. 4. GC TO ESTABLISH TEMPORARY SERVICES IN NAME OF LEVI'S STORE. I. WORK BY OWNER'S VENDORS: THE FOLLOWING WORK SHALL BE BY OWNER'S VENDORS AND SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE CONTRACTOR: 1. SECURITY SYSTEM WITH SECURITY CONTRACTOR. 2. POS AND BACK-OF-HOUSE COMPUTER EQUIPMENT. 3. AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT. 4. STOREFRONT SIGNAGE WITH SIGNAGE VENDOR. 5. TRAFFIC COUNTER. 6. SIGNAGE. 7. SENSORMATIC. SECTION 01000 (CONTINUED) 1.03 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS (VENDOR'S PRODUCTS) A. OWNER WILL FURNISH PRODUCTS INDICATED. GC WORK INCLUDES PROVIDING SUPPORT SYSTEMS TO RECEIVE OWNER'S EQUIPMENT AND MAKING PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. 1. OWNER WILL ARRANGE FOR AND DELIVER OWNER'S VENDOR'S LAYOUT DRAWINGS, AND PRODUCT DATA TO CONTRACTOR. 2. AFTER DELIVERY, GC WILL INSPECT DELIVERED ITEMS FOR DAMAGE AND ASSIST IN OWNER'S INSPECTION. 3. IF OWNER-FURNISHED ITEMS ARE DAMAGED, DEFECTIVE, OR MISSING, GC TO NOTIFY PM WITHIN 24 HOURS OF DELIVERY. 4. OWNER WILL ARRANGE FOR MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES AND FOR DELIVERY OF MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES TO CONTRACTOR. 5. OWNER WILL FURNISH CONTRACTOR THE EARLIEST POSSIBLE DELIVERY DATE FOR OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS. USING OWNER-FURNISHED EARLIEST POSSIBLE DELIVERY DATES, CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGNATE DELIVERY DATES OF OWNERFURNISHED ITEMS IN CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA, NOTING DISCREPANCIES OR ANTICIPATED PROBLEMS IN USE OF PRODUCT TO PM. 7. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RECEIVING, UNLOADING, AND HANDLING OWNER-FURNISHED ITEMS AT PROJECT SITE. 8. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING AND STORING OWNER-FURNISHED ITEMS FROM DAMAGE DURING STORAGE AND HANDLING, INCLUDING DAMAGE FROM EXPOSURE TO THE ELEMENTS. 9. IF OWNER-FURNISHED ITEMS ARE DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE THEM. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND OTHERWISE INCORPORATE OWNER-FURNISHED ITEMS INTO THE WORK. B. OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS: 1. CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE SIGNAGE. 2. BACK-OF-HOUSE SHELVING. 3. FITTING ROOM MILLWORK, INCLUDING DOORS. 4. MERCHANDISING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES. 5. SALES AREA SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS. 6. DISPLAY SYSTEMS. 7. SAFE. 8. FILE CABINETS. 9. OFFICE FURNITURE. 10. SEATING 11. LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS 12. EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS 13. SOUND SYSTEM 14. SECURITY/LOSS PREVENTION 15. TRAFFIC COUNTER 1.04 SPECIFICATION INFORMATION A. THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE A SPECIALIZED FORM OF TECHNICAL WRITING EDITED FROM MASTER SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTAIN DEVIATIONS FROM TRADITIONAL WRITING FORMATS. CAPITALIZATION, UNDERLINING AND BOLD PRINT IS ONLY USED TO ASSIST READER IN FINDING INFORMATION AND NO OTHER MEANING IS IMPLIED. B. EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, THE SUBJECT OF ALL IMPERATIVE STATEMENTS IS THE CONTRACTOR. C. SECTIONS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED IN CONFORMANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE MASTERFORMAT SYSTEM. NUMBERING SEQUENCE IS NOT CONSECUTIVE. REFER TO THE TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR NAMES AND NUMBERS OF SECTIONS INCLUDED IN THIS PROJECT. D. PAGES ARE NUMBERED SEPARATELY FOR EACH SECTION. EACH SECTION IS NOTED WITH "END OF SECTION" TO INDICATE THE LAST PAGE OF A SECTION. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. GENERAL: BASIC CONTRACT DEFINITIONS ARE INCLUDED IN THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. B. "APPROVED": WHEN USED TO CONVEY ARCHITECT'S ACTION ON CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS, APPLICATIONS, AND REQUESTS, "APPROVED" IS LIMITED TO ARCHITECT'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES AS STATED IN THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. C. "DIRECTED": A COMMAND OR INSTRUCTION BY ARCHITECT. OTHER TERMS INCLUDING "REQUESTED," "AUTHORIZED," "SELECTED," "APPROVED," "REQUIRED," AND "PERMITTED" HAVE THE SAME MEANING AS "DIRECTED." D. "INDICATED": REQUIREMENTS EXPRESSED BY GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS OR IN WRITTEN FORM ON DRAWINGS, IN SPECIFICATIONS, AND IN OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. OTHER TERMS INCLUDING "SHOWN," "NOTED," "SCHEDULED," AND "SPECIFIED" HAVE THE SAME MEANING AS "INDICATED." E. "REGULATIONS": LAWS, ORDINANCES, STATUTES, AND LAWFUL ORDERS ISSUED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND RULES, CONVENTIONS, AND AGREEMENTS WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY THAT CONTROL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. F. "FURNISH": SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. G. "INSTALL": OPERATIONS AT PROJECT SITE INCLUDING UNLOADING, TEMPORARILY STORING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. H. "PROVIDE": FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE. I. "PROJECT SITE": SPACE AVAILABLE FOR PERFORMING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. THE EXTENT OF PROJECT SITE IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND MAY OR MAY NOT BE IDENTICAL WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND ON WHICH PROJECT IS TO BE BUILT. 1.06 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. REFERENCED STANDARDS ARE PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND HAVE THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS IF BOUND WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS. B. EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT STANDARD IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE OF THE OWNER / CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. OBTAIN COPIES OF INDUSTRY STANDARDS DIRECTLY FROM PUBLISHER. C. THE TITLES OF INDUSTRY STANDARD ORGANIZATIONS ARE COMMONLY ABBREVIATED; FULL TITLES MAY BE FOUND IN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ASSOCIATIONS OR CONSULT ARCHITECT. 1.07 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. PRIOR TO START OF WORK, SUBMIT COPIES OF ALL PERMITS, LICENSES, CERTIFICATIONS, INSPECTION REPORTS, RELEASES, NOTICES, JUDGMENTS, AND COMMUNICATIONS FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION TO THE ARCHITECT. 1.08 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. PRIOR TO START OF WORK, PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE BAR CHART SCHEDULE SHOWING ALL MAJOR AND CRITICAL MINOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK, SEQUENCE OF WORK AND DURATION OF EACH ACTIVITY. UPDATE AND REISSUE IF SCHEDULE CHANGES. TO BE APPROVED ONLY BY OWNER. 1.09 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. PREPARE SCHEDULE OF VALUES TO COORDINATE WITH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT BREAKDOWN. APPLICATION PER A101 AND A201 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, AND PAY REQUSITION PROCESS DOCUMENT. 1.10 PAYMENT REQUESTS A. REFER TO LEVI'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PAYMENT APPLICATION PROCESS CONTRACT 1.11 PROCEDURES AND CONTROLS A. REFER TO LEVI'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PAYMENT APPLICATION PROCESS CONTRACTS. 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. REQUIRED SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, INITIAL SELECTION SAMPLES, VERIFICATION SAMPLES, CALCULATIONS, COORDINATION DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES, AND ALL OTHER SUBMITTALS AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. B. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE: WITHIN 14 DAYS AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT AND BEFORE FIRST APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT, PREPARE LIST OF SUBMITTALS IN CHRONOLOGICAL SEQUENCE SHOWING ALL SUBMITTALS AND PROPOSED DATE FIRST DUE AT ARCHITECT'S OFFICE AND PROPOSED DATE DUE TO BE RETURNED TO CONTRACTOR. NOTE RELEVANT SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER. C. CONTRACTOR'S PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS: MODIFY AND CUSTOMIZE ALL SUBMITTALS TO SHOW INTERFACE WITH ADJACENT WORK AND ATTACHMENT TO BUILDING. IDENTIFY EACH SUBMITTAL WITH NAME OF PROJECT, DATE, CONTRACTOR'S NAME, SUBCONTRACTOR'S NAME, MANUFACTURER'S NAME, SUBMITTAL NAME, RELEVANT SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBERS, AND SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE REFERENCE NUMBER. STAMP AND SIGN EACH SUBMITTAL TO SHOW THE CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF EACH SUBMITTAL BEFORE DELIVERY TO ARCHITECT'S OFFICE; UNSTAMPED AND UNSIGNED SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION BY THE ARCHITECT. LEAVE 4" X 6" OPEN SPACE FOR ARCHITECT'S "ACTION" STAMP D. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S PREPRINTED LITERATURE INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRINTED DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT, MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION, RECOMMENDATIONS FOR APPLICATION AND USE, CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS, INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION, AND SPECIAL COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. COLLECT DATA INTO ONE SUBMITTAL FOR EACH UNIT OF WORK OR SYSTEM; MARK EACH COPY TO SHOW WHICH CHOICES AND OPTIONS ARE APPLICABLE TO PROJECT. 1. SUBMITTAL QUANTITIES: SUBMIT AT LEAST 1 REPRODUCIBLE COPY AND THREE ADDITIONAL COPIES. 2. INSTALLER COPY: VERIFY THAT THE INSTALLER HAS A CURRENT COPY OF THE RELEVANT PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, BEFORE PERMITTING INSTALLATION TO BEGIN. SECTION 01000 (CONTINUED) E. SHOP DRAWINGS: PROVIDE ACCURATELY PREPARED, LARGE SCALE AND DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS PREPARED SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS PROJECT ON REPRODUCIBLE SHEETS. SHOW ADJACENT CONDITIONS AND RELATED WORK. SHOW ACCURATE FIELD DIMENSIONS AND CLEARLY NOTE FIELD CONDITIONS. IDENTIFY MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS IN THE WORK SHOWN. NOTE SPECIAL COORDINATION REQUIRED. 1. SUBMITTAL QUANTITIES: SUBMIT AT LEAST 1 REPRODUCIBLE COPY AND THREE BLACKLINE PRINTS OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS. AFTER ARCHITECT'S ACTION, FOLLOW SPECIFIED DISTRIBUTION PROCEDURE. 2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO BOTH ARCHITECT AND LEVI'S. F. SAMPLES: PROVIDE UNITS IDENTICAL WITH FINAL MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE WORK. WHERE INDICATED, PREPARE SAMPLES TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE. LABEL EACH SAMPLE WITH DESCRIPTION, SOURCE, GENERIC NAME OR MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND MODEL NUMBER. ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW SAMPLES FOR CONFIRMATION OF VISUAL DESIGN INTENT, COLOR, PATTERN, TEXTURE AND TYPE ONLY; ARCHITECT WILL NOT TEST SAMPLES FOR COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS WHICH SHALL REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 1. INITIAL SELECTION SAMPLES SUBMITTAL QUANTITIES: FOR INITIAL SELECTION PURPOSES, SUBMIT 1 SET OF SAMPLES SHOWING THE COMPLETE RANGE OF COLORS AND FINISHES AVAILABLE. 2. VERIFICATION SAMPLES SUBMITTAL QUANTITIES: FOR VERIFICATION OF AN INITIAL SELECTION, SUBMIT 3 SETS OF SAMPLES; ONE SET WILL BE RETURNED TO CONTRACTOR TO BE MAINTAINED AT PROJECT SITE FOR QUALITY CONTROL COMPARISONS. G. TIMING OF SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT SUBMITTALS IN A TIMELY FASHION TO ALLOW AT LEAST 10 BUSINESS DAYS FOR EACH OFFICE'S REVIEW AND HANDLING. THIS MEANS THAT SUBMITTALS WHICH HAVE TO BE REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT AND ONE OF HIS CONSULTANTS REQUIRE AT LEAST 20 BUSINESS DAYS FOR REVIEW AND HANDLING. ADD 10 BUSINESS DAYS FOR EACH ADDITIONAL CONSULTANT WHO MUST REVIEW A SUBMISSION. H. ARCHITECT'S ACTION ON SUBMITTALS: ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW SUBMITTALS, STAMP WITH "ACTION STAMP", MARK ACTION, AND RETURN TO CONTRACTOR. ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW SUBMITTALS ONLY FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN CONCEPT OF THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, FIELD DIMENSIONS, FABRICATION METHODS, MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES OF CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK. THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF SUBMITTALS SHALL BE HELD TO THE LIMITATIONS STATED IN THE OWNER/ARCHITECT AGREEMENT AND THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. IN NO CASE SHALL APPROVAL OR ACCEPTANCE BY THE ARCHITECT BE INTERPRETED AS A RELEASE OF CONTRACTOR OF HIS RESPONSIBILITIES TO FULFILL ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1. REQUIRED RESUBMITTAL: UNLESS SUBMITTAL IS NOTED "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN" OR "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED," MAKE CORRECTIONS OR CHANGES TO ORIGINAL AS DIRECTED AND RESUBMIT TO ARCHITECT. 2. DISTRIBUTION: WHEN SUBMITTAL IS NOTED "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN" OR "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED," MAKE PRINTS OR COPIES AND DISTRIBUTE TO OWNER, SUBCONTRACTORS INVOLVED, AND TO ALL OTHER PARTIES REQUIRING INFORMATION FROM THE SUBMITTAL FOR PERFORMANCE OR COORDINATION OF RELATED WORK. PRINT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DISTRIBUTION ONLY FROM THE FINAL APPROVED SEPIA. I. ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE -NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. J. LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN: 1. TAKE AND RECORD FIELD MEASUREMENTS AS IDENTIFIED ON THE ARCHITECT'S LEASE CONFIRMATION DRAWINGS. 2. FORWARD COMPLETED PLAN TO THE CPM WITHIN TWO (2) WEEKS OF STARTING CONSTRUCTION. 1.13 WARRANTIES: A. WARRANTIES REQUIRED: REFER TO INDIVIDUAL TRADE SECTIONS FOR SPECIFIC PRODUCT WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. PROCUREMENT: WHERE A WARRANTY IS REQUIRED, DO NOT PURCHASE OR SUBCONTRACT FOR MATERIALS OR WORK UNTIL IT HAS BEEN DETERMINED THAT PARTIES REQUIRED TO COUNTERSIGN WARRANTIES ARE WILLING TO DO SO. C. WARRANTY FORMS: SUBMIT WRITTEN WARRANTY TO OWNER THROUGH ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO EXECUTION. FURNISH TWO COPIES OF EXECUTED WARRANTY TO OWNER FOR HIS RECORDS; FURNISH TWO ADDITIONAL CONFORMED COPIES WHERE REQUIRED FOR MAINTENANCE MANUAL. D. WORK COVERED: CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND REPLACE OTHER WORK OF PROJECT WHICH HAS BEEN DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF FAILURE OF WARRANTIED WORK OR EQUIPMENT, OR WHICH MUST BE REMOVED AND REPLACED TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO WORK UNDER WARRANTY. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, WARRANTY SHALL COVER FULL COST OF REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR, AND SHALL NOT BE PRORATED ON BASIS OF USEFUL SERVICE LIFE. E. WARRANTY EXTENSIONS: WORK REPAIRED OR REPLACED UNDER WARRANTY SHALL BE WARRANTED UNTIL THE ORIGINAL WARRANTY EXPIRATION DATE, OR FOR NINETY DAYS WHICHEVER IS LATER IN TIME. F. WARRANTY EFFECTIVE STARTING DATE: GUARANTEE PERIOD FOR ALL WORK, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BEGIN ON THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, NOT WHEN SUBCONTRACTOR HAS COMPLETED HIS WORK NOR WHEN EQUIPMENT IS TURNED ON. IN ADDITION TO THE ONE YEAR GUARANTEES FOR THE ENTIRE WORK COVERED BY THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REFER TO THE VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXTENDED GUARANTEE OR MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR VARIOUS MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. LIMITATIONS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH ANY WORK IN A MANNER THAT WOULD RESULT IN A FAILURE OF THE WORK TO PERFORM AS INTENDED, DECREASED ENERGY PERFORMANCE, INCREASED MAINTENANCE, DECREASED OPERATIONAL LIFE, OR DECREASED SAFETY. 1. STRUCTURAL WORK: DO NOT CUT STRUCTURAL WORK OR BEARING WALLS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT, OWNER, AND LANDLORD. X-RAY SLABS FOR LOCATION OF REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED. WHERE CUTTING AND PATCHING OF STRUCTURAL WORK IS NECESSARY AND APPROVED BY ARCHITECT, PERFORM WORK IN A MANNER WHICH WILL NOT DIMINISH STRUCTURAL CAPACITY NOR INCREASE DEFLECTION OF MEMBER. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING AS NECESSARY. ENSURE THE SAFETY OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY AT ALL TIMES. B. CUTTING AND PATCHING MATERIALS: USE MATERIALS IDENTICAL TO MATERIALS TO BE CUT AND PATCHED. IF IDENTICAL MATERIALS ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR CANNOT BE USED, USE MATERIALS THAT MATCH EXISTING MATERIALS TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. PROVIDE FINISHED WORK THAT WILL RESULT IN EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN EXISTING PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS. C. INSPECTION: BEFORE CUTTING AND PATCHING, EXAMINE SURFACES AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND CORRECT UNSAFE AND UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. D. PROTECTION: PROTECT ADJACENT WORK FROM DAMAGE. PROTECT THE WORK FROM ADVERSE CONDITIONS. E. CUTTING: CUT WORK USING METHODS LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE ADJOINING WORK. USE TOOLS DESIGNED FOR SAWING OR GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING OR CHOPPING. USE SAWS OR DRILLS TO ENSURE NEAT, ACCURATELY FORMED HOLES TO SIZES REQUIRED WITH MINIMUM DISTURBANCE TO ADJACENT WORK. TEMPORARILY COVER OPENINGS; MAINTAIN WEATHER TIGHTNESS AND SAFETY. 1. UTILITIES: LOCATE UTILITIES BEFORE CUTTING. PROVIDE TEMPORARY UTILITIES AS NEEDED. CAP, VALVE, OR PLUG AND SEAL ENDS OF ABANDONED UTILITIES TO PREVENT ENTRANCE OF MOISTURE OR OTHER FOREIGN MATTER. F. PATCHING: PATCH WITH SEAMS AND JOINTS WHICH ARE DURABLE AND NOT VISIBLE. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED TOLERANCES FOR SIMILAR NEW WORK; CREATE TRUE EVEN PLANES WITH UNIFORM CONTINUOUS APPEARANCE. RESTORE FINISHES OF PATCHED AREAS AND, IF NECESSARY, EXTEND FINISH RESTORATION ONTO ADJOINING UNPATCHED AREA TO ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF PATCHING AND REFINISHING. REPAINT ENTIRE ASSEMBLIES, NOT JUST PATCHED AREA. REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK WHICH HAS BEEN CUT AND PATCHED IN A VISUALLY UNSATISFACTORY MANNER AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT. G. QUALIFICATIONS: RETAIN EXPERIENCED AND SPECIALIZED FIRMS, ORIGINAL INSTALLERS IF POSSIBLE, TO PERFORM CUTTING AND PATCHING. WORKMEN SHALL BE SKILLED IN TYPE OF CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED. 1.15 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES: A. IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, THE GC SHALL ARRANGE FOR AND PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIGHTING, POWER, TELEPHONE, FAX MACHINE (SEPARATE LINE), WATER, SANITARY FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY HVAC. B. GC SHALL PROVIDE AND PAY FOR TEMPORARY POWER SERVICE REQUIRED FROM SOURCE AND CONNECTIONS. THE POWER SERVICE IS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION TERM FROM THE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT TO THE DATE OF FINAL COMPLETION. PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION THE GC SHALL DISCONNECT TEMPORARY SERVICES AND NOTIFY UTILITY TO CHANGE BILLING OVER TO THE OWNER. C. GC SHALL MAINTAIN SUFFICIENT LEVELS OF LIGHTING TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION AND INSPECTION OF SUCH WORK AS ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK, STOREFRONT WORK, FLOOR FINISHING, PAINTING, ETC. IF IN THE OPINION OF THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT THERE IS INSUFFICIENT LIGHT TO INSPECT OR PERFORM THE WORK, THE GC SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY LIGHTING. THE GC WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO USE THE OWNER FURNISHED FIXTURES AND LAMPS FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTING. SECTION 01000 (CONTINUED) D. GC SHALL MAINTAIN AND PAY FOR TELEPHONE AND FAX SERVICE (SEPARATE LINES) FROM COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROJECT UNTIL FINAL COMPLETION. POST LOCAL FIRE, AMBULANCE AND POLICE DEPARTMENT NUMBERS NEXT TO EACH TELEPHONE. DO NOT USE THE OWNER'S PHONE SYSTEM. E. THE GC SHALL KEEP ON SITE AT ALL TIMES A CELL PHONE, LAPTOP COMPUTER AND DIGITAL CAMERA FOR THE USE OF SENDING INFORMATION BACK AND FORTH QUICKLY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECT/OWNER AND THE GC. F. GC SHALL MAINTAIN CLIMATIC CONDITIONS AT THE SITE FOR THE ACCLIMATION AND INSTALLATION OF THE FLOORING AND MILLWORK. UNTIL THE HVAC SYSTEM IS FULLY OPERATIONAL, PROVIDE HEATERS, DEHUMIDIFIERS, OR OTHER MEANS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE PROPER CONDITIONS SO THAT TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY MATCH THE CONDITIONS OF THE FINISHED PROJECT. G. GC SHALL PROVIDE, MAINTAIN AND PAY FOR SUITABLE QUALITY WATER SERVICE REQUIRED. CONNECT TO THE EXISTING WATER SOURCE FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. DO NOT US THE OWNER'S OR LANDLORD'S BATHROOMS AS A WATER SOURCE OR WORKSTATION. H. GC SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES AND ENCLOSURES. UTILIZE EXISTING TO REMAIN OR PROVIDE PORTABLE FACILITIES OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. KEEP FACILITIES IN A CLEAN AND SANITARY CONDITION. COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD IF PORTABLE FACILITIES ARE REQUIRED. I. SPRINKLER SHUT-DOWNS SHALL BE ARRANGED IN ADVANCE WITH THE LANDLORD. THE GC SHALL INCLUDE ALL OVERTIME OR NIGHT WORK REQUIRED TO PERFORM WORK DURING SHUT-DOWN PERIODS. THE GC SHALL ALSO INCLUDE IN HIS WORK THE COST OF A FIRE WATCH, IF REQUIRED. J. SERVICES TO OCCUPIED AREAS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRICITY, WATER, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING, SPRINKLER AND TELEPHONE SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. WHEN SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS ARE UNAVOIDABLE, THEY MUST BE ARRANGED IN ADVANCE WITH THE LANDLORD IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD REGULATIONS. ALL SUCH INTERRUPTIONS SHALL BE PLANNED TO MINIMIZE THEIR DURATION. K. SCOPE OF TEMPORARY WORK: THIS ARTICLE IS NOT INTENDED TO LIMIT THE SCOPE OF TEMPORARY WORK REQUIRED UNDER THE CONTRACT. PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES NEEDED, COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD. L. PERMITS AND FEES: OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES AND CHARGES RELATED TO TEMPORARY WORK. M. CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES: COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, CODES, UTILITY COMPANIES, OSHA, AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. NFPA CODE 241, BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS 2. ANSI-A10 SERIES, SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION 3. NECA NATIONAL JOINT GUIDELINE NJG-6, TEMPORARY JOB UTILITIES AND SERVICES 4. ELECTRICAL SERVICE: NEMA, NEC, AND UL. 5. EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS: PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, HOISTS, LIFTS, SCAFFOLDING, MACHINES, TOOLS AND THE LIKE, AS NEEDED FOR EXECUTION OF THE WORK. PROVIDE SAFE ACCESS TO ALL PARTS OF THE WORK. N. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES: PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES IN COMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, TO MAINTAIN PROPER TEMPERATURES AND TO PREVENT WEATHER DAMAGE. ALWAYS MAINTAIN CODE-COMPLIANT MEANS OF EGRESS. O. PROTECTION: PROTECT NEARBY PROPERTY AND THE PUBLIC FROM CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS AND LIGHTS, RAILINGS, WALKWAYS AND SIMILAR ITEMS. IMMEDIATELY REPAIR DAMAGED PROPERTY TO ITS CONDITION BEFORE BEING DAMAGED. P. FLOOR PROTECTION: PROVIDE MASONITE HARD BOARDS OVER WOOD FLOORING AFTER WOOD FLOORING HAS BEEN INSTALLED & AFTER ALLOWING FOR ADEQUATE TIME FOR FLOORING TO COMPLETELY DRY & SET -COORDINATE WITH SECTION 09640; REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL DATA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION COORDINATE WITH CPM. Q. SECURITY: SECURE TENANT SPACE AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY AT ALL TIMES. PROVIDE SECURE, LOCKED TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES. PROTECT THE WORK AT ALL TIMES. PROVIDE WATCHMAN SERVICE, IF NECESSARY, TO PROTECT THE WORK. R. SIGNS: PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE OWNER. S. FIRE PREVENTION: TAKE EVERY PRECAUTION TO PREVENT FIRE. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION SUITABLE AND ADEQUATE FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES, AND COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING FIRE PROTECTION MADE BY THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY CARRYING INSURANCE ON THE WORK OR BY THE LOCAL FIRE CHIEF OR FIRE MARSHAL. THE AREA WITHIN THE SITE LIMITS SHALL BE KEPT ORDERLY AND CLEAN, AND ALL COMBUSTIBLE RUBBISH SHALL BE PROMPTLY REMOVED FROM THE SITE. T. EGRESS: MAINTAIN SAFE AND LEGAL MEANS OF EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. PROVIDE AT LEAST TWO SEPARATE MEANS OF EGRESS. U. EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES (BARRICADES) 1. PROVIDE CLOSURES FOR EXTERIOR OPENINGS 2. ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY WEATHERPROOF AND INSULATED CLOSURES FOR EXTERIOR OPENINGS TO PERMIT ACCEPTABLE WORKING CONDITIONS AND PROTECTION OF THE WORK. 3. ENCLOSURE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO PROTECT STORE FROM WEATHER AND MAINTAIN ADEQUATE STORE SECURITY. PROVIDE LOCKING ENTRANCES TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRANCE, VANDALISM, THEFT AND SIMILAR VIOLATIONS OF SECURITY 4. PRIME PAINT EXPOSED FACE OF BARRICADE TO RECEIVE PHOTOMURAL GRAPHICS. 5. OWNERS SEPARATE CONTRACTOR WILL FURNISH AND INSTALL PHOTOMURAL GRAPHICS. 6. COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND DISMANTLING WITH LOCAL MALL MANAGEMENT. V. INTERIOR ENCLOSURES (BARRICADES) 1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS AS INDICATED TO SEPARATE WORK AREAS FROM OWNER OCCUPIED AREAS, LANDLORD AND COMMON AREAS TO PREVENT PENETRATION OF DUST AND MOISTURE, TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. 2. MALL STOREFRONT BARRICADE: PRIME PAINT STOREFRONT BARRICADE SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW FROM LANDLORD OCCUPIED OR PUBLIC AREAS. 3. IN-STORE BARRICADES: PAINT BARRICADE SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW FROM LANDLORD OR OWNER OCCUPIED AREAS. INSTALL OWNER-PROVIDED SURFACE MOUNTED MERCHANDISING SHELF STANDARDS WHERE INDICATED. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF BARRICADES MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD. ALL BARRICADE WORK IS TO BE COMPLETED IN ONE EVENING BETWEEN THE HOURS OF THE MALL CLOSING AND MALL OPENING. WHEN NO TEMPORARY PARTITIONS ARE INDICATED, INSTALL OPAQUE NEUTRAL COLOR DROP CLOTHS TO PREVENT PENETRATION OF DUST AND MOISTURE INTO THE STORE (MALL). 4. BARRICADES SHALL NOT BE ANCHORED OR OTHERWISE ATTACHED TO THE MALL OR STORE FLOOR. A FIBROUS MATERIAL UNDER THE BASE PLATE SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PROTECT THE FLOOR. W. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 1. OWNER'S SEPARATE CONTRACTOR PROVIDES BARRICADE GRAPHICS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND IN PARAGRAPH (U -EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES), (V -INTERIOR ENCLOSURES). 1.16 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. SPECIFIED PRODUCTS: IN ALL CASES IN WHICH A MANUFACTURER'S NAME, TRADE NAME OR OTHER PROPRIETARY DESIGNATION IS USED IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIALS OR ARTICLES TO BE FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, WHETHER OR NOT THE PHRASE "OR EQUAL" IS USED AFTER SUCH NAME, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE PRODUCT OF THE NAMED MANUFACTURERS WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION, UNLESS A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR A SUBSTITUTION HAS BEEN SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ARCHITECT AS FOLLOWS. B. DEVIATIONS FROM DETAILED REQUIREMENTS: IF THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO USE MATERIAL WHICH, WHILE SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, DEVIATES IN ANY WAY FROM THE DETAILED REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF THE NATURE OF SUCH DEVIATIONS AT THE TIME THE MATERIALS IS SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL, AND SHALL REQUEST WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE DEVIATION FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. C. APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS: IN REQUESTING APPROVAL OF DEVIATIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EVIDENCE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO MANUFACTURER'S DATA, LEADING TO A REASONABLE CERTAINTY THAT THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION OR DEVIATION WILL PROVIDE A QUALITY OF RESULT AT LEAST EQUAL TO THAT ATTAINABLE IF THE DETAILED REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WERE STRICTLY FOLLOWS. IF, IN THE OPINION OF THE ARCHITECT, THE EVIDENCE PRESENTED BY THE CONTRACTOR DOES NOT PROVIDE A SUFFICIENT BASIS FOR SUCH REASONABLE CERTAINTY, THE ARCHITECT MAY REJECT SUCH SUBSTITUTION OR DEVIATION WITHOUT FURTHER INVESTIGATION. D. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE INTENDED TO PRODUCE A BUILDING OF CONSISTENT CHARACTER AND QUALITY OF DESIGN. ALL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING INCLUDING VISIBLE ITEMS OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAVE BEEN SELECTED TO HAVE A COORDINATED DESIGN IN RELATION TO THE OVERALL APPEARANCE OF THE BUILDING. THE ARCHITECT SHALL JUDGE THE DESIGN AND APPEARANCE OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES ON THE BASIS OF THE SUITABILITY IN RELATION TO THE OVERALL DESIGN OF THE PROJECT, AS WELL AS FOR THEIR INTRINSIC MERITS. THE ARCHITECT WILL NOT APPROVE AS EQUAL TO MATERIALS SPECIFIED PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES WHICH IN THE ARCHITECT'S OPINION, WOULD BE OUT OF CHARACTER, OBTRUSIVE, OR OTHERWISE INCONSISTENT WITH THE CHARACTER OR QUALITY OF DESIGN OF THE PROJECT. IN ORDER TO PERMIT COORDINATED DESIGN OF COLOR AND FINISHES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE SUBSTITUTED MATERIAL IN ANY COLOR, FINISH TEXTURE, OR PATTERN WHICH WOULD HAVE BEEN AVAILABLE FROM THE MANUFACTURER ORIGINALLY SPECIFIED, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. SECTION 01000 (CONTINUED) E. ADDITIONAL COSTS OR IMPACT: ANY ADDITIONAL COST, OR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE ARISING FROM THE SUBSTITUTION OF ANY MATERIAL OR ANY METHOD FOR THOSE ORIGINALLY SPECIFIED SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR, NOTWITHSTANDING APPROVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH SUBSTITUTION BY THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT, UNLESS SUCH SUBSTITUTION WAS MADE AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OR DIRECTION OF THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT. ANY DECREASE IN THE COST OF THE SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE OWNER. F. MANUFACTURERS: TO THE GREATEST DEGREE POSSIBLE, PROVIDE PRIMARY MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS FROM ONE MANUFACTURER FOR EACH TYPE OR KIND. PROVIDE SECONDARY MATERIALS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURERS OF PRIMARY MATERIALS. G. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS: REFER TO SECTION 01630 -SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM. SUBMIT 3 COPIES. IDENTIFY PRODUCT TO BE REPLACED BY SUBSTITUTE BY REFERENCE TO SPECIFICATION SECTIONS AND DRAWING NUMBERS. PROVIDE CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION AND EVIDENCE TO PROVE COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS AS ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT. H. SUBSTITUTION CONDITIONS: SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION UNLESS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS IS SATISFIED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STATE WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLIES TO THE REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION: 1. REQUEST IS DUE TO AN "OR EQUAL" CLAUSE. 2. SPECIFIED MATERIAL OR PRODUCT CANNOT BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER WORK. 3. SPECIFIED MATERIAL OR PRODUCT IS NOT ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. SUBSTANTIAL ADVANTAGE IS OFFERED OWNER IN TERMS OF COST, TIME, OR OTHER VALUABLE CONSIDERATION. 5. SPECIFIED MATERIAL OR PRODUCT IS NOT AVAILABLE. I. INVALID SUBSTITUTIONS: CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTAL AND ARCHITECT'S ACCEPTANCE OF SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, PRODUCT DATA OR OTHER SUBMITTAL IS NOT A VALID REQUEST FOR, NOR AN APPROVAL OF A SUBSTITUTION UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR PRESENTS THE INFORMATION WHEN FIRST SUBMITTED AS A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION. 1.17 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: STRICTLY COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND PREVENT DAMAGE, DETERIORATION AND LOSS, INCLUDING THEFT. MINIMIZE LONGTERM STORAGE AT THE SITE. MAINTAIN ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, TEMPERATURE, VENTILATION, AND HUMIDITY WITHIN RANGE PERMITTED BY MANUFACTURERS OF MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS USED. 1.18 LABELS A. LABELS, TRADEMARKS, & TRADE NAMES: LOCATE REQUIRED LABELS ON INCONSPICUOUS SURFACES. DO NOT PROVIDE LABELS, NAMEPLATES, OR TRADEMARKS WHICH ARE NOT REQUIRED. PROVIDE PERMANENT DATA PLATE ON EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT STATING MANUFACTURER, MODEL, SERIAL NUMBER, CAPACITY, RATINGS AND ALL OTHER ESSENTIAL DATA. GC TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES FOR UL LABELING OF ALL DEVICES. 1.19 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. GENERAL: KEEP RECORD DOCUMENTS NEATLY AND ACCURATELY. RECORD INFORMATION AS THE WORK PROGRESSES AND DELIVER TO ARCHITECT AT TIME OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. INCLUDE IN RECORD DOCUMENTS ALL FIELD CHANGES MADE, ALL RELEVANT DIMENSIONS, AND ALL RELEVANT DETAILS OF THE WORK. KEEP RECORD DOCUMENTS UP TO DATE WITH ALL FIELD ORDERS AND CHANGE ORDERS CLEARLY INDICATED. B. DRAWINGS: KEEP FOUR SEPARATE SETS OF BLACKLINE PRINTS AT THE SITE, ONE SET EACH FOR MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND ARCHITECTURAL / STRUCTURAL DISCIPLINES. NEATLY AND ACCURATELY NOTE ALL DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE EXACT ACTUAL LOCATION OF THE WORK AS INSTALLED. MARKED-UP AND COLORED PRINTS WILL BE USED AS A GUIDE TO DETERMINE THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK INSTALLED. REQUISITIONS FOR PAYMENT WILL NOT BE APPROVED UNTIL THE RECORD DOCUMENTS ARE ACCURATE AND UP-TO-DATE. 1. WORK OUTSIDE BUILDING: RECORD DATA OUTSIDE OF BUILDING TO AN ACCURACY OF PLUS OR MINUS 1 INCH AND DETERMINE AND RECORD THE INVERT ELEVATION OF ALL DRAIN LINES. 2. AT COMPLETION OF THE WORK, SUBMIT ONE COMPLETE SET OF MARKED-UP PRINTS FOR REVIEW. AFTER ACCEPTANCE THESE MARKED-UP PRINTS SHALL BE USED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS. 3. ARCHITECT SHALL FURNISH CONTRACTOR WITH AUTOCAD FILES FOR ORIGINALS OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. MAKE MODIFICATIONS TO THESE FILES AS SHOWN ON THE MARKEDUP PRINTS. REMOVE SUPERSEDED DATA TO SHOW THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION. 4. DELIVER THE COMPLETED AUTOCAD RECORD DRAWINGS, IN THE SAME VERSION AS CONTRACT DRAWINGS, PROPERLY TITLED AND DATED TO THE ARCHITECT. INDICATE PREPARER OF RECORD DRAWINGS. THESE RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. C. SPECIFICATIONS: MAINTAIN ONE CLEAN COPY OF COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS [INCLUDING ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS, AND BULLETINS] WITH CHANGES, SUBSTITUTIONS, AND SELECTED OPTIONS CLEARLY NOTED. CIRCLE OR OTHERWISE CLEARLY INDICATE WHICH MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCTS ARE ACTUALLY USED. D. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: MANUALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED WHICH CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING 1. DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM PROVIDED. 2. HANDLING, STORAGE, AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE FUNCTION OF EACH PRINCIPAL COMPONENT OF THE SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT. 4. OPERATING PROCEDURES, INCLUDING PRE-STARTUP, STARTUP, NORMAL OPERATION, EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN, NORMAL SHUTDOWN AND TROUBLESHOOTING. 5. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES INCLUDING LUBRICATION REQUIREMENTS, INTERVALS BETWEEN LUBRICATION, PREVENTATIVE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES, AND COMPLETE SPARE PARTS LIST WITH CROSS REFERENCE TO ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBERS. 6. CONTROL AND ALARM FEATURES INCLUDING SCHEMATIC OF CONTROL SYSTEMS, CONTROL LOOP ELECTRIC LADDER DIAGRAMS, CONTROLLER OPERATING SET POINTS, SETTINGS FOR ALARMS AND SHUTDOWN SYSTEMS, PUMP CURVES AND FAN CURVES. 7. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS. E. CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS TO BE SPECIFIED DURING BID PERIOD BY LEVI'S CM. F. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: THE REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUALS APPLIES TO EACH PACKAGED AND FIELD-FABRICATED OPERATING SYSTEM. THE MANUALS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THREE-RING SIDE BINDERS WITH DURABLE PLASTIC COVERS. THE MANUALS SHALL CONTAIN A DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS AND HAVE TAB DIVIDERS FOR MAJOR SECTIONS AND SPECIAL EQUIPMENT. 1.20 FINAL CLEANING AND REPAIR A. CLEAN UP: IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE ARCHITECT'S, TENANT OR CPM INSPECTION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETELY CLEAN THE PREMISES AND CLEAN AND PREPARE THE COMPLETED WORK IN ORDER FOR IT TO BE USED FOR ITS INTENDED PURPOSE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUCH WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. ALL SURFACES SHALL BE CLEANED AND WASHED. 2. RESILIENT COVERINGS SHALL BE CLEANED, WAXED AND BUFFED AS APPLICABLE. 3. WOODWORK SHALL BE DUSTED AND CLEANED. 4. SASH, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED. 5. STAINS, SPOTS, DUST, MARKS AND SMEARS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL SURFACES. 6. HARDWARE AND METAL SURFACES SHALL BE CLEANED AND POLISHED. 7. GLASS AND PLASTIC SURFACES SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED BY PROFESSIONAL WINDOW CLEANERS. 8. DAMAGED, BROKEN OR SCRATCHED GLASS OR PLASTIC SHALL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 9. VACUUM CARPETED AND SOFT SURFACES. 10. HVAC DUCTS, DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE CLEANED AND FILTERS SHALL BE REPLACED. B. REPAIRS: REPAIR AND TOUCH-UP ALL DAMAGED AND DETERIORATED PRODUCTS AND SURFACES. END OF SECTION SECTION 02050 -DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING: 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 SUMMARY A. REMOVAL OF DESIGNATED BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES; REMOVAL OF DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION; DISMANTLING, CUTTING AND ALTERATIONS AS INDICATED AND NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS. 2. STORAGE OF REMOVED MATERIALS. 3. DISCONNECTING AND CAPPING OF IDENTIFIED UTILITIES. 4. SALVAGED ITEMS. 5. PROTECTION OF ITEMS TO REMAIN. 6. TRENCHING AND RESTORATION OF FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. SEQUENCE ACTIVITIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SCHEDULE AS APPROVED BY THE LEVI'S CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER AS REQUIRED. B. SCHEDULE WORK TO COINCIDE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. C. ALL SCHEDULED WORK SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED DURING STORE NON- OPERATING HOURS AND SHALL BE SEQUENCED TO ACCOMMODATE OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS DURING NORMAL STORE OPERATING HOURS. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND OPERATIONS WITH OWNER. D. COORDINATE, SCHEDULE AND ARRANGE WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES WHO SHALL DISCONNECT AND RE-ROUTE EXISTING SERVICES IN THE BUILDING AFFECTED BY THE REMOVAL WORK OF THIS SECTION. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. DEMOLITION FIRM QUALIFICATIONS: AN EXPERIENCED FIRM THAT HAS SPECIALIZED IN DEMOLITION WORK SIMILAR IN MATERIAL AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH ANSI A10.6 AND NFPA 241 AS APPLICABLE. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS/PERMITS AND CODES A. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CITY, STATE AND FEDERAL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REMOVAL AND DEMOLITION WORK, SAFETY OF STRUCTURE, CONTAMINATED SUBSTANCES, OR UNSAFE ENVIRONMENTAL SUBSTANCES, DUST CONTROL, AND DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS. B. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING EPA NOTIFICATION REGULATIONS BEFORE BEGINNING DEMOLITION. C. COMPLY WITH HAULING AND DISPOSAL REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1. LEGALLY DISPOSE OF REMOVED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, OBTAIN PROPER DISPOSAL RECEIPTS FOR VERIFICATION. D. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR REQUIRED PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED FROM AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO COMMENCING DEMOLITION WORK. E. ENGAGE A FULL-TIME ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE AREA OF WORK TO BE RESPONSIBLE AND VERIFY THAT ALL WORK CARRIED OUT IS IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH STATE, FEDERAL AND CITY REGULATIONS. F. WHEN APPLICABLE, NOTIFY "DIG-SAFE" 1-800-344-7233 AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES, FIRE, POLICE, BUILDING DEPARTMENTS, OTHER AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND OWNER BEFORE STARTING WORK. COMPLY WITH UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. G. DO NOT CLOSE OR OBSTRUCT EGRESS OR SITE ACCESS WIDTH. DO NOT DISABLE OR DISRUPT BUILDING FIRE OR LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS WITHOUT PROPER PRIOR WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO THE OWNER, POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. CONDUCT DEMOLITION TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH ADJACENT AND ON OCCUPIED BUILDING AREAS. B. CEASE OPERATIONS IMMEDIATELY IF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE IN DANGER AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT. DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL DIRECTED. C. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: IT IS NOT EXPECTED THAT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE WORK. 1. IF MATERIALS SUSPECTED OF CONTAINING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, DO NOT DISTURB; IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER. D. DUMPSTERS AT THE SITE WHICH ARE USED BY OTHER TENANTS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR DISPOSAL OF ANY DEBRIS IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. 1.07 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. EXCEPT FOR ITEMS OR MATERIALS INDICATED TO BE REUSED, SALVAGED, REINSTALLED, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED TO REMAIN, SHALL REMAIN THE OWNER'S OR LANDLORD'S PROPERTY. 1. DEMOLISHED MATERIALS SHALL BECOME THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE. 2. REFER TO THE DRAWINGS AND/OR CONFER WITH THE OWNER TO IDENTIFY ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED OR REUSED. 3. INVENTORY AND RECORD THE CONDITION OF ITEMS TO BE REMOVED AND SALVAGED. B. ON-SITE STORAGE OR SALE OF REMOVED ITEMS SHALL BE PROHIBITED. 1.08 INTENT A. NO ATTEMPT IS MADE IN THIS SECTION TO LIST THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF REQUIRED DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OPERATIONS OR TO DESCRIBE EACH ELEMENT TO BE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH ALL RELATED TRADES FOR DISCONNECTING SERVICES, AND TO DETERMINE THE SCOPE AND NATURE OF THE EXISTING MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND FINISHES REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL, BASED ON A COMPLETE AND THOROUGH EXAMINATION OF THE SITE, DRAWINGS AND REFERENCE. 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. CUTTING AND PATCHING MATERIAL: USE MATERIALS IDENTICAL TO EXISTING MATERIALS. FOR EXPOSED SURFACES, USE MATERIALS THAT VISUALLY MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE IF IDENTICAL MATERIALS ARE UNAVAILABLE OR CANNOT BE USED. USE MATERIALS WHOSE INSTALLED PERFORMANCE WILL EQUAL OR SURPASS THAT OF EXISTING MATERIALS. 3.01 PREPARATION A. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY SAFEGUARDS, INCLUDING WARNING SIGNS AND LIGHTS, BARRICADES, AND SIMILAR MEASURES, FOR PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC, OWNER, CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES, AND EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS TO REMAIN. B. INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED MERCHANDISING SHELF STANDARDS WHERE INDICATED. C. ERECT AND MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF CLOSURES FOR EXTERIOR OPENINGS. D. PREVENT MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURE; PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING AND SHORING REQUIRED TO ENSURE SAFETY OF EXISTING STRUCTURE. E. NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES BEFORE STARTING WORK AND COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS. F. MARK LOCATION AND TERMINATION OF UTILITIES. G. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE TEMPORARY SIGNAGE INCLUDING SIGNAGE FOR EXIT OR BUILDING EGRESS. 3.02 PROTECTION A. EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN: PROTECT CONSTRUCTION AND COMPONENTS INDICATED TO REMAIN AGAINST DAMAGE AND SOILING DURING DEMOLITION. WHEN PERMITTED BY ARCHITECT, ITEMS MAY BE REMOVED TO A SUITABLE, PROTECTED STORAGE LOCATION DURING DEMOLITION AND REINSTALLED IN THEIR ORIGINAL LOCATIONS AFTER DEMOLITION OPERATIONS ARE COMPLETE. B. EXISTING UTILITIES: MAINTAIN UTILITY SERVICES INDICATED TO REMAIN AND PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 1. DO NOT INTERRUPT EXISTING UTILITIES SERVING ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR OPERATING FACILITIES UNLESS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY OWNER AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES DURING INTERRUPTIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES, AS ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER AND TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. PROVIDE AT LEAST [72] SEVENTY-TWO HOURS' NOTICE TO OWNER IF SHUTDOWN OF SERVICE IS REQUIRED DURING CHANGEOVER. C. TEMPORARY PROTECTION: ERECT TEMPORARY PROTECTION AS INDICATED. 1. ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY PARTITIONS TO PREVENT SPREAD OF DUST, ODORS, AND NOISE TO PERMIT CONTINUED OWNER OR MALL OCCUPANCY. 2. IN ACTIVE SALES, BACK ROOM AND STORAGE AREAS WHERE DEMOLITION WORK IS BEING PERFORMED, PROTECT MERCHANDISE AND FIXTURES WITH BARRICADES OR DROP CLOTHS. ANY DIRT, DUST OR MESS MADE FROM THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE CLEANED PRIOR TO LEAVING THE SITE FOR THE DAY. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THEIR OWN CLEANING MATERIALS, IE: VACUUM, CLEANING FLUIDS, ETC. 3. PROTECT EXISTING SITE IMPROVEMENTS, APPURTENANCES TO REMAIN. 4. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADES AND OTHER PROTECTION REQUIRED TO PREVENT INJURY TO PEOPLE AND DAMAGE TO ADJACENT BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES TO REMAIN. 5. PROVIDE PROTECTION TO ENSURE SAFE PASSAGE OF PEOPLE AROUND DEMOLITION AREA AND TO AND FROM OCCUPIED PORTIONS OF ADJACENT BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES. 6. PROTECT WALLS, WINDOWS, ROOFS, AND OTHER ADJACENT EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION THAT ARE TO REMAIN AND THAT ARE EXPOSED TO DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. SECTION 02050 (CONTINUED): 3.03 DEMOLITION A. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER. PROTECT EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. B. REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM SITE AS WORK PROGRESSES, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 1. DO NOT BURN OR BURY MATERIALS ON SITE. 2. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, LEAVE AREAS IN CLEAN CONDITION. C. REMOVE TEMPORARY WORK. D. ANY COMPONENTS SCHEDULED FOR REUSE, SHALL BE REMOVED (IN SITUATIONS WHERE APPLICABLE) WITH THE UTMOST CARE TO INSURE THAT THEY CAN BE REUSED AS SPECIFIED. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INSURE THAT THE ITEMS SCHEDULED FOR REUSE ARE STORED SAFELY AND SECURELY. FAILURE ON THE CONTRACTOR'S PART TO SECURE SUCH ITEMS SHALL NOT RESULT IN ANY COST INCREASE TO OWNER. 3.04 UTILITY SERVICES A. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES INDICATED TO REMAIN IN SERVICE AND PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 1. WHERE UTILITY SERVICES ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED, OR ABANDONED, PROVIDE TEMPORARY BYPASS CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF SERVICE TO OTHER PARTS OF THE BUILDING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. B. LOCATE, IDENTIFY, DISCONNECT, AND SEAL OR CAP OFF INDICATED UTILITY SERVICES SERVING SPACE TO BE SELECTIVELY DEMOLISHED. 1. ARRANGE TO SHUT OFF INDICATED UTILITIES WITH UTILITY COMPANIES. 2. CUT OFF PIPE OR CONDUIT IN WALLS OR PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED. CAP, VALVE, OR PLUG AND SEAL THE REMAINING PORTION OF PIPE OR CONDUIT. 3.05 FLOOR SLAB MODIFICATIONS A. INSPECT THE EXISTING SLAB CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED FOR INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK. 1. ALL PENETRATIONS OF THE SLAB SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE MALL TENANT COORDINATOR. B. PENETRATING STRUCTURAL SLABS: ALL INVESTIGATIVE WORK INVOLVED FOR STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB CORE DRILLING, TRENCHING, ETC., INCLUDING WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM LANDLORD'S ENGINEER SHALL BE BY SITE G.C. NO PENETRATION OF STRUCTURAL SLAB WORK SHALL BEGIN UNTIL PROPER WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION IS OBTAINED. C. NON-STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB TRENCHING: SIZE TRENCH AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY ACCOMMODATE ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AND/OR PLUMBING PIPING. 3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. GENERAL: EMPLOY SKILLED WORKMEN TO PERFORM CUTTING AND PATCHING. PROCEED WITH CUTTING AND PATCHING AT THE EARLIEST FEASIBLE TIME AND COMPLETE WITHOUT DELAY. CUT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO PROVIDE FOR INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND THE SUBSEQUENT FITTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED TO RESTORE SURFACES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. B. CUTTING: CUT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION USING METHODS LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE ELEMENTS RETAINED OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. 1. IN GENERAL, WHERE CUTTING, USE HAND OR SMALL POWER TOOLS DESIGNED FOR SAWING OR GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING AND CHOPPING. CUT HOLES AND SLOTS AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE, NEATLY TO SIZE REQUIRED, AND WITH MINIMUM DISTURBANCE OF ADJACENT SURFACES. 2. TO AVOID MARRING EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES, CUT OR DRILL FROM THE EXPOSED OR FINISHED SIDE INTO CONCEALED SURFACES. 3. CUT THROUGH CONCRETE AND MASONRY USING A CUTTING MACHINE, SUCH AS A CARBORUNDUM SAW OR A DIAMONDCORE DRILL. C. PATCHING: PATCH WITH DURABLE SEAMS THAT ARE AS INVISIBLE AS POSSIBLE. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED TOLERANCES. 1. RESTORE EXPOSED FINISHES OF PATCHED AREAS AND EXTEND FINISH RESTORATION INTO RETAINED ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT WILL ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF PATCHING AND REFINISHING. 2. PATCH EXISTING FIRE-RATED DEMISING WALLS TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RESISTANCE. D. FLOOR SLAB PATCHING: 1. MIX NEW CONCRETE OF SAME MATERIALS TO PROVIDE CONCRETE OF SAME TYPE OR CLASS AS ORIGINAL SLAB CONCRETE. 2. SE BONDING AGENT ON EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES THAT WILL BE JOINED WITH FRESH CONCRETE. 3. CLEAN AREA WITH STEEL BRUSH AND APPLY BONDING AGENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 4. ALL PATCHING TO CURE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS PRIOR TO STAINING. 3.07 REPAIRS A. GENERAL: PROMPTLY REPAIR DAMAGE TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION CAUSED BY DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. B. WHERE REPAIRS TO EXISTING SURFACES ARE REQUIRED, PATCH TO PRODUCE SURFACES SUITABLE FOR NEW MATERIALS. C. RESTORE EXPOSED FINISHES OF PATCHED AREAS AND EXTEND RESTORATION INTO ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT ELIMINATES EVIDENCE OF PATCHING AND REFINISHING. 3.08 CLEANING A. CLEAN ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION OF DUST, DIRT, AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO CONDITION EXISTING BEFORE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS BEGAN. B. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN NFPA FOR REMOVAL OF COMBUSTIBLE WASTE MATERIALS AND DEBRIS. C. CONTAINERIZE HAZARDOUS AND UNSANITARY WASTE MATERIALS SEPARATELY FROM OTHER WASTE. MARK CONTAINERS APPROPRIATELY AND DISPOSE OF LEGALLY, ACCORDING TO REGULATIONS. END OF SECTION SECTION 03300 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR GENERAL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, B. REQUIREMENTS (MATERIALS, MIXES, FINISHES) APPLY TO CONCRETE WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS, SUCH AS SIDEWALK PAVING AND FILL FOR METAL PAN STAIR TREADS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. TESTING: EMPLOY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER TO DESIGN CONCRETE MIXES AND TO PERFORM MATERIAL EVALUATION TESTS. PROVIDE 7 AND 28 DAY CYLINDER TESTS. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 143, C 173, C 31 AND C 39. C. STANDARDS: 1. ACI 301, SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS. 2. ACI 318, BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE, AND CRSI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE, PLACEMENT AND WORKABILITY. D. MOCK-UPS: PROVIDE MOCK-UP AS REQUIRED TO DEMONSTRATE QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP. E. FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES: 1. SUBFLOORS UNDER MATERIALS SUCH AS CONCRETE TOPPINGS, CERAMIC TILE, AND SAND BED TERRAZZO: ACI 302.1R AND ASTM E 1155, FLOOR FLATNESS (FF) OF 15, FLOOR LEVELNESS (FL) OF 13. 2. SUBFLOORS UNDER MATERIALS SUCH AS VINYL TILE, EPOXY TOPPINGS, PAINT, AND CARPET: ACI 302.1R AND ASTM E 1155, FLOOR FLATNESS (FF) OF 20, FLOOR LEVELNESS (FL) OF 17. 2.01 MATERIALS A. CONCRETE DESIGN MIXES, ASTM C 94, 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: 1. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: 4500 PSI. B. FORMWORK: PLYWOOD OR METAL PANEL FORMWORK SUFFICIENT FOR STRUCTURAL AND VISUAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. SPECIAL FORMS FOR TEXTURED FINISH CONCRETE. 2. METAL, PLASTIC OR PAPER TUBES FOR CYLINDRICAL COLUMNS AND SUPPORTS. C. REINFORCING MATERIALS: 1. STEEL WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A 185, WELDED. D. CONCRETE MATERIALS: ASTM C 150, TYPE I, PORTLAND CEMENT; POTABLE WATER. 1. NORMAL WEIGHT AGGREGATES, ASTM C 33. E. CONCRETE ADMIXTURES: CONTAINING LESS THAN 0.1 PCT CHLORIDE IONS. 1. AIR-ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 260, FOR EXTERIOR EXPOSED CONCRETE AND FOUNDATIONS EXPOSED TO FREEZE-THAW. 2. WATER-REDUCING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494, TYPE A, FOR PLACEMENT AND WORKABILITY. F. CONCRETE FINISHES FOR MONOLITHIC SLABS: 1. TROWEL FINISH FOR SURFACES TO BE EXPOSED TO VIEW OR COVERED WITH RESILIENT FLOORING, CARPET, TILE, OR OTHER THIN FINISH SYSTEM. 2. TROWEL AND FINE BROOM FINISH FOR SURFACES TO RECEIVE THIN-SET CERAMIC OR QUARRY TILE. SECTION 03300 (CONTINUED): 3.01 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 94. DO NOT CHANGE MIX DESIGN WITHOUT APPROVAL. CALCIUM CHLORIDE ADMIXTURES ARE NOT PERMITTED. B. CHAMFER EXPOSED EDGES/CORNERS TO PROVIDE STRAIGHT LINES. C. TOLERANCE: PLUS 1/8" IN 10' FOR GRADE, ALIGNMENT, AND STRAIGHTNESS. D. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: USE KEYWAYS, CONTINUE REINFORCEMENT THROUGH JOINT. E. EXPANSION JOINTS: FOR EXTERIOR WORK LOCATE 30' O.C. AT APPROVED LOCATIONS. PROVIDE SMOOTH DOWELS ACROSS JOINT WHICH PERMIT 1" HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT AND NO VERTICAL SHEAR MOVEMENT. F. ISOLATION JOINTS: PROVIDE BETWEEN SLABS AND VERTICAL ELEMENTS SUCH AS COLUMNS AND STRUCTURAL WALLS. G. CONTROL JOINTS: PROVIDE SAWN OR TOOLED JOINTS OR REMOVABLE INSERT STRIPS; DEPTH EQUAL TO 1/4 SLAB THICKNESS. SPACING AS REQUIRED AND APPROVED. H. CURE AND PROTECT WORK. REPORT DEFECTIVE WORK IN WRITING. END OF SECTION SECTION 03351 -CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING PRODUCTS: DAYTON SUPERIOR LEVEL TOPPING (FORMERLY LEVELAYER III) DAYTON SUPERIOR J-42 PRIMER PROSOCO LS LITHIUM DENSIFIER PROSOCO LS GUARD APPLICATION: PREPARATION:FOLLOW ALL ACI STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION FOR SURFACE PREPARATION. REMOVE ALL DIRT, OIL, ADHESIVES, MASTIC, COATINGS AND LOOSE SURFACE MATERIALS. SURFACE SHOULD BE MECHANICALLY PREPARED TO PROVIDE A PROFILE TO INSURE ADHESION. PRIMING OF EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR: PRIME CONCRETE SURFACE WITH DAYTON SUPERIOR'S J-42 PRIMER. DILUTE 1:1 WITH WATER. APPLY WITH BRUSH, BROOM, OR ROLLER. ALL PRIMER TO DRY COMPLETELY TO THE TOUCH BEFORE PROCEEDING, AT LEASE 3 HOURS AT 70 DEGREES. INSTALLATION OF OVERLAY: APPLY DAYTON SUPERIOR LEVEL TOPPING TO MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION. POUR/PUMP TOPPING OVER CONCRETE SURFACE. DO NOT INSTALL LEVEL TOPPING WHEN THE SURFACE IS LESS THAN 40 DEGREES F. ALL LEVEL TOPPING TO CURE A MINIMUM OF 6 HOURS AT 68 DEGREES PRIOR TO ANY FOOT TRAFFIC. APPLICATION OF DENSIFIER: A. SURFACE IS TO BE OPENED TO RECEIVE LIQUID HARDENER (DENSIFIER.) 1. GRIND SURFACE FROM COARSE TO FINER GRIT. 2. CLEAN SURFACE WITH VACUUM SYSTEM OR AUTO-SCRUBBER BETWEEN EACH STEP. 3. BRING SURFACE TO 100 GRIT LEVEL. 4. USE AN AUTO-SCRUBBER TO REMOVE ALL DUST AND DEBRIS FROM SURFACE PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF LIQUID HARDENER. B. ALLOW SURFACE TO COMPLETELY DRY BEFORE APPLICATION OF PROSOCO LS LIQUID HARDENER. C. APPLY LIQUID HARDENER TO SUBSTRATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND APPLICATION PROCEDURE. D. ALLOW MATERIAL TO REACT AND DRY (APPROXIMATELY 15-30 MINUTES) E. EXCESS MATERIAL WILL DRY ON THE SURFACE AND NEEDS TO BE REMOVED BY BRUSH, BROOM, VACUUM, AUTO-SCRUBBER, ETC. POLISHING: A. ALLOW SURFACE TO DRY COMPLETELY (APPROXIMATELY 30-60 MINUTES B. POLISH CONCRETE SURFACE IN PROGRESSIVE GRIT LEVELS TO ONE LEVEL BELOW FINAL LEVEL WHEN ADDITIONAL POLISHING IS TO BE DONE. C. AFTER EACH PASS AUTO-SCRUBER SURFACE TO REMOVE DUST AND DIRT. D. POLISH TO REQUIRED GRIT LEVEL AND/OR DESIRED SHEEN. END OF SECTION SECTION 03352 -CONTROL JOINT FILLER 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE RAPID CURING, POLYUREA BASED CONTROL JOINT FILLER. B. FURNISH AND INSTALL: RAPID CURING JOINT FILLER FOR INTERIOR FLOOR JOINTS NOT INDICATED TO RECEIVE ANOTHER FINISH. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING A. COMPLY WITH DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 1.03 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY PERIOD: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2.01 CONTROL JOINT FILLER A. L & M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC.: "JOINT TITE 750"; WWW.LMCC.COM TEL.: (402) 453-6600 3.01 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED DRYING TIME. C. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED COVERAGE RATES. D. PROVIDE UNIFORM APPEARANCE WITHOUT STREAKS, HOLIDAYS, PUDDLES, LAP MARKS, OR VISIBLE DEFECTS. E. RESTRICT TRAFFIC DURING FINAL CURING IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. END OF SECTION SECTION 03353 -CONCRETE SEALER 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE SEAL TO CONCRETE FLOOR. B. FURNISH AND INSTALL: SEALER, HARDENER, DUSTPROOFER FOR INTERIOR CONCRETE SURFACES NOT INDICATED TO RECEIVE ANOTHER FINISH. C. ROOF TOP SUPPORTS 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S DATA INCLUDING INSTRUCTIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS. SUBMIT FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING A. COMPLY WITH DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 1.04 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY PERIOD: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2.01 SEALER, HARDENER, DUSTPROOFER: A. "DAY CHEM SURE HARD J-17", DAYTON SUPERIOR CORPORATION, MIAMISBURG, OH., 800-745-3700. B. IRON CLAD (CLEAR) WHERE SOLVENT BASE IS ALLOWED. C. STAYCRETE 3700 STAIN FINISH WHERE WATER BASE IS REQUIRED. D. "KURE-N-HARDEN", SONNEBORN, CHEMREX, INC., SHAKOPEE, MN., 800-433-9517 (VERIFY SPECIAL WARRANTY PRIOR TO ORDERING.) 3.01 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS -PERFORM MOISTURE TEST ON AREAS OF INFILL PATCHING. B. APPLY TWO COATS. C. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED DRYING TIME BETWEEN COATS. D. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED COVERAGE RATES. E. PROVIDE UNIFORM APPEARANCE WITHOUT STREAKS, HOLIDAYS, PUDDLES, LAP MARKS, OR VISIBLE DEFECTS. F. RESTRICT TRAFFIC DURING FINAL CURING IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. END OF SECTION 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 6" = 1'-0" A9.0.0 SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 SECTION 05400 -STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING UNITS: 1. INTERIOR LOAD-BEARING STEEL-STUD PLATFORM AND STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. THIS SECTION DOES NOT INCLUDE INTERIOR NON-LOAD BEARING WALL 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO CPM INDICATING MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS, DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION, CONNECTIONS, AND RELATIONSHIP WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 1. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PREPARED AND STAMPED BY THE G.C.'s QUALIFIED ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE JURISDICTION OF THE PROJECT. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. STANDARDS: AISI, SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. C. FABRICATION TOLERANCES: 1/8" IN 10'. D. ERECTION TOLERANCES: 1/16". 1.04 SYSTEM DESIGN A. ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT PURPORT TO IDENTIFY NOR SOLVE ISSUES OF THERMAL OR STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT, WEIGHT LOADINGS, STRESSES, MEMBER SIZES, CONNECTIONS AND ANCHORAGES. REQUIREMENTS SHOWN BY DETAILS ARE INTENDED TO ESTABLISH BASIC DIMENSIONS OF STRUCTURES AND PROFILES OF MEMBERS. B. WALL SYSTEM DESIGN 1. DESIGN TO AISI -COLD FORMED STEEL DESIGN MANUAL. 2.01 MATERIALS A. COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING MATERIALS: 1. FRAMING: C-SHAPED LOAD-BEARING STEEL STUDS & JOISTS. 2. UNITS 16 GAUGE (.0598 INCH) AND HEAVIER: ASTM A 653, YIELD POINT 50,000 KSI. 3. FINISH: PRIME-COATED, RUST-INHIBITIVE PRIMER. B. FRAMING ACCESSORIES: 1. SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING. 2. BRACING, BRIDGING, AND SOLID BLOCKING. 3. WEB STIFFENERS. 4. GUSSET PLATES. 5. JOIST HANGERS AND END CLOSURES. 6. ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SUBMITTALS. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN PROPER RELATION WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. B. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C 1007 FOR INSTALLATION OF STEEL STUDS AND ACCESSORIES AND METAL LATH/STEEL FRAMING ASSOCIATION LIGHTWEIGHT STEEL FRAMING SYSTEMS MANUAL. C. RESTORE DAMAGED COMPONENTS. PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE. END OF SECTION SECTION 05500 -METAL FABRICATIONS 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING METAL FABRICATIONS: 1. ROUGH HARDWARE. 2. MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS FOR OVERHEAD DOORS AND GRILLES. 3. SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING. 4. REMODELING OF EXISTING METAL FABRICATIONS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO CPM INDICATING MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS, DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION, CONNECTIONS, AND RELATIONSHIP WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 1. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PREPARED AND STAMPED BY THE G.C.'s QUALIFIED ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE JURISDICTION OF THE PROJECT. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1.04 SYSTEM DESIGN A. ARCHITECTS DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT PURPORT TO IDENTIFY NOR SOLVE ISSUES OF THERMAL OR STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT, WEIGHT LOADINGS, STRESSES, MEMBER SIZES, CONNECTIONS AND ANCHORAGES. REQUIREMENTS SHOWN BY DETAILS ARE INTENDED TO ESTABLISH BASIC DIMENSIONS OF STRUCTURES AND PROFILES OF MEMBER. B. WALL SYSTEM DESIGN 1. DESIGN TO AISI -COLD FORMED STEEL DESIGN MANUAL 2.01 MATERIALS A. FERROUS MATERIALS: 1. STEEL PLATES, SHAPES AND BARS: ASTM A 36. 2. ROLLED STEEL FLOOR PLATES: ASTM A 786. 3. STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 500 OR A 501. 4. UNCOATED STRUCTURAL STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 611 OR A 570. 5. UNCOATED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 366 OR A 569. 6. GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 653, G90. 7. STEEL PIPE, BLACK FINISH: ASTM A 53. 8. STEEL PIPE, GALVANIZED FINISH: ASTM A 53. 9. GRAY IRON CASTINGS: ASTM A 48, CLASS 30. 10. MALLEABLE IRON CASTINGS: ASTM A 47, GRADE 32510. 11. REINFORCING BARS: ASTM A 615, GRADE 60. 12. BRACKETS, FLANGES, AND ANCHORS: CAST OR FORMED METAL. 13. CONCRETE INSERTS: THREADED OR WEDGE TYPE. 14. WELDING RODS AND BARE ELECTRODES: AWS SPECIFICATIONS. 15. ZINC-COATING: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED COATING FOR MATERIALS IN EXTERIOR WALLS. B. SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING: UNISTRUT CORPORATION OR POWERSTRUT. PROVIDE FRAMING SYSTEMS WITH ALL NECESSARY ATTACHMENT DEVICES, FITTINGS, AND THE LIKE NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. C. FASTENERS: 1. BOLTS AND NUTS: HEXAGON HEAD TYPE, ASTM A307, GRADE A. 2. LAG BOLTS: SQUARE HEAD, FS FF-B-561. 3. MACHINE SCREWS: CADMIUM PLATED STEEL, FS FF-S-92. 4. WOOD SCREWS: FLAT HEAD CARBON STEEL, FS FF-S-111. 5. PLAIN WASHERS: ROUND CARBON STEEL, FS FF-W-92. 6. DRILLED-IN EXPANSION ANCHORS: FS FF-S-325. 7. TOGGLE BOLTS: TUMBLE-WING TYPE, FS FF-B-588. 8. LOCK WASHERS: SPRING TYPE CARBON STEEL, FS FF-W-84. 9. ZINC-COATING: FASTENERS IN EXTERIOR ASSEMBLIES OR EXTERIOR WALLS. D. AUXILIARY MATERIALS: 1. NONSHRINK NONMETALLIC GROUT: CE CRD-C621. 2. INTERIOR ANCHORING CEMENT: HYDRAULIC EXPANSION CEMENT. 3. SHOP PRIMER: ALKYD PRIMER, FS TT-P-645, COMPATIBLE WITH TOPCOATS. 4. GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT: SSPC -PAINT 20. 5. BITUMINOUS PAINT: ASPHALT MASTIC, SSPC -PAINT 12. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND FABRICATION. DO NOT DELAY JOB; ALLOW FOR CUTTING AND FITTING IF FIELD MEASUREMENT NOT PRACTICAL. B. FORM WORK TRUE TO LINE WITH SHARP ANGLES AND EDGES. WELD CONTINUOUSLY, GRIND FLUSH AND MAKE SMOOTH ON EXPOSED SURFACES. C. INSTALL WORK PLUMB AND LEVEL WITH HAIRLINE JOINTS AND GROUND FLUSH WELDS. D. TOUCH UP DAMAGED COATING WITH SHOP PRIMER AND GALVANIZE REPAIR PAINT. E. PAINT ITEMS SCHEDULED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PAINTING SECTION. END OF SECTION SECTION 05700 -MISCELLANEOUS METALS 1.01 SUMMARY A. G.C. TO PURCHASE HANG GRID AND COMPONENTS FROM OWNER VENDOR, INSTALL PER VENDOR RECOMMENDATIONS 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. REFER TO OWNER CPM 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2.01 PRODUCTS A. 2'-0" X 4'-0" CEILING GRID B. 2'-0" X 6'-0" CEILING GRID C. 2'-0" X 2'-0" CEILING GRID 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SUBMITTALS. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN PROPER RELATION WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. B. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS: 1. GRIDS ARE TO BE CENTERED ON WINDOWS 2. CLAMPED TOGETHER IF CONTINUOUS IN A RUN 3. HAVE THE MULLIONS ALIGN WITH WHERE GRIDS COME TOGETHER IF POSSIBLE OR HAVE GRIDS CENTERED ON WINDOWS 4. THREADED ROD/EYEBOLT/CLAMP WILL SUPPORT THE GRID: 3" FROM OUTSIDE CORNERS (AT GRID INTERSECTION), OR AT WHERE TWO GRIDS JOIN IN 3" FROM EDGE (AT GRID INTERSECTION)- ALIGNING WITH WINDOW MULLION. 5. GRID TO BE CONTINUOUS 6. ALL WINDOWS SHOULD HAVE GRID TO HANG FROM 7. ALIGN SEAM WITH WINDOW MULLIONS C. CONDITIONS: 1. OPEN CEILING: G.C. TO INSTALL A UNISTRUT FRAME AT STRUCTURE ABOVE AND AT HEIGHT OF CEILING/LIGHTING (FOR RIGIDITY); THREADED ROD DROPS TO THREADED COUPLER AND EYEBOLT, ADJUSTABLE CLAMP AND GRID. 2. SOFFITED CEILING (ACT): G.C. TO INSTALL BLOCKING BEHIND GWB CEILING AND SECURE FASTENERS TO DROP GRID FROM UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT USING A WOOD SCREW THREAD WIRE EYEBOLT (LAGBOLT) END OF SECTION SECTION 06200 -ROUGH & FINISH CARPENTRY 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL: a. BE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE ROUGH AND FINISH CARPENTRY WORK, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. BACKING PANELS FOR UTILITIES. 2. WOOD FRAMING, NAILERS, CONCEALED BLOCKING, STOPS, FURRING, AND SLEEPERS. 3. CUTTING AND PATCHING WOOD FOR ALL SUBCONTRACTORS 4. FIRE-RETARDANT TREATMENT OF WOOD. 5. TEMPORARY WORK: BUILDING ENCLOSURES, BARRICADES, BRACING, CENTERING, SHORING, FRAMES, NECESSARY SUPPORTS; PROTECTION OF OPENINGS IN FLOORS, WALLS, ROOF; STAIRS, RAMPS, RAILS, GUARDS AND CLOSURES. 6. ALL OTHER USUAL ITEMS OF NORMAL ROUGH CARPENTRY INCLUDING ROUGH HARDWARE, INSERTS, RELATED METAL COMPONENTS, ETC., FOR WORK OF THIS SECTION 7. INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS INCLUDING DOOR FINISH HARDWARE. 8. FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS, OTHER THAN SHOP PREFABRICATED CASEWORK; AND OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ALL FINISH CARPENTRY SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL "CUSTOM GRADE" SPECIFICATIONS CONTAINED WITHIN THE LATEST EDITION OF THE "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS AND QUALITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM", OF THE AWI. B. ROUGH CARPENTRY LUMBER: VISIBLE GRADE STAMP, OF AGENCY CERTIFIED BY NATIONAL FOREST PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION (NFPA). C. QUALITY MARK: ALL TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD SHALL BEAR A LABEL OR IMPRINT ATTESTING THAT TREATMENT AND RE-DRYING IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFIED AWPA STANDARDS. FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84 WITH A FLAMESPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS AND SHOW NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION WHEN THE TEST IS CONTINUED FOR AN ADDITIONAL 20-MINUTE PERIOD. ALL FRTW WOOD SHALL CONTAIN AN ADDITIONAL IDENTIFICATION MARK SHOWING THE FLAMESPREAD CLASSIFICATION. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. STORE LUMBER AND SHEET MATERIAL UNDER COVER, CLEAR OF THE GROUND AND WITH GOOD VENTILATION. SUPPORT ON REGULARLY SPACED LEVEL BEARERS ON A DRY FIRM BASE. OPEN PILE TO ENSURE FREE MOVEMENT OF AIR THROUGH THE STACK. B. STORE FINISH CARPENTRY MATERIALS AND COMPLETED WOODWORK ONLY IN A DRY VENTILATED PLACE, PROTECTED FROM THE WEATHER AND COMPLYING WITH TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS SPECIFIED BY STANDARDS AND AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION AREAS. C. PROTECT SANDED AND FINISHED SURFACES FROM SOILING AND DAMAGE DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. PROTECT EDGES AND CORNERS OF SHEET MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE. 1.05 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES (ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ETC.) AND DO ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THEIR WORK. PROTECT ALL ADJACENT WORK. 2.01 LUMBER MATERIALS A. LUMBER FRAMING: SOUND STOCK, NEW, STRAIGHT AND THOROUGHLY SEASONED LUMBER OF CONSISTENT SIZE, FREE FROM STAINS, MILDEW, BOWS, TWISTS, CROOKS AND WAVES THAT CANNOT BE CORRECTED IN PROCESS OF BRIDGING OR NAILING. ALL STOCK SHALL BE SURFACED- FOUR-SIDES. CONSTRUCTION GRADE OR NO. 2 GRADE LUMBER COMPLYING WITH PS 20. FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD (FRTW) AND MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19 PERCENT. 1. NON-LOAD BEARING FRAMING: CONSTRUCTION GRADE OR NO. 2 DOUGLAS FIR OR SOUTHERN PINE KILN DRIED, APPEARANCE GRADE WHERE EXPOSED. B. WOOD FOR NAILERS, BLOCKING, FURRING AND SLEEPERS: 1. IN GENERAL, ALL NAILING STRIPS, FURRING AND STRAPPING SHALL BE NOMINAL 1 INCH X 3 INCH IN 8 FEET AND 12 FEET LENGTH TO MINIMIZE JOINTING. 2. BLOCKING SHALL BE NOMINAL 2 INCH X 3 INCH AND LARGER STOCK, CUT TO PROFILES AND SLOPES REQUIRED FOR FIELD CONDITIONS. 3. ALL CONCEALED WALL BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED (FRTW). C. EXPOSED LUMBER 1. SOLID HARDWOODS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH FOR GENERAL INTERIOR USE SHALL BE SELECT WHITE, HARD MAPLE, PLAIN SAWN, AWI LUMBER GRADE 1. 2. SOLID HARDWOOD FOR OPAQUE FINISH FOR GENERAL INTERIOR USE SHALL BE PLAIN SAWN YELLOW POPLAR SPECIES, AWI LUMBER GRADE II. 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. PLYWOOD, APA RATED FOR USE AND EXPOSURE: 1. PLYWOOD FOR TELEPHONE, UTILITY AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BACKING PANELS: a. CLASSIFICATION: B-D, GROUP 2, EXPOSURE 1-APA 000 PS1-95. b. PLUGGED, SQUARE EDGES, FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED, IN THICKNESS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, . INCH THICK. 2. PLYWOOD USED FOR SHEATHING SUBFLOOR AT WINDOW PLATFORMS, PLATFORM ABOVE OFFICE AND PANELED WALL UNDERLAYMENT PLYWOOD: a. APA RATED C-D PLUGGED, EXPOSURE 1, GROUP 2, INTERIOR PLYWOOD, SANDED FACE, THICKNESS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 3. FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT: APA RATED UNDERLAYMENT C-C PLUGGED GROUP 2 EXTERIOR PLYWOOD, SANDED FACE. THICKNESS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 4. KNOTTY PINE PLYWOOD AT 501 FLOORING, STOREFRONT DISPLAY PLATFORM & STOREFRONT DISPLAY WALL -SEE PLAN. a. APA RATED, SHOP GRADE b. SUPER MATTE CLEAR COAT c. 3/4" X 48" X 96" -5 PLY. 5. MDO PLYWOOD: APA RATED EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD (BB, GROUP 1) WITH ONE FACE OF MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY AS DESCRIBED IN PRODUCT STANDARD PS-1. THICKNESS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SECTION 06200 (CONTINUED): B. FRP WALL PANELS (FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC), PROVIDED BY G.C. 1. WALL AND CEILING PANELS SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE, U.L. LISTED CLASS A FIRE RATED, FLAME SPREAD LESS THAN 25A. 2. SHALL CONTAIN PROPER LABELS TO IDENTIFY THE FIRE RATING. 3. ADHESIVE: "MULTI-PURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE", WATERPROOF, AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PANEL MANUFACTURER. TITEBOND SOLVENT-FREE FAST GRAB FRP ADHESIVE BY FRANKLIN INTERNATIONAL, (800) 669-4583. 4. MOLDINGS: EXPOSED JOINT STRIPS SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY FRP PANEL MANUFACTURER. COLOR: SILVER; FLAME & SMOKE PER ASTM E84: CLASS 1, FLAME SPREAD: 25 OR LESS, SMOKE DEVELOPED: 450 OR LESS. ADHESIVE: C/S WATER-BASED MASTIC ADHESIVE. a. FRP-01: MANUFACTURER: CRANE COMPOSITES, INC. (CLASS A) STRUCTOGLAS.COM; P: (815) 467-8600; F: (815) 467-8666; PANEL THICKNESS: 0.09"; PATTERN: GLASS PEBBLED EMBOSSED PREMIUM; COLOR: 1201 BLACK C. MASONITE PANELS: 1. WS-01: PANEL THICKNESS: 0.25"; COLOR: UNFINISHED TEMPERED 2. WS-02: PANEL THICKNESS: 0.25"; PATTERN: PERFORATED; COLOR: UNFINISHED TEMPERED 2.03 ADHESIVE: A. TYPE RECOMMENDED BY AWI QS TO SUIT APPLICATION. 2.04 ACCESSORIES: A. FASTENERS: 1. EXTERIOR FASTENERS: APPROPRIATE MATERIAL IN SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENETRATE MINIMUM OF 1-1/2 INCHES INTO SUBSTRATE, UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 2. INTERIOR FASTENERS: NAILS, SCREWS, AND OTHER ANCHORING DEVICES OF TYPE, SIZE, MATERIAL AND FINISH REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION INDICATED TO PROVIDE SECURE ATTACHMENT, CONCEALED WHERE POSSIBLE. 3. ANCHORS: TOGGLE BOLT TYPE FOR ANCHORAGE TO HOLLOW MASONRY. EXPANSION SHIELD AND LAG BOLT TYPE FOR ANCHORAGE TO SOLID MASONRY OR CONCRETE. B. ROUGH HARDWARE SHALL INCLUDE ALL NAILS, BOLTS, SCREWS, CLIP ANGLES, PLATES, MISCELLANEOUS FASTENERS, ETC., AS REQUIRED. C. FINISH HARDWARE FURNISHED BY OWNER. 2.05 FABRICATION-GENERAL A. FABRICATE FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI QS, "CUSTOM" GRADE. B. USE EXPOSED FASTENING DEVICES OR NAILS ONLY WHEN UNAVOIDABLE. 2.06 FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD (FRTW) A. ALL CONCEALED INTERIOR LUMBER AND PLYWOOD FOR ALL USES, THROUGHOUT SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED BY CHEMICALLY TREATED AND PRESSURE IMPREGNATED; CAPABLE OF PROVIDING A MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 25 OR LESS. DO NOT USE FIRE-RETARDANT TREATMENT CONTAINING AMMONIUM PHOSPHATES. 1. LUMBER SHALL BE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA C20, INTERIOR TYPE A. 2. PLYWOOD SHALL BE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA C27, INTERIOR TYPE B. TREATMENT PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS: 1. INTERIOR AND WEATHER SHIELDED APPLICATIONS (ABOVE GROUND): a. DRICON BY ARCH WOOD PROTECTION, INC., (770) 801-6600. b. PYRO-GUARD BY HOOVER TREATED WOOD PRODUCTS INC. (800) 832-9663. c. FIREPRO BY OSMOSE, INC. (800) 241-0240. 2. EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS: a. "FRX" BY ARCH WOOD PROTECTION, INC., (770) 801-6600. b. b. EXTERIOR FIRE-X BY HOOVER TREATED WOOD PRODUCTS INC. (800) 832-9663. 3.01 INSTALLATION -ROUGH CARPENTRY A. SET ROUGH CARPENTRY TO REQUIRED LEVELS AND LINES, WITH MEMBERS PLUMB, TRUE TO LINE, CUT, AND FITTED. FIT ROUGH CARPENTRY TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION; SCRIBE AND COPE AS NEEDED FOR ACCURATE FIT. LOCATE FURRING, NAILERS, BLOCKING, GROUNDS, AND SIMILAR SUPPORTS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ATTACHING OTHER CONSTRUCTION. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH F.C. FOR SPECIFIC BLOCKING LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. B. BLOCKING: 1. SET ALL BLOCKING FOR STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION, AND DO NECESSARY CUTTING AND BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF DUCTS, PIPES, ELECTRICAL BOXES, CONDUITS, MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS, ETC. FOR THE VARIOUS SUBCONTRACTORS. 2. PROVIDE CONCEALED SOLID WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL SUPPORTED MOUNTED ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: a. CASEWORK AND SHELVING. b. FITTING ROOMS. c. TOILET ACCESSORIES d. ANY OTHER MOUNTED ACCESSORIES REQUIRING SUPPORT. C. SECURELY ANCHOR WORK TO SUBSTRATES AND STRUCTURE AND INSURE THAT WORK IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING APPLIED WORK AND LOADINGS. 1. USE FINISHING NAILS FOR EXPOSED WORK, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COUNTERSINK NAIL HEADS AND FILL HOLES WITH WOOD FILLER 2. COUNTERSINK FASTENERS AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE OTHER WORK. D. GROUNDS AND NAILING STRIPS SHALL BE FURNISHED, INSTALLED AND REMOVED WHEN REQUIRED FOR HEATING, PLUMBING, AND FOR OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS WHERE GROUNDS AND NAILING STRIPS ARE REQUIRED. E. FURNISH, ERECT AND MAINTAIN ALL TEMPORARY STAIRS, RAMPS, GUARDS, ENCLOSURES, ALL NECESSARY HOISTING POLES AND DEVICES. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO SAFEGUARD LIFE, LIMB AND PROPERTY. INSTALL TEMPORARY FRAMES IN EXTERIOR OPENINGS. F. INSTALL PLYWOOD IN THE LARGEST POSSIBLE SIZE IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, HAVING SQUARE CUT ENDS AND RIGIDLY SECURED IN PLACE WITHOUT BUCKLE, WARP OR DEFORMATIONS. G. DO NOT RIP OR MILL FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (FRTW) LUMBER. ONLY END CUTS, DRILLING HOLES AND JOINING CUTS ARE PERMITTED. H. DO NOT USE SCARF JOINTS, FINGER JOINTS OR SPLICE PLATES WITHOUT APPROVAL. I. SET ALL MISCELLANEOUS METALS THAT ARE REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH CARPENTRY WORK. APPLY ALL NECESSARY ROUGH HARDWARE INCLUDING NAILS, BOLTS, SCREWS OR SIMILAR FITTINGS REQUIRED TO EXECUTE THE WORK AS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED. J. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL STRAPPING FOR GYPSUM BOARD ON WALLS SHALL BE METAL. STRAPPING SHALL BE SHIMMED OUT PLUMB AND STRAIGHT AND FASTENED NOT OVER 16 INCHES APART. CROSSSTRAPPING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE BOTTOM, TOP, AND AT JOINTS IN THE SHEETS. K. INSTALL PLYWOOD BACKINGS FOR SURFACE MOUNTED ELECTRIC, TELEPHONE AND SECURITY PANEL BOARDS, METER MOUNTS, PROTECTION CABINETS, MOTOR CONTROL PANELS. 1. BOARDS SHALL BE RIGIDLY BUILT AND SECURELY FASTENED TO FURRED STRAPPING AT WALLS IN APPROVED MANNER. 2. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND NUMBER REQUIRED. 3. OVERSIZE PANEL BY 12 INCHES ON ALL SIDES. L. PREPARE ALL WOODWORK INSTALLED HEREUNDER AND DESIGNATED TO BE FINISH PAINTED, BY CLEANING AND PREPARING AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE FINISHES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09900 -PAINTING. 3.02 INSTALLATION -FINISH CARPENTRY A. INSTALL THE WORK PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE AND STRAIGHT WITH NO DISTORTIONS. SHIM AS REQUIRED USING CONCEALED SHIMS. INSTALL TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 8 FEET FOR PLUMB AND LEVEL (INCLUDING COUNTERTOPS); AND WITH 1/16 INCH MAXIMUM OFFSET IN FLUSH ADJOINING SURFACE, 1/8 INCH MAXIMUM OFFSETS IN REVEALED ADJOINING SURFACES. B. WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI QS, SECTION 1700. C. SCRIBE AND CUT WORK TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, LEAVE NO MORE THAN 1/16 INCH GAP, REFINISH CUT SURFACES AND REPAIR DAMAGED FINISH AT CUTS. D. ANCHOR WOODWORK TO ANCHOR OR BLOCKING BUILT-IN OR DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO SUBSTRATES. SECURE TO GROUNDS, STRIPPING AND BLOCKING WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLIND NAILING AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. EXCEPT WHERE PRE-FINISHED MATCHING FASTENER HEADS ARE REQUIRED, USE FINE FINISHING NAILS FOR EXPOSED NAILING, COUNTERSUNK AND FILLED FLUSH WITH WOODWORK AND MATCHING FINAL FINISH WHERE TRANSPARENT FINISH IS INDICATED. E. COUNTERTOPS: ANCHOR SECURELY TO BASE UNITS AND OTHER SUPPORT SYSTEMS AS INDICATED. F. CASEWORK: INSTALL WITHOUT DISTORTION SO THAT DOORS AND DRAWERS WILL FIT OPENINGS PROPERLY AND BE ACCURATELY ALIGNED. ADJUST HARDWARE TO CENTER DOORS AND DRAWERS IN OPENINGS AND TO PROVIDE UNENCUMBERED OPERATION. COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY ITEMS AS INDICATED. G. INSTALL STANDING TRIM IN SINGLE LENGTHS WITHOUT SPLICES, RUNNING TRIM IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS POSSIBLE, JOINED ONLY WHERE SOLID FASTENINGS CAN BE MADE. END JOINTS IN BUILT-UP MEMBERS SHALL BE WELL DISTRIBUTED. MITER EXTERNAL CORNERS, COPE INTERNAL CORNERS, MITER INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS, SCARF JOINTS. SECTION 06200 (CONTINUED) 3.03 FRP PANELS A. APPLY APPROVED WATERPROOF ADHESIVE, COMPLETELY COVERING BOTH SUBSTRATE SURFACE AND PANEL USING A TOOTHED SPREADER WITH 3/16-INCH DEEP "V" NOTCHES, MAKING CERTAIN THAT BUCKLES, BUMPS, VOIDS AND WARES ARE ELIMINATED AND THAT ALL EDGES WILL HAVE FULL FLUSH CONTACT. B. SPACE PANELS UNIFORMLY 1/8-INCH APART FOR CAULKING OF ALL SEAMS. C. EXPOSED JOINTS, CORNERS AND PANEL TERMINATION EDGES SHALL RECEIVE MATCHING PANEL MANUFACTURER'S VINYL MOLDINGS. D. CAULK JOINTS INCLUDING ALL WALL INTERSECTIONS. TOOL JOINTS FLUSH WITH PANELS. E. PLASTIC WAINSCOT WALL PANELS IN TOILET ROOMS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH GROOVES IN THE VERTICAL POSITION. 3.04 HARDWARE A. INSTALL FINISH HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. SET METAL THRESHOLDS FOR EXTERIOR IN FULL BED OF SEALANT (EITHER BUTYL RUBBER OR POLYISOBUTYLENE MASTIC) COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07900 "JOINT SEALANTS." 1. COMPLETELY FILL CONCEALED VOIDS AND EXCLUDE MOISTURE FROM EVERY SOURCE. 2. DO NOT PLUG DRAINAGE HOLES OR BLOCK WEEPS. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT. 3. FASTEN IN PLACE WITH FLAT-HEADED COUNTERSUNK CORROSION RESISTANT SCREWS INTO EXPANSION PLUGS INSTALLED IN HOLES DRILLED IN THE CONCRETE SLAB. 3.05 TEMPORARY CLOSURES A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PROTECTION SUCH AS WOOD DOORS, BUCKS, WOOD RAILINGS, PROTECTION ON STAIRS, AT FLOOR AND ROOF OPENINGS, AND MAINTAIN IN GOOD CONDITION THROUGHOUT THE LIFE OF CONTRACT. 1. PROTECTION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS. 2. PROTECT FINISH DOORS, FRAMES, SILLS, SADDLES, AND OTHER FINISH ITEMS REQUIRING PROTECTION. 3. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTION WHEN DIRECTED. B. ENTRANCES: PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHER AND WATERTIGHT PLYWOOD OR WOOD BATTEN DOORS COMPLETE WITH NECESSARY PLANK FRAMES AND EQUIPPED WITH SUITABLE HINGES, HASPS AND PADLOCKS WITH KEYS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND OTHER OPENINGS INTO THE BUILDINGS WHICH ARE ACCESSIBLE FROM THE GROUND AND ARE NOT OTHERWISE CLOSED. 1. MAINTAIN SAME IN OPERATING CONDITION AND REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES WHEN PERMANENT CLOSURES ARE INSTALLED. C. BUILDING ENCLOSURE: PROVIDE, ERECT AND MAINTAIN IN SAFE CONDITION, TEMPORARY WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE PROPER BUILDING SECURITY AND TEMPERATURES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3.06 FIELD TOUCH UP -PREFINISHED COMPONENTS A. FILL AND TOUCH-UP OF EXPOSED JOB MADE NAIL OR SCREW HOLES, REFINISH RAW SURFACES RESULTING FROM JOB FITTING, REPAIR JOB INFLICTED SCRATCHES AND MARS AND FINAL CLEAN THE FINISHED SURFACES. B. CLEAN WOODWORK ON EXPOSED AND SEMIEXPOSED SURFACES. TOUCH UP SHOP-APPLIED FINISHES TO RESTORE DAMAGED OR SOILED AREAS. END OF SECTION SECTION 06250 -HOMASOTE PANELING 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES: A. SOUND-DEADENING ACOUSTICAL WALL SYSTEMS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM E 84 -TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS. B. ASTM D 1037 -TEST METHODS OF EVALUATING PROPERTIES OF WOODBASE FIBER AND PARTICLE PANEL MATERIALS. C. ASTM E 72 -TEST METHOD OF CONDUCTING STRENGTH TESTS OF PANELS FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01300. B. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG DATA, DETAIL SHEETS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL SUBMITTAL: 1. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS: 1. MINIMUM 10 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN PRODUCING SOUNDDEADENING, SHEATHING BOARDS OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DELIVER MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL PACKAGES. B. INSPECT THE MATERIALS UPON DELIVERY TO ASSURE THAT SPECIFIED PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. C. REPORT DAMAGED MATERIAL IMMEDIATELY TO THE DELIVERING CARRIER AND NOTE SUCH DAMAGE ON THE CARRIER'S FREIGHT BILL OF LADING. D. STORE MATERIALS IN A DRY PLACE, INDOORS, OR ON RAISED PLATFORM PROTECTED FROM WEATHER DAMAGE. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: HOMASOTE COMPANY, 932 LOWER FERRY ROAD, WEST TRENTON, N.J. 08628. TELEPHONE: 800-257-9491 OR 609-883-3300, SALES DEPARTMENT, EXT. 1500, TECHNICAL SUPPORT, EXT 1332, FAX 609-883-3497. WEB SITE: WWW.HOMASOTE.COM. FOR A LOCAL HOMASOTE COMPANY SALES REP CALL THE SALES DEPARTMENT EXT. 1500. B. REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01600. C. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. D. PROVIDE ALL SOUND-DEADENING BOARDS FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. 2.02 MATERIALS A. SOUND-DEADENING BOARDS: HOMASOTE 440 SOUNDBARRIER; PHYSICAL PROPERTIES AS FOLLOWS: 1. THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH (13 MM). 2. DENSITY: 26-28 PCF (416-448 KG/CUBIC M). 3. TENSILE STRENGTH: 450-700 PSI (3,100-4,830 KPA). 4. HARDNESS (JANKA BALL): 230 LBS. (104 KG). 5. WATER ABSORPTION BY VOLUME; ASTM D 1037: a. 2 HOUR IMMERSION: 5 PERCENT MAXIMUM b. 24 HOUR IMMERSION: 15 PERCENT MAXIMUM. 6. EXPANSION, 50-90 PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY; 0.25 PERCENT. 7. R-VALUE: 1.2 (0.021) 8. FLAME SPREAD: CLASS III (OR C). 9. NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT: 0.20 10. SHEAR STRENGTH: 309 LB/FT CORNER, 85 LB/FT FIELD. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. ADHESIVE: APA AFG-01 APPROVED. B. NON-VISIBLE COUNTERSUNK HEX SCREW: LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO PENETRATE A MINIMUM OF 1 INCH (25MM) INTO FRAMING. 3.01 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES UPON WHICH WORK WILL BE INSTALLED. B. VERIFY FRAMING MEMBER SPACING COMPLIES WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS DEPENDING ON SUBSTRATES AND INSTALLATION METHODS. C. VERIFY ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AREA, AND WILL CONTINUE TO BE, MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. D. COORDINATE WITH RESPONSIBLE ENTITY TO PERFORM CORRECTIVE WORK ON UNSATISFACTORILY SUBSTRATES OR CONDITIONS. E. STARTING WORK BY INSTALLER IS ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATES AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS BY SEPARATING AND ALLOWING HOMASOTE 440 SOUNDBARRIER TO BE EXPOSED TO ENVIRONMENTAL TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS FOR NOT LESS THAN 24 HOURS BEFORE START OF INSTALLATION. B. 440 SOUNDBARRIER PANELS MUST BE INSTALLED ON A CLEAN, DRY CONDITION. DO NOT INSTALL WET PANELS. IT IS ESSENTIAL TO MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO PREVENT WATER FROM PONDING ON INSTALLED PANELS. 440 SOUNDBARRIER PANELS MUST BE THOROUGHLY DRY PRIOR TO CLOSING IN THE STRUCTURE. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR CUTTING AND INSTALLATION OF HOMASOTE 440 SOUNDBARRIER. B. FOR CURRENT LISTING OF APPROVED NAIL GUNS AND RECOMMENDED FASTENERS FOR 440 SOUNDBARRIER SHEATHING VISIT WWW.HOMASOTE.COM/SHEATHING.HTML. AND SELECT THE "FASTENERS" LINK. END OF SECTION SECTION 06400 -ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: 1. STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS. 2. CASEWORK AND COUNTERTOPS. 3. SHELVING AND CLOSET SPECIALTIES. 4. SHELVING STANDARDS. 5. INSTALLATION OF OWNER-FURNISHED ITEMS. 6. REMODELING AND RENOVATION TO EXISTING MILLWORK. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO CPM INDICATING MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS, DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION, CONNECTIONS, AND RELATIONSHIP WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. C. SAMPLES: SUBMIT TWO REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF EACH MATERIAL SPECIFIED INDICATING VISUAL CHARACTERISTICS AND FINISH. INCLUDE RANGE SAMPLES IF VARIATION OF FINISH IS ANTICIPATED. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. STANDARDS: ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS." C. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT: NON-PRESSURE METHOD, EXTERIOR TYPE, NWWDA I.S. 4. D. FIRE-RETARDANT TREATMENT: 1. LUMBER: AWPA C20, NON-CORROSIVE TYPE. 2. PLYWOOD: AWPA C27, NON-CORROSIVE TYPE. 3. PARTICLEBOARD: ASTM E 84, FLAME SPREAD 20 OR LESS. E. FORMALDEHYDE EMISSION LEVELS: 1. PARTICLEBOARD: NPA 8 COMPLIANCE. 2. MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD: NPA 9 COMPLIANCE. 3. HARDWOOD PLYWOOD: HPMA FE COMPLIANCE. 2.01 MATERIALS A. INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS, INCLUDING WOOD BASE: WB-01 1. SPECIES FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: KNOTTY PINE 2. GRADE: CUSTOM 3. SIZE: 1" X 4" NOMINAL 4. STAIN: PER LEVI'S STANDARD 5. FINISH: DULL SATIN B. INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS, INCLUDING WOOD BASE: WB-02 1. SPECIES FOR OPAQUE FINISH: POPLAR 2. GRADE: CUSTOM. 3. SIZE: 1" X 4" NOMINAL 4. PRIMER: WHITE 5. FINISH: PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR -SEE PLAN, U.O.N. C. INTERIOR WOOD CASEWORK: 1. SPECIES FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE. 2. GRADE: CUSTOM. 3. FACE STYLE: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 4. FRAME FABRICATION: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 5. GRAIN MATCHING: VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL, AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 6. VENEER MATCHING OF LEAVES: BOOK. 7. VENEER MATCHING IN PANEL FACE: SLIP. D. INTERIOR PLASTIC LAMINATE CLAD CASEWORK: 1. LAMINATE: HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE, NEMA LD-3. 2. GRADE: CUSTOM. 3. FACE STYLE: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 4. FRAME FABRICATION: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 5. COLORS: PROVIDE AS INDICATED ON THE 'FINISH MATERIALS SCHEDULE' ON THE DRAWINGS. E. CASEWORK HARDWARE AND AUXILIARY MATERIALS: 1. HARDWARE STANDARD: ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 2. GLASS: CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS, ASTM C 1048. F. SHELVING AND STANDARDS: (BY F.C.) 1. SHELVING: PLYWOOD WITH HARDWOOD EDGEBOARD. 2. STANDARDS: HEAVY-DUTY STANDARDS. G. AUXILIARY MATERIALS: 1. SCREWS: FS FF-S-111. 2. NAILS: FS FF-N-105. 3. ANCHORS: TYPE REQUIRED FOR SECURE ANCHORAGE. H. FACTORY FINISHING OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: 1. TRANSPARENT FINISH: a. GRADE: CUSTOM. b. STAIN: PER LEVI'S STANDARD. c. SHEEN: DULL SATIN. 2. OPAQUE FINISH: a. GRADE: CUSTOM. b. SHEEN: BRIGHT RUBBED SEMI-GLOSS. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. PROVIDE WORK TO SIZES, SHAPES, AND PROFILES INDICATED. INSTALL WORK TO COMPLY WITH QUALITY STANDARDS REFERENCED. BACK PRIME WORK AND INSTALL PLUMB, LEVEL AND STRAIGHT WITH TIGHT JOINTS; SCRIBE WORK TO FIT. B. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SUBMITTALS. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN PROPER RELATION WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. USE NON-CORROSIVE FASTENERS FOR EXTERIOR WORK. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. C. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR CUTTING, HANDLING, FASTENING AND WORKING TREATED MATERIALS. D. REPAIR MINOR DAMAGE, CLEAN AND PROTECT. END OF SECTION SECTION 07200 -INSULATION 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE INSULATION WORK, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. FIBERGLASS ACOUSTICAL AND THERMAL BATT AND BLANKET TYPE INSULATION. 2. MINERAL FIBER BATT. 3. FIRE SAFING INSULATION. 4. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES. 5. VAPOR RETARDER. USE ONLY IF PROJECT REQUIRES ITEM 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. MATERIALS OF THIS SECTION SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUITY OF THERMAL BARRIER AT BUILDING ENCLOSURE ELEMENTS AS APPLICABLE. B. MATERIALS OF THIS SECTION SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUITY OF VAPOR RETARDER AT BUILDING ENCLOSURE ELEMENTS. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT INSTALL INSULATION DURING INCLEMENT WEATHER OR WHEN SURFACES ARE MOIST. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. DO NOT BEGIN WORK UNTIL SUBSTRATE WORK IS COMPLETE AND WORK OF OTHER TRADES THAT WILL BE CONCEALED BY WORK OF THIS SECTION HAS BEEN APPROVED. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. PROTECT INSULATION MATERIALS FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE AND FROM DETERIORATION BY MOISTURE, SOILING, AND OTHER SOURCES. STORE INSIDE AND IN A DRY LOCATION. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING, STORING, AND PROTECTING DURING INSTALLATION. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE -FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES A. PROVIDE INSULATION AND RELATED MATERIALS WITH THE FIRE- TESTRESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THIS SECTION AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS PER TEST METHOD INDICATED BELOW BY UL OR ANOTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. IDENTIFY MATERIALS WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY. 1. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS: ASTM E119 2.01 GENERAL A. PROVIDE INSULATING MATERIALS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS. SECTION 07200 (CONTINUED): 2.02 THERMAL AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS/BLANKETS A. UNFACED GLASS FIBER COMPOSITION MINIMUM 1 POUND PER CUBIC FOOT DENSITY, MEETING ASTM C665, TYPE I AND THE FOLLOWING: 1. FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE RATING: 25/50 MAXIMUM, ASTM E84. 2. COMBUSTIBILITY: NON-COMBUSTIBLE, ASTM E136. 3. R VALUE: 3.2 PER INCH OF THICKNESS, ASTM C518. 4. SIZE: THICKNESS AND WIDTH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. FOIL-FACED GLASS FIBER COMPOSITION MINIMUM 1 POUND PER CUBIC FOOT DENSITY, MEETING ASTM C665, TYPE III, CLASS B, CATEGORY I AND THE FOLLOWING: 1. FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE RATING: 75/150 OR LESS, ASTM E84. 2. WATER VAPOR PERMEANCE (ASTM E96): 0.05 PERMS. 3. R VALUE: 3.3 PER INCH OF THICKNESS, ASTM C518. 4. SIZE: THICKNESS AND WIDTH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 ACOUSTICAL SEMI-RIGID INSULATION A. MINERAL FIBER COMPOSITION, UNFACED, SEMI-RIGID, MEETING ASTM C665, TYPE I AND FOLLOWING: 1. FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION: UL LISTED, 15/10 MAXIMUM, ASTM E84. 2. R VALUE: 4.0 PER INCH OF THICKNESS, ASTM C518. 3. SIZE: THICKNESS AND WIDTH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. PRODUCTS: 1. FIBREX CO., "SOUND CONTROL BLANKETS". 2. U.S. GYPSUM CO., "SOUND ATTENUATING FIRE BLANKETS (SAFB)". 2.04 SEMI-RIGID THERMAL INSULATION BOARD A. UNFACED, FLEXIBLE GLASS-FIBER BOARD INSULATION: ASTM C612, TYPE IA; WITH MAXIMUM FLAME-SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDICES OF 25 AND 50, RESPECTIVELY; AND OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES: 1. NOMINAL DENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN 1.5 LB/CU. FT. NOR MORE THAN 1.7 LB/CU.FT. THERMAL RESISTIVITY OF 4 DEG F X H X SQ.FT./BTU X IN. AT 75 DEG F. 2. COMBUSTION CHARACTERISTICS: PASSES ASTM E36. 3. SIZE: THICKNESS AND WIDTH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.05 FIRE SAFING INSULATION A. MINERAL FIBER COMPOSITION, 4 INCHES THICK, 4.0 PCF DENSITY, MEETING ASTM C612; ASTM C665, TYPE I, CLASS A; AND FOLLOWING: 1. FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION: UL LISTED, 15/10 MAXIMUM, ASTM E84. 2. TESTING PROCEDURES: ASTM E119. 3. SIZE: THICKNESS AND WIDTH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. PRODUCTS: 1. FIBREX CO., "FBX SAFING INSULATION". 2. 2. U.S. GYPSUM CO., "THERMAFIBER SAFING INSULATION" 2.06 VAPOR RETARDER A. POLYETHYLENE SHEET MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM D4397, 6.0 MILS THICK WITH MAXIMUM PERMEANCE RATING OF 0.13 PERMS. B. VAPOR RETARDER TAPE: POLYETHYLENE SELF-ADHERING TYPE, 2 INCHES WIDE. PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE OF TYPE RECOMMENDED BY VAPOR RETARDER MANUFACTURER FOR SEALING JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS IN VAPOR RETARDER. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. INSULATION HANGERS: STEEL PINS, LENGTH AS REQUIRED FOR INSULATION THICKNESS, WITH PERFORATED BASE PLATE FOR ADHESIVE ATTACHMENT TO SUBSTRATE. FURNISH MANUFACTURERS STANDARD ADHESIVE AND SELF LOCKING WASHERS. 1. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, FURNISH ADHESIVELY ATTACHED SPINDLE-TYPE INSULATION HANGERS AS MANUFACTURED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. SPINDLE TYPE INSULATION HANGERS, BY GEMCO (800) 331-1164. ADHESIVE: TUFFBOND HANGER ADHESIVE. b. SERIES T TACTOO INSUL-HANGERS, BY AGM INDUSTRIES (800) 225-9990. ADHESIVE: TACTOO ADHESIVE. c. STIC-KLIP TYPE N FASTENERS BY ECKEL INDUSTRIES, CANADA. ADHESIVE: STIC-KLIP TYPE S. 3.01 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. INSTALL GLASS FIBER BATTS AND BLANKETS IN CAVITIES FORMED BY FRAMING MEMBERS TO PRODUCE EITHER FRICTION FIT, OR USE ADHESIVE, OR USE MECHANICAL FASTENERS AFTER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. 1. WHERE MORE THAN ONE LENGTH IS REQUIRED TO FILL CAVITY, PROVIDE LENGTHS THAT WILL PRODUCE A SNUG FIT BETWEEN ENDS. STAGGER AND BUTT JOINTS. B. INSTALL SOUND ATTENUATING BLANKETS ABOVE CEILINGS AND IN STUD CAVITIES WHERE DETAILED OR SCHEDULED. BUTT TIGHTLY. C. CUT AND FIT TIGHTLY AROUND OBSTRUCTIONS AND FILL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. DO NOT ALLOW INSULATION TO OBSTRUCT VENTS. D. USE MECHANICAL ANCHORAGE WHERE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE PERMANENT PLACEMENT AND SUPPORT. E. PROTECT INSTALLED INSULATION AND VAPOR RETARDER. 3.02 VAPOR RETARDER A. EXTEND VAPOR RETARDER OVER 100% OF AREAS TO BE PROTECTED FROM VAPOR TRANSMISSION. SECURE IN PLACE WITH MECHANICAL FASTENERS AND ADHESIVES. SEAL JOINTS IN VAPOR RETARDER WITH TAPE. LOCATE ALL JOINTS OVER FRAMING MEMBERS OR OTHER SOLID SUBSTRATES. SEAL JOINTS CAUSED BY PIPES, CONDUITS, ELECTRICAL BOXES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS PENETRATING VAPOR RETARDER WITH TAPE. VAPOR RETARDER SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WARM SIDE OF CONSTRUCTION, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3.03 FIRE SAFING INSULATION A. INSTALL INSULATION OF PROPER SIZE AND CONTINUOUS LENGTH USING APPROVED STANDARD SAFING CLIPS OR WIRE HANGERS SPACED AS NEEDED, LEAVING NO VOIDS. 1. FILL VOIDS BETWEEN CURTAIN WALL AND EDGE OF SLABS AT FLOORS AND ROOF PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. FILL VOIDS AROUND PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, RATED PARTITIONS AND WALLS. B. INSTALL SAFING INSULATION IN METAL DECK FLUTES FOR FIRE RATED PARTITIONS EXTENDING FULL HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE; PACK EACH VOID TIGHTLY FOR FULL THICKNESS OF WALL. C. AT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR STUD FRAMING AND OTHER AREAS NOTED ON DRAWINGS TO SEAL OFF SPACES BETWEEN EDGE OF SPANDREL CONDITIONS AND INSIDE FACE OF EXTERIOR SHEATHING AND HEADS OF FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS ABUTTING SOFFIT OF STEEL DECKING. COMPRESSING THE INSULATION TO A POINT WHICH WILL ENABLE THE INSULATION TO BE STABLE WITHOUT MOVEMENT. END OF SECTION SECTION 07270 -FIRE PROOFING 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS AT OPENINGS AND VOIDS IN, AND AT PERIPHERY OF FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION. 1. PROVIDE FIRE-STOPPING AT ALL FIRE-RATED PENETRATIONS OF FLOORS AND WALLS THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT WHETHER SUCH PENETRATIONS ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR NOT. 2. CAREFULLY EXAMINE DRAWINGS AND SITE CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE QUANTITIES, LOCATIONS, TYPES AND DETAILS OF ALL FIRE-STOPPING WORK DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01001. B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA FOR ALL MATERIALS AND PREFABRICATED DEVICES, PROVIDING DESCRIPTIONS SUFFICIENT FOR IDENTIFICATION AT THE JOB SITE. INCLUDE UL CLASSIFICATION AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION. C. CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT EVIDENCE THAT APPLICATOR HAS BEEN APPROVED AS AN APPLICATOR BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SYSTEM PROPOSED FOR USE ON THIS PROJECT. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. F-RATINGS: PROVIDE FIRESTOP SYSTEMS WITH F-RATINGS EQUALING OR EXCEEDING FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF CONSTRUCTIONS PENETRATED AS DETERMINED PER ASTM E814. B. T-RATINGS: PROVIDE FIRESTOP SYSTEMS WITH T-RATINGS REQUIRED, AS WELL AS F-RATINGS, DETERMINED PER ASTM E814, WHERE SYSTEMS PROTECT PENETRATING ITEMS WITH POTENTIAL TO CONTACT ADJACENT MATERIALS IN OCCUPIABLE FLOOR AREAS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED, TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. PENETRATIONS LOCATED OUTSIDE WALL CAVITIES. 2. PENETRATIONS LOCATED OUTSIDE FIRE-RESISTIVE SHAFT ENCLOSURES. 3. PENETRATIONS LOCATED IN CONSTRUCTION CONTAINING FIRE- PROTECTION-RATED OPENINGS. 4. PENETRATING ITEMS LARGER THAN 4-INCH-DIAMETER NOMINAL PIPE OR 16 SQ. IN. OVERALL CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA. SECTION 07270 (CONTINUED): C. FOR FIRESTOP SYSTEMS EXPOSED TO VIEW, TRAFFIC, MOISTURE, AND PHYSICAL DAMAGE, PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT AFTER CURING DO NOT DETERIORATE WHEN EXPOSED TO THESE CONDITIONS BOTH DURING AND AFTER CONSTRUCTION. D. FOR THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS EXPOSED TO VIEW, PROVIDE PRODUCTS WITH FLAME-SPREAD INDICES OF LESS THAN 25 AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDICES OF LESS THAN 450, WHEN TESTED PER ASTM E84 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS LISTED IN UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR UL SYSTEM INVOLVED, THAT ARE MANUFACTURED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. 3M FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS. 2. BIO-FIRE SHIELD, INC. 3. HEVI-DUTY NELSON OF GENERAL SIGNAL. 4. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC. 5. INTERNATIONAL PROTECTIVE COATINGS (IPC). 2.02 MATERIALS A. FIRE-STOPPING MATERIAL SHALL BE ASBESTOS-FREE AND CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING AN EFFECTIVE BARRIER AGAINST FLAME, SMOKE AND GASSES IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E814 AND UL 1479. B. RATING OF THE FIRESTOPS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE RATING OF THE TIME-RATED FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY. 1. ON INSULATED PIPE, THE FIRE-RATING CLASSIFICATION MUST NOT REQUIRE REMOVAL OF THE INSULATION. C. MATERIALS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE FIRESTOPPING OF PENETRATIONS MADE BY STEEL, GLASS, PLASTIC AND INSULATED PIPE 1. ALL FIRESTOP MATERIALS USED SHALL BE SUITABLE AND COMPATIBLE WITH THE PENETRATING ITEMS INCLUDING THE SURROUNDING MATERIALS. 2. FIRESTOP MATERIAL, WHICH CONTAINS SOLVENTS THAT WOULD ATTACK PLASTICS, IS NOT TO BE USED. D. SELF-EXTINGUISHING DAMMING MATERIALS SHALL BE USED, AS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER, AS PART OF THE DESIGNATED FIRESTOP SYSTEM. E. ALL FIRESTOP MATERIALS USED IN EXPOSED AREAS SHALL BE PAINTABLE AND FINISHED WITH SIMILAR SURFACE TREATMENTS AS USED ON THE SURROUNDING WALL OR FLOOR SURFACE. F. ALL MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 2-YEAR SHELF LIFE AND SHALL NOT BE USED WHEN SAID MATERIALS' APPLICABLE SHELF LIFE EXPIRES. G. FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS USED TO FULFILL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PROJECT WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY THEREOF SHALL INCLUDE INTUMESCENT WRAP STRIPS, FIRESTOP MORTARS, PUTTY, NON-INTUMESCENT CAULKS AND SEALANTS, PREFABRICATED FIRESTOP DEVICES, MINERAL WOOL AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS USED IN TESTED ASSEMBLIES. H. PRIMER: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FIRE-STOPPING MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC SUBSTRATE SURFACES. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. PROVIDE ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO INSTALL FILL MATERIALS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF TESTED ASSEMBLIES, ARE APPROVED BY QUALIFIED TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY THAT PERFORMED TESTING AND ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER OF TESTED ASSEMBLIES. B. FILL VOID OR CAVITY MATERIALS: AS CLASSIFIED UNDER CATEGORY XHHW IN UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. C. FORMING MATERIALS: AS CLASSIFIED UNDER CATEGORY XHKU IN UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. 3.01 PREPARATION A. CLEAN SURFACES TO BE IN CONTACT WITH FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS OF DIRT, GREASE, OIL, LOOSE MATERIALS, RUST, OR OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT MAY AFFECT PROPER FITTING OR THE REQUIRED FIRE RESISTANCE. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS AS INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PRIME SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. C. SEAL ALL HOLES OR VOIDS MADE BY PENETRATIONS TO ENSURE AN EFFECTIVE SMOKE BARRIER. D. PRIMING: PRIME SUBSTRATES WHEN RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY FIRESTOP SYSTEM MANUFACTURER USING THAT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND METHODS. CONFINE PRIMERS TO AREAS OF BOND; DO NOT SPILL PRIMERS OR ALLOW THEM TO MIGRATE ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES. E. MASKING TAPE: USE MASKING TAPE WHERE REQUIRED TO PREVENT CONTACT OF FIRESTOPPING WITH ADJOINING SURFACES THAT OTHERWISE WOULD BE PERMANENTLY STAINED OR DAMAGED BY SUCH CONTACT OR BY CLEANING METHODS REQUIRED TO REMOVE FIRESTOPPING SMEARS. REMOVE TAPE IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION WITHOUT DISTURBING FIRESTOPPING SEAL. F. ACCESSORIES: INSTALL ACCESSORIES OF TYPES REQUIRED TO SUPPORT FILL MATERIALS DURING THEIR APPLICATION AND IN THE POSITION NECESSARY TO PRODUCE CROSS-SECTIONAL SHAPES AND DEPTHS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE FIRE RATINGS INDICATED. 1. AFTER INSTALLING FILL MATERIALS, REMOVE COMBUSTIBLE FORMING MATERIALS AND OTHER ACCESSORIES THAT ARE NOT PERMANENT COMPONENTS OF FIRESTOP SYSTEMS. G. INSTALL FILL MATERIALS FOR FIRESTOP SYSTEMS BY PROVEN TECHNIQUES. 1. FILL VOIDS AND CAVITIES FORMED BY OPENINGS, FORMING MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, AND PENETRATING ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED. 2. APPLY MATERIALS SO THEY CONTACT AND ADHERE TO SUBSTRATES FORMED BY OPENINGS AND PENETRATING ITEMS. 3. FOR FILL MATERIALS THAT WILL REMAIN EXPOSED AFTER COMPLETING WORK, FINISH TO PRODUCE SMOOTH, UNIFORM SURFACES THAT ARE FLUSH WITH ADJOINING FINISHES. H. PLACE FIRESTOPPING IN ANNULAR SPACE AROUND FIRE DAMPERS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF DAMPER'S ANCHORING FLANGES. I. INSTALL SMOKE-STOPPING AS SPECIFIED FOR FIRESTOPPING. J. UNLESS PROTECTED FROM POSSIBLE LOADING OR TRAFFIC, INSTALL FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS IN FLOORS HAVING VOID OPENINGS OF 4 INCHES OR MORE TO SUPPORT THE SAME FLOOR LOAD REQUIREMENTS. K. TOOL MATERIAL AFTER APPLICATION BUT BEFORE SKIN FORMS, TO A SMOOTH SURFACE. 1. CLEAN EXCESS FILL MATERIALS ADJACENT TO OPENINGS AS INSTALLATION PROGRESSES BY METHODS AND WITH CLEANING MATERIALS THAT ARE APPROVED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURERS AND THAT DO NOT DAMAGE MATERIALS IN WHICH OPENINGS OCCUR. L. PROTECT SEALS FROM DISTURBANCE FOR 48 HOURS. 3.03 WARNING LABEL A. LABEL EACH PENETRATION WITH A MINIMUM 3 INCH BY 5 INCH SELFADHESIVE LABEL CONTAINING THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 1. WARNING -FIRESTOP SYSTEM DO NOT DISTURB NOTIFY BUILDING MANAGEMENT OF ANY DAMAGE 2. SYSTEM NO.____________ 3. CONTRACTOR:____________ 4. MANUFACTURER:__________ 5. DATE INSTALLED:__________ 6. UL SYSTEM NO._________ 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. EXAMINE FIRESTOPPED AREAS TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO CONCEALING OR ENCLOSING FIRESTOPPED AREAS. B. AREAS OF WORK SHALL REMAIN ACCESSIBLE UNTIL INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY THE APPLICABLE CODE AUTHORITIES. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. CLEAN UP SPILLS OF LIQUID COMPONENTS. B. NEATLY CUT AND TRIM MATERIALS AS REQUIRED. END OF SECTION SECTION 07462 -WOOD SIDING 1.01 SUMMARY A. WOOD PANELING AND SIDING. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 06100 -ROUGH CARPENTRY. 1.03 REFERENCES A. WESTERN RED CEDAR LUMBER ASSOCIATION "INSTALLING CEDAR SIDING" B. WESTERN RED CEDAR LUMBER ASSOCIATION "GUIDE TO FINISHING WESTERN RED CEDAR". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01000. B. PRODUCT DATA: WWW.ARCAT.COM/ARCATCOS/COS36/ARC36505.CFM WESTERN RED CEDAR LUMBER ASSOCIATION'S DATA SHEETS ON EACH PRODUCT TO BE USED, INCLUDING: 1. PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. INSTALLATION METHODS. C. VERIFICATION SAMPLES: FOR EACH FINISH PRODUCT SPECIFIED, THREE SAMPLES, NOMINAL SIZE 5 1/2 INCHES (140 MM) SQUARE REPRESENTING ACTUAL PRODUCT WITH FINISHED COLOR AND TEXTURE. SECTION 04211 -BRICK MASONRY (THIN BRICK VENEER) 1.01 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: HANDMADE CONCRETE BRICK VENEER FOR DECORATIVE USE. B. RELATED SECTIONS: 1. DIVISION 07 SECTION: WATER REPELLENTS. 2. DIVISION 07 SECTION: FLASHING. 3. DIVISION 07 SECTION: JOINT SEALERS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI): 1. ANSI 118.4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR. B. ASTM INTERNATIONAL: 1. ASTM C39/C39M STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CYLINDRICAL CONCRETE SPECIMENS. 2. ASTM C67 STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR SAMPLING AND TESTING BRICK AND STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE. 3. ASTM C91 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR MASONRY CEMENT 4. ASTM C157/C157M STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR LENGTH CHANGE OF HARDENED HYDRAULIC-CEMENT, MORTAR, AND CONCRETE. 5. ASTM C482 STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR BOND STRENGTH OF CERAMIC TILE TO PORTLAND CEMENT. 6. ASTM C847 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR METAL LATH. 7. ASTM C897 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR AGGREGATE FOR JOB- MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT-BASED PLASTERS. 8. ASTM C1028 STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE STATIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION OF CERAMIC TILE AND OTHER LIKE SURFACES BY THE HORIZONTAL DYNAMOMETER PULL-METER METHOD. 9. ASTM C1353 STANDARD TEST METHOD USING THE TABER ABRASER FOR ABRASION RESISTANCE OF DIMENSION STONE SUBJECTED TO FOOT TRAFFIC. 10. ASTM D226 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ASPHALTSATURATED ORGANIC FELT USED IN ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING. C. NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS (NAAMM): 1. NAAMM STANDARD ML/SFA 920 GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS FOR METAL LATHING AND FURRING. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: 1. ABSORPTION (ASTM C67): NOT MORE THAN 10%. 2. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (ASTM C39): NOT LESS THAN 4000 PSI (27,560 KPA). 3. FREEZE/THAW (ASTM C67): UNAFFECTED AFTER 50 CYCLES. 4. MOISTURE CONTENT (ASTM C67): 7%. 5. DENSITY (ASTM C642): 140 LB/FT3 (2251 KG/M3). 6. LENGTH CHANGE (ASTM C157): 0.1% MAX. 7. BOND STRENGTH (ASTM C482): 50 PSI (0.3 MPA). 8. ABRASION RESISTANCE (ASTM C1353): 20 WEAR INDEX. 9. COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION (ASTM C1028): 0.6. 10. BREAKING LOAD (ASTM C67): MAXIMUM LOAD. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL: SUBMIT LISTED SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION. B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR SPECIFIED PRODUCTS. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE LAYOUT, PATTERNS, COLOR ARRANGEMENT, PERIMETER CONDITIONS, JUNCTIONS WITH DISSIMILAR MATERIALS, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, THRESHOLDS, ACCESSORIES AND SETTING DETAILS. D. MAINTENANCE DATA: INCLUDE RECOMMENDED CLEANING METHODS, CLEANING MATERIALS, STAIN REMOVAL METHODS AND POLISHES AND WAXES. E. SAMPLES: SUBMIT SELECTION AND VERIFICATION SAMPLES OF FINISHES, COLORS AND TEXTURES. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. QUALIFICATIONS: 1. INSTALLER EXPERIENCED IN PERFORMING WORK OF THIS SECTION WHO HAS SPECIALIZED IN INSTALLATION OF WORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH DIVISION 01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SECTION. B. ORDERING: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS AND LEAD TIME REQUIREMENTS TO AVOID CONSTRUCTION DELAYS. C. DELIVERY: DELIVER MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER’S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED, UNDAMAGED CONTAINERS WITH IDENTIFICATION LABELS INTACT. D. STORAGE AND PROTECTION: STORE MATERIALS PROTECTED FROM EXPOSURE TO HARMFUL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AND AT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. INSTALL MORTAR, SET AND GROUT TILE WHEN SURFACE TEMPERATURE IS A MINIMUM OF 50 DEGREES F (10 DEGREES C) AND RISING BUT NO GREATER THAN 90 DEGREES F (32 DEGREES C). B. DO NOT INSTALL MORTAR, SET OR GROUT TILE WHEN INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS ARE EXPECTED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF COMPLETION. 2.01 THIN BRICK TILES A. BV-01 1. SUPPLIER: ARTO BRICK VENEER MANUFACTURING COMPANY. CONTACT: 15209 S. BROADWAY ST., GARDENA, CA 90248-1823; TELEPHONE: (310) 768-8500; FAX: (310) 768-8544; WEBSITE: WWW.ARTOBRICK.COM 2. MATERIAL: ANTIK BRICK 3. COLOR: RED FLASH, PAINT GLOSS BLACK 4. SIZE: 2 INCHES X 8 INCHES 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. THIN BRICK VENEER: 1. SERIES: ANTIK BRICK, 2 INCHES × 8 INCHES. 2. COLOR(S): RED FLASH. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. TRIM PIECES: 1. SERIES: SHORT SIDE CORNER, 2 INCHES × 8 INCHES. 2. COLOR: MATCH THIN BRICK VENEER. B. MOISTURE BARRIER: 1. BOTTOM LAYER: TYVEK STUCCOWRAP, DUPONT COMPANY OR SIMILAR. 2. TOP LAYER: ASTM D226, TYPE II, ASPHALT SATURATED ORGANIC FELT, WITHOUT PERFORATIONS, 30 LB (13.6 KG) NOMINAL WEIGHT. C. METAL LATH: ASTM C847, DIAMOND MESH LATH, 2.5 LB/YD2 (1.36 K/M2) NOMINAL WEIGHT, GALVANIZED. D. FASTENERS/ATTACHMENT DEVICES: GALVANIZED STEEL; COMPLY WITH ML/SFA .GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS FOR METAL LATHING AND FURRING. E. MORTAR MATERIALS: 1. MASONRY CEMENT: ASTM C91, TYPE N. 2. AGGREGATE: MANUFACTURED OR NATURAL SAND, ASTM C897. 3. WATER: POTABLE. 2.04 MIXES A. MORTAR MIX: 1 PART MASONRY CEMENT TO 2 1/2 -3 PARTS AGGREGATE PER ASTM C39 AND ANSI A118.4 (MODIFIED). 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER.S PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING PRODUCT TECHNICAL BULLETINS, PRODUCT CATALOG INSTALLATION. INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT CARTON INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. SITE VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS: VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS, WHICH HAVE BEEN PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS, ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR PRODUCT INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS. 3.03 PREPARATION A. PREPARE SURFACES USING THE METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR ACHIEVING THE BEST RESULT FOR THE SUBSTRATE UNDER THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. 3.04 CLEANING A. CLEAN WITH WATER AND SOFT NYLON BRUSHES ONLY; DO NOT ALLOW MORTAR TO SET UP ON UNIT SURFACES. 3.05 PROTECTION A. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCTS UNTIL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. B. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PRODUCTS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. END OF SECTION 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 6" = 1'-0" A9.0.1 SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 SECTION 07652 (CONTINUED): B. FLASHING SLOPE 1. SLOPE ALL FLASHINGS AT LEAST 5 PERCENT TO DRAIN TO THE EXTERIOR. 2. PONDING ON FLASHINGS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE TO CREATE SLOPE. 3. GROUT OR SHIM UNDER FLASHINGS TO CREATE SLOPE. 4. DO NOT USE ANY ORGANIC MATERIAL TO CREATE SLOPE. C. AIR BARRIER CONTINUITY 1. PROVIDE FLASHINGS TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF AIR BARRIERS. 2. PROVIDE FLASHINGS TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS INTERFACE BETWEEN WALL AIR BARRIER AND ROOF AIR BARRIER. 3. PROVIDE FLASHINGS TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS INTERFACE BETWEEN WALL AIR BARRIER AND WINDOW FRAMES, DOOR FRAMES, AND ALL OTHER PENETRATIONS AND OBSTRUCTIONS. 4. PROVIDE FLASHINGS TO SEAL AND MAKE AIR TIGHT ALL GAPS, SEAMS, AND JOINTS IN EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLIES. D. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES: WHERE FLASHINGS ARE ADHERED TO CONCRETE SUBSTRATES, CLEAN CONCRETE TO REMOVE FORM RELEASE COATINGS, SEALERS, WATER REPELLENTS, OTHER MATERIALS, AND FOREIGN SUBSTANCES WHICH COULD INHIBIT ADHESION OF FLASHING TO CONCRETE. E. DISCONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL FLASHINGS -FLASHING PANS: WHERE HORIZONTAL FLASHINGS ARE NOT CONTINUOUS: 1. PROVIDE FLASHING PANS WITH THREE VERTICAL WALLS. 2. MAKE PAN WALLS 4 INCHES HIGH TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. 3. NEVER MAKE PAN WALLS LESS THAN 1.5 INCHES HIGH. 4. MAKE CORNERS PERMANENTLY WATERPROOF. SEALANT SEALED CORNERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 5. EXTEND FLASHINGS THE ENTIRE WIDTH OF THE OBSTRUCTION TO DOWNWARD FLOW OF WATER. 6. ENSURE JAMB FLASHINGS DROP INTO PAN FLASHINGS. F. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FLEXIBLE FLASHINGS 1. PRIME SUBSTRATES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLASHING MANUFACTURER. 2. ROLL FLASHINGS IN PLACE WITH A HAND ROLLER. ENSURE EXCELLENT BOND. 3. SEAL EDGES WITH LIQUID SEALANT. 4. LAP SEAMS AT LEAST 3 INCHES. 5. APPLY ADHESIVE MASTIC IN SEAMS. 6. SEAL HOLES UP TO 0.125 INCH MAXIMUM DIMENSION WITH FLASHING SYSTEM'S LIQUID SEALANT. 7. SEAL HOLES 0.125 INCH AND OVER WITH A "PATCH" OF FLASHING. 8. EXTEND FLASHING "PATCH" AT LEAST 3 INCHES ONTO ADJACENT UNDAMAGED AREAS ON ALL SIDES. 9. COVER SHELF ANGLE GAPS WITH 8 INCH LONG SHEET METAL TO SUPPORT FLEXIBLE FLASHING OVER GAP. 10. MEET SPECIFIED INSTALLED, IN PLACE, PEEL ADHESION PERFORMANCE. G. FLEXIBLE FLASHING USE LIMITATIONS: USE SHEET METAL FLASHINGS AND NOT FLEXIBLE FLASHINGS AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS AND CONDITIONS. 1. WHERE FLASHING IS VISIBLE. 2. WHERE FLASHING IS EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT 3. WHERE FLASHING IS NOT FULLY SUPPORTED. MAXIMUM GAP IS 0.125 INCH WITHOUT SUPPORT. 4. WHERE SEALANT IS SHOWN ADHERED TO THE FLASHING. 5. WHERE METAL FLASHING IS SHOWN, "CALLED OUT", OR IDENTIFIED. 6. WHERE FLASHING IS IN CONTACT WITH MATERIALS CONTAINING CREOSOTE OR COAL TAR. 7. WHERE FLEXIBLE FLASHING CANNOT BE PRACTICALLY INSTALLED DUE TO ITS SELF-ADHESIVE PROPERTIES. 8. WHEN ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS DURING INSTALLATION ARE OUTSIDE FLASHING MANUFACTURER'S LIMITS. END OF SECTION SECTION 07810 -APPLIED FIREPROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE PATCHING AND REPAIR TO EXISTING FIREPROOFING FOR BUILDING STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. B. SAMPLES: SUBMIT TWO REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF EACH MATERIAL SPECIFIED INDICATING VISUAL CHARACTERISTICS AND FINISH. INCLUDE RANGE SAMPLES IF VARIATION OF FINISH IS ANTICIPATED. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. FIRE PERFORMANCE: ASTM E 119, UL REQUIREMENTS AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: GRACE CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, ISOLATEK INTERNATIONAL CORP., CARBOLINE CO., OR APPROVED EQUAL. B. CONCEALED SPRAYED-ON FIREPROOFING: 1. TYPE: CEMENTITIOUS, 15 POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT DRY DENSITY, ASTM E605. 2. AUXILIARY MATERIALS: PRIMERS, ADHESIVE, LATH, AND REINFORCING FABRIC. 3. SEALER FOR MINERAL-FIBER FIREPROOFING: CLEAR-DRYING PROTECTIVE COATING FOR NON-DUSTING APPLICATIONS. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE SEQUENCE OF WORK TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM BOTH WEATHER AND OTHER WORK, TO MINIMIZE TIME BUILDING IS UNPROTECTED AND TO PERMIT ADEQUATE OBSERVATION, TESTING AND INSPECTION BEFORE BEING CONCEALED BY OTHER WORK. B. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, REPORT IN WRITING ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS; BEGINNING WORK MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE. C. CLEAN, PRIME AND PREPARE SUBSTRATES. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. D. PROVIDE ALL AUXILIARY MATERIALS NECESSARY AND PROVIDE REINFORCEMENT WHEREVER JOINT MOVEMENT IS EXPECTED. E. PROVIDE MATERIAL THICKNESSES NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FIRERESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. F. OWNER MAY EMPLOY INDEPENDENT FIELD TESTING AGENCY. COOPERATE AND PROVIDE SAMPLES AS REQUESTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL COSTS RELATING TO REPAIR / REPLACEMENT /RETESTING OF NON-COMPLYING WORK. G. REMOVE OVERSPRAY, REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED AREAS AND PROTECT INSTALLED FIREPROOFING FROM DAMAGE. END OF SECTION SECTION 07900 -JOINT SEALERS 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE JOINT SEALERS AT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL JOINTS. B. MATCH ADJACENT FINISH COLORS AT EXTERIOR C. WHITE: PAINTABLE AT INTERIOR JOINTS AND WOOD TRIM D. CLEAR: PAINTABLE AT GLASS TO ADJACENT MATERIAL 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. B. SAMPLES: SUBMIT TWO REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF EACH MATERIAL SPECIFIED INDICATING VISUAL CHARACTERISTICS AND FINISH. INCLUDE RANGE SAMPLES IF VARIATION OF FINISH IS ANTICIPATED. 1. INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLOR AND FINISH OPTIONS IF ADDITIONAL SELECTION IS REQUIRED. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. FIELD-CONSTRUCTED MOCK-UPS: EACH JOINT TYPE. 2.01 MATERIALS A. URETHANE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS 1. NON-SAG TYPE AND APPLICATION: ONE-PART NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL JOINTS, EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR USE. 2. NON-SAG TYPE AND APPLICATION: MULTI-PART NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL JOINTS, EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR USE. 3. POURABLE TYPE AND APPLICATION: ONE-PART POURABLE URETHANE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR HORIZONTAL JOINTS, EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR USE. 4. POURABLE TYPE AND APPLICATION: MULTI-PART POURABLE URETHANE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR HORIZONTAL JOINTS, EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR USE. SECTION 07900 (CONTINUED): B. SILICONE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS 1. TYPE AND APPLICATION: ONE-PART NONACID-CURING SILICONE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL JOINTS, MODULUS AS REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION, EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR USE. 2. TYPE AND APPLICATION: MULTI-PART NONACID-CURING SILICONE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL JOINTS, MODULUS AS REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION, EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR USE. 3. TYPE AND APPLICATION: ONE-PART ACID-CURING SILICONE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR VERTICAL JOINTS, EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR USE. 4. TYPE AND APPLICATION: ONE-PART MILDEW-RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR SANITARY APPLICATIONS, INTERIOR USE. C. POLYSULFIDE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS 1. NONSAG TYPE AND APPLICATION: TWO-PART NONSAG POLYSULFIDE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR VERTICAL JOINTS, EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR USE. 2. POURABLE TYPE AND APPLICATION: TWO-PART POURABLE POLYSULFIDE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR HORIZONTAL JOINTS, EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR USE. 3. IMMERSION TYPE AND APPLICATION: TWO-PART POLYSULFIDE SEALANT, ASTM C 920, FOR WATER IMMERSION. D. LATEX JOINT SEALANTS 1. ACRYLIC TYPE: ACRYLIC-EMULSION, ASTM C 834. 2. SILICONE TYPE: SILICONE EMULSION, ASTM C 834, AND ASTM C920. 3. APPLICATION: INTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD SURFACES WITH LIMITED MOVEMENT. E. SOLVENT-RELEASE-CURING JOINT SEALANTS 1. ACRYLIC TYPE: ACRYLIC, ASTM C 920. 2. BUTYL TYPE: BUTYL, FS TT-S-001657. 3. APPLICATION: EXTERIOR VERTICAL SURFACES WITH LIMITED MOVEMENT. F. COMPRESSION SEALS 1. TYPE: PREFORMED FOAM SEALANT. 2. APPLICATION: WIDE EXTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES. G. FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SEALERS: 1. TYPE: ONE PART FIRE-STOPPING SEALANT. 2. APPLICATION: PENETRATIONS IN FIRE-RATED FLOOR AND WALL ASSEMBLIES. H. SPECIALTY SEALANTS 1. TYPE AND APPLICATION: SYNTHETIC RUBBER FOR ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOR CONCEALED JOINTS. 2. TYPE AND APPLICATION: BUTYL-POLYISOBUTYLENE SEALANT AND TAPE SEALANT FOR CONCEALED JOINTS. I. PAVING JOINT FILLERS 1. EXPANDING TYPE: SELF-EXPANDING CORK. 2. CORK TYPE: CORK. 3. RUBBER TYPE: SPONGE RUBBER. 4. BITUMINOUS TYPE: BITUMINOUS FIBER. 5. APPLICATION: FILLER FOR EXTERIOR PAVING JOINTS. J. AUXILIARY MATERIALS 1. PLASTIC FOAM JOINT FILLERS. 2. ELASTOMERIC TUBING BACKER RODS. 3. BOND BREAKER TAPE. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATE; REPORT UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS IN WRITING. BEGINNING WORK MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATES. B. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 01000 -PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. C. TEST SEALANT ADHESION FOR EACH SUBSTRATE REQUIRED. D. PROVIDE SEALANTS IN COLORS AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. E. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SUBMITTALS. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN PROPER RELATION WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND WITH UNIFORM APPEARANCE. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. CLEAN AND PRIME JOINTS, AND INSTALL BOND BREAKERS, BACKER RODS AND SEALANT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURERS. F. CLEAN ADJACENT SURFACES SOILED WITH SEALANT IMMEDIATELY. G. DEPTH SHALL EQUAL WIDTH UP TO 1/2" WIDE; DEPTH SHALL EQUAL 1/2 WIDTH FOR JOINTS OVER 1/2" WIDE. H. CURE AND PROTECT SEALANTS AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURERS. REPLACE OR RESTORE DAMAGED SEALANTS. CLEAN ADJACENT SURFACES TO REMOVE SPILLAGE. END OF SECTION SECTION 08110 -STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. SUPPLIER: GIRTMAN & ASSOCIATES (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) PER NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH LEVI'S ALL MATERIAL IN THIS SECTION IS TO BE PURCHASED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS FROM GIRTMAN & ASSOCIATES, LA VERNGE, TN: CONTACT: CHRIS HEARN 615.964.6000 OR LEVIS@GIRTMAN.COM C. STANDARDS: ANSI/SDI-100, RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. D. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS: 1. FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLIES: NFPA 80, AND ACCEPTABLE TESTING AGENCY LISTING. 2.01 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: AMWELD BUILDING PRODUCTS, CECO DOOR PRODUCTS, CURRIES CO., MESKER DOOR, STEELCRAFT, OR APPROVED EQUAL. B. STEEL DOORS: 1. DOOR TYPE: STANDARD STEEL DOORS WITH HOLLOW OR COMPOSITE CONSTRUCTION. 2. INTERIOR DOORS: ANSI/SDI-100, GRADE II, HEAVY-DUTY, MINIMUM 18 GAUGE (.0358 INCH) COLD-ROLLED STEEL, 1-3/4 INCHES THICK. 3. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED AND FIELD PAINTED. C. STEEL FRAMES: 1. INTERIOR FRAMES: a. MATERIAL: SHEET STEEL. b. CORNERS: MITERED. c. TYPE: WELDED. d. THICKNESS: 16 GAUGE (.0598 INCH). 2. ACCESSORIES: a. DOOR SILENCERS. b. PLASTER GUARDS. 3. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED AND FIELD PAINTED. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. FABRICATE WORK TO BE RIGID, NEAT AND FREE FROM SEAMS, DEFECTS, DENTS, WARP, BUCKLE, AND EXPOSED FASTENERS. INSTALL DOORS AND FRAMES IN COMPLIANCE WITH SDI-100, NFPA 80, AND REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. HARDWARE: PREPARE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE HARDWARE ON FINAL SCHEDULE. PROVIDE FOR 3 SILENCERS ON SINGLE DOOR FRAMES; 2 ON DOUBLE DOOR FRAMES. C. SHOP FINISH: CLEAN, TREAT AND PRIME PAINT ALL WORK WITH RUSTINHIBITING PRIMER COMPARABLE WITH FINISH PAINT SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 9 SECTION. PROVIDE ASPHALT EMULSION SOUND DEADENING COATING ON CONCEALED FRAME INTERIORS. D. TOUCH-UP DAMAGED COATINGS AND LEAVE READY TO RECEIVE FINISH PAINTING. END OF SECTION SECTION 08305 -ACCESS DOORS 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS FOR ACCESS TO VALVES, CONTROLS, FIRE DAMPERS, PLUMBING AND OTHER "IN WALL", OR CEILING CONCEALED ITEMS REQUIRING MAINTENANCE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES. 2. GRG CEILING ACCESS PANELS. B. INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED SECURITY CONTROL ACCESS PANEL. 1.03 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH PLUMBING, HVAC, AND ELECTRICAL WORK REQUIRING ACCESS UNITS. B. COORDINATE WORK WITH CPM WHEN VISIBLE FROM SALES FLOOR THE PLACEMENT OF WALL REINFORCEMENT AND BLOCKING TO RECEIVE ANCHOR ATTACHMENTS. 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. SPECIFICATIONS AND PART IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS FOR WALL AND CEILING UNITS ARE BASED ON THOSE MANUFACTURED BY C.S ENVIRONMENTAL. 2.02 STANDARD WALL AND CEILING ACCESS UNITS -NON FIRE-RATED A. BEST STYLE CTR, OR EQUAL, FOR GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS. B. BEST STYLE CTR OR EQUAL FOR GYPSUM BOARD WALL APPLICATIONS. SECTION 06200 (CONTINUED): 2.03 LOCKS/ LATCHES AND HINGES A. SCREW DRIVER OPERATED QUARTER TURN CAM LATCHES, EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS: 1. LATCH SHALL HOLD DOORS IN FLUSH, SMOOTH PLANE WHEN CLOSED. 2. HINGE: CONCEALED HINGE. 2.04 FINISH A. FACTORY APPLIED RUST INHIBITIVE PRIMER. 2.05 SALES AREA AND FITTING ROOMS EXPOSED GWB CEILING ACCESS PANELS A. PROVIDE GRG LAY-IN ACCESS PANELS FOR DRYWALL CEILINGS IN SALES AREA. ACCEPTABLE PANEL AND FRAME ASSEMBLY SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1. "ESTHETIC -CTR-CONCEALED HINGE AND FRAME" AS MANUFACTURED BY BEST ACCESS DOORS.COM., C.S. ENVIRONMENTAL, WWW.BESTACCESSDOORS.COM/PDF/CTRE.PDF B. ROUGH OPENINGS IN GWB SHALL BE AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE FRAME AND SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. C. PANEL AND FRAME ARE FABRICATED FROM COATED STEEL. D. PANEL DOOR OPENING SHALL BE AS REQUIRED TO ACCESS EQUIPMENT. E. STANDARD PRE-MANUFACTURED SIZE PANELS SUCH AS 24" X 24", 30" X 30" AND 24" X 30" SHALL BE USED AS APPLICABLE. F. INSTALL TO BLOCKING WITH #6 BUGLEHEAD SCREWS AND USE STANDARD TAPE AND JOINT COMPOUND TO FINISH FRAME JOINT. G. ORDER THESE PANELS IN A TIMELY MANNER AS THERE IS A LONG LEAD AND SHIPPING TIME. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1. INSTALL PLUMB, LEVEL AND SQUARE. 2. SET FRAMES ACCURATELY IN POSITION AND ATTACH SECURELY TO SUPPORTS WITH PLANE OF FACE PANELS ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACES. B. ADJUST DOORS AND HARDWARE AFTER INSTALLATION FOR PROPER OPERATION. 3.02 FINISH A. FIELD FINISH PAINT WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 09900. END OF SECTION SECTION 08410 -ALUMINUM ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 SUMMARY A. ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS, COMPLETE WITH REINFORCING, ANCHORS AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. ALUMINUM EXTERIOR STOREFRONT FRAMING SYSTEM. 2. SUPPLEMENTARY INTERNAL SUPPORTS AND STIFFENER FRAMING COMPONENTS. 3. FLASHING AND TRIM METAL. 4. STOREFRONT BASE. 5. ACCESSORY ITEMS ASSOCIATED WITH FRAMING INCLUDING GLAZING GASKETS, ANCHORS, BRACKETS, ATTACHMENTS, FASTENERS, REINFORCING, CLIPS, CLOSURES AND ANY TRIMS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 6. INSTALLATION OF ENTRY DOORS. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01000 B. SHOP DRAWINGS: NO LATER THAN TWENTY (14) DAYS AFTER CONTRACT AWARD. THE SITE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL STOREFRONT COMPONENTS AND ELEMENTS FOR ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 1. DRAWINGS FOR OLDCASTLE SUPPLIED FRAMING MEMBERS AND ANY OTHER APPURTENANCES SUPPLIED BY OLDCASTLE, SHALL BE PREPARED BY OLDCASTLE (OC). a. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF DIMENSIONS AS APPLICABLE. b. G.C. SHALL REVIEW OLDCASTLE DRAWINGS, STAMP AND INDICATE HIS APPROVAL PRIOR TO SUBMITTING TO THE OWNER. DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE REVIEWED UNLESS THE G.C. HAS INDICATED HIS REVIEW. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS FOR OTHER STOREFRONT COMPONENTS NOT SUPPLIED BY OC SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 3. SUBMIT TWO (2) PRINTS OF EACH SUBMITTAL. INDICATE MATERIALS, COMPONENT PROFILES, ELEVATIONS, ASSEMBLY METHODS, FASTENING METHODS, JOINT DETAILS, ACCESSORIES, DIMENSIONS, SCHEDULE OF FINISHES, COMPONENTS WITHIN THE ASSEMBLY, FRAMED OPENING REQUIREMENTS AND TOLERANCES, ANCHORAGE AND FASTENERS, TYPE OF GLAZING AND INFILLS, DOOR FRAMING REINFORCING REQUIREMENTS AND AFFECTED RELATED WORK. 4. COORDINATE FABRICATION SCHEDULE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS TO AVOID DELAYING THE WORK. C. INSTALLER CERTIFICATE 1. SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION SIGNED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CERTIFYING THAT AUTHORIZED OLDCASTLE INSTALLERS PERFORMED THE INSTALLATION. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. ARCHITECTS DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT PURPORT TO IDENTIFY NOR SOLVE PROBLEMS OF THERMAL OR STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT, GLAZING, ANCHORAGE OR MOISTURE DISPOSAL. REQUIREMENTS SHOWN BY DETAILS ARE INTENDED TO ESTABLISH BASIC DIMENSION OF UNITS, SIGHT LINES AND PROFILES OF MEMBERS. ARCHITECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVE SHOP DRAWINGS IN CONJUNCTION WITH STOREFRONT COMPONENTS DESIGNED FOR FULLY FUNCTIONAL ENCLOSURE. B. ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS, INCLUDING NECESSARY MODIFICATIONS SHALL MEET SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS AND MAINTAIN VISUAL DESIGN CONCEPTS. C. COLOR TO BE POWDER COATED BLACK TO MATCH MT-01 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. AIR INFILTRATION: AIR LEAKAGE THROUGH FIXED LIGHT AREAS OF STOREFRONT SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.06 CFM PER SQUARE FOOT OF SURFACE AREA WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E283 AT DIFFERENTIAL STATIC PRESSURE OF 1.57PSF. B. WATER INFILTRATION: NO UNCONTROLLED WATER LEAKAGE WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E331 AT MINIMUM DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE OF 20 PERCENT OF INWARD ACTING WIND-LOAD DESIGN PRESSURE BUT NOT LESS THAN 6.24 LBF PER SQUARE FOOT. 1. DRAIN WATER ENTERING THE FRAMING SYSTEM TO EXTERIOR. C. THERMAL REQUIREMENT: FRAMING SYSTEM SHALL ACCOMMODATE EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION MOVEMENT DUE TO SURFACE TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALS OF 180OF WITHOUT CAUSING BUCKLING, STRESS ON GLASS, FAILURE OF JOINT SEALS, EXCESSIVE STRESS ON STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, REDUCTION OF PERFORMANCE OR OTHER DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS. D. STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS: 1. DEFLECTION NORMAL TO GLAZING PLANE: LIMITED TO 1/175 OF CLEAR SPAN OR .-INCH, WHICHEVER IS SMALLER. 2. DEFLECTION PARALLEL TO GLAZING PLANE: WHEN CARRYING FULL DEAD LOAD, NOT TO EXCEED AMOUNT THAT REDUCES GLAZING BITE BELOW 75 PERCENT OF DESIGN DIMENSIONS AND THAT WHICH REDUCES EDGE CLEARANCE BETWEEN FRAMING MEMBERS AND GLAZING OR OTHER FIXED COMPONENTS TO LESS THAN 1/8-INCH. 3. ANCHORS, FASTENERS AND BRACES SHALL BE STRUCTURALLY STRESSED NOT MORE THAN 50% OF ALLOWABLE STRESS WHEN MAXIMUM LOADS ARE APPLIED. E. ATTACHMENT CONSIDERATIONS ARE TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT SITE PECULIARITIES AND EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION MOVEMENTS SO THERE IS NO POSSIBILITY OF LOOSENING, WEAKENING OR FRACTURING CONNECTION BETWEEN UNITS AND BUILDING STRUCTURE OR BETWEEN UNITS THEMSELVES. F. ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE FREE FROM RATTLES, WIND WHISTLES AND NOISE DUE TO THERMAL AND STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT AND WIND PRESSURE. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AAMA SFM-1 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. PROTECT FRAMING AND ACCESSORY MATERIAL FROM DAMAGE DURING STORAGE ON SITE. 1.08 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AND MATERIALS WITH ELECTRICAL FOR DOOR SECURITY SYSTEMS, OTHER TRADES, AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPATIBILITY OF ALL PARTS AND PIECES RELATING TO THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH COMPONENTS OF ELECTRICAL AND OTHER RELATED WORK. B. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH DOOR OPENING CONSTRUCTION, DOOR FRAME AND DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION. C. SEE SECTION 09900, PAINTING SECTION 08410 (CONTINUED) 2.01 PRODUCTS AL-01 STOREFRONT FRAMING SYSTEM. 1. MANUFACTURER: OLDCASTLE . NO SUBSTITUTIONS 2. PRODUCT: FRONT GLAZE FRAMING SYSTEM. 3. PROFILE: 2 " X 4 1/2" NOMINAL DIMENSION. 4. COLOR/FINISH: FLAT BLACK POWDER COAT TO MATCH MT-01 2.02 FRAMING MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. ALUMINUM: ASTM B221, ALLOY 6063-T5 FOR EXTRUSIONS, ASTM B209, ALLOY 5005-H34 FOR SHEETS, OR OTHER ALLOYS AND TEMPER RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER APPROPRIATE FOR SPECIFIED FINISH. B. INTERNAL REINFORCING: 1. ASTM A36 FOR CARBON STEEL, ASTM B308 FOR STRUCTURAL ALUMINUM. 2. SHAPES AND SIZES TO SUIT INSTALLATION: 3. SHOP COAT STEEL COMPONENTS AFTER FABRICATION WITH PROTECTIVE COATING IDENTIFIED BELOW. C. ANCHORAGE DEVICES: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD FORMED OR FABRICATED STEEL OR ALUMINUM ASSEMBLIES OF SHAPES, PLATES, BARS OR TUBES. D. FASTENERS: 1. ALUMINUM, NONMAGNETIC STAINLESS STEEL OR OTHER MATERIALS WARRANTED BY MANUFACTURER TO BE NONCORROSIVE AND COMPATIBLE WITH COMPONENTS BEING FASTENED. 2. DO NOT USE EXPOSED FASTENERS, EXCEPT WHERE UNAVOIDABLE FOR APPLICATION OF HARDWARE. 3. IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS, USE COUNTERSUNK PHILLIPS HEAD SCREWS WITH FINISH MATCHING ITEMS FASTENED. E. EXPANSION ANCHOR DEVICES: LEAD-SHIELD OR TOOTHED-STEEL, DRILLED-IN, EXPANSION BOLT ANCHORS. F. PROTECTIVE COATINGS: 1. BITUMINOUS COATINGS: COLD-APPLIED ASPHALT MASTIC COMPLYING WITH SSPC-PS 12, COMPOUNDED FOR 30-MIL THICKNESS PER COAT. 2. ALKYD TYPE ZINC-CHROMATE PRIMER COMPLYING WITH FS TTP-645. G. INTERNAL SEALANTS: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER. H. BAFFLES AT WEEP HOLES: TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. I. FLASHINGS: 1. FORM FROM SHEET ALUMINUM WITH SAME FINISH AS EXTRUDED SECTIONS. APPLY FINISH AFTER FABRICATION. MATERIAL THICKNESS AS REQUIRED TO SUIT CONDITION WITHOUT DEFLECTION OR "OIL-CANNING". 2. SILL FLASHING: TO MATCH SYSTEM, SHOP FINISHED. 3. CONCEALED FLASHING: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD CORROSION- RESISTANT NONSTAINING, NONBLEEDNG FLASHING, COMPATIBLE WITH ADJACENT MATERIALS, AND TYPE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. J. BRAKE METAL: AL-01 FOR VERTICAL INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNER INFILLS SHALL BE 0.062- INCH ALUMINUM. 1. SHOP FINISH TO MATCH FRAMING SYSTEM. 2.03 GLASS AND GLAZING ACCESSORIES. A. GLAZING: REFER TO SECTION 08800 AND TYPES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. B. SETTING BLOCKS: NEOPRENE, 70 TO 90 SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS. C. SPACER SHIMS: NEOPRENE 50 SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS. D. GLAZING GASKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COMPRESSION TYPES, REPLACEABLE, MOLDED OR EXTRUDED, THAT MAINTAIN UNIFORM PRESSURE AND WATERTIGHT SEAL. COLOR: BLACK. E. CAULK JOINTS TO FRAMING GE SILPRUF SERIES SCS2000 BLACK (SCS2097) FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS (OR APPROVED EQUAL ) 2.04 STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE A. "PL PREMIUM" ADHESIVE AS MANUFACTURED BY SONNEBORN / CHEMREX INC. 2.05 BASE A. FURNISHED BY G.C., MT-01 2.06 CAULKING AND SEALANTS A. JOINT SEALANTS: FOR INSTALLATION AT PERIMETER OF ALUMINUMFRAMED SYSTEMS, AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07900. B. SEALANTS AT STOREFRONT AND ADJACENT SUBSTRATE TO BE BLACK FINISH. 2.07 FABRICATION A. COORDINATION OF FABRICATION: 1. VERIFY ACTUAL FRAME OR DOOR OPENINGS REQUIRED IN CONSTRUCTION WORK BY ACCURATE FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION. 2. FABRICATE UNITS TO WITHSTAND LOADS THAT WILL BE APPLIED WHEN SYSTEM IS IN PLACE. B. GENERAL 1. CONCEAL FASTENERS WHENEVER POSSIBLE 2. SEPARATE DISSIMILAR METALS AND ALUMINUM IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE UTILIZING PROTECTIVE COATING OR PREFORMED SEPARATORS THAT WILL PREVENT CONTACT AND CORROSION. C. ALUMINUM FRAMING 1. PROVIDE MEMBERS OF SIZE, SHAPE AND PROFILE INDICATED, DESIGNED TO PROVIDE FOR GLAZING FROM EXTERIOR. 2. FABRICATE FRAME ASSEMBLIES WITH JOINTS STRAIGHT AND TIGHT FITTING. 3. REINFORCE INTERNALLY WITH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS NECESSARY TO SUPPORT DESIGN LOADS. 4. MAINTAIN ACCURATE RELATION OF PLANES AND ANGLES, WITH HAIRLINE FIT OF CONTACTING MEMBERS. 5. SEAL HORIZONTALS AND DIRECT MOISTURE ACCUMULATION TO EXTERIOR. 6. PROVIDE FLASHINGS AND OTHER MATERIALS USED INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY THAT ARE CORROSIVE RESISTANT, NON-STAINING, NON-BLEEDING AND COMPATIBLE WITH ADJOINING MATERIALS. 7. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S EXTRUSIONS AND ACCESSORIES TO ACCOMMODATE EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION DUE TO TEMPERATURE CHANGES WITHOUT BEING DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE OR PERFORMANCE. 8. MAKE PROVISIONS IN FRAMING FOR MINIMUM EDGE CLEARANCE, NOMINAL EDGE COVER AND NOMINAL POCKET WIDTH FOR THICKNESS AND TYPE OF GLAZING OR INFILL USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF MANUFACTURER AND GANA GLAZING MANUAL. D. DOOR FRAMES: REINFORCE AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT LOADS IMPOSED BY DOOR OPERATION AND FOR INSTALLING HARDWARE. E. SHOP WELDING: 1. COMPLY WITH AWS RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. USE RECOMMENDED ELECTRODES AND METHODS TO AVOID DISTORTION AND DISCOLORATION. 3. GRIND EXPOSED WELDS SMOOTH AND FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SURFACES, RESTORE MECHANICAL FINISH. 2.08 SHOP FINISH -FRAMING A. SHOP APPLIED COATING ON EXPOSED SURFACES AND SURFACES REQUIRING COATS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AS SPECIFIED AND AS SCHEDULED BELOW. EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE FREE OF SCRATCHES AND OTHER BLEMISHES. 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES AND METHOD OF ATTACHMENT WITH OTHER WORK. 3.02 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. SET UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB AND TRUE TO LINE, WITH UNIFORM JOINTS IN PROPER ALIGNMENT. SUPPORT ON METAL SHIMS AND SECURE IN PLACE BY BOLTING TO CLIP ANGLES, INSERTS AND SIMILAR SUPPORTS, AND SECURELY ANCHOR TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. USE ONLY TYPES OF EQUIPMENT, ROPES, WEDGES, SPACERS, SHIMS AND OTHER ITEMS DURING ERECTION THAT WILL NOT STAIN OR MAR THE FINISH OF UNITS. B. ANCHOR SECURELY IN PLACE, ALLOWING FOR REQUIRED MOVEMENT, INCLUDING EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. C. METAL PROTECTION: 1. WHERE ALUMINUM WILL CONTACT DISSIMILAR METALS, PROTECT AGAINST GALVANIC ACTION BY PAINTING CONTACT SURFACES WITH PRIMER OR BY APPLYING SEALANT OR TAPE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR THIS PURPOSE. a. PAINT CLIP ANGLES AND OTHER FERROUS METAL PARTS THAT WILL BE CONCEALED, WITH A PROTECTIVE COATING. 2. WHERE ALUMINUM WILL CONTACT CONCRETE OR MASONRY, PROTECT AGAINST CORROSION BY PAINTING CONTACT SURFACES WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT. D. INSTALL SYSTEM TO BE WATERTIGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNED FLASHING, OR EQUAL, AS SHOWN IN PUBLISHED DETAILS MUST BE USED. PROVIDE 1/8-INCH PRESSURE RELIEF CLEARANCE BETWEEN ALL HORIZONTAL SILLS AND THE FLASHING TO ALLOW THE SYSTEM TO DRAIN. MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNED SHIM SEATS SHALL BE USED UNDER SILLS AT EACH SETTING BLOCK LOCATION. 1. INSTALL COMPONENTS TO DRAIN WATER PASSING JOINTS AND CONDENSATION AND MOISTURE OCCURRING OR MIGRATING WITHIN THE SYSTEM TO THE EXTERIOR. 2. PACK FIBROUS INSULATION IN SHIM SPACES AT PERIMETER OF ASSEMBLY TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF THERMAL BARRIER. 3. EXTEND SILL FLASHING CONTINUOUS WITH SPLICE JOINTS; SET IN CONTINUOUS BEADS OF SEALANT. SECTION 08410 (CONTINUED): E. SEALANTS: 1. USE SEALANTS AS RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 07900. 2. SEAL PERIMETER MEMBERS AS SHOWN ON MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OR AS REQUIRED FOR UNIQUE JOB CONDITION. SET OTHER MEMBERS WITH INTERNAL SEALANTS AND BAFFLES AS CALLED FOR IN MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3. SET CONTINUOUS SILL MEMBERS AND FLASHING IN A FULL SEALANT BED TO PROVIDE WEATHERTIGHT CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT FROM COMPONENT SURFACES BEFORE SEALANT HAS CURED. F. GLAZING: AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 08800. G. PREPARE AREA FOR ELECTRIFIED SIGN INSTALLATION. OWNER'S SEPARATE SIGN CONTRACTOR PROVIDES INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIFIED SIGN. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FINAL CONNECTION FROM THE FIXTURE TO THE G.C. SUPPLIED JUNCTION BOX. 3.03 BASE -CERAMIC A. INSTALLATION OF BASE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 09300, CT-01. 3.04 ENTRY DOORS A. SET ENTRY DOOR UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE TO LINE, WITH UNIFORM JOINTS IN PROPER ALIGNMENT. B. ADJUST DOOR FOR SMOOTH AND BALANCED MOVEMENT. C. ADJUST WEATHERSTRIPPING TO CONTACT APPROPRIATE SURFACES AND FORM WEATHER SEAL. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. WATER SPRAY TEST: AFTER COMPLETING THE INSTALLATION, TEST STOREFRONT SYSTEM FOR WATER PENETRATION ACCORDING TO AAMA 501.2 REQUIREMENTS. B. REPAIR OR REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK THAT DOES NOT MEET REQUIREMENTS OR THAT IS DAMAGED BY TESTING. REPLACE TO CONFORM TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 3.06 CLEANING A. CLEAN SURFACES IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS; REMOVE EXCESS MASTIC, MASTIC SMEARS, FOREIGN MATERIALS AND OTHER UNSIGHTLY MARKS. B. CLEAN METAL SURFACES EXERCISING CARE TO AVOID DAMAGE. END OF SECTION SECTION 08450 -ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES-INTERIOR STOREFRONTS: 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS, DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION, CONNECTIONS, AND RELATIONSHIP WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. C. WARRANTY: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY. INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE MATERIALS. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 5 YEARS. D. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA, INCLUDING OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2.01 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. C.R. LAURENCE 2. API B. ALL-GLASS STOREFRONT: 1. GLASS: LOW-IRON, CLEAR TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS, ASTM C 1048, THICKNESS AS REQUIRED PER GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA TECHNICAL BULLETIN FOR INTERIOR BUTTJOINT GLAZED PARTITIONS AND BOCA NATONAL CODES OR OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. BRAKE METAL FINISH: POWDER COATED MATTE BLACK 3.01 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH DOOR MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE CONCEALED REINFORCING AS NECESSARY. B. INSTALL FRAMING AND TRIM UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB AND TRUE TO LINE. C. INSTALL GLASS TO AVOID DIRECT METAL-TO-GLASS CONTACT. D. ADJUST OPERATING HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH, PROPER OPERATION. E. PROTECT AND CLEAN WORK. END OF SECTION SECTION 08710 -DOOR HARDWARE: 1.01 SUMMARY A. DOOR HARDWARE SUPPLIED UNDER NATIONAL ACCOUNT THROUGH BASS SECURITIES / GIRTMAN & ASSOCIATES. ORDER THROUGH LEVIS@GIRTMAN.COM EMAIL ADDRESS. ALL HARDWARE IS STOCKED ADEQUATELY AND LEAD TIMES SHOULD NOT BE AN ISSUE. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. HARDWARE FOR FIRE-RATED OPENINGS: NFPA 80, AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. C. MATERIALS AND APPLICATION: ANSI A156 SERIES STANDARDS. D. SEE SECTION 01000, SUBSECTION 1.12 FOR REQUIREMENTS. 2.01 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: AS LISTED IN THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE ON SHEET A00.02. B. SUPPLIER: GIRTMAN & ASSOCIATES (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) C. PER NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH LEVI'S ALL MATERIAL IN THIS SECTION IS TO BE PURCHASED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS FROM GIRTMAN & ASSOCIATES. LA VERNGE, TENNESSEE: CONTACT: CHRIS HEARN 615.964.6000 OR LEVIS@GIRTMAN.COM 3.01 INSTALLATION A. FOLLOW GUIDELINES OF DHI "RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR BUILDER'S HARDWARE AND HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SUBMITTALS. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN PROPER RELATION WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND WITH UNIFORM APPEARANCE. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. C. ADJUST OPERATION, CLEAN AND PROTECT. END OF SECTION SECTION 08800 -GLASS & GLAZING: 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE GLASS AND GLAZING FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1. INSULATED TEMPERED GLASS PANELS IN EXTERIOR STOREFRONTS 2. LOW-IRON, CLEAR TEMPERED BUTT-JOINT GLAZING PANELS IN INTERIOR STOREFRONTS 3. CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS TRANSOMS OVER FITTING ROOM DOORS 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT INDICATING MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS, DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION, CONNECTIONS, AND RELATIONSHIP WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. C. WARRANTY: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY. INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE MATERIALS. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 08800 (CONTINUED): 2.01 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: PPG INDUSTRIES, CARDINAL GLASS INDUSTRIES, PILKINGTON, VIRACON, BENDHEIM, OR APPROVED EQUAL. B. GLASS: 1. PRIMARY GLASS PRODUCTS: CLEAR FLOAT, TINTED FLOAT, PATTERNED, FLUTED, AND WIRE GLASS (WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS), ASTM C 1036. 2. HEAT-TREATED GLASS PRODUCTS: HEAT-STRENGTHENED, TEMPERED, COATED, AND SPANDREL GLASS, ASTM C 1048. 3. LAMINATED GLASS UNITS: POLYVINYL BUTYRAL INTERLAYER. 4. MIRROR (BEVELED) C. GL-01: 1" INSULATING CLEAR, TEMPERED EXTERIOR STOREFRONT GLAZING 1. OB: 1/4" PPG SOLARBAN 70 XL LOW-E #2; AS: 1/2" AIR FILL; IB: 1/4" CLEAR 2. THICKNESS: 0.946" 3. VISIBLE TRANSMITTANCE: 64% 4. VISIBLE REFLECTANCE OUT: 12% 5. VISIBLE REFLECTANCE IN: 13% 6. UV TRANSMITTANCE: 6% 7. SOLAR TRANSMITTANCE: 25% 8. WINTER U-FACTOR: 0.28 9. SHADING COEFFICIENT: 0.32 10. SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT: 0.27 11. LIGHT TO SOLAR GAIN RATIO: 2.37 D. GL-02: LOW-IRON, CLEAR TEMPERED, BUTT-JOINT GLASS AT INTERIOR STOREFRONT 1. MANUFACTURER: PPG STARPHIRE 2. THICKNESS: 3/4", OR THINNER IF MEETS LOCAL CODE. 3. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. E. GL-03: CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS AT FITTING ROOM TRANSOMS 1. THICKNESS: 1/4" F. GLAZING ACCESSORIES: 1. ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS. 2. PREFORMED GLAZING TAPES. 3. SETTING BLOCKS, SPACERS, AND COMPRESSIBLE FILLER RODS. 4. MASTIC 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSPECT FRAMING AND REPORT UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS IN WRITING. B. COMPLY WITH GANA "GLAZING MANUAL" AND MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. USE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SPACERS, BLOCKS, PRIMERS, SEALERS, GASKETS AND ACCESSORIES. C. INSTALL GLASS WITH UNIFORMITY OF PATTERN, DRAW, BOW AND ROLLER MARKS. D. REMOVE AND REPLACE DAMAGED GLASS AND GLAZING. WASH, POLISH AND PROTECT ALL GLASS SUPPLIED UNDER THIS SECTION. E. COORDINATE WITH FC FOR DOOR PULL ATTACHMENTS. END OF SECTION SECTION 08810 -WINDOW FILM: 1.01 SCOPE A. THIS SPECIFICATION IS FOR A SHATTER RESISTANT AND ABRASION RESISTANT WINDOW FILM WHICH WHEN APPLIED TO THE INTERIOR WINDOW SURFACE WILL HELP HOLD BROKEN GLASS TOGETHER AND REDUCE THE ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT THAT NORMALLY WOULD ENTER THROUGH THE WINDOW. B. COORDINATE WITH LEVI'S SIGN VENDOR 2.01 MATERIALS A. 3M SCOTCHSHIELD SAFETY AND SECURITY WINDOW FILM SH7CLARL B. MANUFACTURER: 3M WORLDWIDE, 3M CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS, 3M CENTER, ST. PAUL, MN 55144-1000 PHONE: 1-800-286-2656 FAX: 716-838-1274 C. CONTACT JIM PASSAGE FOR AUTHORIZED DEALER 3.01 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE GLASS SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FILM AND VERIFY THAT THEY ARE FREE FROM DEFECTS AND IMPERFECTIONS, WHICH WILL AFFECT THE FINAL APPEARANCE. CORRECT ALL SUCH DEFICIENCIES BEFORE STARTING FILM APPLICATION. 3.02 PREPARATION A. THE WINDOW AND WINDOW FRAMING WILL BE CLEANED THOROUGHLY WITH A NEUTRAL CLEANING SOLUTION. THE INSIDE SURFACE OF THE WINDOW GLASS SHALL BE BLADED WITH INDUSTRIAL RAZORS TO INSURE THE REMOVAL OF ANY FOREIGN CONTAMINANTS. B. TOWELING OR OTHER ABSORBENT MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED ON THE WINDOW SILL OR SASH TO ABSORB MOISTURE ACCUMULATION GENERATED BY THE FILM APPLICATION. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. THE FILM SHALL BE APPLIED PER THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MANUFACTURER. MATERIALS WILL BE DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. B. TO MINIMIZE WASTE, THE FILM WILL BE CUT TO SPECIFICATION UTILIZING A VERTICAL DISPENSER DESIGNED FOR THAT PURPOSE. FILM EDGES SHALL BE CUT NEATLY AND SQUARE AT A UNIFORM DISTANCE OF 1/8" (3 MM) TO 1/16" (1.6 MM) OF THE WINDOW-SEALING DEVICE. C. CLEAR, CLEAN WATER WILL BE USED TO REMOVE THE WATER SOLUBLE OVERCOAT THAT PROTECTS THE PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. WATER AND FILM SLIP SOLUTION ONLY WILL BE USED ON THE WINDOW GLASS TO FACILITATE THE PROPER POSITIONING OF THE FILM. D. TO INSURE EFFICIENT REMOVAL OF EXCESS WATER FROM THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FILM AND TO MAXIMIZE BONDING OF THE PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE, POLYPLASTIC BLADED SQUEEGEES WILL BE UTILIZED. E. UPON COMPLETION, THE FILM SHALL HAVE A DIMPLED APPEARANCE FROM RESIDUAL MOISTURE. SAID MOISTURE SHALL, UNDER REASONABLE WEATHER CONDITIONS, DRY FLAT WITH NO MOISTURE DIMPLES WITHIN A PERIOD OF 30 CALENDAR DAYS WHEN VIEWED UNDER NORMAL VIEWING CONDITIONS. F. AFTER INSTALLATION, ANY LEFT OVER MATERIAL WILL BE REMOVED AND THE WORK AREA WILL BE RETURNED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. USE ALL NECESSARY MEANS TO PROTECT THE FILM BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER THE INSTALLATION. 3.04 CLEANING A. THE FILM MAY BE WASHED USING COMMON WINDOW CLEANING SOLUTIONS, INCLUDING AMMONIA SOLUTIONS, 30 DAYS AFTER APPLICATION. ABRASIVE TYPE CLEANING AGENTS AND BRISTLE BRUSHES, WHICH COULD SCRATCH THE FILM, MUST NOT BE USED. SYNTHETIC SPONGES OR SOFT CLOTHS ARE RECOMMENDED. 3.05 WARRANTY A. IN THAT THE FILM WILL MAINTAIN SOLAR REFLECTIVE PROPERTIES WITHOUT CRACKING, CRAZING, DELAMINATING, PEELING, OR DISCOLORATION. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PRODUCT IS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE UNDER WARRANTY, THE FILM MANUFACTURER (3M) WILL REPLACE SUCH QUANTITY OF THE FILM PROVED TO BE DEFECTIVE. THE APPLICATION SHALL BE WARRANTED BY THE FILM MANUFACTURER (3M) FOR A PERIOD OF TEN (10) YEARS ADDITIONALLY PROVIDE THE REMOVAL AND REAPPLICATION LABOR FREE OF CHARGE. END OF SECTION SECTION 09260 -GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS: 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE GYPSUM WALLBOARD PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS AS LISTED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD COVERED PARTITIONS (NON FIRE- RATED) 2. FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLIES 3. SOUND CONTROL ASSEMBLIES 4. INTERIOR METAL CEILING FRAMING, FRAMED DRYWALL CEILINGS, SOFFIT FRAMING, FASCIAS, CEILING DROPS, LIGHTWELLS, TRANSITION SPACES. 5. INTERIOR METAL FRAMING OF ENCLOSURES, COLUMNS, SPACES. 6. NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUD WALL FRAMING 7. SOLID METAL STUDS FOR HORIZONTAL FIRE STOPPING. 8. GYPSUM BOARD AND JOINT TREATMENT 9. METAL REVEALS. 10. MANUAL AND POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS. 11. FURRING, CASING BEADS, CORNER BEADS, CLIPS, JOINT AND CORNER REINFORCING AND ALL OTHER NECESSARY ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 12. SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. WHERE FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES THAT COMPLY WITH DESIGN DESIGNATIONS IN UL "FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY" OR OTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SECTION 09260 (CONTINUED): 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C840 (APPLICATION & FINISHING GWB), GA-214, GA-216 AND GA-600 AS APPLICABLE. B. ALL WORK METHODS, MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE AND TESTS SHALL BE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE GOVERNING BUILDING CODE. IN CASES OF CONFLICT BETWEEN THIS SPECIFICATION, THE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE BUILDING CODE, THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL PACKAGES, CONTAINERS, OR BUNDLES BEARING BRAND NAME AND IDENTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER. B. STORE MATERIALS INSIDE UNDER COVER AND KEEP THEM DRY AND PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE, SURFACE CONTAMINATION, CORROSION, CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC, AND OTHER CAUSES. NEATLY STACK GYPSUM PANELS FLAT TO PREVENT SAGGING. TAKE CARE TO AVOID DAMAGE TO EDGES, ENDS, AND SURFACES. C. READY MIXED AND DRY COMPOUNDS THAT HAVE BEEN MIXED WITH WATER SHALL BE STORED AT TEMPERATURES ABOVE FREEZING OR TEMPERATURES RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 1.06 PROJECT COORDINATION A. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTORS IN THE LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF THEIR WORK. PROVIDE BRIDGING, BRACING AND BACKING TO SUPPORT THEIR WORK INSTALLED IN OR ON DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT CLOSE FINISH CEILINGS OR BOTH FACES OF WALLS UNTIL THEIR INSTALLATIONS HAVE BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED. B. COORDINATE WITH OTHER SECTIONS SO THAT FRAMING IS SET AND BLOCKING FOR SUPPORTING ITEMS ARE SECURED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM BOARD. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. IN COLD WEATHER AND DURING GYPSUM PANEL JOINT FINISHING, MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE IN THE BUILDING WITHIN THE RANGE OF 50° TO 70°F. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION TO CARRY OFF EXCESS MOISTURE. 1.08 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. WHERE SEISMIC OR WIND BRACING IS REQUIRED BY THE STATE OR LOCAL CODES, THE ERECTION OF NONBEARING PARTITIONS AND SUSPENDED CEILINGS FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL INCLUDE ALL ADDITIONAL WORK REQUIRED TO CONFORM TO REPORT NO. 4071 AS LAST AMENDED AND ISSUED BY ICBO EVALUATION SERVICE, INC., A SUBSIDIARY CORPORATION OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF BUILDING OFFICIALS AND THE (UBC) UNIFORM BUILDING CODE STANDARDS WITH CONFIRMATION BY A REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. REFER TO THE "DESIGN LOAD TABLE" ON THE DETAIL SHEETS OF THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE SEISMIC HAZARD PERFORMANCE CATEGORY AND EXPOSURE GROUP. B. REQUIREMENTS SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO LATERALFORCE BRACING AT CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM, HANGER SUPPORTS, PARTITION BRACING AN RUNNER ATTACHMENTS UTILIZING SPLAYED HANGER WIRES, ANCHOR ATTACHMENTS AND SPECIFIC ENGINEERED DESIGN BRACING FOR PARTITIONS. 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD A. ALL MATERIALS UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY THE U.S. GYPSUM COMPANY, G.P. GYPSUM CORP., NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY, LAFARGE GYPSUM OR APPROVED EQUAL. B. GYPSUM BOARD: USE FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. ASTM C1396 FIRE CODE TYPE "X", THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, USE LONGEST LENGTH AVAILABLE, AVOIDING UNNECESSARY JOINTS, SQUARE CUT ENDS, TAPERED EDGES. SAG- RESISTANT TYPE FOR CEILING SURFACES. C. IMPACT-RESISTANT WALLBOARD. 1. ASTM C1396 FIRE CODE TYPE "X", THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, USE LONGEST LENGTH AVAILABLE, AVOIDING UNNECESSARY JOINTS, SQUARE CUT ENDS, TAPERED EDGES.AVAILABLE PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURES: 2. FIRE-SHIELD TYPE X HI-IMPACT BRAND, MANUFACTURED BY NATIONAL GYPSUM a. DAMAGE GUARD IR, MANUFACTURED BY TEMPLEINLAND CO. (800) 231-6060. b. FIBEROCK BRAND PANELS VHI ABUSE-RESISTANT MANUFACTURED BY USG. 2.02 METAL FRAMING -INTERIOR NON-LOAD BEARING WALLS A. STEEL STUDS, RUNNERS, FURRING CHANNELS: DIMENSIONS,MATERIALS, SHAPES AND DESIGN OF STUDS, RUNNERS (TRACK), RIGID FURRING CHANNELS AND GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEMS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C645. 1. THICKNESS OF BASE STEEL SHALL BE 20 GAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. STUDS SHALL BE "C" SHAPE, WITH KNURLED FACE, 3-5/8" SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 3. TRACK SHALL BE "U" SHAPED, 3-5/8" SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. a. PROVIDE SPECIAL 3" FLANGE AT TOP TRACKS FOR VERTICAL DEFLECTION CONDITIONS. 4. FURRING CHANNELS SHALL BE EITHER "Z" OR "HAT" SHAPED, MINIMUM 25 GAGE, AND IN SIZES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 5. STUDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PUNCHOUTS IN THE WEBS FOR BRACING, CHASEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING SERVICES. 6. FIRE STOPPING STUDS SHALL BE MINIMUM 20 GAGE, SOLID METAL STUDS. 7. METAL ANGLE RUNNERS SHALL BE 1-3/8" X 7/8" X 26 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL. 8. SPECIAL STEEL STUDS REQUIRED FOR PARTICULAR INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING PROPERTIES NECESSARY FOR THE SPECIAL APPLICATION OR DESIGN DRAWN AND THE SPECIFICATIONS AS SUPPLEMENTED. NOTE SLOTTED CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 METAL FRAMING COMPONENTS -SUSPENDED CEILINGS A. NONSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS AND COMPONENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C645 FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED. B. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, CEILING SYSTEM CAN BE CONSTRUCTED OF EITHER, OR A COMBINATION OF THE TWO SYSTEMS DESCRIBED BELOW: 1. A DIRECT HUNG, PRE-MANUFACTURED "GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM" COMPOSED OF MODULAR MECHANICALLY INTERLOCKING STEEL COMPONENTS AND WALL ANGLES DESIGNED TO RECEIVE SCREW- ATTACHED GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS. a. "DRYWALL GRID SYSTEMS" MANUFACTURED BY ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES. b. "DRYWALL FURRING SYSTEM" MANUFACTURED BY CHICAGO METALLIC CORP. c. "DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM" MANUFACTURED BY USG. 2. A CONVENTIONAL DIRECT OR INDIRECT-HUNG RIGID CEILING GRID FRAMING SYSTEM COMPOSED OF CARRYING CHANNELS, STUDS, RUNNERS, FURRING CHANNELS AND OTHER FRAMING MEMBERS. a. TYPICALLY COMPRISED OF 1-1/2" COLD-ROLLED STEEL, MAIN RUNNER CHANNELS, SPACED 48 INCHES ON CENTER, THAT ARE SUSPENDED WITH WIRE HANGERS SPACED 48 INCHES ON CENTER. FURRING CHANNELS (MINIMUM 25 GAGE) ARE PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO THE COLD-ROLLED STEEL MAIN RUNNER CHANNELS AND ARE SECURED THERETO USING WIRE TIES (DOUBLE STRAND); THE GYPSUM BOARD IS THEN INSTALLED IN THE MANNER REQUIRED FOR DIRECT ATTACHMENT. C. WIRE TIES: ASTM A641, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.062 INCH THICK. D. WIRE HANGERS: ASTM A641, CLASS 2 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.162 INCH NOMINAL DIAMETER (8 OR 9 GAGE). E. MISCELLANEOUS SUPPLEMENTAL METAL FRAMING SYSTEM: 1. PROVIDE ALL SUPPLEMENTAL METAL FRAMING CHANNEL MATERIAL, CLAMPS, CONNECTORS, FITTINGS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES AS MANUFACTURED BY UNISTRUT CORPORATION OR HILTI EQUAL AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. 2. CHANNEL MEMBERS AND FITTINGS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM STRUCTURAL GRADE STEEL. 3. SET STRUT SYSTEM COMPONENTS INTO FINAL POSITION TRUE TO LINE, LEVEL AND PLUMB. 4. ANCHOR MATERIAL FIRMLY IN PLACE. TIGHTEN ALL CONNECTIONS TO THEIR RECOMMENDED TORQUE. FOLLOW ALL ANCHORING REQUIREMENTS PER MALL'S CRITERIA WHEN ANCHORING TO DECK OR STRUCTURE ABOVE 2.04 SUSPENSION SYSTEM -CONCEALED SUB-GRID SUPPORT SYSTEM A. ALL SUSPENSION COMPONENTS MUST BE LOCAL JURISDICTION APPROVED. B. STEEL SUSPENSION SUB-GRID CARRYING CHANNELS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 1-1/2 INCH CORROSION RESISTANT, 16-GAGE COLD ROLLED (BLACK IRON) STEEL. LARGER OR HEAVIER CHANNELS MAY BE USED WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE. C. HANGERS: 1. RODS SHALL BE 1/4-INCH DIAMETER GALVANIZED STEEL PENCIL RODS. 2. STRAP HANGERS SHALL BE 1/8-INCH X 1-INCH ASPHALT PAINTED FLAT STRAP HANGERS. 3. HANGERS FOR CARRYING CHANNELS SHALL BE SPACED AT MOST 4'-6" ON CENTERS. 4. RODS AND/OR STRAP HANGERS SHALL BE SECURED TO CLIP TABS LOCATED ON STRUCTURAL DECK. D. FURRING CHANNELS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 25 GAUGE, 7/8-INCH WITH A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 16 INCHES ON CENTER AND ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION GRID USING APPROVED CLIPS. SECTION 07462 (CONTINUED): 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: MANUFACTURER SHALL BE A MEMBER OF THE WESTERN RED CEDAR LUMBER ASSOCIATION CAPABLE OF PROVIDING ALL WESTERN RED CEDAR SIDING MATERIALS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: 1. INSTALLER SHALL HAVE FIVE (5) YEARS EXPERIENCE INSTALLING CEDAR TRIM ON THE TYPE AND SIZE OF PROJECT SPECIFIED BY THIS SECTION. 2. INSTALLER SHALL BE LICENSED, REGISTERED OR OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL AHJ TO INSTALL CEDAR SIDING. C. INSTALLATION: PRODUCTS SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO WESTERN RED CEDAR LUMBER ASSOCIATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES AND ADHERE TO LOCAL BUILDING CODES. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. INSPECT THE MATERIALS UPON DELIVERY TO ASSURE THAT SPECIFIED PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. B. STORE MATERIALS IN SAFE AREA, AWAY FROM CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC; STORE UNDER COVER AND OFF GROUND, PROTECTED FROM MOISTURE. C. KEEP MATERIALS CLEARLY SEPARATED AND IDENTIFIED WITH GRADE MARKS LEGIBLE. KEEP DAMAGED MATERIAL IDENTIFIED AS DAMAGED AND STORED SEPARATELY. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. MAINTAIN ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS (TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, AND VENTILATION) WITHIN LIMITS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR OPTIMUM RESULTS. DO NOT INSTALL PRODUCTS UNDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OUTSIDE MANUFACTURER'S ABSOLUTE LIMITS. 1.08 SUPPLEMENTAL MATERIALS A. FASTENERS, SUPPORTS, AND HANGERS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURERS OTHER THAN MEMBER ORGANIZATIONS OF THE WRCLA, AND CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH BY THIS SECTION. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. FOR ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER GO TO WESTERN RED CEDAR LUMBER ASSOCIATION, WHICH IS LOCATED AT: 1501 -700 W. PENDER ST. PENDER PLACE 1, BUSINESS BLDG. ; VANCOUVER, BC, CANADA V6C 1G8; TOLL FREE TEL: 866-778-9096; TEL: 604-684-0266; FAX: 604-687-4930; EMAIL: WRCLA@WRCLA.ORG ; WEB: WWW.WRCLA.ORG B. SUBSTITUTIONS: SUBSTITUTE UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01000. 2.02 WOOD SIDING A. WD-01, WD-02 -SEE FINISH SCHEDULE ON A05.01 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2.03 FASTENERS A. NAILS: 1. MATERIAL: NO. 304 STAINLESS STEEL. 2. MATERIAL: NO. 316 STAINLESS STEEL. 3. MATERIAL: HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM 153. 4. TYPE: SPLITLESS SIDING NAILS 5. LENGTH: MUST BE SUFFICIENT TO PENETRATE SOLID WOOD A MINIMUM OF 1 1/4" 3.01 PREPARATION A. COORDINATE WORK WITH RELATED TRADES; SCRIBE AND COPE SIDING BOARDS FOR ACCURATE FIT. ALLOW INSTALLATION OF RELATED WORK TO AVOID CUTTING AND PATCHING. B. SELECT SIDING BOARDS OF LONGEST POSSIBLE LENGTHS. DISCARD BOARDS THAT ARE WARPED, TWISTED, BOWED, CROOKED OR OTHERWISE DEFECTIVE. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. FOLLOW INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SPECIFIED IN THE WESTERN RED CEDAR LUMBER ASSOCIATION'S INSTALLING CEDAR SIDING PUBLICATION AND DVD. B. INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND REGULATIONS. C. FINISH MATERIALS ON ALL SIDES AND ENDS. APPLY TOUCH UP COATING ON NEW CUTS. D. ABSOLUTELY NO FACE NAILING OR PUTTY 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. AS WORK PROCEEDS, MAINTAIN PREMISES FREE OF UNNECESSARY ACCUMULATION OF TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, SURPLUS MATERIALS, AND DEBRIS RELATED TO THIS WORK. 3.04 MAINTENANCE A. EXPLAIN PROPER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES TO OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT. B. VISUALLY INSPECT SIDING, CAULKING, FLASHING ANNUALLY FOR OVERALL CONDITION. RE-APPLY CAULKING AND COATING AS NECESSARY. ADJUST FLASHING AS REQUIRED. C. THE USE OF PRESSURE WASHERS IS NOT RECOMMENDED. END OF SECTION SECTION 07652 -WATERPROOF MEMBRANES 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. THIS SECTION IS ONLY A PORTION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ALL OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. FURNISH AND INSTALL 1. CONCEALED FLEXIBLE FLASHINGS BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLIES. 2. METAL FLASHINGS BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLIES. B. EXTENT 1. CONCEALED FLASHINGS AT STOREFRONT HEADS, JAMBS, AND SILLS. C. RELATED SECTIONS INCLUDE: 1. 08410 -ALUMINUM ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE : A. FIELD TEST -IN PLACE PEEL ADHESION: THE OWNER MAY EMPLOY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO MAKE PEEL ADHESION TESTS FOR INSTALLED WORK. THE TESTS MAY BE DONE IN THE FIELD OR SAMPLES OF SUBSTRATE WITH FLEXIBLE FLASHING ATTACHED MAY BE REMOVED FOR LABORATORY TESTING. 1. TEST PROCEDURE: DETERMINED BY THE OWNER'S TESTING AGENCY. MAY BE SIMILAR TO ASTM D903. 2. MINIMUM PEEL ADHESION PERFORMANCE: AT LEAST 3 POUNDS PER LINEAR INCH OF BOND LINE. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING A. COMPLY WITH DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 2.01 WATERPROOF MEMBRANES A. FLEXIBLE FLASHING: SELF-ADHESIVE, COMPOSITE SHEET OF MINIMUM 32 MILS OF RUBBERIZED ASPHALT AND 8 MILS OF HIGH DENSITY, CROSS LAMINATED, POLYETHYLENE FILM. 1. FLEXIBLE FLASHING WIDTH: AS SHOWN OR, IF NOT SHOWN, 12 INCHES. 2. COMPLETE SYSTEM REQUIRED: PROVIDE A COMPLETE FLASHING SYSTEM FROM ONE MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE PRIMERS, SEALERS, SURFACE CONDITIONERS, EDGE SEALANTS, FILLERS, ADHESIVES, CANTS, AND OTHER MATERIALS, COMPONENTS, AND ACCESSORIES FURNISHED BY OR RECOMMENDED BY FLASHING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 3. PRIMER SELECTION: PROVIDE THE CORRECT PRIMER FOR EACH TEMPERATURE, SUBSTRATE, AND CONDITION IN COMPLIANCE WITH FLASHING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. SHEET METAL DRIPS: SINCE FLEXIBLE FLASHING CANNOT BE EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT OR VIEW, PROVIDE MINIMUM 4 INCH WIDE BRAKE FORMED SHEET METAL STRIPS WITH MINIMUM 0.375 INCH FORMED, TURNED DOWN DRIPS. LAP FLEXIBLE FLASHING 3 INCHES ONTO THE SHEET METAL DRIP. 5. PRODUCTS: a. "CCW 705 TWF", CARLISLE COATINGS AND WATERPROOFING, INC., SAPULPA, OK, 800-338-8701 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WATERPROOF MEMBRANES A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WATERPROOF MEMBRANES 1. COMPLY WITH FLASHING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. CLEAN SUBSTRATES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FLASHINGS. 3. MAKE FLASHINGS WATERPROOF AND AIR TIGHT. 4. MAKE FLASHINGS CONTINUOUS. 5. MAKE FLASHINGS COLLECT, CONTROL, AND DIRECT WATER TO THE EXTERIOR AND TO WEEPS. 6. SHINGLE SEAMS TO BEST SHED WATER. 7. INSPECT ALL FLASHINGS PRIOR TO COVERING OR CONCEALING. 8. ENSURE FLASHINGS ARE CONTINUOUS, WATERPROOF, AND AIR TIGHT. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 6" = 1'-0" A9.0.2 SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 SECTION 09260 -(CONTINUED): 3.04 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. PROVIDE SUPPORT BRACING, DIAGONAL BRACING, REINFORCING, ANCHORS AND FASTENERS, CHANNELS, AND ANY OTHER MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED AND AS NECESSARY TO MEET SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. 1. PROVIDE SEPARATION SPACE BETWEEN THE CEILING AND OTHER LESS FLEXIBLE ELEMENTS THAT EITHER PENETRATE THE CEILING OR FORM A STIFF BOUNDARY ALONG CEILING EDGES. 2. PROVIDE SEPARATION JOINTS BETWEEN PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING THAT MAY MOVE DIFFERENTLY. B. PARTITIONS THAT ARETIED TO THE CEILING AND ALL PARTITIONS GREATER THAN 6' IN HEIGHT SHALL BE LATERALLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE. BRACING SHALL BE INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SPLAY BRACING SYSTEM. BRACE WITH KICKER STUDS INSTALLED AT 45 DEGREES IN ALTERNATING DIRECTIONS AT 4' INTERVALS. C. CEILING BRACING/RESTRAINTS: 1. HORIZONTAL RESTRAINTS SHALL BE FOUR NO. 23 GAGE WIRES SECURED TO THE MAIN BEAMS WITHIN 2 INCHES OF THE CROSS TEE INTERSECTIONS AND SPLAYED 90 DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. THESE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED NOT MORE THAN 12' ON CENTER IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 4' FROM EACH WALL. THE RESTRAINT WIRE ATTACHMENT TO THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE ADEQUATE FOR THE LOADS IMPOSED. 2. CEILINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VERTICAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM TO RESIST SEISMIC UPLIFT MOVEMENTS. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE VERTICAL METAL STRUTS ATTACHED TO THE MAIN CHANNEL, TEE OR RUNNER, AND FASTENED, SECURED AND ANCHORED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM ABOVE. RESTRAINT LOCATIONS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN REQUIRED BY CODE. D. PENETRATIONS 1. SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS OF THE SUSPENDED CEILING SHALL HAVE A 2" OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE, OR ADAPTOR THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 1" IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. E. FIXTURE ATTACHMENTS 1. THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLERS SHALL TERMINATE ALL SEISMIC WIRES TO FIXTURES IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLERS SHALL FURNISH ALL HOLD-DOWN CLIPS AS INDICATED BY DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL AND DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL SECTIONS FOR SEISMIC INSTALLATION. PROVIDE SEPARATE VERTICAL SUSPENSION WIRES FOR HEAVY CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES 3.05 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES A. PLACE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION IN PARTITIONS TIGHT WITH SPACES, AROUND CUT OPENINGS, BEHIND AND AROUND ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS WITHIN OR BEHIND PARTITIONS, AND TIGHT TO ITEMS PASSING THROUGH PARTITIONS. B. APPLY ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AROUND SERVICE OUTLETS, TELEPHONE BOXES AND OTHER OPENINGS IN GYPSUM BOARD CONSTRUCTION USED AS SOUND ATTENUATING PARTITIONS. 3.06 INSTALLATION -DOORS A. FRAME DOOR OPENINGS TO COMPLY WITH GA-600 AND WITH GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER'S APPLICABLE WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SCREW VERTICAL STUDS AT JAMBS TO JAMB ANCHOR CLIPS ON DOOR FRAMES; INSTALL RUNNER TRACK SECTION (FOR CRIPPLE STUDS) AT HEAD AND SECURE TO JAMB STUDS. B. INSTALL TWO STUDS AT EACH JAMB, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. EXTEND JAMB STUDS THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND ATTACH TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR OR ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE. 3.07 VAPOR RETARDER A. AT METAL STUDS AND FURRING MEMBERS, AT INTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM WALLBOARD, VAPOR RETARDER IS PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 07200. SHEETS SHALL BE IN FULL-WALL LENGTH AND WIDTH PIECES, WITHOUT JOINTS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. INCLUDE TAPE FOR SECUREMENT. B. WHERE METAL STUDS ARE NOT SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE FINISH, VAPOR RETARDER SHALL BE BASED ON "GRIFFOLYN" TYPE 55FR ABOVE CEILINGS; AND TYPE TX-1200FR FOR BELOW CEILING. C. INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDER IS IDENTIFIED UNDER SECTION 07200. 3.08 INSTALLATION -INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. VERIFY LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF CONCEALED WALL BLOCKING. B. INSTALL INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM C840. C. INSTALL CARRIERS AND HANGERS FOR WALL-MOUNTED TOILET ROOM PLUMBING FIXTURES IN WALLS BEFORE WALL SURFACE IS COMPLETED. D. APPLY WALLBOARD WITH THE LENGTH PARALLEL OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE STUDS. CENTER ABUTTING ENDS OR EDGES OVER THE STUD FLANGES. 1. FASTEN GYPSUM BOARD TO FURRING OR FRAMING WITH APPROVED SCREWS. PLACE FASTENERS MINIMUM 3/8 INCH FROM EDGES OF PANELS. 2. LOCATE ALL ATTACHING SCREWS 16" O.C. FOR NON-FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION WITH FRAMING 16" O.C. 3. USE TYPE "S" SCREWS FOR FASTENING GYPSUM BOARD TO METAL FRAMING AND TYPE "G" SCREWS FOR FASTENING GYPSUM BOARD TO GYPSUM BOARD. E. APPLY CORNERBEAD TO ALL VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL EXTERNAL CORNERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. F. EXCEPT WHERE DRAWINGS INDICATE LESSER SPACING OR ARCHITECTURAL FEATURE, INSTALL VERTICAL CONTROL JOINTS IN PARTITIONS AND FURRED WALL SURFACES WHERE STRAIGHT RUN EXCEEDS 30'. WHERE DRAWINGS DO NOT INDICATE LOCATION OF JOINT SPACING, CONFER WITH THE ARCHITECT TO DETERMINE ACTUAL LOCATIONS. G. FOR FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION, APPLY GYPSUM BOARDS AND FASTEN AS SPECIFIED IN THE FIRE-TESTED ASSEMBLY. H. DO NOT PINCH RECESSED WALL STANDARDS REVEAL. MAINTAIN UNIFORM REVEAL. I. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CONCEALED SPACES BEFORE ENCLOSING THE SPACE. 3.09 CONTROL JOINTS A. PLACE CONTROL JOINTS CONSISTENT WITH LINES OF BUILDING SPACES AND WHERE PARTITIONS OR CEILINGS OF DISSIMILAR CONSTRUCTION MEET AND REMAIN IN THE SAME PLANE. B. ATTACH CONTROL JOINT WITH BOSTITCH 9/16" "G" STAPLES OR EQUAL SPACED NOT OVER 6" APART IN EACH FLANGE. C. REMOVE PROTECTIVE TAPE WHEN JOINT TREATMENT IS COMPLETED. 3.10 JOINT TREATMENT A. TAPE, FILL, AND SAND EXPOSED JOINTS, EDGES, AND CORNERS TO PRODUCE SMOOTH SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE FINISHES. B. TAPING, FILLING AND SANDING ARE NOT REQUIRED AT SURFACES BEHIND ADHESIVE APPLIED CERAMIC TILE. 3.11 LEVELS OF FINISH A. GYPSUM BOARD WALL AND CEILINGS SURFACES SHALL BE FINISHED PRIOR TO PAINTING OR WALLCOVERING APPLICATION, TO THE FINISH LEVEL IDENTIFIED BELOW IN ACCORDANCE WITH GYPSUM ASSOCIATION GA-214-M (RECOMMENDED LEVELS OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISH). 1. LEVEL 1: USE ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS CONCEALED FROM VIEW IN AREAS SUCH AS PLENUMS AND SERVICE CORRIDORS. a. ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT COMPOUND. SURFACE SHALL BE FREE OF EXCESS JOINT COMPOUND. TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES ARE ACCEPTABLE. IF RATED ASSEMBLY, FINISHES NEED TO COMPLY WITH UL GUIDELINES THAT MAY REQUIRE A FINISH LEVEL MORE STRINGENT THAN THE LEVEL INDICATED. 2. LEVEL 3: TYPICAL APPLICATIONS ARE BACK OF HOUSE EXPOSED GWB: a. WALLS RECEIVING PAINT OR WALL COVERING, BACK AREA GWB CEILINGS, BACK AREA EXPOSED TO VIEW GWB WALLS RECEIVING PAINT. ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT COMPOUND AND TWO SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED OVER ALL JOINT ANGLES, FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES, WITH EACH COAT SANDED. ALL JOINT-COMPOUND SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES. 3. LEVEL 4: ALL SALES AREAS AND FITTING ROOMS : a. ROOMS EXPOSED TO VIEW GWB CEILINGS; ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT COMPOUND AND THREE SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED OVER ALL JOINT ANGLES, FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES, WITH EACH COAT SANDED. ALL JOINT-COMPOUND SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES. 3.12 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION OF FINISHED GYPSUM BOARD SURFACE FROM TRUE FLATNESS: 1/8-INCH IN 10 FEET IN ANY DIRECTION. B. ALL FASTENERS AND JOINTS SHALL BE INVISIBLE AFTER FINISHING. 3.13 EXISTING WORK A. IN ADDITION TO THE NEW WORK SPECIFIED HEREIN, IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS WALLBOARD SCHEDULED TO REMAIN THAT IS DAMAGED OR REMOVED DUE TO THE ALTERATIONS AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. APPLICATION AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE QUALITY OF NEW WORK AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. USE SPECIFIC TYPES AT RESPECTIVE AREAS AFFECTED. B. PATCH AND EXTEND EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATIONS USING SKILLED MECHANICS CAPABLE OF MATCHING EXISTING QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS AND METHODS AS SPECIFIED. C. REPAIR AND REMODEL EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES THAT REMAIN OR ARE TO BE ALTERED. END OF SECTION SECTION 09300 -TILE, THIN-SET 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES SURFACE PREPARATION, TILE, APPLICATION OF MATERIALS AND INCIDENTAL SERVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. STONE STOREFRONT BASE. 2. THIN-SET INSTALLATION METHOD. 3. GROUTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTING. 4. CUTTING AND PATCHING OF TILE. 5. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE (IN WET LOCATIONS AS DIRECTED BY MALL'S CRITERIA MANUAL) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH TCA HANDBOOK AND ANSI A108/A118 SERIES. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO LOCAL BUILDING CODES, ORDINANCES, TRADE PRACTICES AND CLIMATIC CONDITIONS. B. ALL TILES FURNISHED SHALL COMPLY WITH STANDARD GRADE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A137.1. C. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE SHALL BE INSTALLED BY A CERTIFIED WATERPROOFING COMPANY. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. PROTECT ADHESIVES AND GROUTS FROM FREEZING OR OVERHEATING. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MAINTAIN AMBIENT AND SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE OF 50 DEGREES F DURING INSTALLATION OF MORTAR MATERIALS. 1.06 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. WORK OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE COMPLETELY COORDINATED WITH THE WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND WORK OF OTHER TRADES THAT ADJOIN MATERIALS OF THIS SECTION BEFORE THE INSTALLATION OF ITEMS HEREIN SPECIFIED. 2.01 CERAMIC STOREFRONT BASE A. CT-01 SUPPLIER: SPECCERAMICS, INC.; VISIT WEB SITE FOR REGIONAL CONTACTS: WWW.SPECCERAMICS.COM 851 ENTERPRISE WAY FULLERTON,CA 92831 714-808-0134 MATERIAL: FEEL PORCELAIN TILE COLOR: MOONLIGHT FINISH: HIGH GLOSS SIZE: 6" X 12" X 1/8" GROUT: LATICRETE #45: RAVEN 2.02 MALL PAVER TILE AT STOREFRONT A. FL-03 MATCH EXISTING MALL TILE ALONG NEW STOREFRONT AND ENTRY. G.C. SHALL PURCHASE MATCHING TILE FROM THE MALL MANAGEMENT IF AVAILABLE. IF IT IS NO LONGER AVAILABLE, G.C. SHALL MATCH EXISTING MALL TILE IN ALL RESPECTS. GROUT: PROVIDE SAME GROUT MATERIAL AND COLOR AS USED IN EXISTING MALL TILE AREA. INSTALLATION: USE SAME INSTALLATION PROCEDURE AND SETTING MATERIALS USED IN EXISTING MALL TILE. 2.03 HC TOILET ROOM FLOOR TILE A. CT-02 SUPPLIER-DALTILE WWW.DALTILE.COM 7834 C.F. HAWN FRWY. DALLAS, TX 75217 214-398-1411 MATERIAL: NATURAL HUES COLOR/FINISH: CARNATION #QH48 / HIGH GLOSS\ SIZE: 3"X6" -FIELD WALL ONLY GROUT: LATICRETE RAVEN-#45 OR APPROVED EQUAL B. CT-03 SUPPLIER-DALTILE WWW.DALTILE.COM 7834 C.F. HAWN FRWY. DALLAS, TX 75217 214-398-1411 MATERIAL: NATURAL HUES COLOR/FINISH: RAVEN #QH65 / HIGH GLOSS SIZE: 3"X6" -ACCENT WALL ONLY GROUT: LATICRETE RAVEN-#45 OR APPROVED EQUAL C.CT-04 SUPPLIER-DALTILE WWW.DALTILE.COM 7834 C.F. HAWN FRWY. DALLAS, TX 75217 214-398-1411 MATERIAL: NATURAL HUES COLOR: PEARL WHITE #QH63, BLACK #QH45 SIZE-2"X2"-FLOOR ONLY, ALTERNATE TWO COLORS EVENLY GROUT: LATICRETE RAVEN-#45 OR APPROVED EQUAL 2.04 SETTING MATERIAL A. THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS MAY BE USED WITHOUT LATEX MODIFICATION ON INTERIOR AREAS WITH RESIDENTIAL OR LIGHT COMMERCIAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL REQUIREMENTS ACCORDING TO THE TCA HANDBOOK. SUBSTRATES MUST BE SOUND, PROPERLY PREPARED, PLUMB AND TRUE. IN INTERIOR DRY AREAS ONLY, THEY MAY BE USED OVER GYPSUM BOARD. 1. DRY-SET PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR; ANSI A118.1: a. KERABOND BY MAPEI CORP. b. HYDROMENT "TILE-MATE PREMIUM (710") BY BOSTIK CONST. PRODUCTS. c. "FLOOR-N-WALL THIN SET MORTAR" BY LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL. d. PERMABOND 902 BY C-CURE CORPORATION, FOR NORMAL INSTALLATIONS. e. "FULL SET PLUS" AS MANUFACTURED BY TEC, AN H.B. FULLER COMPANY. 2. FOR WALL APPLICATIONS, PROVIDE NONSAGGING MORTAR B. THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS MAY BE USED ON INTERIOR AREAS, OVER SOUND AND PROPERLY PREPARED, CURED, PLUMB AND TRUE SURFACES. IN INTERIOR AREAS, THEY MAY BE USED OVER GYPSUM BOARD (DRY AREAS ONLY). 1. LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR ANSI A118.4. a. HYDROMENT "TILE-MATE PREMIUM (710)" GAGED WITH HYDROMENT MULTI-PURPOSE ACRYLIC ADDITIVE (425) BY BOSTIK FINDLEY CONST. PRODUCTS. b. KERABOND GAGED WITH KERALASTIC (POLYMER ADDITIVE) BY MAPEI CORP. c. "FULL SET PLUS" GAUGED WITH PROPER LATEX ADDITIVE BY TEC, AN H.B. FULLER COMPANY. d. LATICRETE 272 PREMIUM FLOOR N' WALL THIN-SET MORTAR WITH LATICRETE 3701 LATEX ADDITIVE BY LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL. e. MULTICURE 905 BY C-CURE CORPORATION. 2. MANUFACTURERS OF ABOVE PRODUCTS HAVE OTHER ADDITIVES FOR SPECIFIC SUBSTRATE AND CONDITION APPLICATIONS. VERIFY THE SPECIFIED ADDITIVE IS APPROPRIATE FOR THE PROJECT APPLICATION AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS EXPLICITLY. 3. FOR WALL APPLICATIONS, PROVIDE NONSAGGING PRODUCTS. 4. LATEX-ADDITIVES ARE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WATER EMULSION, SERVING AS REPLACEMENT FOR PART OR ALL OF GAUGING WATER, OF TYPE SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY LATEX-ADDITIVE MANUFACTURER FOR USE WITH FIELD-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT AND AGGREGATE MORTAR BED. 2.05 CERAMIC STOREFRONT BASE ADHESIVE A. EXTERIOR GRADE EPOXY ADHESIVE: BONSTONE ANCHOR (A-100/B-412X) MANUFACTURED BY BONSTONE MATERIALS CORP., MUKWONAGO, WI, (800) 425-2214. 3.01 PREPARATION OF NEW SURFACES A. ALLOW NEW SLABS TO DRY ADEQUATELY BEFORE APPLYING MATERIALS. REMOVE ALL FOREIGN MATERIALS AT EXISTING SLABS. PERFORM SIMPLE CALCIUM-CHLORIDE TEST TO ENSURE NEW CONCRETE SURFACES ARE FREE OF CONTAINED MOISTURE. B. IT IS THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE THE CONDITION AND SUITABILITY OF ALL SURFACES PRIOR TO APPLICATION. 3.02 INSTALLATION-GENERAL A. ANSI TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH PARTS OF ANSI A108 SERIES "SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE" THAT APPLY TO TYPES OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS. B. WALL TILE: 1. OVER GYPSUM WALLBOARD ON METAL STUDS INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH TCA HANDBOOK METHOD W243, THIN-SET WITH DRY-SET OR LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT BOND COAT, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. PLACE TILE WITH JOINTS UNIFORM IN WIDTH, SUBJECT TO VARIANCE IN TOLERANCE ALLOWED IN TILE SIZE. MAKE JOINTS WATERTIGHT, WITHOUT VOIDS, CRACKS, EXCESS MORTAR, OR EXCESS GROUT. 1. JOINT WIDTHS FOR WALL TILES SHALL 1/16 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: D. KEEP EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS FREE OF ADHESIVE OR GROUT. APPLY SEALANT TO JOINTS. E. APPLY SEALANT TO JUNCTION OF TILE AND DISSIMILAR MATERIALS AND JUNCTION OF DISSIMILAR PLANES. F. AT STOREFRONT BASE; CUT BACK EDGE TO BE EASED, AND ENSURE ALL EXPOSED EDGES ARE POLISHED FINISH. SECTION 09300 (CONTINUED): 3.03 CLEANING A. CLEAN GROUT SMEARS AND HAZE FROM TILE ACCORDING TO TILE AND GROUT MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. USE ONLY CLEANERS RECOMMENDED BY TILE AND GROUT MANUFACTURERS. B. DO NOT ACID CLEAN NEW INSTALLATIONS. 3.04 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. DO NOT PERMIT TRAFFIC OVER FINISHED FLOOR SURFACE FOR 72 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. END OF SECTION SECTION 09500 -LAY-IN TIN CEILING TILE 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PROVIDE STAMPED CEILING AND WALL PANEL SYSTEM.. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 09120 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS. B. SECTION 09130 ACOUSTICAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS. C. SECTION 09545 SPECIAL CEILING SURFACES. D. SECTION 13020 INTEGRATED ASSEMBLIES E. SECTION 13080 SOUND, VIBRATION, AND SEISMIC CONTROL F. SECTION 15550 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING G. SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 1.03 REFERENCES A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 1. C-423 -TEST METHOD FOR SOUND ABSORPTION AND SOUND ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS BY THE REVERBERATION ROOM METHOD. 2. C-635 -STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR THE MANUFACTURE, PERFORMANCE AND TESTING OF METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY-IN PANEL CEILINGS. 3. C-636 -STANDARD RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR INSTALLATION OF METAL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY-IN PANELS. 4. E-84 -TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS. 5. E-580 -PRACTICE FOR APPLICATION OF CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY-IN PANELS IN AREAS REQUIRING SEISMIC RESTRAINT. 6. E-795 -PRACTICES FOR MOUNTING TEST SPECIMENS DURING SOUND ABSORPTION TESTS. B. PRODUCT/TECHNICAL LITERATURE 1. SUBMIT DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE ALONG WITH INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS. C. SAMPLES 1. SUBMIT SAMPLE KIT CONTAINING APROPRIATE STAMPED CEILING AND WALL PANEL SYSTEM SAMPLES. D. SHOP DRAWINGS 1. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ILLUSTRATING APPROPRIATE PLACEMENT OF PANELS. E. CERTIFICATION 1. FURNISH CERTIFICATION OF MATERIALS AND SYSTEM CONFORMING TO SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 2. PROVIDE WRITTEN WARRANTY AGAINST DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ____ YEAR(S) (UP TO 20 YRS. MAXIMUM) FROM FILING NOTICE OF COMPLETION. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1. VERIFY WEATHER TIGHTNESS OF AREA TO RECEIVE SYSTEM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. INSTALLATION TO BEGIN ONLY WHEN TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS CLOSELY APPROXIMATE INTERIOR CONDITIONS THAT WILL EXIST WHEN AREA IS COMPLETE AND OCCUPIED. B. TRADE REQUIREMENTS 1. HEATING OR COOLING SYSTEMS TO BE OPERATING PRIOR TO, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION. 2. WET TRADES WORK SHALL BE DRY AND COMPLETE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1.05 MAINTENANCE A. REPLACEMENT MATERIAL 1. FURNISH ADDITIONAL MATERIAL EQUAL TO ____% OF THE CEILING SYSTEM AREA. 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. TRADITIONS STAMPED CEILING AND WALL PANEL SYSTEM AS MANUFACTURED BY: CHICAGO METALLIC 4849 SOUTH AUSTIN AVENUE CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60638 800-323-7164. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. STAMPED PANELS: 1. ACT-02 • MANUFACTURER: CHICAGO METALLIC • PRODUCT:TRADITIONS STAMPED METAL CEILING TILES • SIZE: 24 INCH X 24 INCHES • COLOR: SILVER #524 • STYLE: PATTERN #8 • FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION: CLASS "A", FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS. • GRID SYSTEM: 15/16-INCH EXPOSED METAL GRID B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS 1. MAIN RUNNERS: a. MANUFACTURED FROM 0.015 INCH THICH STEEL 15/16 INCH WIDE BY 1-1/2 INCHES HIGH BY 144 INCHES LONG, WITH FACTORY PUNCHED CROSS TEE SLOTS, HANGER HOLES AND INTEGRAL BAYONET-STYLE COUPLINGS. b. CAPPED AND COATED WITH BAKED ON ENAMEL PAINT FINISH. 2. CROSS TEES: a. MANUFACTURED FROM 0.015 INCH THICH STEEL 15/16 INCH WIDE BY 1-1/2 INCHES HIGH BY 24 INCHES LONG WITH FACTORY PUNCHED CROSS TEE SLOTS, HANGER HOLES, AND STAKED-ON STAB-IN END COUPLINGS. C. PERIMETER TREATMENTS. 1. WALL ANGLE: a. MANUFACTURED FROM 0.020 INCH STEEL 3/4 INCHES WIDE BY 15/16 INCHES HIGH BY 144 INCHES LONG WITH BOTH EDGES HEMMED. b. COATED WITH BAKED ON ENAMEL PAINT FINISH. D. ACCESSORIES 1. CONEHEAD NAILS: MANUFACTURED WITH BARE STEEL FINISH. 2. GIRDER NOSING: MANUFACTURED FROM 0.010 INCH THICH STEEL WITH 1-1/2 INCH PROJECTION BY 48 INCHES LONG COATED WITH BAKED ON POLYESTER ENAMEL PAINT FINISH. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. EXAMINE AREA RECEIVING STAMPED CEILING AND WALL PANEL SYSTEM TO IDENTIFY CONDITIONS WHICH WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT INSTALLATION. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ADVERSE CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN REMEDIED. B. VERIFY COMPLETION OF WORK ABOVE CEILING PLANE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. LAY-IN PANELS: 1. SUPPORTED BY AN APPROPRIATELY INSTALLED CHICAGO METALLIC CEILING GRID SYSTEM. 2. INSTALL BACKING MATERIAL, E.G., ACOUSTICAL BOARD, GYPSUM BOARD, INSULATION PADS, ETC., ON THE PLENUM SIDE OF THE PANELS. 3. ATTACH TWO HOLD DOWN CLIPS ALONG EACH SIDE OF THE PANEL. 3.03 REPAIR A. REMOVED DAMAGED COMPONETNS, REPLACE WITH UNDAMAGED COMPONENTS. CLEAN WITH MINERAL SPIRITS PER DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED BY CHICAGO METALLIC. END OF SECTION SECTION 09510 -SUSPENDED LAY-IN CEILINGS 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 SUMMARY A. SECTION CONSISTS OF SUSPENDED METAL GRID CEILING SYSTEM AND LAY-IN TILES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. STEEL SUSPENDED METAL GRID SYSTEMS. 2. ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN CEILING PANELS. 3. PERIMETER TRIM. 4. HANGER SUPPORTS, REINFORCING FOR SUPPORT OF RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES. 5. METAL FILLERS. 6. HOLD-DOWN CLIPS. 7. ADDITIONAL STEEL MEMBERS TO SUPPORT CEILINGS WHERE NORMAL SUSPENSION IS INTERRUPTED BY DUCTS, PIPES, OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. 8. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS. SECTION 06200 (CONTINUED): 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-15 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84 TEST PROCEDURE. B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO RIGIDLY SECURE ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM INCLUDING INTEGRAL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS WITH MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1/360. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER SHALL HAVE NOT LESS THAN THREE (3) YEARS OF SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE IN INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SIMILAR TO REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE FOR REFERENCED COMBUSTIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR MATERIALS. 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM -EXPOSED METAL GRID (NON FIRE-RATED) A. 15/16" EXPOSED METAL GRID (NON FIRE-RATED) 1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DIRECT-HUNG METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS OF TYPES, AND FINISHES INDICATED THAT COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN ASTM C635. 2. MAIN RUNNERS, CROSS TEES, EDGE ANGLES, VARIABLE PLACEMENT TEES AND GRID ADAPTERS SHALL BE OF COLD ROLLED STEEL WITH A GALVANIZED BONDERIZED COATING AND EXPOSED ALUMINUM FLANGE CAP WITH A STANDARD FACTORY APPLIED FINISH. WALL ANGLE MOLDINGS SHALL BE OF COLD ROLLED STEEL WITH A STANDARD FACTORY APPLIED PAINT FINISH. 3. STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION (ASTM C635): INTERMEDIATEDUTY (HEAVY DUTY) SYSTEM UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. **SPECIFY INTERMEDIATE DUTY FOR NON-SEISMIC ZONES AND HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM FOR SEISIMIC IBC CATEGORY D / E / F***: 4. COLOR OF GRID SYSTEM: WHITE. 5. ACCEPTABLE SYSTEMS ARE: a. CHICAGO METALLIC "200" SNAP-GRID SYSTEM b. ARMSTRONG CEILINGS "PRELUDE PLUS XL FIRE GUARD. c. USG DONN BRAND SUSPENSION SYSTEM "ZXLA" B. 9/16" EXPOSED METAL GRID (NON FIRE-RATED) 1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DIRECT-HUNG METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS OF TYPES AND FINISHES INDICATED COMPLYING WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN ASTM C635. 2. MAIN RUNNERS, CROSS TEES, EDGE ANGLES, VARIABLE PLACEMENT TEES AND GRID ADAPTERS SHALL BE OF COLD ROLLED STEEL WITH A HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED BONDERIZED COATING AND EXPOSED GALVANIZED FLANGE CAP WITH A STANDARD FACTORY APPLIED FINISH. WALL ANGLE MOLDINGS SHALL BE OF COLD ROLLED STEEL WITH A STANDARD FACTORY APPLIED PAINT FINISH. 3. STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION (ASTM C635): INTERMEDIATE DUTY (HEAVY DUTY) SYSTEM UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ***SPECIFY INTERMEDIATE DUTY FOR NON-SEISMIC ZONES AND HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM FOR SEISIMIC IBC CATEGORY D / E / F***: 4. COLOR OF GRID SYSTEM: WHITE. 5. SYSTEM MANUFACTURER AND MODEL SHALL BE ARMSTRONG CEILINGS "SUPRAFINE XL 9/16" EXPOSED T". 2.03 LAY-IN TILES -ACOUSTIC UNITS A. ACOUSTICAL PANEL STANDARD: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PANELS OF CONFIGURATION INDICATED THAT COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264 CLASSIFICATIONS AS DESIGNATED BY TYPES, PATTERNS, ACOUSTICAL RATINGS, AND LIGHT REFLECTANCE'S, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. ACT-01 • MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES • PRODUCT: CIRRUS SERIES, MODEL NO. 578, FIRE GUARD • SIZE: 24" X 24" X ." THICK • EDGE DETAIL: ANGLED TEGULAR • COLOR: WHITE • FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION: CLASS "A", FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS. GRID SYSTEM: 15/16" EXPOSED METAL GRID 2. ACT-02 • MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG • PRODUCT:CORTEGA #2195 • SIZE: 24 INCH X 24 INCHES • COLOR: WHITE • FIRE RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION: CLASS "A", FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS. • GRID SYSTEM: 15/16" EXPOSED METAL GRID 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. HANGER WIRE: ASTM A641, CLASS 1, ZINC COATED, SOFT TEMPER, 10 GAUGE MINIMUM. 1. WIRE SHALL BE STRAIGHT, NOT IN COILS. 2. SPLICING HANGER WIRES IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. B. METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM: 1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD EDGE MOLDINGS THAT FIT ACOUSTICAL TILE EDGE DETAILS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS INDICATED AND THAT MATCH WIDTH AND CONFIGURATION OF EXPOSED RUNNERS, AND COLOR AS THAT USED FOR EXPOSED FLANGES OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. FOR CIRCULAR PENETRATIONS OF CEILING, PROVIDE EDGE MOLDINGS FABRICATED TO DIAMETER REQUIRED TO FIT PENETRATION EXACTLY. C. GRID ACCESSORIES: STABILIZER BARS, FURRING CLIPS, SPLICES, EDGE MOLDINGS HOLD DOWN CLIPS AND CLOSURE STRIPS AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE AND COMPLEMENT SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM. D. BOLTED METAL FRAMING SUPPORT SYSTEM (SUPPLEMENTAL STRUCTURAL FRAMING): 1. PROVIDE BOLTED METAL FRAMING, SLOTTED TYPE CHANNELS, STRUTS, FITTINGS, RELATED ACCESSORIES AND SUPPORTS THAT ARE NOT A PART OF THE STRUCTURAL-STEEL FRAMEWORK AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 2. CHANNEL MEMBERS AND FITTINGS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM STRUCTURAL GRADE STEEL. a. CHANNEL THICKNESS: SELECTED TO SUIT STRUCTURAL LOADING. b. FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES: PRODUCTS OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS CHANNEL SUPPORTS. 3. SET FRAMING AND STRUT SYSTEM COMPONENTS INTO FINAL POSITION TRUE TO LINE, LEVEL AND PLUMB. 4. ANCHOR MATERIAL FIRMLY IN PLACE. TIGHTEN ALL CONNECTIONS TO THEIR RECOMMENDED TORQUE. 5. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING BOLTED FRAMING AND STRUT SYSTEMS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: a. UNISTRUT METAL FRAMING SYSTEM: UNISTRUT CORP. b. POWER-STRUT: ALLIED SUPPORT SYSTEMS 800-416-2101 c. GLOBESTRUT: GLOBE STRUT PRODUCTS 800-582-3646. d. B-LINE STRUT SYSTEM: COOPER B-LINE 618-654-2184. 3.01 PREPARATION A. VERIFY THAT LAYOUT OF HANGERS WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH OTHER WORK. B. MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA AND ESTABLISH LAYOUT OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO BALANCE BORDER WIDTHS AT OPPOSITE EDGES OF EACH CEILING. AVOID USING LESS-THAN-HALF-WIDTH PANELS AT BORDERS, AND COMPLY WITH LAYOUT SHOWN ON REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. C. PRESSURIZED PLENUMS: 1. OPERATE VENTILATION SYSTEM FOR NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS BEFORE BEGINNING ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING INSTALLATION. 2. EXAMINE CEILINGS PROVIDING AIR RETURN FROM CEILING PLENUMS TO ENSURE AIR TIGHTNESS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONDITIONS OR OPENING DETRIMENTAL TO THE AIR PLENUM FUNCTION. 3. CEILINGS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL MECHANICAL INSTALLER HAS CERTIFIED IN WRITING THAT THE CEILING PLENUMS ARE AIR TIGHT AND THAT ALL OPENINGS AROUND DUCTS, PIPES AND OTHER PENETRATING ITEMS HAVE BEEN SEALED. END OF SECTION SECTION 09640 -WOOD FLOORING 2.01 ENGINEERED WOOD PLANK FLOOR A. FL-05 • MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG • MATERIAL: WHITE OAK • FINISH: DEEP ETCHED DUSTY RANCH #EAKTB75L407 • SIZE: 7 1/2" WIDTH • STYLE: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED STANDARDS. END OF SECTION SECTION 096250 -DECORATIVE CONCRETE POLISHED FLOORING 1.01 -TESTING CRITERIA: A. HIGH TOLERANCE HARDENED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. 1. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: a. ADA COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: MEETS OR EXCEEDS ADA COF OF 0.60 FOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND 0.80 FOR RAMPS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1028. b. DEGREE OF REFLECTIVENESS AS PER HORIZONTAL TEST AREA TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 430. c. DEGREE OF HARDNESS AS PER HORIZONTAL TEST AREA TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D 3363-05. d. MEASURE OF WATER ABSORPTION AS PER HORIZONTAL TEST AREA TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RILEM TEST METHOD - TEST NO. 11.4 B. APPEARANCE EXPECTATIONS 1. AESTHETICS a. AGGREGATE EXPOSURE: FINE AGGREGATE IN CREAM b. COLOR: UNIFORM AND EVEN AS APPROVED IN TEST AREA. 2. QUANTITATIVE a. GLOSS LEVEL: 35 -40 UNITS b. MOHS HARDNESS: 5.5+ c. SLIP RESISTANCE: .60 d. WATER RESISTANCE: MAINTAIN LEVEL FOR 20 MINUTES SECTION 096250 (CONTINUED): 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. LOCATIONS AND TIME OF TEST AREAS. 2. PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT SCHEDULED FOR FINISH APPLICATION. 3. SURFACE PREPARATION 4. APPLICATION 5. REPAIR 6. QUALITY CONTROL 7. CLEANING 8. PROTECTION OF FINISH SYSTEM 9. COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK 10. REMOVAL OF CONCRETE WASTE SLURRY B. PERFORMANCE TEST AREA: 1. REVIEW MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA SHEETS TO DETERMINE THE SUITABILITY OF EACH PRODUCT FOR THE SPECIFIED SURFACE. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DELIVERY: DELIVER MATERIALS TO SITE IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED CONTAINERS AND PACKAGING, WITH LABELS CLEARLY IDENTIFYING PRODUCT NAME AND MANUFACTURER. B. STORAGE AND HANDLING: 1. STORE CONTAINERS UPRIGHT IN A COOL, DRY, WELL, VENTILATED PLACE, OUT OF THE SUN WITH TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 40° AND 100° F (4° AND 38° C). 2. PROTECT FROM FREEZING. 3. STORE AWAY FROM ALL OTHER CHEMICALS AND POTENTIAL SOURCES OF CONTAMINATION. 4. KEEP LIGHTS, FIRE, SPARKS AND HEAT AWAY FROM CONTAINERS. 5. DO NOT DROP CONTAINERS OR SLIDE ACROSS SHARP OBJECTS. 6. DO NOT STACK PALLETS MORE THAN THREE HIGH. 7. KEEP CONTAINERS TIGHTLY CLOSED WHEN NOT IN USE. 8. STORE AND HANDLE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS: 1. DO NOT APPLY WHEN SURFACE AND AIR TEMPERATURE ARE BELOW 40° F OR ABOVE 95° F UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2. DO NOT APPLY WHEN SURFACE AND AIR TEMPERATURES ARE NOT EXPECTED TO REMAIN ABOVE 40° F FOR A MINIMUM OF 8 HOURS AFTER APPLICATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. B. DO NOT APPLY UNDER WINDY CONDITIONS SUCH THAT THE CONCRETE SURFACE TREATMENT MAY BE BLOWN TO SURFACES NOT INTENDED. C. DO NOT APPLY TO FROZEN SUBSTRATE. ALLOW ADEQUATE TIME FOR SUBSTRATE TO THAW, IF FREEZING CONDITIONS EXIST BEFORE APPLICATION. D. DO NOT APPLY EARLIER THAN 24 HOURS AFTER RAIN OR IF RAIN IS PREDICTED FOR A PERIOD OF 8 HOURS AFTER APPLICATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. E. TEMPORARY LIGHTING: MINIMUM 200 W LIGHT SOURCE, PLACED 8 FEET (2.5 M) ABOVE HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACE, FOR EACH 425 SQUARE FEET (40 SQ M) OF CONCRETE BEING FINISHED. F. TEMPORARY HEAT: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 50°F (10°C) MINIMUM. G. VENTILATION: PROVIDE VENTILATION DURING COATING EVAPORATION STAGE IN CONFINED OR ENCLOSED AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1.05 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH CONCRETE PLACEMENT, INITIAL fINISHING AND CONCRETE CURING. 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: 1. PROSOCO, INC., 3741 GREENWAY CIRCLE, LAWRENCE, KS 66046, 800-255-4255, 785-865-4200, FAX 800-877-2770. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. C. REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01600. 2.02 SURFACE PREPARATION PRODUCTS A. CONSOLIDECK® CLEANER/DEGREASER 1. DESCRIPTION:A MILDLY ALKALINE SOLUTION SCOURS OIL AND GREASE FILMS, ADHESIVE TAPE RESIDUES AND RUBBER TIRE MARKS AND SCUFFS FROM CONCRETE FLOORS. 2. PROPERTIES: a. FORM: CLEAR AMBER LIQUID; MILD CITRUS ODOR b. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.03 c. PH: 12.0 -12.4 d. WT/GAL: 8.58 LBS e. FLASH POINT: ASTM D3278, > THAN 200° F (> THAN 93° C) f. FREEZE POINT: 19° F (MINUS 7° C g. VOC CONTENT: MAXIMUM 4% AT DILUTION B. CONSOLIDECK® OIL AND GREASE STAIN REMOVER 1. DESCRIPTION: A POULTICE CLEANER FOR PULLING STUBBORN OIL AND GREASE STAINS OUT OF PAVERS, CONCRETE, STONE AND OTHER POROUS SURFACES. 2. PROPERTIES: a. FORM: VISCOUS, WHITE LIQUID, SLIGHT CITRUS FRAGRANCE b. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.80 c. PH: 10.5 d. WT/GAL: 6.66 LBS e. FLASH POINT: ASTM D3278, > THAN 200° F (> THAN 93° C) f. FREEZE POINT: 32° F (0° C) g. VOC CONTENT: MAXIMUM 4% 2.03 LIQUID HARDENERS A. CONSOLIDECK® LS 1. DESCRIPTION:PREMIUM HARDENER AND SEALER FOR CONCRETE SURFACES. A PENETRATING LITHIUM SILICATE TREATMENT REACTING WITH THE CALCIUM HYDROXIDE FROM CONCRETE HYDRATION TO PRODUCE INSOLUBLE CALCIUM SILICATE HYDRATE (C-S-H). 2. PROPERTIES: a. FORM: CLEAR, WATER-LIKE LIQUID b. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.10 c. PH: 11. d. WT/GAL: 9.2 LBS e. ACTIVE CONTENT: 14.5% f. TOTAL SOLIDS: 14.5% g. FREEZE POINT: 32° F (0° C) h. VOC CONTENT: LESS THAN 20 G/L CALIFORNIA CHPS: TESTED AND H. CONFORMS TO SECTION 01350 (SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS) LEED® FOR SCHOOLS: TESTED AND QUALIFIES FOR EQ CREDIT 4: LOW EMITTING MATERIALS (OPTION 2) 2.04 PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS A. CONSOLIDECK LSGUARD 1. DESCRIPTION: LSGUARD IS A HIGH-GLOSS PENETRATING PREMIUM SEALER, LITHIUM SILICATE HARDENER FOR HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACES INCLUDING CEMENT TERRAZZO. TREATED SURFACES RESIST DAMAGE FROM WATER, CHEMICAL ATTACK AND ABRASION. 2. PROPERTIES: a. FORM: MILKY WHITE LIQUID b. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.11 c. ACTIVE CONTENT: 22% d. TOTAL SOLIDS: 22% e. PH: 11.0 f. WT/GAL: 9.2 LBS g. FREEZE POINT: 32° F (0° C) h. VOC CONTENT: < THAN 100 G/L CALIFORNIA CHPS: TESTED AND CONFORMS TO SECTION 01350 (SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS) LEED® FOR SCHOOLS: TESTED AND QUALIFIES FOR EQ CREDIT 4: LOW EMITTING MATERIALS (OPTION 2) 2.05 MAINTENANCE CLEANING PRODUCTS A. CONSOLIDECK® LSKLEAN™ 1. DESCRIPTION: A CONCENTRATED MAINTENANCE CLEANER FOR CONCRETE FLOORS. THE LITHIUM SILICATE COMPONENT HELPS MAINTAIN CONCRETE HARDNESS BY CURING ANY “SOFT”CALCIUM HYDROXIDE LEFT OVER FROM THE ORIGINAL HARDENING- DENSIFYING TREATMENT. 2. PROPERTIES: a. FORM: CLEAR LIQUID, SOAPY ODOR b. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.00 c. PH: 9.87 d. WT/GAL: 8.38 LBS e. FLASH POINT: ASTM D3278, > THAN 200° F (> THAN 93° C) f. VOC CONTENT: MAXIMUM 4% 2.06 CLEANING EQUIPMENT A. SCRUBBER MACHINES: EQUIPMENT USED FOR CLEANING OPERATIONS 1. CLARK ENCORE MAX38 OR L38 WITH A HEAD PRESSURE OF 150 LBS 2. AMERICAN LINCOLN # 7760 3. APPROVED EQUAL SIMILAR EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED RESULT AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SUBMITTED AT PRE-JOB MEETING FOR APPROVAL. B. SCRUBBER BRUSH: 1. SOFT NYLON FIBER BRUSH OR SIMILAR EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED RESULTS. NO BRUSHES OR PADS WITH ANY KIND OF GRIT. I.E., STRATA, SUPER GRIT, ETC. 2. PROVIDE LIST OF ALL THE ABOVE AT PRE SLAB MEETING ON SITE 3. APPROVED EQUAL SIMILAR EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED RESULT AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SUBMITTED AT PRE-JOB MEETING FOR APPROVAL SECTION 096250 (CONTINUED): 2.07 CONCRETE POLISHING PRODUCTS EQUIPMENT A. GRINDING AND POLISHING EQUIPMENT: 1. HTC 800/950 PLANETARY GRINDER HEADS WITH 3 OR 4 HEADS OR SIMILAR 2. WALK BEHIND GRINDER WITH PLANETARY, COUNTERROTATING 3 OR 4 HEAD WITH VARIABLE SPEED HEADS AND AT LEAST 600 POUNDS DOWN PRESSURE. 3. APPROVED EQUAL SIMILAR EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED RESULT AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SUBMITTED AT PRE-JOB MEETING FOR APPROVAL. B. GRINDING/POLISHING PADS 1. METAL 25, 40, AND 80 GRITS 2. RESIN 50, 100, 200, 400 AND 800 GRITS. 3. APPROVED EQUAL SIMILAR EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED RESULT AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SUBMITTED AT PRE-JOB MEETING FOR APPROVAL. C. POWER SUPPLY 1. THREE-PHASE 480 VOLT ELECTRICAL SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITHIN 200' OF WORK AREA. 2.08 BURNISHING EQUIPMENT A. HIGH SPEED BURNISHER MANUFACTURER: 1. CLARK 2. APPROVED EQUAL SIMILAR EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED RESULT AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SUBMITTED AT PRE-JOB MEETING FOR APPROVAL. B. HIGH SPEED PROPANE BURNISHER: 1. TALON SERIES a. MINIMUM 27" HEAD b. PROPANE MOTOR GENERATING A MINIMUM 3,000 RPM C. BURNISHING PAD MANUFACTURERS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS FOR POLISHING BURNISHING AS MANUFACTURED BY THE FOLLOWING OR EQUIVALENT TO THE EXTENT AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE SPECIFIED RESULTS 1. HTC TWISTER 2. APPROVED EQUAL SIMILAR EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED RESULT AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SUBMITTED AT PRE-JOB MEETING FOR APPROVAL D. BURNISHING PADS: PADS MAY INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING OR SIMILAR AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE SPECIFIED RESULTS. 1. NORTON ABRASIVE PAD. 2. APPROVED EQUAL SIMILAR EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED RESULT AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SUBMITTED AT PRE-JOB MEETING FOR APPROVAL 2.09 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT A. PUMP SPRAYER AND TIP 1. PUMP COMPATIBLE FOR SOLVENT FOR SLX100 2. PUMP COMPATIBLE FOR WATER BASED MATERIAL 3. TIP SIZE NOT TO EXCEED .5 GPM B. MICROFIBER MOP WITH WET PADS C. SOFT BRISTLE BROOM 2.10 ENVIRONMENTAL EQUIPMENT A. APPLICATOR IS TO SUBMIT ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. PERMITS OR NOTICE FROM LOCAL REGULATORY ACCEPTING AND ACKNOWLEDGING METHOD OF DISPOSAL OF WASTE. B. DUST EXTRACTION SYSTEM: PRE-SEPARATOR, AND SQUEEGEE ATTACHMENTS WITH MINIMUM FLOW RATING OF 322 CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE. SUBMIT PROPOSED SYSTEM AND WASTE MINIMIZATION PLAN FOR APPROVAL. C. WASTE SLURRY REMOVAL SYSTEM: REQUIRED FOR WET GRINDING. SUBMIT PROPOSED SYSTEM AND WASTE MINIMIZATION PLAN FOR APPROVAL 3.01 EXAMINATION A. \OBTAIN AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXAMINATION AND TESTING OF SUBSTRATES. B. VERIFY BY EXAMINATION THAT CONCRETE SURFACES ARE ACCEPTABLE TO RECEIVE THE SPECIFIED PRODUCTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IF SURFACES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE TO RECEIVE THE SPECIFIED PRODUCTS. C. ANY CHANGES THAT NEED TO BE MADE TO THE PROCEDURES ARE TO BE PROCESSED THROUGH THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS AND NOT TO BE EXECUTED TILL APPROVED 3.02 PREPARATION A. CLEAN DIRT, DUST, OIL, GREASE AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS FROM SURFACES THAT INTERFERE WITH PENETRATION OR PERFORMANCE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCT. USE APPROPRIATE CONCRETE CLEANERS APPROVED BY THE CONCRETE SURFACE TREATMENT MANUFACTURER WHERE NECESSARY. RINSE THOROUGHLY USING PRESSURE WATER SPRAY TO REMOVE CLEANER RESIDUES. ALLOW SURFACES TO DRY COMPLETELY BEFORE APPLICATION OF PRODUCT. B. UTILIZE APPROPRIATE SURFACE PREPARATION CLEANER PRODUCTS AS DICTATED BY CONDITIONS FOUND ONSITE. C. REPAIR, PATCH AND FILL CRACKS, VOIDS, DEFECTS AND DAMAGED AREAS IN SURFACE AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. ALLOW REPAIR MATERIALS TO CURE COMPLETELY BEFORE APPLICATION OF PRODUCT. D. VARIATIONS IN SUBSTRATE TEXTURE AND COLOR WILL AFFECT FINAL APPEARANCE AND SHOULD BE CORRECTED PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF SEALER/HARDENER SYSTEM AND THE POLISHING STEPS. E. PROTECT SURROUNDING AREAS PRIOR TO APPLICATION. IF ACCIDENTALLY MISAPPLIED TO ADJACENT SURFACES, FLUSH WITH WATER IMMEDIATELY BEFORE MATERIAL DRIES. F. AVOID CONTACT IN AREAS NOT TO BE TREATED. AVOID CONTACT WITH METAL, GLASS AND PAINTED SURFACES. G. APPLY SPECIFIED CONTROL JOINT FILLER. H. AFTER FLOOR HAS BEEN FINISHED APPLY SPECIFIED SEALANTS TO ISOLATION AND EXPANSION JOINTS 3.03 APPLICATION -GRINDING STEP A. SURFACE TO BE OPENED TO RECEIVE LIQUID HARDENER. TEST FLOOR FOR HARDNESS TO DETERMINE ORIGIN POINT. SELECT APPROPRIATE GRINDING LEVEL TO BEGIN AND GRIND SURFACE TO ACHIEVE UNIFORM FINISH WITH MINIMAL EXPOSURE OF LARGE AGGREGATE. 1. GRIND IN PERPENDICULAR DIRECTIONS FOR EACH STEP. 2. CLEAN SURFACE WITH VACUUM SYSTEM OR AUTO-SCRUBBER BETWEEN EACH STEP. 3. DO NOT OVERLAP GRIND PATHS. 4. DO NOT EXCEED DOUBLE THE LEVEL OF THE PREVIOUS STEP. 5. IF USING METAL BONDS, DROP BACK ONE LEVEL DOWN TO RESIN 6. BRING SURFACE TO 200 RESIN LEVEL 7. USE AN AUTO-SCRUBBER TO REMOVE ALL DUST AND DEBRIS FROM SURFACE PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF LIQUID HARDENER. 3.04 APPLICATION -LIQUID HARDENER STEP A. ALLOW SURFACE TO COMPLETELY DRY BEFORE APPLICATION OF LIQUID HARDENER. B. APPLY LIQUID HARDENER TO SUBSTRATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND APPLICATION PROCEDURES. 1. DO NOT DILUTE OR ALTER PRODUCTS. APPLY AS PACKAGED. 2. DO NOT APPLY TO PAINTED SURFACES. 3. AVOID OVERSPRAY, WIND DRIFT OR SPLASH OF ALL PRODUCTS 4. APPLY IN UNIFORM EVEN PATTERN BY LOW PRESSURE SPRAY OR AIRLESS. 5. FOR LOW PRESSURE SPRAY UTILIZE .5 GPM TIP. 6. AIRLESS SPRAY EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE A .47 GPM SPRAYER, SIMILAR TO A GRACO 390 WITH A 611 OR SIMILAR SIZED TIP. 7. APPLICATION IS TO BE EVEN ACROSS THE SURFACE LEAVING FILM. IF MATERIAL BEADS ON SURFACE USE A SOFT BRISTLE BROOM AND LIGHTLY DRAG ACROSS MATERIAL BREAKING SURFACE TENSION, ALLOWING MATERIAL TO EVEN OUT. 8. IF “BIRD BATHS”OR LOW AREAS REVEAL EXCESS LIQUID HARDENER STANDING, WHILE WET MOVE MATERIAL TO OTHER AREAS OF FLOOR WITH A SOFT BRISTLE BROOM, MICROFIBER PAD. TRY NOT TO LET MATERIAL POND ON SURFACE. 9. EXCESS MATERIAL WILL DRY ON THE SURFACE AND MUST BE REMOVED BY BRUSH, BROOM, VACUUM, AUTO-SCRUBBER, ETC 10. ALLOW MATERIAL TO DRY AND REACT WHICH SHOULD OCCUR IN THE FIRST 10-15 MINUTES. 11. NORMAL COVERAGE RATE IS ESTIMATED TO BE 400 -500 SQUARE FEET ON SURFACES BROUGHT TO 200 GRIT LEVEL. REACTION IS DEPENDENT ON CALCIUM HYDROXIDE EXPOSURE ON SURFACE OF CONCRETE. 12. TREATED HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACE SHALL MEET CRITERIA PERFORMANCE TEST ESTABLISHED IN 1.06 C. OF THIS SPECIFICATION. 3.05 APPLICATION -POLISHING STEP A. ALLOW AREA TO BE SURFACE DRY, APPROXIMATELY 30 -60 MINUTES B. POLISH CONCRETE SURFACE WITH RESIN DIAMONDS IN PROGRESSIVE LEVELS TO ONE LEVEL BELOW FINAL LEVEL WHEN ADDITIONAL POLISHING IS TO BE DONE AFTER THE COLOR TREATMENT STEP. C. POLISH EACH DIAMOND LEVEL WITH TWO PERPENDICULAR PASSES. D. AFTER EACH PASS AUTO-SCRUB SURFACE TO REMOVE DUST & DIRT SECTION 07270 (CONTINUED): 3.06 APPLICATION -PROTECTIVE TREATMENT STEP A. APPLY PRODUCTS TO SUBSTRATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND APPLICATION PROCEDURES. B. APPLY TO CLEAN, DRY, CURED AND PROPERLY PREPARED SURFACES APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. C. DO NOT DILUTE OR ALTER PRODUCTS. APPLY AS PACKAGED. D. APPLY CONSOLIDECKR LSGUARD @ 1,000 -1,500 SQ. FT. PER GALLON. APPLICATION BY LOW PRESSURE SPRAY PUMP WITH A .5 GPM TIP IS RECOMMENDED UTILIZING A PREMOISTENED MICROFIBER PAD AS A SPREADER TO PULL MATERIAL OUT IN A THIN FILM. DO NOT BE CONCERNED ABOUT COMPLETE COVERAGE BY SPRAY AS YOU PULL MATERIAL OUT YOU WILL GAIN UNIFORM COVERAGE. E. IF MATERIAL ABSORBS INTO SURFACE TOO FAST AND LEAVES APPLICATOR LINES DILUTE MATERIAL 1:1 WITH CLEAR POTABLE WATER. APPLY IN THE SAME MANNER AS ABOVE AT A RATE OF 500 -750 SQUARE FEET PER GALLON. F. AFTER, MATERIAL HAS DRIED, BURNISH WITH A HIGH-SPEED PROPANE BURNISHER (3,000 RPM) WITH NORTON ABRASIVE PAD EITHER 2-4 TO SET LSGUARD. TEMPERATURE IMMEDIATELY BEHIND BURNISHER MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 90.5°F. RUN BURNISHER IN TWO PERPENDICULAR PASSES TO INSURE COMPLETE COVERAGE. G. AVOID OVERSPRAY, WIND DRIFT AND SPLASH OF ALL PRODUCTS. H. IF DESIRED A SECOND OR THIRD COAT MAY BE APPLIED AS STATED ABOVE. BURNISHING BETWEEN COATS IS REQUIRED. I. TREATED HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACE SHALL MEET PERFORMANCE TEST CRITERIA ESTABLISHED IN 1.06 C. OF THIS SPECIFICATION. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.08 TOLERANCES A. ALLOWABLE DIFFERENCES FROM “TEST AREA STANDARDS”: 1. GLOSS = LESS THAN 10 PERCENT 2. HARDNESS = LESS THAN 10 PERCENT 3. SLIP RESISTANCE = MORE THAN .60 (AS DEFINED BY ADA TITLE III, 1992) 3.09 FINAL CLEANING A. CLEAN SITE OF ALL UNUSED PRODUCT, RESIDUES, RINSE WATER, WASTES, AND EFFLUENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS. B. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL MATERIALS USED TO PROTECT SURROUNDING AREAS FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. C. COVER ENTIRE SURFACE RUN HIGH-SPEED BURNISHER WITH APPROPRIATE NORTON ABRASIVE PAD. IF AREAS HAVE BLEMISHES OR SCUFF MARKS USE A 1:1 DILUTED SOLUTION OF CONSOLIDECK® LSGUARD SPRAYED IN FRONT OF BURNISHER. CONFIRM TEMPERATURE AS ABOVE. 3.10 PROTECTION A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROTECT SURFACES WITH APPLIED PRODUCTS UNTIL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. B. DO NOT PERMIT TRAFFIC OVER UNPROTECTED FLOOR SURFACES. C. TOUCH-UP REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PRODUCTS BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. END OF SECTION SECTION 09650 -RESILIENT FLOORING 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE RESILIENT FLOORING AND FLOOR PREPARATION. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PERFORMANCE: FIRE PERFORMANCE MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF BUILDING CODE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. C. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND ADHESIVES WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN ASBESTOS. 2.01 MATERIALS A. VCT-1: VINYL COMPOSITION TILE FLOORING 1. MANUFACTURERS: AS INDICATED ON THE 'FINISH SCHEDULE'. 2. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: ASTM F 1066, COMPOSITION 1, NONASBESTOS FORMULATED; CLASS 1. 3. SIZE: 12 BY 12 INCHES. 4. THICKNESS: 1/8 INCH. 5. COLORS: 51899 COOL WHITE / 51910 CLASSIC BLACK. 6. PATTERN: CHECKERBOARD B. AUXILIARY MATERIALS: 1. EDGE STRIPS AND TERMINATIONS. 2. FEATURE STRIPS AND INLAID BORDERS. 3. LEVELING COMPOUND. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL IN PROPER RELATION TO ADJACENT WORK. B. PREPARE SURFACES BY CLEANING, LEVELING AND PRIMING AS REQUIRED. TEST ADHESIVE FOR BOND BEFORE GENERAL INSTALLATION. LEVEL TO 1/8" IN 10' TOLERANCE. C. TILE FLOORING: INSTALL TILE WITH TIGHT JOINTS AND WITH ONE-WAY PATTERN. LAYOUT TO PREVENT LESS THAN 1/2 TILE UNITS. D. CLEAN, POLISH, AND PROTECT. END OF SECTION SECTION 09651 -RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PERFORMANCE: FIRE PERFORMANCE MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF BUILDING CODE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 2.01 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: JOHNSONITE. B. B-2: RESILIENT WALL BASE 1. VINYL WALL BASE: TSBT TOELESS. 2. THICKNESS: 0.125 INCHES THICK. 3. HEIGHT: 4 INCHES. 4. COLOR: BLACK #40. C. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES: 1. CONCRETE SLAB PRIMER: NONSTAINING TYPE. 2. TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENTS AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX-MODIFIED, PORTLAND-CEMENT-BASED FORMULATION. 3. ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT TYPE. D. TRANSITION STRIPS: 1. VCT TO CONCRETE FLOORING, JOHNSONITE SSR-48-B; COLOR: BLACK 2. CERAMIC TILE TO CONCRETE FLOORING: MARBLE SADDLE TO MATCH COLOR OF CERAMIC TILE 3.01 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL IN PROPER RELATION TO ADJACENT WORK. B. INSTALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES TO MINIMIZE JOINTS. INSTALL BASE WITH JOINTS AS FAR FROM CORNERS AS PRACTICAL. C. CLEAN, POLISH, AND PROTECT. END OF SECTION SECTION 09260 -(CONTINUED): 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. JOINT TREATMENT: 1. JOINT TREATMENT PRODUCTS INCLUDING TAPE AND TAPING COMPOUND SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C475. 2. READY-MIX OR POWDER 3. COMPOUNDS SHALL BE ASBESTOS-FREE AND NOT CONTAIN ANY HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. 4. EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS SHALL USE "EASY SAND" BY U.S.G. B. CORNERBEAD: 1. CORNERBEAD SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C1047. 2. MANUFACTURED FROM ZINC-COATED COLD-ROLLED SHEET STEEL NOT LESS THAN 0.012 IN. 3. U.S. GYPSUM "DUR-A-BEAD"; GOLD BOND 1-1/4" X 1-1/4-INCH. 4. PITTCON INDUSTRIES HIGH STRENGTH CORNER GUARDS. C. EDGE TRIM: 1. EDGE TRIM SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C1047 2. MATERIAL SHALL BE "J" OR "L" SHAPED AND MANUFACTURED FROM ZINC-COATED COLD-ROLLED SHEET STEEL NOT LESS THAN 0.012 IN. D. CONTROL JOINTS: 1. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C1047. 2. SHEETROCK BRAND ZINC CONTROL JOINT NO. 093 BY U.S.G., GOLD BOND "E-Z STRIP" OR APPROVED EQUAL. E. SEISMIC STRUTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COMPRESSION STRUTS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE SEISMIC FORCES. F. FASTENERS: SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C1002 TYPE S G. CONCEALED BACKER PLATES/BLOCKING: 1. FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION: STEEL, GALVANIZED; 6" WIDE X 20 GAGE MINIMUM X LENGTHS TO SUIT SIZE OF ITEMS TO BE ATTACHED; FASTENED TO STUDS FOR ATTACHMENT OF SURFACE MOUNTED FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES. 2. NON FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION: FRTW WOOD BLOCKING AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 06200. 3. ELIMINATION OF BACKER PLATES, BLOCKING OR DIRECT ATTACHMENT OF ACCESSORIES OR EQUIPMENT TO STUDS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 2.06 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07900. 2.07 INSULATION A. AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07200. 2.08 VAPOR RETARDER A. AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07200. 2.09 SALES AREA GFRG CEILING ACCESS PANEL A. AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08305 3.01 INSTALLATION -METAL WALL FRAMING A. INSTALL METAL FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. RUNNER CHANNELS 1. ATTACH TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNER CHANNELS AT ENDS AND 24" ON CENTER MAXIMUM. 2. ALIGN FLOOR AND CEILING TRACKS TO ASSURE PLUMB PARTITION. C. METAL STUD 1. POSITION STUDS VERTICALLY IN RUNNERS. 2. SPACING: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. BRACING 1. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL BRACING 6'-0" O.C. MINIMUM. 2. PROVIDE DIAGONAL BRACING TO STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. E. FIRE STOPPING 1. PROVIDE MINIMUM 20 GAGE, SOLID METAL STUDS HORIZONTALLY BETWEEN VERTICAL STUDS AT 10'-0" HEIGHT AND IN SAME STUD SIZE AS VERTICAL STUDS IN ALL PARTITIONS FOR FIRE STOPPING. FOR NON-FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS, FIRE STOPPING HORIZONTAL STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT CEILING HEIGHT. F. EXCEPT AT SLIP HEAD CONNECTIONS, ANCHOR STUDS TO RUNNER FLANGES WITH SCREWS THROUGH EACH FLANGE. G. SLIP HEAD CONNECTIONS: 1. PROVIDE SLIP HEAD CONNECTION AT PARTITIONS EXTENDING TO STRUCTURE OR WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS TO ISOLATE STUD WALL SYSTEM FROM VERTICAL DEFLECTION OF ROOF OR FLOOR DECK ABOVE. 2. TOP OF STUD SHALL NOT BE FASTENED TO THE UPPER RUNNER. STUD SHALL BE FRICTION FIT AND NEST INSIDE OF UPPER RUNNER AND CUT TO ALLOW A MINIMUM OF 1" VERTICAL TRAVEL WITHIN THE RUNNER. 3. SECURE STUD TO BOTTOM RUNNER. 4. INSTALL 2" X 20 GAGE FLAT STRAP BRACING HORIZONTALLY 1-1/2" BELOW THE BOTTOM LEG OF THE CHANNEL AND FASTEN TO STUDS TO PROVIDE VERTICAL ALIGNMENT. GYPSUM WALLBOARD FASTENERS SHALL BE LOCATED BELOW CHANNEL AND SHALL NOT INHIBIT CHANNEL LEG FROM VERTICAL TRAVEL BETWEEN WALLBOARD AND STUD. H. BACKER PLATES AND BLOCKING: 1. WHERE HANDRAILS, GRAB BARS, CABINETS, WALL-MOUNTED DOOR STOPS, OR OTHER WALL-HUNG ITEMS ARE ATTACHED TO PARTITIONS, INSTALL BACKER PLATES OR WOOD BLOCKING ACCURATELY POSITIONED AND FIRMLY SECURED TO METAL STUDS, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH BACKER PLATES OR BLOCKING ARE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. DO NOT USE WOOD BLOCKING IN FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION. I. INSTALL CONCEALED WALL BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, WALL CABINETS, WOOD FRAME OPENING, TOILET ACCESSORIES, AND HARDWARE IN TYPES AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 06200. J. STEEL JOIST STIFFENERS: WHERE ANY ITEM IS ATTACHED TO TOP CHORD OF A STEEL JOIST, PROVIDE A 2" X 2" X 3/16" STEEL ANGLE WELDED TO TOP AND BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF DIRECT FURRED WALL SYSTEM A. ATTACH METAL FURRING "Z" OR "HAT" MEMBERS VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY SPACED 24" O.C. TO MASONRY OR CONCRETE SURFACES WITH HAMMER SET OR POWDER-DRIVEN FASTENERS OR CONCRETE STUB NAILS 24" O.C. TO FLANGES. NEST MEMBERS 8" AT SPLICES AND ANCHOR WITH TWO FASTENERS IN EACH WING. B. EXCEPT WHERE FRAMING MEMBERS ARE SCHEDULED TO BE FULL HEIGHT OF WALL, THE FURRING MEMBERS WHEN POSITIONED HORIZONTALLY, SHALL BE ATTACHED AT FLOOR LINE AND 6" ABOVE THE CEILING LINE. FOR FURRING MEMBERS POSITIONED VERTICALLY, ATTACH A HORIZONTAL FURRING MEMBER BETWEEN EACH VERTICAL MEMBER AT A HEIGHT OF 6" ABOVE CEILING LINE AND AT FLOOR LINE. C. ATTACH MITERED FURRING CHANNELS HORIZONTALLY AROUND MASONRY CORNERS AT WALL OPENING LOCATIONS. MITER CHANNELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. AT INTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR WALLS WHERE FURRING SYSTEM OCCURS, PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER FURRING SYSTEM AT FULL WALL AREA PRIOR TO DRYWALL APPLICATION, USING 4" LAPPED JOINTS, TAPED FULL INSTALLATION -METAL CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING. 3.03 INSTALLATION -METAL CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. INSTALL METAL FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754 AND SUSPENDED CEILING FRAMING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE LOCATION OF CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM HANGERS WITH OVERHEAD STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLIES AND OTHER WORK. INSTALL CEILING FRAMING INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMNS, AND ABOVE CEILING WORK. B. INSTALL HANGERS PLUMB AND FREE FROM CONTACT WITH INSULATION OR OTHER OBJECTS WITHIN CEILING PLENUM THAT ARE NOT PART OF SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL OR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. SPLAY HANGERS ONLY WHERE REQUIRED TO MISS OBSTRUCTIONS AND OFFSET RESULTING HORIZONTAL FORCES BY BRACING, COUNTER- SPLAYING, OR OTHER EQUALLY EFFECTIVE MEANS. C. WHERE WIDTH OF DUCTS AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WITHIN CEILING PLENUM PRODUCES HANGER SPACING THAT INTERFERE WITH THE LOCATION OF HANGERS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT STANDARD SUSPENSION SYSTEM MEMBERS, INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL SUSPENSION MEMBERS AND HANGERS IN FORM OF TRAPEZES OR EQUIVALENT DEVICES. SIZE SUPPLEMENTAL SUSPENSION MEMBERS AND HANGERS TO SUPPORT CEILING LOADS WITHIN PERFORMANCE LIMITS ESTABLISHED BY REFERENCED STANDARDS. D. ATTACHMENT 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, MAXIMUM SPACING FOR HANGER WIRES AND CARRYING CHANNELS SHALL BE 4 FEET ON CENTERS. 2. SECURE WIRE HANGERS BY LOOPING AND WIRE-TYING, EITHER DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURES OR TO INSERTS, EYE SCREWS, OR OTHER DEVICES AND FASTENERS THAT ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE. 3. SECURE FLAT, ANGLE, AND ROD HANGERS TO STRUCTURE, INCLUDING INTERMEDIATE FRAMING MEMBERS, BY ATTACHING TO INSERTS, EYE SCREWS, OR OTHER DEVICES AND FASTENERS THAT ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR STRUCTURE AS WELL AS FOR TYPE OF HANGER INVOLVED, AND IN A MANNER THAT WILL NOT CAUSE THEM TO DETERIORATE OR OTHERWISE FAIL. 4. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS TO STEEL ROOF DECK. DO NOT CONNECT OR SUSPEND STEEL FRAMING FROM DUCTS, PIPES, OR CONDUIT. ATTACH HANGERS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. E. REINFORCE OPENINGS IN CEILING SUSPENSIONS SYSTEM THAT INTERRUPT MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS OF FURRING CHANNELS, WITH LATERAL CHANNEL BRACING. F. LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM G. GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM 1. ATTACH PERIMETER WALL TRACK OR ANGLE WHERE GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM MEETS VERTICAL SURFACES. MECHANICALLY JOIN MAIN BEAM AND CROSS-FURRING MEMBERS TO EACH OTHER AND BUTT-CUT TO FIT INTO WALL TRACK. 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 6" = 1'-0" A9.0.3 SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 SECTION 10810 -TOILET ACCESSORIES 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE TOILET ACCESSORIES AND METAL FRAMED MIRRORS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2.01 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: BOBRICK WASHROOM EQUIPMENT. B. TOILET ACCESSORIES: SEE A/6.6.1 C. FINISHES 1. STAINLESS STEEL; AISI TYPE 302 OR 304, NO. 4 SATIN FINISH. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SUBMITTALS. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN PROPER RELATION WITHADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND WITH UNIFORM APPEARANCE. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. B. RESTORE DAMAGED FINISHES AND TEST FOR PROPER OPERATION. CLEAN AND PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE. END OF SECTION SECTION 09900 -PAINTING 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. PAINTING AND SURFACE PREPARATION FOR INTERIOR UNFINISHED SURFACES AS SCHEDULED. 2. FIELD-PAINTING AND SURFACE PREPARATION OF EXPOSED MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PIPING, CONDUIT, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT. 3. PREPARATION AND REPAINTING OF EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. B. SAMPLES: SUBMIT TWO REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF PT-04 ONLY INDICATING VISUAL CHARACTERISTICS AND FINISH. INCLUDE RANGE SAMPLES IF VARIATION OF FINISH IS ANTICIPATED. 1. INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLOR AND FINISH OPTIONS IF ADDITIONAL SELECTION IS REQUIRED. C. EXTRA STOCK: SUBMIT 1 UNOPENED GALLON OF EACH PAINT AND COLOR USED IN THE PROJECT. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. REGULATIONS: COMPLIANCE WITH VOC AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS. 2.01 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: SHERWIN WILLIAMS. FIRST, C2, AND ICI / DULUX. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. B. COLORS: PROVIDE AS INDICATED ON THE 'FINISH MATERIALS SCHEDULE' ON THE DRAWINGS. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSPECT SURFACES, REPORT UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS IN WRITING; BEGINNING WORK MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PREPARATION, PRIMING AND COATING WORK. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. C. MATCH APPROVED MOCK-UPS FOR COLOR, TEXTURE, AND PATTERN. RE-COAT OR REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK WHICH DOES NOT MATCH OR SHOWS LOSS OF ADHESION. CLEAN UP, TOUCH UP AND PROTECT WORK. D. AT CLOSE OUT -PROVIDE ONE (1) GALLON OF EXTRA STOCK PAINT OF EACH FINISH FOR MAINTENANCE & TOUCH-UP. 3.02 PAINT SCHEDULE REFER TO SHEET A0.8.0 FINISH SCHEDULE END OF SECTION SECTION 10260 -WALL AND CORNER GUARDS 1.01 SUMMARY A. FC TO FURNISH/INSTALL WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION SYSTEMS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PERFORMANCE: FIRE PERFORMANCE MEETING CODE REQUIREMENTS. 2.01 MATERIALS A. SALES AREA CORNER GUARDS (BY FC): STAINLESS STEEL, ASTM A176, TYPE 430, 16 GAGE, SATIN FINISH, POWDER-COATED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH (SEE PLAN). 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS . INSTALL MATERIALS IN PROPER RELATION WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND WITH UNIFORM APPEARANCE. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. B. RESTORE DAMAGED FINISHES. CLEAN AND PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE. END OF SECTION SECTION 10440 -INTERIOR SIGNAGE (AT TOILET AND BACK OF HOUSE) 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE INTERIOR PANEL SIGNS. B. COORDINATE WIRING AND CONNECTIONS FOR OWNER-PROVIDED SIGNAGE. C. INSTALLATION OF OWNER-FURNISHED GRAPHICS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MATERIAL AND PRODUCT USED. B. SAMPLES: SUBMIT TWO REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF EACH MATERIAL SPECIFIED INDICATING VISUAL CHARACTERISTICS AND FINISH. INCLUDE RANGE SAMPLES IF VARIATION OF FINISH IS ANTICIPATED. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2.01 INTERIOR PANEL SIGNS A. MANUFACTURERS: ANDCO INDUSTRIES CORP., ASI SIGN SYSTEMS, THE SUPERSINE CO., VOMAR PRODUCTS, OR APPROVED EQUAL. B. PANEL SIGNS: 1. TYPE: UNFRAMED. 2. MATERIAL: BRUSHED STAINLESS (PREFERRED) -PLASTIC AS ADD ALT PRICE. 3. COPY: ENGRAVED LETTERING. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SUBMITTALS. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN PROPER RELATION WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND WITH UNIFORM APPEARANCE. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. B. RESTORE DAMAGED FINISHES. CLEAN AND PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE. END OF SECTION SECTION 10523 -FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 1.01 SUMMARY A. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. STANDARDS: UL AND FM LISTED PRODUCTS, NFPA 10. C. REGULATIONS: ADAAG. 2.01 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURES: LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING. B. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: 1. TYPE: MULTIPURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL TYPE. 2. RATING: SIZED FOR PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. 3. SERVICE AREA MOUNTING: METAL BRACKETS. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SUBMITTALS. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN PROPER RELATION WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND WITH UNIFORM APPEARANCE. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. B. INSTALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN MECHANICAL AND SERVICE AREAS WITH WALL-HUNG BRACKETS AT LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS INDICATED AND ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. C. RESTORE DAMAGED FINISHES. CLEAN AND PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE. D. COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGER OR SITE TENANT COORDINATOR FOR SOURCE. END OF SECTION 3.31.23 No. C-24274 L I CENSE D A RCHITE C T STATEOFCALIFORNIA D O NM .D ACUM O S Exp. EE 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 6" = 1'-0" A9.0.4 SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 , 2 N D L E V E L 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 03/24/22 Designer TD FQ 6A N I -01 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 05/24/2022 DD SET 07/14/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL SET 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 3 11/14/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 FE FE S1 S1 S1S1 D OC OC OC OC OC OC J J J J J J MS1 MS2 D D J OC DOC OC J OC D OC D OC B C D 3 2 1 A T12 T12 T6 T8 T6 T8 T6 T8 T6 T8 T6 T6 T6 T8 T8 T8 T4 T12 T12 T12 T6 T8 T6 T8 T4 T12 T12 T12 T8 LB1 LB1 LB1 LB1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1F2 F1 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F6E F6E F6E F6E F6 F6E EM EM EM EM EM EX2 EX2 EX2 EX2 ETR EX2 EX2 A B (ETR) L RP CL 1 2 TYP. 3 4 5 LR2 8 7 7 7 777 EX2 7 7 7 8 8 8 5 8 9 9 9 10 LB1 8 T1 (ETR) (ETR) (ETR) L-7 L-9 (TIE) L-9 (TIE)L-11 L-13 L-16 L-2 L-18 F6 EX2 711 LB1 8 9 F6 F6E EX2 F6 9 L-3 (TIE) L-14 5 1 5 L-15 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 T8 F4X4 F4X4 F4X4 F4X4 F8E F8E F8E L-20 EX2 F4X4 F8 F8E F8 F8 5 +24VDC Common Control Output Control Output Common +24VDC Neutral Hot Red Blk Pack Blk Blu Wht Power Ceiling/Wall Ceiling/Wall Any Sensor 24VDC Sensor Any Red Ceiling/Wall 24VDC Sensor 24VDC Any Red Local Switch Off a d o L Control Output Common +24VDC 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA As indicated \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t E01.01 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 N 1/4" = 1'-0" ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN CODED NOTES:# 1. RELAY PANEL (RP) AND CURRENT LIMITER PANEL (CL). REFER TO SHEET E03.02 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. WIRE EMERGENCY FIXTURE AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING. 3. BUILDING SIGNAGE. RE-USE EXISTING OR PROVIDE NEW JUNCTION BOX WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH AS REQUIRED. CIRCUIT AND CONTROL VIA LIGHTING RELAY PANEL. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH SIGN VENDOR AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 4. SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SWITCHBANK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT/LEVIS CPM PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS ALL LIGHTING IS TO BE CONTROLLED VIA TIMECLOCK SYSTEM PER LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS. REFER TO 'STOCK ROOM ELEVATION DETAIL', 'LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH SCHEDULE' AND 'LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM' ON SHEET E03.03 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 5. BACK OF HOUSE LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY SENSOR. PROVIDE OVERRIDE SWITCH. REFER TO THIS SHEET FOR POWER PACK AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM. 6. NOT USED. 7. NEW EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT 'L-1' 8. PROVIDE J-BOX IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR ACCENT LIGHTING. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CABLES AND DRIVERS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 9. WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR SPECIFICATION SET TO 30MIN. OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO HAVE ON/OFF FEATURE. 10. LIGHT FIXTURES IN THIS AREA TO BE EXISTING TO REMAIN. REPLACE LIGHTING CONTROLS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE CONNECTED TO NEW BACK OF HOUSE LIGHTING CIRCUIT 'L-3'. 11. PROVIDE DIMMER SWITCH FOR SUSPENDED LIGHTBOX. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. SEE SHEET E03.01 FOR MORE INFORMATION. N.T.S. OCC SENSOR AND POWER PACK WIRING DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL EMERGENCY FIXTURS, EMERGENCY BALLASTS / BATTERY PACKS, NIGHT LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNES SHALL BE CIRCUITED AHEAD OF ALL LIGHTING CONTROLS AND SWITCHES. REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB T B B MD JJ KP D J DC J J M M T J J S B C D 3 2 1 A EWH 1 1500.0 W 120 V/1Ø ETR A (ETR) B T1 (ETR) RP CLL 1 2 3 3 4 44 444 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 10 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 19 20 20 21 METER METER 10 L-17 L-6 L-4 L-8 L-10 L-12 B-2 +88"+88"+88" B-8 +88"+88" B-10 B-12 B-13 B-14 SEE 'TYPICAL TELEPHONE/DATA BOARD ELEVATION' THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. COORDINATE HEIGHT AND LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND RECEPTACLES WITH TECHNOLOGY VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. B-16 B-17 via GFI BKR B-19 B-18 B-20 B-21 B-23 B-25B-27 B-29 B-31 9PHONE BOARD AND IT CABINET TO BE MOUNTED SUCH THAT BOTTOM OF IT CABINET IS 90" A.F.F. B-11 EF (ETR) WAP WAP +1 1 7 " +1 1 7 " +6 9 " +6 9 " +6 9 " +6 9 " WAP B-9 B-15 C C L-19 23 23 L-3 (TIE) 24 (ETR) (ETR) RTU 1 (ON ROOF) 54 MCA 80 MOCP 208 V/3Ø B-37,39,41 6 1 #4 GFI/WP B-22 8 20A, 1P RTU-1 5 B-24 20 EWC B-26 via GFI BKR 13 20 RTU-1 5 5 5 B- 7 B- 7 B-7 B-4 B-6 TO TELECOM BOARD 5 B- 6 B- 4 PP MONITOR STORAGE FOR EXTRA CPU OR ENGAGE ONE PHONE RECEPTACLES AND DATA OUTLETS FOR CASHWRAP EQUIPMENT TO BE MOUNTED WITHIN CABINET. CARD READER PRINTER SCANNER DETAGGER CASH TILL KEYBOARD MONITOR STORAGE FOR EXTRA CPU OR ENGAGE ONE PHONE RECEPTACLES AND DATA OUTLETS FOR CASHWRAP EQUIPMENT TO BE MOUNTED WITHIN CABINET. CARD READER PRINTER SCANNER DETAGGER CASH TILL KEYBOARD IT CABINET INTERNET SERVICE PROVIDER EQUIPMENT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL, IF REQUIRED BY AHJ INWK DIGITAL DISPLAY MEDIA PLAYERS SECURITY ALARM PANEL SOUND SYSTEM SHELF AND EQUIPMENT OPEN EYE CCTV SYSTEM ANALOG PHONE JACK ANALOG EMERGENCY PHONE (4) QUAD RECEPTACLES QUAD RECEPTACLES PATCH PANEL NEDAP ENTRENCE DOOR OVERHEAD CONTROLLER SHOPPERTRACK CRADLEPOINT WITH ANTENNA 3/4" X 4' X 8' FIRE RATED PLYWOOD MOUNTED VERTICALLY CEILING LINE DOOR MULLION 6-FOOT DOOR OPENING INSIDE STORE LOOKING OUT CONTROL CABLE FROM ANTENNA PANEL TO ADAPTOR IS 25-FT MAX, INSTALLED BY WG, CHASED IN WALL/MULLION AND/OR PVC CONDUIT. E.C. TO PROVIDE PULL-STRING FOR WG. 3/4" PVC FROM PANEL TO WALL TRENCH FLOOR GUARD ANTENNA PANEL WIFI CONTROLLER ADAPTOR REMOTE ALARM POWER CONDITIONER 120VAC QUAD OUTLET FLOOR GENERAL NOTES: 1.FLOOR PANEL 59"X15"X1" (LXWXD) MULITPLE ANTENNAS MAY BE USD FOR WIDER ENTRANCES. 2.TRENCH OPENING 65"X20"X2" ACROSS THE ENTRANCE. 4-12" IN FROM THE THRESHOLD FOR EACH ANTENNA. FACTOR IN IF FLOOR IS GOING TO BE BUILT UP PRIOR TO TRENCHING. 3.NO METAL ALLOWED UNDER TRENCHED AREA. 4.SAW CUT FROM TRENCH TO VERTICAL PATH AND INSTALL 3/4" PVC. 5.GC MARKS FLOOR WHERE WIRE AND CONDUIT IS BURIED AS AN ALERT TO PREVENT DAMAGE. ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1.120VAC POWER MUST BE TERMINATED TO A QUAD BOX ADJACENT TO WHERE THE WG POWER SUPPLY WILL BE INSTALLED (WIFI CONTROLLER). MUST BE A 3-WIRE UNSHARED DEDICATED LINE (HNG) DIRECTLY FROM THE BREAKER TO THE OUTLET. THE LINE MUST BE NON-SWITCHED AND WITH A READING OF LESS THAN 0.5VAC BETWEEN NEUTRAL AND GROUND. 2.THE DEDICATED LINE MUST BE IN CONDUIT AND MAY NOT BE SHARED WITH ANY OTHER CABLING. NO OTHER POWER, OR DATA LINES MAY BE PHYSICALLY TIED TO THE CONDUIT'S EXTERIOR, NOR SHOULD THEY BE RUN IN PARALLEL ANY CLOSER THAN 6". EAS DATA LINES: 1.DATA LINES RUN FROM THE FLOOR SYSTEM TO WHERE THE CONTROLLER WILL BE INSTALLED MUST NOT SHARE THE CONDUIT OR CAVITY WITH ANY OTHER CABLES, NOR SHOULD OTHER CABLES RUN IN PARALLEL ANY CLOSER THAN 6". ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1"PVC OR ALUMINUM EMT. FLOOR CEILING TO SHOPPERTRACK DEVICE JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING. TO TELEPHONE BACKBOARD CEILING MOUNTED !D TOP DEVICE 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA As indicated \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t E02.01 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 N 1/4" = 1'-0" ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN CODED NOTES:# 1. NEW iD TOP DEVICE BY NEDAP. COORDINATE FINAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS, LOCATION, AND INSTALLATION WITH SECURITY VENDOR. REFER TO SHOPPERTRAK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. 2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR SHOPPERTRAK DEVICE. SHOPPERTRAK DEVICE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. REFER TO 'SHOPPERTRAK DETAIL' ON THIS SHEET. 3. DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR CASH REGISTER. ALL WIRING SHALL BE HIDDEN FROM VIEW IN COUNTER. REFER TO 'CASHWRAP ELEVATION DETAIL' ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 4. MOUNT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE HORIZONTALLY, CENTERED IN BAY, WITH CENTERLINE OF RECEPTACLE AT 6'-2" AFF. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH MILLWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN/INSTALLATION. 5. PROVIDE POWER MOUNTED 18" A.F.F. FOR FITTING ROOM MIRRORS. COORDINATE FINAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS, LOCATION, AND INSTALLATION WITH LEVI'S CPM. 6. 100A, 3P, NEMA 3R DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH 80 A.F., FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY E.C. 7. COORDINATE EXACT HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 8. WP/GFI RECEPTACLE FURNISHED WITH UNIT, WIRED BY E.C. 9. LOCATION OF TWO-COMPARTMENT TELE-POWER POLE FOR POWER AND TELECOMMUNICATION CONNECTION TO CASHWRAP AS INDICATED. COORDINATE SPECIFICATIONS AND EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN BASIS OF DESIGN IS LEGRAND 25DTC-4XX SERIES. ('XX' DENOTES FINISH AS SPECIFIED BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT) 10. INSTALL PUSH BUTTON DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM WITH ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT. LOCATE TRANSFORMER ON WALL AT 96" AFF, PUSH BUTTON AT REAR DOOR AT 48" AFF, BUZZER IN SALES AREA HIDDEN FROM VIEW ABOVE CEILING AND BUZZER AT MANAGER"S DESK MOUNTED AT 10'-0" AFF. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY 120V, 1∅POWER CIRCUITS, JUNCTION BOXES AND COVERPLATES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. REFER TO 'DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEDULE' DETAIL ON SHEET E03.03 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 11. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR VOLUME CONTROL WITH ARCHITECT AND AUDIO VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 12. NOT USED. 13. RECEPTACLE FOR DRINKING FOUNTAIN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 14. VERIFY PLACEMENT OF ALL DEVICES IN TAILOR SHOP AREA. 15. LOCATION OF MOTION DETECTOR TO BE TIED INTO SYSTEM. STEM MOUNT MOTION DETECTOR IN OPEN CEILING APPLICATIONS, AND SURFACE MOUNT ON CEILING WHEN AVAILABLE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT/LEVI'S CPM PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 16. MANAGER'S DESK. REFER TO 'MANAGER'S DESK DETAIL' ON SHEET E03.03 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 17. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH LEVI'S PM PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 18. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR MICROWAVE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH LEVI'S PM PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 19. RECEPTACLE FOR CONNECTION TO FEATURE PORTFOLIO LIGHT BOX/VENDOR PROVIDED SHELF MOUNTED LIGHTING. COORDINATE LOCATION AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ACCESS AS REQUIRED. 20. G.C. SHALL FURNISH CONDUIT AND J-BOX FOR CAMERA LOCATIONS. I.T. TO RUN CABLES FOR CAMERA VENDOR. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF CONDUIT, J-BOX AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH CAMERA VENDOR. 21. PROVIDE DEDICATED QUAD CIRCUIT ABOVE CEILING FOR FLOOR GUARD WFFG SECURITY PANEL. SEE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 22. NOT USED. 23. SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE TO BE MOUNTED FLUSH WITHIN FINISHED CEILING PER NEC 210.62. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 24. EXHAUST FAN TO BE CONTROLLED VIA LIGHT SWITCH CONTROLLING LIGHT FIXTURES IN THIS ROOM. N.T.S. TYPICAL CASHWRAP ELEVATION DETAIL N.T.S. TYPICAL TELEPHONE/DATA BOARD ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0" FLOOR GUARD - WFFG SECURITY SYSTEM 12" = 1'-0" SHOPPERTRAK DETAIL 1 1 5 5 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 MSB TYP WP X'FMR W UV V UH UNO SPST TS TTB TV PVC SPKR PNL PRE N.I.C. Ø or PH P.C. NL N.T.S. MTD NF NEC HP LTG MFR MOD MCB M.C. MECH MATV MAU or MUA KCMIL K.E.C. KVA INCAND JB or J-BOX IG F.P.C. GFI HOA GND HID FS G.C. FC FLUOR FPB F FA FACP EWC EWH CT EUH EH EMT EQ. ETR ELEC EM EF E.C. DWG (E) or EXIST EBB DS CU CUH ATS CH CATV CCTV C. BKR AWG ARCH A AFG AHU AIC AFF AC MCC MLO MOUNTED WATTS VOLTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GAS FIRED UNIT HEATER TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW SPEAKER POWER ROOF EXHAUSTER NOT TO SCALE NIGHTLIGHT NOT IN CONTRACT TRANSFORMER WEATHERPROOF TYPE DEVICE (NEMA 3R RATED) UNIT VENTILATOR TYPICAL TELEVISION TAMPER SWITCH POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PANEL PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PHASE NON FUSED NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE CABINET UNIT HEATER GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING PROTECTION MAIN SWITCHBOARD GROUND ISOLATED GROUND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR KILOVOLT AMPERE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MAIN LUGS ONLY MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER MANUFACTURER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER LIGHTING MASTER ANTENNA TV MECHANICAL HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC HORSEPOWER INCANDESCENT JUNCTION BOX ONE THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS DRAWING ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER ELECTRIC BASEBOARD EXISTING EXISTING TO REMAIN FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FUSE FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FAN COIL UNIT FLUORESCENT FAN POWER BOX (VAV) FLOW SWITCH EXHAUST FAN ELECTRIC HEATER EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING EQUAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH COPPER CHILLER CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CONDUIT ABOVE FINISH GRADE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AMPS COOLING TOWER CONTRACTOR BREAKER AMERICAN WIRE GAGE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH ARCHITECTURAL ASYMMETRICAL INTERRUPTING CURRENT CABLE TELEVISION AIR HANDLING UNIT ------------- CONTR UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORYUL ROOF TOP UNITRTU PB PULL BOX NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATIONNFPA MINIMUMMIN METAL HALIDEMH MAXIMUMMAX KW KILOWATT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING HIGH PRESSURE SODIUMHPS FT FOOT/FEET DN DOWN DE DUAL ELEMENT BUILDINGBLDG P POLE AFC ABOVE FINISH COUNTER TIE MULTIPLE OUTLETS WIRED ON SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS RECEPTACLEREC or RCPT ------------- O.C.ON CENTER------------- ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS------------- NRTL NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORITORY------------- WG WIREGUARD------------- AT AMP TRIP------------- EOR ENGINEER OF RECORD------------- EQUIP EQUIPMENT------------- TR TAMPER RESISTANT------------- CB CIRCUIT BREAKER------------- USB UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS------------- GENERAL NOTES 1. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE MADE WITH GREENFIELD FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE 6'-0". 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES. CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF LIGHTING, SPEAKERS, AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, SPRINKLER HEADS, ETC., WITH REFLECTED CEILING LAY-OUTS AS REQUIRED & DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. 3. ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, ETC., MUST BE GROUNDED BY USE OF A PROPERLY SIZED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL BONDS OF THE METALLIC RACEWAY SYSTEM SHALL ALSO BE MAINTAINED. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECT SWITCH ASSOCIATED WITH EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC. 5. REFER TO DIVISION 21, 22 & 23 SPECIFICATIONS, HVAC, PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK REQUIREMENTS & COORDINATION. 6. ALL RECEPTACLES SHOWN BACK-TO-BACK IN WALLS SHALL BE SEPARATED HORIZONTALLY BY 8" MINIMUM. 7. WHERE OPEN WIRING METHODS FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS ARE PERMITTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OWNER AND LOCAL AUTHORITY, THE CABLE/CONDUCTOR INSULATION SHALL BE RATED PER NEC FOR ENVIRONMENT (I.E. PLENUM RATED, ETC.) BEING INSTALLED. 8. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZES (& CONDUITS) SHALL BE INCREASED FROM THOSE INDICATED ON THE PLANS TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE DROP. BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH WIRES OF SUFFICIENT SIZE SO THAT VOLTAGE DROP BETWEEN THE PANEL & THE LOADS DO NOT EXCEED A LIMIT OF 3%. 9. REGARDLESS OF THE TEMPERATURE RATING OF THE CONDUCTOR INSULATION, ALL CONDUCTOR AMPACITY RATINGS FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM THE 75°C CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE RATINGS INDICATED IN THE NEC TABLES. WHERE EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES ARE PROVIDED WITH TERMINALS/LUGS RATED FOR 60°C, THE AMPACITY RATING OF THE 75°C CONDUCTOR SHALL BE LIMITED TO ITS ASSOCIATED 60°C RATING AS INDICATED IN THE NEC TABLES. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INCREASE THE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT SIZE AS REQUIRED. 10. ALL 120V AND 277V BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SEPARATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. SHARED NEUTRALS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR MULTI-CIRCUIT INSTALLATIONS. WHERE MULTIPLE CIRCUITS ARE RUN IN A COMMON RACEWAY, THE AMPACITY OF THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROPERLY DERATED & CONDUIT SHALL BE SIZED PER CODE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL MORE THAN SIX (6) CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS BE RUN IN A SINGLE CONDUIT. REFERENCE NEC ARTICLE AND TABLE 310.15(B) (3)(a). 11. ALL CONDUITS SHALL CONTAIN A GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZED PER NEC TABLE #250.122. WHERE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS ARE INCREASED IN SIZE FOR ANY REASON (I.E. VOLTAGE DROP, DERATING, ETC.), THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONATELY (ACCORDING TO CIRCULAR MIL AREA) FROM THE SIZE REQUIRED BY NEC TABLE #250.122. 12. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, SPECIAL SYSTEMS AND OWNER EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED BY OTHERS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. OBTAIN EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS FROM INSTALLER/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR/OWNER FURNISHING EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED, FOR REVIEW AND COORDINATION. CONTACT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 13. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL ACCESS PANELS, AS REQUIRED FOR SERVICING AND TESTING, FOR EQUIPMENT AND/OR DEVICES FURNISHED UNDER HIS CONTRACT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ACCESS PANELS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF EACH ACCESS PANEL WITH THE ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 14. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL CUTTING, TRENCHING AND PATCHING ASSOCIATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. 15. ALL PENETRATIONS IN OR THROUGH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES ASSOCIATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE FIRE-STOPPED USING A UL APPROVED METHOD. FURNISH AND INSTALL UL LISTED FIRE RATED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUCH AS BOXES, PUDDY PADS, ENDOTHERMIC MAT, LIGHT FIXTURES WITH RATED ENCLOSURES, ETC… TO COMPLY WITH CODE FOR PROJECT CONDITIONS. FURNISH AND INSTALL SLEEVES, WHERE REQUIRED. UL APPROVED METHOD FOR FIRE STOPPING SHALL MEET OR EXCEED FIRE RATING OF STRUCTURE BEING PENETRATED. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR FIRE RATED STRUCTURES. 16. NO CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, OR CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 1 1/2" OF THE LOWEST POINT OF THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF DECKING, NOR SHALL THEY BE INSTALLED CONCEALED WITHIN METAL-CORRUGATED ROOF DECKING. FOR EXISTING INSTALLATIONS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, AND CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. 17. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FOR THIS PROJECT MUST BE UL LISTED. DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 18. THE DESIGN INTENT IS ALL DEVICES SHALL BE RECESSED MOUNTED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE DEVICE BACK-BOX AND RACEWAY BEING FURNISHED SHALL BE RATED TO COMPLY WITH NEC PER THE APPLICATION. WHERE MOUNTED WITHIN A FIRE RATED WALL OR STRUCTURE, FURNISH AND INSTALL UL APPROVED FIRE STOPPING ASSEMBLIES AND MATERIALS TO MAINTAIN RATING OF WALL OR STRUCTURE. WHEN THERE IS NO AVAILABLE OPTION BUT TO INSTALL A SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICE, CONSULT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 19. THE DESIGN INTENT IS ALL CONDUIT, CABLES, RACEWAYS AND PATHWAYS SHALL BE CONCEALED FROM SIGHT WITHIN THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE CONDUIT, CABLES, RACEWAYS AND PATHWAYS BEING FURNISHED SHALL BE RATED TO COMPLY WITH NEC PER THE APPLICATION. WHEN THERE IS NO AVAILABLE OPTION BUT TO INSTALL A VISIBLE CONDUIT, CABLE, RACEWAY OR PATHWAY, CONSULT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 20. ALL CONDUIT AND CABLING SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AS REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. FOR EXISTING INSTALLATIONS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT AND/OR CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. 21. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE PRIOR TO CUTTING. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE CONTRACTOR CUT A STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB THICKER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENGINEER OF RECORD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY SLAB THICKNESS GREATER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY SAW CUTTING. 22. IN OTHER THAN DWELLING UNITS, ALL 125-VOLT THROUGH 250-VOLT RECEPTACLES SUPPLIED BY SINGLE PHASE BRANCH CIRCUITS RATED 150 VOLTS OR LESS TO GROUND, 50 AMPERES OR LESS, AND ALL RECEPTACLES SUPPLIED BY THREE PHASE BRANCH CIRCUITS RATED 150 VOLTS OR LESS TO GROUND , 100 AMPERES OR LESS, INSTALLED IN LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED IN 210-8(B) SHALL HAVE GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER PROTECTION FOR PERSONNEL. WHERE DEVICE IS READILY ACCESSIBLE, THE DEVICE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT PROTECTION. WHERE DEVICE IS NOT READILY ACCESSIBLE AND/OR NOT AVAILABLE WITH INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT PROTECTION, THE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER SERVING THE DEVICE(S) SHALL BE GROUND FAULT TYPE. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 1. REFERENCE VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. 2. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS BEING INSTALLED SHALL BE RATED TO COMPLY WITH PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND/OR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE TO DETERMINE PROPER TYPE OF LIGHT FIXTURE REQUIRED FOR THE CEILING CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO ORDERING THE FIXTURES & PROVIDE FIXTURES THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CEILING SYSTEM. 2. WHERE LIGHT FIXTURES ARE NOTED TO HAVE EMERGENCY BALLASTS THE EMERGENCY BALLASTS SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF NINETY (90) MINUTES OF CODE REQUIRED EMERGENCY LIGHTING. EACH EMERGENCY BALLAST PROVIDED SHALL PRODUCE THE MAXIMUM LUMEN OUTPUT AVAILABLE FOR THE LAMP USED. EMERGENCY LIGHTING BALLASTS SHALL BE BODINE OR APPROVED EQUAL. $ $ ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL OC OC$ 3 x 20A - 120V/277V SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. IF APPLICABLE, LOWER CASE SUBSCRIPT "x" - KEYS SWITCH TO FIXTURES BEING CONTROLLED (TYPICAL OF ALL SWITCH SYMBOLS) 20A - 120V/277V THREE WAY SWITCH MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LINE VOLTAGE PASSIVE INFRARED WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR MOUNTED 48"AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (OC2 = DUAL RELAY). MANUFACTURER SHALL BE WATTSTOPPER, HUBBELL, SENSOR SWITCH, COOPER CONTROLS, OR LUTRON. LOW VOLTAGE CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. LOCATE AS DIRECTED PER MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDE STANDARD VS. EXTENDED COVERAGE RANGE AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER. REFER TO TYPICAL LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM. (1 = DUAL TECHNOLOGY 360° COVERAGE PATTERN, 2 = DUAL TECHNOLOGY CORNER MOUNTED WITH WIDE VIEW COVERAGE PATTERN, 3 = PIR NARROW HALLWAY COVERAGE PATTERN). MANUFACTURER SHALL BE WATTSTOPPER, HUBBELL, SENSOR SWITCH, COOPER CONTROLS, OR LUTRON. x 1. NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN IN THIS LEGEND MAY APPEAR ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. WHERE CEILINGS DO NOT EXIST TO STUB CONDUITS ABOVE FOR LOW VOLTAGE, CONDUITS SHALL BE STUBBED UP TO BOTTOM OF / ABOVE STRUCTURE ABOVE. IN FINISHED AREAS, PROVIDE COMPLETE CONDUIT PATHWAYS, INCLUDING PULL-BOXES, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. CONDUIT, J-BOXES AND THE LIKE SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH AREA FINISHES. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED IN STRAIGHT RUNS WITH 90 DEGREE BENDS. 3. WHERE HARD INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS EXIST, PROVIDE COMPLETE CONTINUOUS CONDUIT PATHWAYS, INCLUDING PULL-BOXES, AND ACCESS PANELS, FOR LOW VOLTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. PROVIDE CONDUIT SLEEVES TRAVERSING OVER INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS BETWEEN AREAS WITH ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, AS REQUIRED. VERIFY J-BOXES ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS ARE WITHIN REACH OF THE ACCESS PANEL AND CAN BE ACCESSIBLE PER N.E.C. AND LOCAL CODE. ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND NOTES: WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE, SHADING INDICATES NUMBER OF FACES. CEILING MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE, SHADING INDICATES NUMBER OF FACES. LIGHTING FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY CIRCUIT FED BY GENERATOR/BATTERY BACKUP POWER. PANELBOARD RECESSED MOUNTED 6'-6" TO TOP. SEE PANEL SPECIFICATIONS, PANEL SCHEDULES AND ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PANELBOARD SURFACE MOUNTED 6'-6" TO TOP. SEE SPECIFICATIONS, PANEL SCHEDULES AND ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER. SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONDUIT WITH WIRING RUN CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR. CROSS HATCHING INDICATES NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (#12 AWG - MINUMUM). PROVIDE A CODE-SIZED GROUND WIRE IN ALL CONDUITS IN ADDITION TO THE CONDUCTORS SHOWN. CONDUIT WITH WIRING RUN CONCEALED IN OR ABOVE CEILING OR WALL, OR RUN EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED AREAS. CROSS HATCHING INDICATES NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (#12 AWG - MINIMUM). PROVIDE A CODE-SIZED GROUND WIRE IN ALL CONDUITS IN ADDITION TO THE CONDUCTORS SHOWN. GFI 20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 20A - 125V GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE C 20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE RECESSED MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED CEILING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. RECEPTACLE AND FACEPLATE FINISH TO MATCH FINISH OF CEILING. J T DISCONNECT SWITCH - TYPE AND RATING AS INDICATED ON PLANS THERMOSTAT / SENSOR - COORDINATE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AT THE START OF PROJECT. PROVIDE ROUGH-IN OF J-BOX WITH CONDUIT STUBBED UP TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. LOW VOLTAGE CABLING BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. IF THERMOSTAT IS LINE VOLTAGE CONTROLLED, FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRING FROM THERMOSTAT / SENSOR TO EQUIPMENT BEING SERVED. REFERENCE MECHANICAL PLANS, SCHEDULES AND NOTES. J-BOX - TYPE AND SIZE AS REQUIRED BY NEC BACKBOX FOR DATA DEVICE(S) MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE 1"C WITH PULLWIRE FROM J-BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT BUSHINGS. IF MOUNTED NEXT TO A RECEPTACLE, SWITCH, ETC MOUNT BOTH DEVICES AT THE SAME HEIGHT. DC MD KP DOOR CONTACT ASSEMBLY MOUNTED AT TOP OF DOOR AND FRAME. PROVIDE 3/4"C WITH PULLWIRE AND BUSHINGS FROM DOOR FRAME TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FURNISH AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO DOORS BEING ORDERED. KEYPAD DEVICE WALL MOUNTED 48" AFF. PROVIDE 3/4"C WITH PULLWIRE FROM J-BOX WITH PLASTER RING TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT BUSHINGS. FURNISH AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. MOTION DETECTOR. FURNISH AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH G.C. B BUZZER/CHIME ASSEMBLY. MOUNTING, TYPE, RATINGS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. MAKE CONNECTIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PUSH-BUTTON ASSEMBLY MOUNTED AT 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX. TYPE AND RATINGS PER LOAD BEING SERVED. MAKE CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. T LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER MOUNTED IN J-BOX SIZED PER NEC. TYPE AND RATINGS PER LOAD BEING SERVED. KEYPAD DEVICE WALL MOUNTED 48" AFF. PROVIDE 3/4"C WITH PULLWIRE FROM J-BOX WITH PLASTER RING TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT BUSHINGS. FURNISH AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. KPD FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE FLOOR BOX SYSTEM WHICH INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: SINGLE GANG, CAST IRON, FULLY ADJUSTABLE FLOOR BOX RECESSED IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB WITH (1) 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH ALUMINUM FINISHED CARPET FLANGE AND COVER. FOR TILE FLOOR INSTALLATION, PROVIDE APPROPRIATE FLANGE SO THAT TOP COVER OF FLOOR BOX IS FLUSH WITH TILE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FLOOR BOX IS CAPABLE OF ACCEPTING (4) 1" CONDUITS. FURNISH AND INSTALL SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. WIREMOLD #880CS1-1, #818TCAL, #828R-TCAL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE FLOOR BOX SYSTEM WHICH INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 3-GANG, CAST IRON, FULLY ADJUSTABLE MULTI-SERVICE FLOOR BOX RECESSED IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB WITH (2) 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, (1) 6-PORT TELE/DATA MOUNTING BEZEL, FLUSH ALUMINUM FINISHED CARPET FLANGE AND COVERS, AND VOLTAGE DIVIDER. THE FURNISHED FLOOR BOX SHALL BE SIZED TO ACCEPT THE QUANTITY AND SIZE OF CONDUITS REQUIRED FOR THE TELE/DATA CABLING. FOR TILE FLOOR INSTALLATION, PROVIDE APPROPRIATE FLANGE SO THAT TOP COVER OF FLOOR BOX IS FLUSH WITH TILE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. COORDINATE BRACKET AND TELE/DATA DEVICE REQUIREMENTS WITH TECHNOLOGY INSTALLER PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS. FLOOR BOX IS CAPABLE OF ACCEPTING (6) 1"CONDUITS. FURNISH AND INSTALL SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. WIREMOLD #880CS2-1, #828TCAL, #828R-TCAL, #828COMTCAL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE FLOOR BOX SYSTEM WHICH INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: SINGLE GANG, CAST IRON, FULLY ADJUSTABLE FLOOR BOX RECESSED IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB WITH (1) 20A DUPLEX / USB COMBO RECEPTACLE, FLUSH ALUMINUM FINISHED CARPET FLANGE AND COVER. FOR TILE FLOOR INSTALLATION, PROVIDE APPROPRIATE FLANGE SO THAT TOP COVER OF FLOOR BOX IS FLUSH WITH TILE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FLOOR BOX IS CAPABLE OF ACCEPTING (4) 1" CONDUITS. FURNISH AND INSTALL SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. WIREMOLD #880CS1-1, #818TCAL, #828R-TCAL USB 20A - 125V GROUNDING TYPE DUPLEX \ USB COMBO RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE USB PENDANT HUNG SPEAKER WITH WHITE FINISH. SPEAKER TO BE MOUNTED AT 12'-0" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. S1 GFI/WP 20A - 125V GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WEATHER RESISTANT LISTED WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM "WHILE IN-USE COVER" AND MOUNTED 18" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE DD DUCT-TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR WITH REMOTE TEST STATION AND AUXILIARY RELAY FURNISHED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR; INSTALLED IN DUCTWORK BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PER CODE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRING NECESSARY TO SHUT DOWN HVAC UNIT UPON ACTIVATION OF SMOKE DETECTOR. $D DESIGNER GRADE PRESET DIMMER SWITCH MOUNTED 48" AFF TO TOP OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SWITCH SHALL BE RATED PER LOAD BEING SERVED. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ADJUST SETTINGS AND COMMISSION PER OWNER REQUIREMENTS. BASIS OF DESIGN IS LUTRON"NOVA T" SERIES. DE-RATING SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. S/ LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE OCCUPANCY SENSORS WALL SWITCHES OC MS# LV,# SYMBOL MANUFACTURER WATTSTOPER COOPER CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 360 DEGREE COVERAGE, LOW VOLTAGE ISOLATED RELAY. C/W BZ-200 POWER PACK MODEL/SERIES EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER DEVICE DESCRIPTION COVERAGE ( W X D )ON MODE TIME DELAY VOLTAGE DT-300 BZ-200 HUBBELL LEVITON PIR MAJOR 44'∅ PIR MINOR 25'∅ ULT MINOR 30' X 30' ULT MAJOR 40' X 40' AUTO 20 MIN 24V SYMBOL MANUFACTURER MODEL/SERIES EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER DEVICE DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE DIGITAL MULTI-BUTTON SWITCH FOR MANUAL ON/OFF AND SCENE CONTROL. INTEGRAL LED AT EACH BUTTON IS ILLUMINATED WHEN LOAD IS ON. "MS#" INDICATES MASTER SWITCH; REFER TO SWITCH SCHEDULE FOR PROGRAMMING. "#B" INDICATES LOCAL CONTROL SWITCH, WITH # DESIGNATING BUTTON QUANTITY. REFER TO LIGHTING PLAN FOR PROGRAMMING. SHALL BE FROM SAME MANUFACTURER AS RELAY PANEL. 24VLC&D BRIGHTON SWITCH WATTSTOPPER COOPER s s LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE NOTES: A. OCCUPANCY SENSOR LAYOUT BASED ON WATTSTOPPER COVERAGE PATTERNS. ADJUST QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS FOR EQUIVALENT B. MANUFACTURERS LISTED BELOW PER MANUFACTURER-SPECIFIC SPACING CRITERIA. PRODUCT CUTSHEETS AND SHOP DRAWINGS (AS FURTHER DEFINED IN GENERAL NOTES OF THIS SCHEDULE) FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW. PRODUCT CUTSHEETS AND SHOP DRAWINGS (AS FURTHER DEFINED IN GENERAL NOTES OF THIS SCHEDULE) FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW. C. SHOP DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES THAT ARE INTENDED FOR USE AS A LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE PROJECT SPECIFIC LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEMATICS AND SCHEDULES. ALSO, AT ENGINEER'S REQUEST, PROVIDE A SCALED EQUIPMENT PLAN FOR REVIEW OF EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITHIN PROJECT SPACE CONSTRAINTS. D. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE LIGHTING PLANS SHOWING LOCATION, MOUNTING HEIGHT, ORIENTATION AND COVERAGE AREAS FOR EACH OCCUPANCY SENSOR. ALSO INCLUDE ON PLANS OTHER CEILING MOUNTED SYSTEMS, SHOWING COORDINATION WITH CEILING DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC SUPPLY AND RETURN GRILLES, SPRINKLERS, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. LIMITED TO HVAC SUPPLY AND RETURN GRILLES, SPRINKLERS, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. E. PROVIDE ALL OCCUPANCY SENSORS BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. F. VERIFY COLOR(S) FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES WITH THE ARCHITECT. G. PROVIDE COPIES OF OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL DEVICES TO OWNER. H. ALL WALL SWITCH AND CEILING SENSORS SHALL HAVE AN ADJUSTABLE TIME DELAY RANGE OF 0-30 MIN, UNO. I. DO NOT INSTALL LINE VOLTAGE SENSORS ON GFCI PROTECTED CIRCUITS. J. LIGHTING CONTROLS PRICING SHALL BE COMPLETELY SEPARATE OF ANY LIGHT FIXTURE PRICING. ANY LIGHTING CONTROLS PRICING THAT IS SUBMITTED WITH LIGHT FIXTURE PRICING (UNIT OR MINI-LOT) WILL BE IMMEDIATELY REJECTED IN ITS ENTIRETY. K. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING COMPATIBILITY OF ALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES IN THIS SCHEDULE THAT ARE INTENDED TO OPERATE TOGETHER. 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t E03.01 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & LEGENDS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE APPARENT LOAD VOLTAGE LAMP(S) MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTIONNO.LAMP EM 10 VA 120 V 2 LED LITHONIA LIGHTING ELM2L EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH BATTERY PACK WITH 2 ADJUSTABLE LED HEADS. LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE PENDANT HUNG. ELEVATION TO MATCH LIGHTBOXES. EX1 1 VA 120 V -LED LIGHT ALARM SPLEDNWRCD CEILING MOUNTED EDGE LIT LED EXIT SIGN, DOME TRIM PLATE WITH WHITE FINISH HOUSING, RED LETTERING ON CLEAR ACRYLIC, AND NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY. 120V EX2 1 VA 120 V -LED LIGHT ALARM SPLEDNWRCD WALL MOUNTED EDGE LIT LED EXIT SIGN, DOME TRIM PLATE WITH WHITE FINISH HOUSING, RED LETTERING ON CLEAR ACRYLIC, AND NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY. 120V F1 20 VA 120 V 1 LED14P30D30KNF L LF ILLUMINATION CTL603P-20W PAR38 LED TRACK HEAD WITH NARROW FLOOD LENS. 3000K, 17W, 20W MAX LABEL. 120V. F2 20 VA 120 V 1 LED14P30D35KSP LF ILLUMINATION CTL603P-20W PAR38 LED TRACK HEAD WITH NARROW FLOOD LENS. 3500K, 17W, 20W MAX LABEL. 120V. F4X4 40 VA 120 V 4 LED CONTECH RDA4L1-30M-35S-30M-35S-12X4E-WH P RECESSED 4 LIGHT UNIT WITH (2) 30K MEDIUM BEAMS AND (2) 35K SPOT BEAMS, WHITE FINISH, AND TRIAC PHASE DIMMING. 120V. F6 34 VA 120 V 1 LED MERCURY LIGHTING LSA-4-4000-35K-HTA-U55-UNI 4'L SUSPENDED GENERAL-PURPOSE CHAIN-HUNG LED STRIP FIXTURE WITH HEAVY-DUTY DIE FORMED STEEL CHANNEL, CHAIN HANGER KIT, BAKED WHITE ENAMEL FINISH, WIRE GUARD, AND UNIVERSAL VOLTAGE LED DRIVER. 0-10V DIMMABLE. NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 120V. F6E 34 VA 120 V 1 LED MERCURY LIGHTING LSA-4-4000-35K-HTA-U55-UNI-EM 4'L SUSPENDED GENERAL-PURPOSE CHAIN-HUNG LED STRIP FIXTURE WITH HEAVY-DUTY DIE FORMED STEEL CHANNEL, CHAIN HANGER KIT, BAKED WHITE ENAMEL FINISH, WIRE GUARD, UNIVERSAL VOLTAGE LED DRIVER, AND EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP. 0-10V DIMMABLE. NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 120V. F8 14 VA 120 V 1 LED CONTECH R6NC230K12DE-C6322NCLRE 6" DOWNLIGHT WITH CLEAR TRIM AND EM PACK, 3000K, TRIAC, ELV, 0-10V DIMMING, 120V. F8E 14 VA 120 V 1 LED CONTECH R6NC230K12DE-C6322NCLRE 6" DOWNLIGHT WITH CLEAR TRIM AND EM PACK, 3000K, TRIAC, ELV, 0-10V DIMMING, 120V. F9 30 VA 120 V 1 LED MERCURY LIGHTING L22-2-120-30K-ASW-SW-SXX-UNI 2'L WALL MOUNTED LED STRIP, SMOOTH WHITE ACRYLIC DIFFUSER.END CAP WITH SOLID WHITE FINISH, 1200 LUMENS, 3000K, UNIVERSAL VOLTAGE, 120V LB1 5 VA 120 V -LED COOLEDGE LBWB150 SUSPENDED LED LIGHT BOX. NOTE: VERIFY EXACT SIZES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING. GC TO INSTALL ALL-THREAD HANGERS PER VENDOR'S TEMPLATE AND PROVIDE POWER AT CEILING. LR1 4 VA 120 V -LED FRY REGLET LED-MWU7550 RECESSED 1/2" DEEP ALUMINUM LED MILLWORK U CHANNEL WITH LED TAPE. NOTE: VERIFY EXACT LENGTHS, QUANTITIES, AND ALL REQUIRED COMPONENTS & ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 120V. LR2 4 VA 120 V LED FRY REGLET LED-RVLF5050 WALL RECESSED ALUMINUM 1/2" LED REVEAL F WITH LED TAPE. NOTE: VERIFY EXACT LENGTHS, QUANTITIES, AND ALL REQUIRED COMPONENTS & ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 120V. T4 CONTECH LT-4-B 4' SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK WITH BLACK FINISH. NOTE: VERIFY ALL REQUIRED COMPONENTS & ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 120V. T6 CONTECH LT-6-B 6' SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK WITH BLACK FINISH. NOTE: VERIFY ALL REQUIRED COMPONENTS & ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 120V. T8 CONTECH LT-8-B 8' SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK WITH BLACK FINISH. NOTE: VERIFY ALL REQUIRED COMPONENTS & ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 120V. T12 CONTECH LT-12-B 12' SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK WITH BLACK FINISH. NOTE: VERIFY ALL REQUIRED COMPONENTS & ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 120V. REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 PANELBOARD SCHEDULE NOTES • ALL BREAKERS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NOTE: NOT ALL NOTES BELOW MAY APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. 1. INDICATES BREAKER SHALL BE "SWD" RATED. 2. INDICATES BREAKER SHALL BE COMBINATION "ARC-FAULT / GFI" TYPE. 3. INDICATES BREAKER SHALL BE "GFI" TYPE WITH RATING AS REQUIRED BY NEC PER APPLICATION. PROVIDE 5 mA RATING FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION. PROVIDE 30mA RATING FOR EQUIPMENT PROTECTION. 4. INDICATES BREAKER SHALL BE SHUNT-TRIP TYPE. 5. INDICATES BREAKER TO BE "ARC-FAULT" TYPE. 6. INDICATES BREAKER TO HAVE LOCK-ON CLIP. 7. INDICATES BREAKER TO HAVE LOCK-ON CLIP AND RED MARKING. 8. INDICATES CIRCUIT TO HAVE REMOTE 5mA GFI PROTECTION MODULE MOUNTED IN JUNCTION BOX WITH HINGED COVER ADJACENT TO PANELBOARD. MODULE SHALL BE LABELED AS TO THE CIRCUIT AND EQUIPMENT THAT IS BEING PROTECTED. 9. INDICATES BREAKER CIRCUIT ROUTED THROUGH EMERGENCY LIGHTING INVERTER. 10. INDICATES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL HANDLE TIES FOR MULTIPLEX CIRCUITS. 11. INDICATES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT USING EXISTING BREAKER. 12. INDICATES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW BREAKER. BREAKER SHALL MATCH EXISTING PANELBOARD MANUFACTURER, TYPE AND AIC RATING. 13. INDICATES TO USE EXISTING SPARE BREAKER FOR NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT. 14. INDICATES BREAKER CIRCUITED THROUGH CONTACTOR. SEE CONTACTOR SCHEDULE. 15. INDICATES BREAKER CIRCUITED THROUGH LIGHTING RELAY PANEL. SEE RELAY PANEL SCHEDULES. 16. EC TO PROVIDE NEW HACR BEAKER AS SHOWN. ONE-LINE DIAGRAM NOTES 1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL POWER COMPANY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING & INCLUDE THE COST OF ALL ASSOCIATED LABOR, MATERIALS, & CHARGES IN HIS BID. 2. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BIDDING AND PROVIDE EQUIPMENT RATED ACCORDINGLY. SUBMIT FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS WITH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL. 3. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT-ON TYPE. 4. ALL WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON 3/4" FIRE RATED BACKBOARD. 5. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES PER NAMEPLATE DETAIL ON SHEET E03.03. 6. COORDINATE SPACE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES TO MAINTAIN ALL CODE- REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 7. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 8. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINAL SETTINGS REQUIRED FOR ALL ADJUSTABLE/ELECTRONIC TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH LONGTIME, SHORT TIME, GF, INSTANTANEOUS, ETC. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINAL COORDINATION STUDY. 9. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC ARTICLE 110.16 FOR LABELING OF PANELS FOR ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING AS WELL AS FOLLOWING REQUIRED SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING OR MAINTAINING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 10. HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO BE "HACR" TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER NEC 11. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO ±10% BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. 12. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER NEC. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM / AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 13. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. 14. GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. 15. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE GROUNDED TO THE BUILDING GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM PER NEC. 16. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 17. FEEDER ROUTING IS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. ACTUAL ROUTING OF FEEDERS (OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND) IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 277/480V-3Ø-4W INDICATES EXISTING EQUIPMENT/CONDUIT/WIRE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE INDICATES EQUIPMENT/CONDUIT/WIRE INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM N.T.S. 45KVA TRANSFORMER 480-120/208V-3Ø-4W PANEL "A" 277/480V-3Ø-4W 100A MCB PANEL "B" 120/208V-3Ø-4W 175A MCB PANEL "L" 120/208V-3Ø-4W 100A MLO 70A 3P 100A 3P (3) #4 & (1) #8 GND IN 1 1/2"C. (4) #2/0 & (1) #4 GND IN 2"C. EC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL (4) #3 AND (1) #8 GND IN 1-1/2"C. 100A FEEDER TO REMAINLEVI'S LANDLORD ELECTRICAL ROOM EXISTING #4 GND CURRENT LIMITING PANEL "CL" RELAY PANEL "RP" T1 (ETR) TO EXISTING LANDLORD ELECTRICAL SERVICE M M EXISTING METERS TO REMAIN L-12 EXISTING 4" HIGH CONCRETE PAD EXISTING METER CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS TO REMAIN. CURRENT LIMITING PANEL SCHEDULE RELAY PANEL SCHEDULE CL CIRCUIT LOAD CONTROLLED 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 LIMITER AMPERAGE LIMITER WATTAGE SALES PERIMETER TRACK SALES PERIMETER TRACK LOCATION: STOCKROOM PANEL NAME: RP RELAY CIRCUIT LOAD CONTROLLED 1 CHANNEL A B C D E F G I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 LOCATION: STOCKROOM PANEL NAME: RP 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 42 RELAY CIRCUIT LOAD CONTROLLED CHANNEL A B C D E F G I SPACE --- SPACE --- SPACE --- SPACE --- -- SALES INTERIOR TRACK SALES INTERIOR TRACK STOREFRONT SIGN SALES PERIMETER TRACK SALES PERIMETER TRACK SALES INTERIOR TRACK SALES LIGHT BOX BOH LIGHTING -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SALES INTERIOR TRACKFITTING ROOM LOBBY TRACK SALES LIGHT BOX FITTING ROOM LIGHT BOX - - - - - - - - - - FITTING ROOM LIGHT BOX FITTING ROOM ENTRY LTG SALES SHELF LIGHT REC L-13 L-16 L-3 L-14 L-18 L-17 L-2 L-7 L-9 L-11 L-19 L-20 - - SHOW WINDOW REC STOREFRONT LIGHTING - - L-14 L-16 L-15 L-13 L-11 L-9 L-7 FITTING ROOM TRACKL-15SPACE- 6 720 3 360 4 480 6 720 5 600 3 360 10 1200 -- CASS: CLOCK AUTOMATION SCENARIOS SCHEDULE CHANNEL GROUP DESCRIPTION LABEL (GLOBAL CONTROL OF ALL RELAY PANELS) A INTERIOR SIGNAGE SCHEDULE ON/OFF DATA OCCUPIED MON-FRI (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SATURDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) FLICK WARN 5 MINUTES - 2 HOUR OVERRIDE B C D E F G I SUNDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING MANUAL ON/SCHEDULE OFF OCCUPIED MON-FRI (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SATURDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) FLICK WARN 5 MINUTES - 2 HOUR OVERRIDE SUNDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SALES AREA OCCUPIED MON-FRI (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SATURDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) FLICK WARN 5 MINUTES - 2 HOUR OVERRIDE SUNDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) OCCUPIED MON-FRI (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SATURDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) FLICK WARN 5 MINUTES - 2 HOUR OVERRIDE SUNDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) OCCUPIED MON-FRI (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SATURDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) FLICK WARN 5 MINUTES - 2 HOUR OVERRIDE SUNDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) BACK OF HOUSE OCCUPIED MON-FRI (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SATURDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) FLICK WARN 5 MINUTES - 2 HOUR OVERRIDE SUNDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE ASTRO ON/SCHEDULE OFF OCCUPIED MON-FRI (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SATURDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) FLICK WARN 5 MINUTES - 2 HOUR OVERRIDE SUNDAY (TIME SCHEDULE PER OWNER) SECURITY ADDITIONAL SECURITY ON RECEIVES INPUT FROM SECURITY SYSTEM TO TURN ALL BUILDING LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLES 1/2 GENERAL LIGHTING SALES AREA 1/2 GENERAL LIGHTING SALES AREA DISPLAY LIGHTING LIGHTING SCHEDULE ON/OFF MANUAL ON/SCHEDULE OFF MANUAL ON/SCHEDULE OFF MANUAL ON/SCHEDULE OFF 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t E03.02 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & ONE-LINE DIAGRAM WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 Misc. Power 2750 VA X 1.0 2750 VA ESTIMATED DEMAND CURRENT:54 A Motor 0 VA X 1.25 LARGEST MOTOR 0 VA CONNECTED CURRENT:54 A HVAC 0 VA X 1.0 0 VA ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:44486 VA Receptacle 12640 VA 1ST 10KW X 1.0 + REMAINING X 0.5 11320 VA CONNECTED LOAD:44649 VA Lighting 4628 VA X 1.25 5785 VA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD NEC FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND PANEL TOTALS AMPS SUB TOTALS 46 66 49 KVA SUB TOTALS 12.8 18.3 13.5 29 SPACE -- 1 --0.0 -- -- --30 -- 27 SPACE -- 1 --0.0 -- -- --28 -- 25 SPACE -- 1 --0.0 3 100 MCB 26 (E) (E) 23 SPARE 20 1 0.0 -- 1 -- SPACE 24 (E) 21 SPARE 20 1 0.0 --1 -- SPACE 22 (E) 19 SPARE 20 1 0.0 --1 -- SPACE 20 (E) 17 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 18 (E) (E) 15 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 16 (E) (E) 13 SPARE 20 1 0.0 12.8 -- -- --14 -- 11 SPACE -- 1 -- 13.5 -- -- --12 -- 9 SPACE -- 1 -- 18.3 3 70 TRANSFORMER T1 10 12 7 SPACE -- 1 --0.0 1 20 SPARE 8 (E) (E)5 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 6 (E) (E)3 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 4 (E) (E)1 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 2 (E) NOTE CKT DESCRIPTION -A -P A B C -P -A DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:MCB RATING: 100A MOUNTING: SURFACE WIRES: 4 MAINS RATING: 100A SUPPLY FROM:PHASES: 3 MAINS TYPE: MCB LOCATION: BOH 110 VOLTS: 480/277 Wye A.I.C. RATING: 14K A.I.C. PANELBOARD DESIGNATION: A Misc. Power 2750 VA X 1.0 2750 VA ESTIMATED DEMAND CURRENT:123 A Motor 0 VA X 1.25 LARGEST MOTOR 0 VA CONNECTED CURRENT:124 A HVAC 0 VA X 1.0 0 VA ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:44486 VA Receptacle 12640 VA 1ST 10KW X 1.0 + REMAINING X 0.5 11320 VA CONNECTED LOAD:44649 VA Lighting 4628 VA X 1.25 5785 VA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD NEC FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND PANEL TOTALS AMPS SUB TOTALS 153 114 107 KVA SUB TOTALS 18.3 13.5 12.8 --41 ---- --6.5 -- 1 -- SPACE 42 --39 ---- --6.5 --1 -- SPACE 40 37 RTU-1 80 3 6.5 --1 -- SPACE 38 35 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 36 33 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 34 31 DIGITAL MEDIA PLAYER REC 20 1 0.4 0.0 1 20 SPARE 32 29 IT CABINET RECEPTACLE 20 1 0.4 0.0 1 20 SPARE 30 27 SECURITY PANEL RECEPTACLE 20 1 0.4 0.0 1 20 SPARE 28 25 DIGITAL MEDIA PLAYER REC 20 1 0.4 0.4 1 20 WATER FOUNTAIN 26 3 23 SHOPPER TRACK RECEPTACLE 20 1 0.4 0.4 1 20 FITTING ROOM RECEPTS 24 21 SOUND SYS. RCPT 20 1 0.4 0.2 1 20 ROOFTOP RECEPTACLE 22 19 MICROWAVE 20 1 1.5 0.5 1 20 BUZZER 20 3 17 UNDERCOUNTER FRIDGE 20 1 0.7 0.5 1 20 SHOPPER TRACK DEVICE 18 15 MANAGER'S RECEPTS 20 1 1.1 0.5 1 20 DESK RECEPTS 16 13 FLOOR GUARD QUAD 20 1 0.4 1.3 1 20 BOH GENERAL RECEPTS 14 11 EWH-1 20 1 1.5 0.7 1 20 DIGITAL DISPLAYS 12 9 FITTING ROOM RECEPTS 20 1 0.9 0.7 1 20 DIGITAL DISPLAYS 10 7 TAILOR SHOP RECEPTACLES 20 1 0.4 0.7 1 20 DIGITAL DISPLAYS 8 --5 ---- --1.5 0.4 1 20 POS 6 --3 ---- --2.5 0.4 1 20 POS 4 1 PANELBOARD "L"100 3 4.5 1.5 1 20 HAND DRYER 2 NOTE CKT DESCRIPTION -A -P A B C -P -A DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:MCB RATING: 175A MOUNTING: SURFACE WIRES: 4 MAINS RATING: 200A SUPPLY FROM: T1 PHASES: 3 MAINS TYPE: MCB LOCATION: BOH 110 VOLTS: 120/208 Wye A.I.C. RATING: 10K A.I.C. PANELBOARD DESIGNATION: B Misc. Power 600 VA X 1.0 600 VA ESTIMATED DEMAND CURRENT:27 A Motor 0 VA X 1.25 LARGEST MOTOR 0 VA CONNECTED CURRENT:24 A HVAC 0 VA X 1.0 0 VA ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:9745 VA Receptacle 2160 VA 1ST 10KW X 1.0 + REMAINING X 0.5 2160 VA CONNECTED LOAD:8588 VA Lighting 4628 VA X 1.25 5785 VA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD NEC FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND PANEL TOTALS AMPS SUB TOTALS 39 23 13 KVA SUB TOTALS 4.5 2.5 1.5 29 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 30 27 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 28 25 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 26 23 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 24 21 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.0 1 20 SPARE 22 15 19 STOREFRONT RECEPTACLES 20 1 0.4 0.3 1 20 STOREFRONT LIGHTING 20 15 15 17 SALES SHELF LIGHT RECEPTS 20 1 0.7 0.0 1 20 FITTING ROOM ENTRY LIGHT 18 15 15 15 FITTING ROOM TRACK 20 1 0.3 0.7 1 20 SALES LIGHT BOX 16 15 15 13 SALES INTERIOR TRACK 20 1 0.6 0.4 1 20 FITTING ROOM LIGHT BOX 14 15 15 11 SALES INTERIOR TRACK 20 1 0.4 0.0 1 20 RELAY PANEL 12 15 9 SALES PERIMETER TRACK 20 1 0.3 0.5 1 20 SALES WALL RECEPTS 10 15 7 SALES PERIMETER TRACK 20 1 1.0 0.5 1 20 SALES WALL RECEPTS 8 5 SPARE 20 1 0.0 0.3 1 20 FITTING RM DIGITAL SCREEN 6 15 3 BOH LIGHTING 20 1 0.4 0.3 1 20 FITTING RM DIGITAL SCREEN 4 6 1 EM SALES LIGHTING 20 1 0.0 1.2 1 20 STOREFRONT SIGN 2 15 NOTE CKT DESCRIPTION -A -P A B C -P -A DESCRIPTION CKT NOTE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:MCB RATING: 100A MOUNTING: SURFACE WIRES: 4 MAINS RATING: 100A SUPPLY FROM: B PHASES: 3 MAINS TYPE: MLO LOCATION: BOH 110 VOLTS: 120/208 Wye A.I.C. RATING: 10K A.I.C. PANELBOARD DESIGNATION: L (EXISTING) (NEW) (NEW) 1 1 1 1 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 STANDARD COLORS: 1. NORMAL POWER - WHITE BACKGROUND, BLACK LETTERS 2. EMERGENCY POWER - RED BACKGROUND, WHITE LETTERING 3. IN ADDITION TO THE FUNCTION NAMEPLATE, PROVIDE NAMEPLATES IDENTIFYING ALL "MAIN SERVICE NAMEPLATE DISCONNECTS" - RED BACKGROUND - WHITE LETTERING NOTE: NAMEPLATES ARE REQUIRED ON ALL SWITCHBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION PANELS, PANELBOARDS, ENCLOSURES AND ELECTRICAL CABINETS, ACCESS DOORS/PANELS FOR CONCEALED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, EMERGENCY SYSTEMS/BOXES, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, ENCLOSED SWITCHES/CIRCUIT BREAKERS/CONTROLLERS, POWER- TRANSFER DEVICES, PUSH-BUTTONS, CONTACTORS, LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS, INVERTERS, GENERATORS, UPS, MONITORING EQUIPMENT, STARTERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, METER SOCKETS, RELAYS, TRANSFORMERS, AND JUNCTION BOXES GREATER THAN 4 11/16" SQUARE. ALSO PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON BRANCH SWITCHES/BREAKERS OF SWITCHBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION PANELS. LOCATION OF NAMEPLATE FOR SURFACE MOUNTED PANELS. FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED PANELS, INSTALL NAMEPLATE BEHIND DOOR. ENGRAVED LAMACOID, 5/32" LETTERS, SECURE TO PANEL BOARD COVER WITH ADHESIVE TYPE FASTENER. EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. NAMEPLATE DETAIL N.T.S. ______ FED FROM _____________ EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION OF SOURCE SUPPLYING THE DISCONNECTED MEANS. (AS APPLICABLE) 1" 3" L N 120V PRIMARY 24V SECONDARY DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEMATIC NOTES: 1. SIGNAL BELL UNITS SHALL BE 4-INCH, SINGLE-STROKE TYPE, EDWARDS SIGNALING AND SECURITY SYSTEMS (EDWARDS) OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. CUSTOMER SIGNAL UNITS SHALL CONSIST OF AN EDWARDS NO. 620-B PUSHBUTTON IN A 5/8-INCH ID CHROME PLATED PIPE OR CONDUIT WITH AN EDWARDS NO. C-75 "CADET" TWO NOTE CHIME AND TRANSFORMER CONTAINED IN A WATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE AS REQUIRED, AS LOCATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 24V TRANSFORMER EDWARDS 590 SERIES, PROVIDE WITH ADEQUATE CAPACITY FOR THE CONNECTED LOAD, PLUS 10 PERCENT AT 24V AC, AND MOUNTED IN A STANDARD TWO-GANG BOX. CHIME IN MANAGER'S OFFICE EDWARDS #332-6G5 CHIME IN CASHWRAP EDWARDS #332-6G5 REAR DOOR BUZZER/ PUSHBUTTON EDWARDS #1786C-B WITH SOLID BRASS CAP B B B 4-BUTTON MASTER CONTROL SWITCH 'MS1' SCHEDULE 4-BUTTON MASTER CONTROL SWITCH 'MS2' SCHEDULE BUTTON RELAYS CONTROLLED LABEL 1 2 3 STAFF LIGHTING ON 4 ALL LIGHTING ON ALL LIGHTING OFF STAFF LIGHTING OFF BUTTON RELAYS CONTROLLED LABEL 1 2 3 SALES AREA DISPLAY 4 SALES/FITTING AREA GEN. 1/2 SALES/FITTING AREA GEN. 1/2 RP - 2 RP - 2 RP - 1-13 RP - 1-13 RP - 10 RP - 3,5,7,9 RP - 4,6,8,11,13 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH GENERAL NOTES: 1. ARRANGE SWITCHES AS INDICATED ABOVE UNDER COMMON COVERPLATE. FIELD MODIFY ARRANGEMENT TO COMPLY WITH SPACE LIMITATIONS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS. 2. PROVIDE FACTORY ENGRAVED FACE-PLATES AND LABELS WITH TEXT AS INDICATED. 3. PROVIDE SWITCHES WITH INDICATOR LIGHTS. SHOW WINDOWRP-12 1 KEY NOTES: 1. WATTSTOPPER LMCP-24-10V DLM 0-10V RELAY PANEL. 2. HDR RELAY IN PANEL INTERIOR FOR LOAD CONTROL (TYP.). 3. TO DLM DEVICES (SWITCHES, OCCUPANCY SENSORS, PHOTOCELLS, ETC.) 4. DLM NETWORK CONNECTIONS. CAT 5E TERMINATIONS CAN GO TO ANY PORT, BUT BEST TO SPLIT DEVICES BETWEEN CHANNEL A & B. 5. FOR CLASS 1 (0-10V), ROUTE PURPLE AND PINK WIRES THROUGH KO AT TOP OF INTERIOR SHEETMETAL. FOR CLASS 2 (0-10V, DLM CAT 5E AND MS/TP SEGMENT WIRE, ROUTE PURPLE AND PINK WIRES THROUGH WIREWAY BETWEEN TOP OF 24-SIZE PANEL INTERIOR AND ENCLOSURE (KO'S ARE 1.5" WIREWAY IS 2" DEEP BY 2.5" WIDE BY 2-3/8" TALL). # ALL DEVICES AND WIRING IN PLENUM TO BE PLENUM RATED. REFER TO DIGICO DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2 2 WATTSTOPPER LMPI 3 NEUTRAL TO OTHER RECEPTACLES TO 120V OR 277V RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT BREAKER (TYP.)LOAD NEUTRAL LOAD PINK (-) 0-10V WIRE PURPLE (+) 0-10V WIRE TO OTHER FIXTURES LINE FRONT BACK WIREWAY 5 4 TO 120V OR 277V LIGHTING CIRCUIT BREAKER (TYP.) DIN RAIL 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 RJ45 48 " FLOOR THERMOSTAT LV,a SECURITY KEYPAD LOCATION DIMMER SWITCHES BOH SWITCH MS1, MS2 4' - 0 " 2' - 0 " FLOOR SAFE QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE PHONE/DATA OUTLET RELAY PANEL 'RP' CURRENT LIMITING PANEL 'CL' POWER PANEL TRACK LIGHT FIXTURES (CL IN PANEL) BRANCH CIRCUITS PER PANEL SCHEDULES (TYPICAL U.N.O.) DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR RELAY PANEL POWER NON-TRACK LIGHT FIXTURES EMERGENCY FIXTURES WITH BATTERY PACKS (SWITCHED) BOH LIGHT FIXTURE DL LV,a NIGHT LIGHTS OR EMERGENCY FIXTURES WITH BATTERY PACKS 4 (TYP) 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 MS2MS1 LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES: 1. LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM IS DIAGRAMMATIC AND REPRESENTS THE GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK AND THE LOCATION OF DEVICES IN RELATION TO EACH OTHER ALONG THE POWER CIRCUIT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH SELECTED MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE ALL PARTS AND PIECES REQUIRED FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. 2. LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY PANEL PROVIDED BY OWNERS LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPLIER. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM INCLUDING, LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY PANEL PROVIDED BY OWNERS LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPLIER. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM INCLUDING, 3. INTEGRAL TIME CLOCK SHALL BE ASTRONOMIC AND PROGRAMMABLE WITH 365 DAY AND HOLIDAY SCHEDULING AND 24 HOUR BATTERY BACK- UP. RELAYS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY HELD, SINGLE POLE, 20A RATED, NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ENERGY CODES. 4. CIRCUITING SHOWN ON THE PLAN CORRESPONDS TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEME. IF CIRCUITING IS CHANGED IN THE FIELD, ENSURE THAT SYSTEM PROGRAMMING WITH REVISED CIRCUITING MEETS THE ORIGINAL LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEME. UPDATE RELAY PANEL SCHEDULES IN RECORD DRAWINGS. 5. COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND LANDLORD FOR PROGRAMMABLE TIME CLOCK SCHEDULES. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TRAINING OF LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AND OPERATIONS MANUAL TO THE STORE MANAGER AFTER JOB IS COMPLETE. A COPY OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS AND RELAY SCHEDULE WITH ANY FIELD CONDITION CHANGES IDENTIFIED SHALL BE LEFT IN THE DOOR OF THE PANEL. LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM CODED NOTES: NETWORKABLE LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY PANEL INFORMATION: a. MANUFACTURER: WATTSTOPPER LMCP24 WITH INTEGRAL TIME CLOCK b. ENCLOSURE: SURFACE MOUNT, NEMA 1 c. INTEGRAL TIME CLOCK: REFER TO CASS LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR TIME CLOCK AND RELAY PROGRAMMING. CURRENT LIMITING PANEL INFORMATION: a. MANUFACTURER: BENJAMIN ARCLIGHT b. ENCLOSURE: SURFACE MOUNT, NEMA 1 c. REFER TO CURRENT LIMITING PANEL SCHEDULE ON SHEET E03.02 FOR LIMITER SIZES AND QUANTITIES. CONTACT CLOSURE INTERFACE INFORMATION: a. MANUFACTURER: WATTSTOPPER LMIN-104 b. ENCLOSURE: SURFACE MOUNT, NEMA 1 DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH. REFER TO LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH SCHEDULE AND STOCKROOM ELEVATION DETAIL ON THIS SHEET AND TO LIGHTING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE ALARM INPUT FROM SECURITY. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY CONTRACTOR. REFER TO STOCKROOM ELEVATION DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (IF REQUIRED) 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t E03.03 ELECTRICAL DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 N.T.S. DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEDULE N.T.S. WATTSTOPPER RELAY PANEL DETAIL 12" = 1'-0" STOCKROOM ELEVATION DETAIL 12" = 1'-0" MANAGER'S DESK DETAIL 12" = 1'-0" LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 A SECTION A-AFRONT VIEW A UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. W-L-1054 F-RATING = 1-HR. OR 2-HR. T-RATING = 0-HR. L-RATING AT AMBIENT = LESS THAN 1 CFM/SQ. FT. L-RATING AT 400°F = 4 CFM/SQ. FT. 1. GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (UL/ULC CLASSIFIED U300 OR U400 SERIES) (1-HR. OR 2-HR. FIRE-RATING, 2-HR. SHOWN). 2. (NOT SHOWN). WOOD STUDS TO CONSIST OF NOMINAL 2" x 4" LUMBER. STEEL STUDS TO BE MINIMUM 2-1/2" WIDE. 3. PENETRATING ITEM TO BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING : a. MAXIMUM 30" DIAMETER STEEL PIPE (SCHEDULE 10 OR HEAVIER). b. MAXIMUM 30" DIAMETER CAST IRON PIPE. c. MAXIMUM 6" NOMINAL DIAMETER COPPER PIPE. d. MAXIMUM 6" NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL CONDUIT. e. MAXIMUM 4" NOMINAL DIAMETER EMT. 4. HILTI FS-ONE HIGH PERFORMANCE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT : a. MINIMUM 5/8", FOR A 1-HR. FIRE-RATING. b. MINIMUM 1-1/4" DEPTH, FOR A 2-HR. FIRE-RATING. 5. MINIMUM 1/2" BEAD HILTI FS-ONE HIGH PERFORMANCE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT AT POINT OF CONTACT. 1.MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF OPENING : a.32-1/4" FOR STEEL STUD WALLS. b.14-1/2" FOR WOOD STUD WALLS. 2.ANNULAR SPACE = MINIMUM 0", MAXIMUM 2-1/2". CODED NOTES:# 1 3 4 2 5 GENERAL NOTES: METAL PIPE THROUGH GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY N.T.S. SECTION A-ATOP VIEW A A UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. CAJ8056 F-RATING = 3-HR. L-RATING AT AMBIENT = 5 CFM/SQ. FT. T-RATING = 0-HR. L-RATING AT 400°F = 2 CFM/SQ. FT. 1. CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY (3-HR FIRE-RATING): a. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALL (MIN. 4-1/2" THICK). b. ANY UL/ULC CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL. 2. MAXIMUM 18" x 6" ALUMINUM OR STEEL OPEN LADDER CABLE TRAY. 3. ANY COMBINATION OF THE FOLLOWING CABLES MAY BE USED WITHIN THE CABLE TRAY (SEE NOTE NO. 4 BELOW): a. 7/C NO. 12 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR CABLE. b. MAX. 500 KCMIL SINGLE CONDUCTOR CABLE. c. MAX. 300 PAIR NO. 24 AWG TELEPHONE CABLE. d. 24 FIBER-OPTIC CABLE (MAX. 1/2" DIAMETER). 4. PENETRATING ITEMS TO BE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: MAXIMUM 6" NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL PIPE OR STEEL CONDUIT; MAXIMUM 6" NOMINAL DIAMETER CAST IRON PIPE; OR MAXIMUM 4" NOMINAL DIAMETER COPPER PIPE OR EMT. 5. MAXIMUM 1-1/2" GLASS FIBER INSULATION. 6. MAXIMUM 2" CABLE BUNDLE TO BE A COMBINATION OF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: a. 7/C NO. 12 AWG CABLE. b. 25 PAIR NO. 24 AWG TELEPHONE CABLE. c. ROMEX (2/C NO. 10 +GND). d. 3/C NO. 8 ALUMINUM CLAD CABLE. e. RG 62A COAXIAL CABLE. f. 24 FIBER-OPTIC CABLE (MAX. 1/2" DIA.). 7. HILTI FS 657 FIRE BLOCK (2" THICK x 5" WIDE x 8" DEEP, REF. TOP VIEW). 1. MAXIMUM AREA OF OPENING = 1296 SQUARE INCHES, WITH MAXIMUM DIMENSION OF 36 INCHES 2. ANNULAR SPACE FOR CABLE TRAY = MINIMUM 1-1/2", MAXIMUM 4-1/2". 3. ANNULAR SPACE FOR PIPE AND CABLE PENETRATIONS = MINIMUM 1", MAXIMUM 4-1/2". 4. MAXIMUM AREA OF CABLES EQUALS 30% OF CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF CABLE TRAY. 5. APPLY HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT INTO INTERSTICES OF CABLES, BETWEEN CABLES AND CABLE TRAY, AND ANY VOIDS TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. 6. WIRE MESH (NOT SHOWN). WHEN THE ANNULAR SPACE EXCEEDS 4-1/2", A NOMINAL 2 IN. SQ., NO. 16 SWG WIRE MESH SHALL BE USED TO KEEP THE HILTI FS 657 FIRE BLOCKS IN PLACE. MA X I M U M 3 ' - 0 " MAXIMUM 3'-0" CODED NOTES:# GENERAL NOTES: 1 2 4 73 76 2 4 5 MULTIPLE PENETRATING ITEMS THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR/WALL OR BLOCK WALL N.T.S. A FRONT VIEW A SECTION A-A UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. W-L-8013 L-RATING AT AMBIENT = 5 CFM/SQ. FT. 2-HR. L-RATING AT 400°F = 2 CFM/SQ. FT. F-RATING = 1-HR. OR T-RATING = 0-HR. 16 " . 22". 1 1 / 2 " . 1" . 1 3/16". 1. GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (UL/ULC CLASSIFIED U300 OR U400 SERIES) (1-HR. OR 2-HR. FIRE-RATING) (2-HR. SHOWN). 2. (NOT SHOWN). WOOD STUDS TO CONSIST OF NOMINAL 2" x 4" LUMBER. STEEL STUDS TO BE MINIMUM 2-1/2" WIDE. 3. OPEN LADDER CABLE TRAY (MAXIMUM 18" x 6", STEEL OR ALUMINUM). 4. ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CABLES MAY BE USED WITH MAXIMUM 30% FILL OF CABLE TRAY : a. MAXIMUM 350 KCMIL SINGLE CONDUCTOR POWER CABLE. b. MAXIMUM 7/C NO. 12 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR CABLE. c. MAXIMUM 100 PAIR NO. 24 AWG TELEPHONE CABLE. 5. MAX. 3" NOMINAL DIAMETER PVC PLASTIC PIPE (SCHEDULE 40) (CLOSED OR VENTED PIPING SYSTEM) (SEE NOTE NO. 1 BELOW). 6. MAXIMUM 1-1/2" DIAMETER CABLE BUNDLE TO CONSIST OF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING : a. FIBER-OPTIC CABLE (24 FIBER). b. RG 59 COAXIAL CABLE. c. MAX. 25 PAIR NO. 24 AWG TELEPHONE CABLE d. MAX. 7/C NO. 12 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR. 7. HILTI FS 657 FIRE BLOCKS (2" THICK x 8" WIDE x 5" DEEP, REFERENCE : FRONT VIEW). 1. (NOT SHOWN). PENETRATING ITEMS MAY ALSO INCLUDE A MAX. 6" NOM. DIA. STEEL PIPE, MAX. 6" NOM. DIA. STEEL CONDUIT; MAX. 4" NOM. DIA. COPPER PIPE, OR MAX. 4" NOM. DIA. EMT. 2. (NOT SHOWN): MAX. 1-1/2" GLASS-FIBER INSULATION MAY BE USED ON ANY OR ALL METALLIC PIPES. 3. ANNULAR SPACE = MINIMUM 1", MAXIMUM 9-1/4". 4. APPLY HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT IN ANY VOID THAT MAY EXIST (AROUND PENETRANTS, INTO INTERSTICES OF CABLES, BETWEEN CABLES AND CABLE TRAY, OR BETWEEN FIRE BLOCKS) TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. CODED NOTES:# GENEAL NOTES: 5 6 1 2 4 7 3 MULTIPLE PENETRATIONS THROUGH 1-HOUR OR 2-HOUR GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY N.T.S. SECTION A-ATOP VIEW AA UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. CAJ1226 F-RATING = 3-HR. T-RATING = 0-HR. L-RATING AT AMBIENT = LESS THAN 1 CFM/SQ. FT. L-RATING AT 400° F = 4 CFM/SQ. FT. 1. CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY (3-HR FIRE-RATING): a. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALL (MIN. 4-1/2" THICK). b. ANY UL/ULC CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL. 2. OPTIONAL: MAXIMUM 32" NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL PIPE SLEEVE (SCHEDULE 40 OR HEAVIER). 3. PENETRATING ITEM TO BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. MAXIMUM 30" NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL PIPE (SCHEDULE 10 OR HEAVIER). b. MAXIMUM 30" NOMINAL DIAMETER CAST IRON PIPE. c. MAXIMUM 6" NOMINAL DIAMETER COPPER PIPE. d. MAXIMUM 6" NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL CONDUIT. e. MAXIMUM 4" NOMINAL DIAMETER EMT. 4. MINIMUM 4" THICKNESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) TIGHTLY PACKED. 5. MINIMUM 1/4" DEPTH HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT. 6. MINIMUM 1/4" CROWN HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT APPLIED AT POINT OF CONTACT. 1. MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF OPENING = 32". 2. ANNULAR SPACE = MINIMUM 0", MAXIMUM 1-7/8". 3. MINIMUM 1/4" DEPTH HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT IS REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES OF A WALL ASSEMBLY. CODED NOTES:# GENERAL NOTES: 1 3 6 5 2 4 METAL PIPE THROUGH SLEEVE IN CONCRETE FLOOR/WALL OR BLOCK WALL N.T.S. 1. FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY MINIMUM 5" THICK NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALL OR MINIMUM 7-5/8" THICK MASONRY WALL HAVING A MINIMUM 2 HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE RATING WITH A NOMINAL 6" DIAMETER OPENING. 2. STEEL PIPE SLEEVE (OPTIONAL) NOMINAL 6" DIAMETER SCHEDULE 40 OR HEAVIER STEEL PIPE SLEEVE. (2 TRADE SIZES LARGER THAN CONDUIT). 3. STEEL OR EMT CONDUIT NOMINAL 4" DIAMETER RIGID CONDUIT CENTERED IN THE THROUGH OPENING. 4. FORMING MATERIAL MINERAL WOOL, MINIMUM DENSITY OF 4.4 PCF FIRMLY PACKED WITHIN THE OPENING TO A NOMINAL THICKNESS OF 3" FOR FLOORS. FOR WALLS, THE MINERAL WOOL SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE OPENING. 5. FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL*-FILL MATERIAL THAT IS TROWELED INTO THE OPENING TO A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 1/2" IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACCOMPANYING INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. IN WALLS, THE FILL MATERIAL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON BOTH SURFACES OF THE OPENING. FLOOR ASSEMBLY WALL ASSEMBLY CODED NOTES:# 5 3 1 4 4 3 1 5 21 5 4 3 1552 NOTE: BEARING THE "UL" CLASSIFICATION MARKING 55 FIRE STOP DETAIL N.T.S. 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t E03.04 ELECTRICAL DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 N.T.S. FIRE STOP PENETRATION DETAILS (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 2 (NEW SHEET) 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 260923 - Lighting Control Devices (cont.) Section 260923 - Lighting Control Devices Section 284621 - Fire Alarm System Section 270528 - Telephone System Section 262416 - Panelboards Section 265119 - Lighting Fixtures Section 262816 - Safety Switches Section 262813 - Fuses Section 262726 - Wiring Devices Section 260533 - Raceways and Boxes Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding Section 260519 - Wiring and Cable Section 260050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Section 260010 - General Provisions Section 265119 - Lighting Fixtures (cont.) A. Sensor Layout: Utilizing project-specific floor plans, manufacturer shall produce a CAD layout of their recommended locations for all occupancy sensors and daylight sensors. Indicate where additional sensors are recommended or where any sensors can be eliminated. Contractor shall use this layout for rough-in of sensor locations. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Acuity Controls 2. Hubbell Control Solutions 3. Wattstopper 4. Lutron C. Occupancy Sensors, Line Voltage, Wall Switch Type 1. Shall use passive infrared motion detection. 2. Shall be compatible with incandescent, magnetic or electronic low voltage, and magnetic or electronic fluorescent, as well as motor loads. 3. Switch shall be microprocessor controlled. 4. Shall be capable of detecting occupancy with true, 180º field of view. 5. Shall utilize zero crossing circuitry, which increases relay life, protects from the effects of inrush current, and increases sensor longevity. 6. Wall switch shall have integral shutters that narrow the field of view from 180º. 7. Shall feature pushbutton for manual on and off, which times out based upon occupancy detection. 8. An LED shall indicate occupancy status. 9. Internal timer shall be factory set at 10 minutes, shall be push-button programmable from 30 seconds to 20 minutes and shall reset every time occupancy is re-detected. Requires no field calibration or sensitivity adjustments. 10. Manual range, photocell, and time settings shall be user-configurable. 11. Switch shall be rated at 120/277V in one unit. 12. Unit shall fit in a standard box and use a standard wallplate, which is gangable. 13. Wall switch shall not protrude more than .4 inches from box. 14. Shall be a Decora style unit with a matching wallplate available. 15. Shall have standard 5 year warranty and shall be UL listed. 16. Two-pole devices shall provide switching for 2 separate banks from a single unit. D. Occupancy Sensors, Low Voltage, Ceiling Mount 1. Shall incorporate dual-technology passive infrared and ultrasonic motion detection. 2. Shall mount on ceiling. 3. Shall have 360° coverage with at least a 28 ft coverage pattern (when mounted at 9 ft) in all directions for walking motions. 4. Shall automatically adapt to changing room conditions--including background PIR levels and continuous airflow not less than 6 feet from sensor. 5. Shall incorporate a real-time motion indicator LED, which is visible from the front of unit. 6. Shall have mask inserts for PIR rejection to prevent false tripping. 7. Internal timer shall be factory set at 10 minutes, shall be push-button programmable from 30 seconds to 20 minutes and shall reset every time occupancy is re-detected. Requires no field calibration or sensitivity adjustments. 8. Shall be included with a low voltage relay for tie-in to building automation system. 9. Shall have standard 5 year warranty and shall be UL listed. E. Power Pack 1. Transforms 120 or 277V to class 2, 15 to 24V DC, to power remote sensors. 2. Shall be compatible with incandescent, magnetic or electronic low voltage, and magnetic or electronic fluorescent, as well as motor loads. 3. Ratings: 20A incandescent, 20A fluorescent, 120 or 277V. 4. Shall be plenum rated. Mount in deep junction box where required per local AHJ. 5. Shall have elongated mounting nipple which can be mounted either directly through a ½” knockout in a junction box or to be located inside an adjacent box for specific local code requirements, contractor to verify. 6. Shall be capable of powering up to 14 sensors. 7. Shall have self-contained relays with relay circuit protection. 8. Provide 2-pole version for rooms with two levels of lighting control including inboard/outboard switching. 9. Shall have standard 5 year warranty and shall be UL listed. F. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and assist in field testing. Report results in writing. Remove and replace lighting control devices where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. G. Adjusting 1. Final occupancy sensor locations shall be determined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and locations adjusted as required prior to rough-in. Refer to sensor layout submittal provided by manufacturer. All sensors shall have non-adjustable factory calibrated sensitivity for maximum performance. A factory-authorized service representative shall be engaged to meet on-site with the contractor to determine proper device locations prior to rough-in. 2. Once lighting fixtures and occupancy sensors have been installed, a factory-authorized service representative shall be engaged to set-up and program occupancy sensors and photosensors. Contractor and service representative shall meet on-site with the Owner to determine appropriate set points and programming. a. All occupancy sensors shall be field adjusted/aimed to effectively detect motion and eliminate nuisance tripping. b. Time Delay settings for occupancy sensors shall be factory set at 10 minutes, and shall not be field adjusted unless specifically instructed by Architect. This delay selection is based on lamp life vs. energy savings and sensor performance. 3. Once all occupancy sensors have been set-up, adjusted and programmed, contractor shall meet again with factory-authorized service representative and Owner to test operation of systems. Service representative shall be engaged to make adjustments to sensors, set points and programming as necessary for proper operation. H. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, a factory-authorized service representative shall be engaged to provide on-site assistance in adjusting sensors to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to site outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose. I. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain lighting controls. Refer to Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." Provide a minimum of four (4) hours of Owner training. A. Fire Alarm System (addressable analog type) 1. This contractor shall submit fire alarm system drawings and specification to the local fire department for their approval before installation of any fire alarm components or wiring. 2. Equipment: all devices, combinations of devices, appliances and equipment shall be listed for the purpose for which they are used and shall be installed in compliance with applicable codes and standards. 3. Provide a complete, supervised, power-limited, fire alarm system. All equipment herein specified is that of Simplex Time Recorder Co. Equipment supplied by listed acceptable alternate manufacturers shall meet or exceed the quality of the Simplex equipment specified. 4. The fire alarm system shall be an electrically supervised system, which shall monitor the integrity of circuit conductors and power supplies. 5. The installation organization shall be a company specializing in the installation of fire alarm systems. This organization shall have a minimum of five years experience with installation of such systems. 6. The contractor shall provide and maintain on the site an up-to-date record set of approved shop drawings. 7. Record drawings shall include location of end-of-line device locations. 8. Upon completion of the work, and final acceptance by the local authority, the contractor shall submit record drawings to the owner. 9. A remote monitoring facility output circuit, selectable for interface to remote station reverse polarity, local energy master box, shunt master box, digital alarm communicator, or radio transmitter monitoring systems, shall be provided. The equipment supplier must contact the local authorities prior to bidding and supply all required equipment in the base bid. 10. Control panel shall be simplex 4010-9101 with Simplex Type 4010-9810 Internal D.A.C.T. The power supply shall be adequate to serve control panel modules, relays and alarm indicating appliances. Include a secondary emergency power supply with capacity for operating systemfor a period of time as specified per NFPA, the local authorities having jurisdiction and or Owner/Building Standards. The strictest provision shall govern. 11. LCD annunciator panel shall be Simplex #4606-9101 with Simplex #4603-9111 brushed aluminum trim plate. 12. Addressable pull stations shall be semi-flush, action push/pull type, simplex #4099-9003. 13. Smoke detectors shall be analog photoelectric type, Simplex #4098-9710. 14. Duct-mounted smoke detectors shall have a base with auxiliary relay (Simplex Type 4098-9756), analog photoelectric detector (Simplex Type 4098-9714), and sampling tubes (length as required). 15. Duct detector remote key reset/test station with alarm LED shall be Simplex Type 2098-9806. 16. Semi-flush audio/visual unit shall be Simplex Type 4903-9301 Series with A.D.A. complying 15/75 Candela strobe and horn. All strobe lights shall be synchronized. 17. Visual only unit shall be Simplex Type 4904-9307 with A.D.A complying 15/75 Candela strobe. All strobe lights shall be synchronized. 18. Waterflow and tamper switches shall be furnished and installed by the sprinkler contractor. The electrical contractor shall connect each device to the fire alarm system using an individual addressable module (IAM) Simplex #4090-9001. 19. Provide and install wiring per manufacturers' specifications. All wiring shall be in conduit (3/4" minimum). 20. The completed fire alarm system shall be fully tested in accordance with NFPA-72H, and local fire department requirements, by the installer, in the presence of the owner's representative and the local fire marshal. Upon completion of a successful test, the installer shall so certify, in writing, to the owner and general contractor. 21. Include on-site services of a certified technician to provide technical installation support for panel start up, program editing, troubleshooting of the fire alarm system control panel, and assistance to the installer for one complete final system checkout in accordance with the field quality control section of these specifications. 22. Match existing base building fire alarm manufacturer. A. Electrical contractor to provide telephone service conduit or duct to telephone board as shown on plans. Service conduit size and quantity shall be as determined by local telephone company. B. This contractor shall provide and install all conduits with pull wires, outlet boxes, metal cabinets and pull boxes. Provide a complete conduit system with pull wire as indicated on drawings. C. All plates shall be standard telephone type with jack. Provide plates of same material and finish as specified for receptacles. Wall phone plates shall have mounting studs. D. Provide fire-rated plywood terminal board as shown on drawings. E. A conduit run shall have not more than three (3) bends in a run between outlet boxes or between outlet box and a metal cabinet or pull box. When a run requires more than three (3) bends, a pull box of suitable size shall be placed in suitable location to meet the above conditions. A. Panelboards 1. Panelboards shall be enclosed dead front safety type with features and ratings as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Panels known as "load centers" are unacceptable. 3. Molded case circuit breakers shall be as scheduled on the drawings and specified in this division. 4. All bus bar shall be rectangular solid copper. 5. Space, where shown in panel schedules, designates space for future protective devices and shall include bus and support. 6. Install cabinets so that center of the top breaker does not exceed 6'-6" above the finished floor. 7. Entries on directory cards shall be typed, complete and accurate. 8. All bolted connections shall be torqued in accordance with manufacturer's standards. 9. Electrical contractor shall arrange circuits as near as possible to circuit numbers on the drawings. At completion of job, electrical contractor shall take current reading checks of respective phases. A minimum of circuit connections shall be rearranged to balance, as closely as possible, the load in the panel. 10. All breakers shall be bolt-on type. 11. Provide (3) spare 1" conduits into accessible ceiling space where panels are flush-mounted. 12. Manufacturer shall be Square D, Siemens, or Cutler-Hammer. A. LED lighting fixtures: 1. Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4. 2. Bulb shape complying with ANSI C79.1. 3. Lamp base complying with ANSI C81.61. 4. CRI of minimum 80. 5. CCT of 3500K, unless noted otherwise on the plans or fixture schedule. 6. Rated lamp life of 50,000 hours, minimum at 70 percent lumen maintenance. 7. Lamps dimmable from 100 percent to 10 percent of maximum light output, unless noted otherwise on the plans or fixture schedule. 8. Integral driver. Driver power factor shall be 40 percent or greater. Harmonic distortion shall be less than 10% THD. Drivers shall be equipped with automatic thermal protection and 20 KA surge protection with end of life LED indicator. 9. Nominal Operating Voltage: as indicated on plans and schedules. 10. Efficiency minimum of 80 lumens per watt. 11. Each LED luminaire type shall be binned within a three-step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistency among luminaires. 12. Fixtures shall comply with UL 1598 and UL 8750. B. Exit Signs: 1. Comply with UL 924; for sign colors and lettering size, comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Internally Lighted Signs: Lamps for AC Operation: Light-emitting diodes, 70,000 hours minimum of rated lamp life. 3. NFPA 101 Compliance: Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs. C. All lighting fixtures shall be furnished and installed by electrical contractor as indicated on the lighting fixture schedule. Other acceptable manufacturers shall be at the discretion and approval of the architect and engineer. D. All fixtures shall bear the underwriter's laboratories (UL) label, be listed and approved for the purpose intended and installed according to manufacturer's instructions. E. Electrical contractor shall confirm that all lighting fixtures and associated drivers, ballasts, etc. are coordinated with the lighting/dimming controls being provided. Contractor shall verify if and where Generator Transfer Devices (GTDs) are required prior to ordering lighting fixtures. F. Electrical contractor shall confirm that all lighting fixture mounting options and hardware are coordinated with the ceiling height and construction. Contractor shall verify fixture mounting heights with architect prior to ordering and rough-in. G. Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. H. Set all lighting fixtures level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. I. This contractor shall provide and install all necessary support media for all lighting fixtures including structural steel, angle, rods, etc. and shall be supported in a manner acceptable to the local inspection authorities. All fixtures shall be firmly supported from beams or joists. 1. Provide all necessary backing, blocking and supports for wall mounted fixtures. 2. Fixtures shall not be supported from roof deck. 3. Support for Fixtures in or on Grid-Type Suspended Ceilings: a. Install a minimum of four ceiling support system rods or wires for each fixture. Locate not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from fixture corners. b. Support Clips: Fasten to fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture corner with clips that are UL listed for the application. c. Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Install as indicated on reflected ceiling plans or center in acoustical panel, and support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4-inch (20-mm) metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees. 4. Suspended Fixture Support: Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches (1200 mm), brace to limit swinging. J. If required by code, light fixtures shall be Chicago Plenum or New York City rated. If required by code or project requirements, light fixtures shall be CALGREEN, DC Green, Title 24 and/or Energy Star compliant/certified. K. Recessed fixtures recessed in air plenums shall be approved for the purpose intended and installed according to manufacturer's instructions. Fixtures shall be air-tight rated and/or provide air-tight gaskets to seal around openings. L. Recessed fixtures in direct contact with insulation shall be IC (Insulated Ceiling) rated. Insulation shall be kept away from Non-IC rated fixtures as required by code and manufacturer's instructions. Provide barriers as required. M. All penetrations associated with the electrical installation located in or passing through fire rated assemblies shall be fire-stopped using a UL approved method. Furnish and install UL listed fire rated materials and equipment such as boxes, puddy pads, endothermic mat, lighting fixtures with rated enclosures, fire rated covers for lighting fixtures, etc. to comply with code for project conditions. UL approved method for fire stopping shall meet or exceed fire rating of structure being penetrated. Reference architectural plans for fire ratings. N. All adjustable fixtures shall be aimed and adjusted during evening hours to the satisfaction of the architect. O. Submittals: In accordance with other sections of these specifications, provide shop drawings for lighting fixtures containing the following information (as applicable): 1. Project specific luminaire designation 2. All features, options, accessories, mounting, etc. clearly marked 3. Luminaire dimensions 4. Delivered lumen output, CCT and CRI 5. Lamp life 6. Energy efficiency data 7. Photometric data 8. Listings (NRTL, IC, IP, etc.) 9. Lighting controls compatibility 10. Emergency batteries (integral or remote) including the capacity and lumen output 11. Factory shop drawings indicating project specific lengths and layouts for all continuous linear products A. Safety switches shall be the enclosed heavy-duty type (type HD) with quick-make, quick-break mechanism and external pad lockable operating handle. B. Safety switches shall be rated for 240 or 600 volts as applicable. They shall be horsepower rated when used in motor circuits. C. Safety switches shall be fusible or non-fusible 2, 3, or 4 pole as indicated on the drawings. D. Safety switches shall be single throw unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. E. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1 indoors and NEMA 3R outdoors unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. F. Manufacturer shall be Square D, Siemens, or Cutler-Hammer. All safety switches shall be by one manufacturer. G. Mount the safety switches securely between 3' X 6' levels above the floor unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. H. Switches on block walls shall be mounted on a 3/4" plywood backboard, where located indoors. A. The contractor shall furnish a complete set of fuses for all switches, plus fusible equipment furnished by other trades. Unless indicated otherwise on plans, the fuses shall be of the following types: 1. Fuses 601 to 6000 amps shall be UL class. Trade type shall be KRP-C as manufactured by Bussmann Company. 2. Fuses 1/10 to 600 amps shall be UL class RK1. Trade type shall be low peak LPS-RK (600V) and LPN-RK (250V) as manufactured by Bussmann Company. 3. All other fuses shall be dual-element current-limiting type with 200,000 amperes symmetrical interrupting capacity. B. Fuses shall be manufactured by Bussman, Gould-Shawmutt, or Reliance. C. Spare fuses amounting to a duplicate set of each size installed shall be turned over to the owner upon completion of the project. Provide and place in a spare fuse cabinet similar to Bussman # SFC. D. This contractor shall replace all fuses blown during construction. A. Wiring device color shall be selected by architect, unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide totally enclosed, 20 ampere, 120/277 volt, quiet A/C general use snap switches. C. Switches shall be specification grade as manufactured by Hubbell, P&S, or Leviton. D. Provide NEMA configuration 5-20R Duplex 125 volt grounding type receptacles rated for 20 amperes unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. E. Receptacles shall be specification grade as manufactured by Hubbell, P&S or Leviton. F. Receptacles requiring amperages, voltages or configurations different from the duplex convenience receptacles above shall be as indicated on the drawings. G. Provide other receptacles of a quality, material and workmanship equal to that specified for duplex convenience receptacles. H. Provide cover or device plates for outlet boxes as follows unless otherwise noted: 1. Finished areas: Thermoplastic - color to match device. 2. Unfinished areas: Zinc coated sheet metal, aluminum, or cast metal as appropriate for the type of box. 3. Exterior areas: Copper free aluminum with gray, powder epoxy finish, gasket, weatherproof, Crouse-Hinds "WLRD" for duplex receptacles and WLRS for single receptacles or equal. 4. Telephone, communication, and signal outlet plates, shall match those used for receptacles and switches. All outlet and/or junction boxes shall be complete with a cover plate by this contractor. 5. Where devices are ganged, they shall be installed under a common cover plate. I. Locate the switches approximately 4'-0" above the finished floor elevation or nearest block course (within A.D.A. requirements), unless otherwise indicated. The long dimension of the switches shall be vertical. J. Locate receptacles approximately 1'-6" above the finished floor elevation or nearest block course (within A.D.A. requirements), unless noted otherwise. The long dimension of receptacles shall be vertical. A. Raceways 1. All wire shall be run in accordance with code in corrosion resistant, rigid, threaded, metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing (E.M.T.) unless otherwise specifically stated herein. A.a. Conduit in exterior walls, below floor slab, or underground shall be rigid, threaded, galvanized, heavy wall type. A.b. Carlon PVC type 40 heavy wall conduit with ground wire may be used below floor slab or underground in lieu of rigid, threaded, galvanized conduit. PVC 40 conduit shall not be run in or above floor slab. PVC conduit shall terminate below floor slab with rigid, threaded metal conduit adapter. Conduit above slab shall be metal. A.c. Conduit run exposed to the weather shall be heavy wall, metal threaded type. 2. Conduit size shall be 3/4" minimum. 3. Conduit shall be securely fastened in place. 4. All conduit shall be concealed in walls, floors and ceilings wherever possible. Exposed conduit in finished areas will not be permitted. Exposed conduit will be permitted in the unfinished areas with the specific approval of the architect. 5. Use flexible conduit for the connection to recessed or semi-recessed lighting fixtures (6' length maximum). Use liquid tight metal conduit for all connections to motors and other equipment subject to vibration and in areas subject to moisture. 6. Use watertight joints with buried and concrete encased conduit. All buried conduits outside of buildings shall have a minimum of 24" of cover. Metal conduits buried in earth shall be painted (two coats) with heavy asphaltum paint. 7. Support runs of conduit as detailed in the appropriate table of the national electrical code (NEC). 8. Installed exposed runs of conduit and conduit above lay-in ceilings parallel or perpendicular to the walls, structural members of intersections of vertical planes and ceilings. Provide right angle turns using fittings or symmetrical bends. Support conduits within 1" of all changes in direction. 9. If a conduit is suspended, it shall be supported on trapeze hangers which use "all-thread" rods from the structural steel. The use of ceiling support wire or similar material will not be accepted. 10. Install empty conduit for future use as indicated on the drawings. Conduit shall be complete with jetline or pull rope, junction/outlet boxes, tile rings and appropriate cover plates. 11. Provide pitch pockets where conduits penetrate the roof. 12. Thread lubrication/sealant is required on outdoor and underground threaded metal joints. 13. Install fire seal fittings where conduits penetrate concrete floor slabs or masonry walls required to be fire rated. 14. Horizontal portion of conduit exposed on the roof and feeding equipment shall not be more than 5'-0" unless the written approval from architect or engineer is obtained. B. Pull and Junction Boxes 1. Install pull and junction boxes where shown on the drawings, and where required for changes in direction, at junction points, and to facilitate wire pulling. Furnish box sizes in accordance with NEC unless larger boxes are indicated. 2. Provide steel boxes and removable covers of code gauge, hot rolled sheet steel, hot dipped galvanized inside and outside, for above ground work. Furnish weatherproof boxes when installed above ground outside. 3. Provide cast iron boxes, hot dipped galvanized inside and outside where shown on the drawings. Furnish removable covers with gaskets and stainless steel, brass or bronze screws. 4. Provide concrete boxes for underground work unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Furnish steel frames and covers with the cover attached to the frame with hexagon head, brass or bronze cap screws, 3/8" in diameter. Provide a rubber gasket for sealing between the cover and the frame. Paint the cover with two coats of heavy asphaltum. C. Outlet Boxes 1. Use sheet steel boxes, zinc coated or cadmium plated, for concealed interior work. 2. Use cast boxes, zinc-cadmium finish malleable iron, for exposed interior work, and for exposed or concealed work in wet, damp or exterior locations. Cast boxes shall be series FD by Crouse Hinds or Appleton. 3. Wall box sizes (minimum) shall be 4" square X 2-1/2" deep where wall construction permits. Where wall construction dictates, the depth may be reduced to 2-1/8" or 1-1/2" under special conditions. 4. Fixture outlets in ceilings (minimum) shall be 4" octagonal X 1-1/2" deep (4-11/16" octagonal X 2-1/2" deep where required to accommodate larger conduit or larger number of wires). 5. Ganged boxes shall be one piece (minimum), 2-1/8" deep. 6. Provide cast iron, concrete-tite floor boxes with adjustable covers set flush and level with the finished floor, with outlets as indicated on the drawings. Provide Hubbell #B-2400, 4200, or 4300 series boxes with leveling screws. Flush type covers and openings to serve outlets used. Furnish flush caps for closing off box when not in use. 7. Flush mount boxes in all finished walls, install the plaster rings in drywalled plastered walls and raised covers as required in walls with other finishes so that the cover plates fit tightly against boxes or rings, 3/16" maximum gaps are allowed for noncombustible walls. 8. Adjust location of outlets in masonry or tile construction to occur in the nearest joint to the height specified. Heights shall meet A.D.A. requirements. 9. Support all boxes to maintain proper alignment and rigidity. 10. Clean boxes of all foreign matter prior to the installation or wiring of devices. 11. Mounting heights on the drawings are to the centerline of the box unless otherwise noted. A. Ground all equipment per N.E.C. B. All conduits shall contain a code-sized ground wire size per N.E.C. in addition to the conductors shown on the plans. Where circuit conductors are increased in size for any reason (i.e. voltage drop, derating, etc.), the ground wire size shall be increased proportionately (according to circular mil area). A. Color code conductors (except control and instrumentation conductors) as follows: 208/120 480/277 System System Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutral White Grey Ground Green Green 1. #12 and #10 conductors shall have continuous insulation color, as listed above. 2. Color code conductors larger than above, which do not have continuous insulation color by application of at least two laps of colored tape on each conductor at all points of access including junction boxes. Color tape shall be the equal of 3M products Scotch #35. 3. Conductors shall be soft annealed copper insulated for 600 volts unless specifically indicated otherwise. Aluminum conductors are not allowed on this project. B. Insulation type shall be type THWN for wire sizes #8 AWG and larger and THHN or THWN for #10 AWG and smaller. THHN shall not be used in wet or damp locations. C. Flexible cord shall be heavy duty type so with an equipment ground conductor in addition to the current carrying conductors. D. Provide #12 conductors, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Control conductors shall be #14 minimum for NEC class I and #16 for NEC class II. E. Conductors #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. F. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. G. Install wiring in conduit. H. Connect #10 and smaller wires with constant pressure expandable spring type connectors, "Scotchlok" by 3M or B-Cap by Buchanan. I. Connect #8 and larger wires with compression connectors or splices as manufactured by Burndy or T&B. J. Insulate splicing connectors to at least 200% of the wire insulation. Use pre-stretched tubing connector insulators, 3M PST for #2 and larger conductors. K. Pull conductors using recognized methods and equipment leaving at least 6" wire at all junction boxes for connections. 1. Clean out each conduit system before pulling wire. L. Form and tie all wiring in panelboards. M. There shall be no wirenut joints or splices made inside switchboards/panelboards. N. Branch circuit wire sizes (and conduits) shall be increased from those indicated on the plans to prevent excessive voltage drop. Branch circuits shall be installed with wires of sufficient size so that voltage drop between the panel and the loads does not exceed limit of 3%. O. Regardless of the temperature rating of the conductor insulation, all conductor ampacity rating for this project shall be determined from the 75°C conductor temperature ratings indicated in the NEC tables. Where equipment or devices are provided with terminals/lugs rated for 60°C, the ampacity rating of the 75°C conductor shall be limited to its associated 60°C rating as indicated in the NEC tables. The electrical contractor shall be responsible to increase the conductors and conduit size as required. P. Circuits may be multi-plexed in conduit provided wire is properly derated and conduit sized per code. Under no circumstances shall more than six (6) current carrying conductors be run in a single conduit. A. Nameplates 1. General: furnish and mount on each panelboard, switchboard (including branch devices), large junction box, safety switch, starter, remote control, push button station, and all similar controls, a nameplate descriptive of the equipment or equipment controlled. 2. Provide black and white nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic with a white center core. Letters shall be engraved in the phenolic to form white letters 3/8" high. Fasten the nameplates with an adhesive type fastener. B. Mounting Accessories 1. This contractor shall furnish and install all angle iron, channel iron, rods, supports, hangers, concrete or plywood required to install, mount and support any electrical equipment or device called for on the plans. 2. Supporting material shall be complete with hangers, connectors, bolts, clamps and necessary accessories to make a complete installation. Supporting material shall be galvanized, painted or otherwise suitably finished. Products by Binkley, Steel City, or Raco will be acceptable. 3. All surface-mounted equipment on block walls shall be mounted on 3/4" plywood backboard. All floor-mounted equipment shall be installed on a 4" high concrete housekeeping pad. C. Execution 1. The electrical work for construction proposed shall conform to all federal (OSHA), state, all specific safety requirements and the requirements of the current edition of the NEC. 2. Review the HVAC and plumbing specifications for electrical requirements and include the same in the contract cost. 3. Equipment connections, starters, disconnect switches, control transformers and pushbutton stations for the equipment furnished by the owner or under a separate contract shall be installed and connected under this division, as indicated on the contract drawings. 4. All cutting, patching, excavating, backfilling and concrete work related to this contract will be the responsibility of the electrical contractor. This contractor shall assume the responsibility of providing the sleeves, chases and openings necessary for the electrical installation and for their repair in an acceptable manner, as determined by the architect. All holes shall be core-drilled. Provide fire stopping materials, UL Listed for application, in all openings created through fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings. Contractor shall field verify slab on grade floor construction type prior to cutting. Under no circumstances shall the contractor cut a structural floor slab thicker than four (4") inches without prior written approval from Engineer of Record. Notify Engineer of Record of any slab thickness greater than four (4") inches prior to proceeding with any saw cutting. 5. This contractor shall be responsible for providing all required access panels necessary for his work, coordinate with architect prior to installation. D. Materials and Workmanship 1. All work shall be installed in a practical and workmanlike manner, by mechanics skilled in the several trades necessary. 2. All materials shall be new and free from defects and shall be the best of their several kinds unless specified or indicated on the drawings to the contrary. 3. During each phase and at the completion of the construction, this contractor shall remove all debris and excess materials caused by his work. He shall leave the area of operation broom clean. 4. All electrical equipment shall bear the underwriters laboratories label or ETL label. 5. This contractor shall guarantee his workmanship and material (lamps excepted) for a period of one year from the date of building opening and leave his work in perfect order at the completion. Should defects develop within the guarantee period, the contractor shall, upon notice of the same, remedy the defects and have all damages to other work or furnishings caused by the repairs corrected at his expense to the condition before such damage. E. Scope of Work 1. The electrical contractor shall provide all labor, material, storage, unpacking and placement; to include but not be limited to, the following items: E.a. Demolition E.b. Emergency lighting. E.c. Complete electrical distribution system including, but not limited to, panelboards, safety switches and feeders. E.d. Complete branch circuit wiring system. E.e. Complete power wiring for all air conditioning equipment, plumbing equipment, heating equipment, ventilating and exhaust equipment. E.f. Complete lighting fixture installation, including all lamps. E.g. Complete communications conduit system including but not limited to, back boxes, plates, j-hooks, cable trays, etc., as specified on the drawings and as required by the local service provider and/or owner. E.h. Temporary electrical power and lighting, as required for construction. E.i. Testing of all cables and circuit wiring after installation. E.j. Exit light system. E.k. Wiring devices, floor boxes, multi-outlet assemblies. E.l. Lighting control system and devices E.m. Grounding and Bonding of the electrical system. E.n. Fire alarm system. F. Temporary Service 1. The electrical contractor shall furnish, install and remove as required all temporary power and temporary lighting in all areas and individual rooms when needed by the individual trades in the performance of their work. This contractor shall provide a minimum of twenty (20) footcandles of illumination for temporary lighting. Any additional lighting required by individual trades shall be provided by the individual trades including power for the lighting. The electrical work for construction purposes shall conform to all federal (OSHA), state, specific safety requirements, as well as the requirements of the national electric code and national electrical safety code. The electrical contractor shall obtain and pay for all required applications, permits and inspections pertaining to this work. This cost shall be included in the contractor's price. 2. New light fixtures shall not be used for temporary lighting. A. General 1. Requirements specified in Division 1, instructions to bidders, supplemental general conditions, special conditions, addenda, alternates, contract and proposal, along with Division 26, 27, 28 and all its sections, comprise the contract documents for the electrical contract, along with these specifications as though they were one, and anything implied by the specifications shall be interpreted as also implied by the drawings and vice versa. Provide necessary items for a complete installation of all electrically operated equipment listed in the specifications or shown on the contract drawings. 2. The architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing and equipment drawings and specifications are incorporated into, and become a part of this division. This contractor shall examine all such drawings and specifications and become thoroughly familiar with the provisions contained therein. The submission of his bid shall indicate such knowledge. 3. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic. They are intended to show the approximate locations of equipment and conduit. Dimensions given on the plans, in figures, shall take precedence over scaled dimensions and shall be verified in the field. The electrical contractor shall layout all equipment rooms to make sure the equipment, as purchased, fits in the room or space shown. Exact location of all equipment shall be verified in the field and routing of conduits shall suit field conditions. 4. Until the time of installation, the architect reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of conduit and equipment without additional cost to the contract. 5. The electrical drawings and specifications are intended to supplement each other. Material and labor necessary to the project shall be furnished and installed even though not specifically mentioned in both. Labor and/or materials neither shown nor specified, but obviously necessary for the completion and proper functioning of the system, shall be furnished and installed by the electrical contractor. 6. Arrange all equipment substantially as shown on the drawings. Make deviations only where necessary to avoid interference. Check all equipment sizes against available space prior to shipment to avoid interference. 7. Examine the work of other trades insofar as their work comes in contact with or is covered by this work in no case attach to, or finish against any defective work or install work in a manner which will prevent proper installation of the work of other trades. 8. Electrical contractor shall verify with other trades all electrical characteristics of equipment requiring electrical connections, contractor shall verify voltage, phase and horsepower and shall notify engineer of any discrepancies prior to start of work. Electrical contractor shall provide disconnecting means and overload protection for all equipment, unless furnished integral with equipment package. 9. It is the intent of these drawings that this be a complete electrical job, any errors or omissions shall be brought to the attention of the engineer prior to bidding the job. 10. Should any of the general notes, specifications, details or instructions on plans conflict, the strictest provision shall govern. 11. Do NOT scale drawings. 12. The contractor shall make provisions for the delivery and safe storage of his/her materials and equipment in coordination with the work of other trades. Materials and equipment shall be delivered at such stages of the work as will expedite the work as a whole and shall be marked and stored in such a way as to be easily checked and inspected. The arrival and placing of large equipment items shall be scheduled early enough to permit entry and setting when there is no restriction or problem due to size and weight. Protection of all finishes during delivery is the responsibility of the contractor. B. Visit to the Site 1. This contractor shall visit the site of the work and familiarize himself with all conditions affecting his work. The submission of his proposal shall indicate such knowledge. No additional payment shall be made on claims that arise from a lack of knowledge of the existing conditions C. Code and Permits 1. Installation shall be in full accordance with all codes, rules and regulations of municipal, city, county, state and public utilities and all other authorities having jurisdiction over the premises. 2. Comply with any specification requirements that are in excess but not in conflict with code requirements. 3. The contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, plan reviews and certificates of inspection in connection with his work, required by the foregoing authorities. Before final payment of the contract is allowed, all certificates shall be delivered to the architect in duplicate. 4. Electrical material and equipment shall bear the UL label except where UL does not label such types of material and equipment. D. Shop Drawings Submittals 1. The electrical contractor shall submit product data and shop drawings. Each submittal shall be identified using the respective specification numbering system and titles. Each submittal shall clearly identify which products and options are applicable. The submittals shall be submitted through the architect to the engineer and then, if necessary, resubmitted for final approval. Submittals shall be submitted for the following items: D.a. Wiring devices D.b. Panelboards and safety switches including fault current study based on equipment being supplied. D.c. Lighting control system and devices D.d. Lighting fixtures D.e. Fire alarm system 2. Electronic Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number. 3. Each submittal shall be provided with a cover identifying the following: D.a. Name of the job D.b. Location of the job, address, city and state. D.c. Name and address of the company issuing the submittal. D.d. Date of the submittal 4. All submitted product data and shop drawings (manufacturers' equipment descriptive sheets or vendors' prepared drawings) shall have the general contractor's or subcontractor's "stamp of approval" indicating that the item submitted is as called for on the plans and specifications, is approved by the general contractor or subcontractor, the date of approval and initialed by the person approving the submittal and the name of the company submitting said equipment for approval. 5. Any submittal not as specified shall be returned without review for corrections and re-submittal. 6. Every effort shall be made, in checking the shop drawings, to detect and correct all errors, omissions and inaccuracies. Failure to do this will not relieve the electrical contractor of the responsibility for the proper and complete installation in accordance with the contract documents. E. As-built Drawings 1. Submit three paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints to the architect. Contractor shall use red ink for all contractor mark-ups on record prints. 2. Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. Scanned record prints shall be in color. 3. Print and scan each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. F. Standards and Substitutions 1. Wherever the words "approved by", "approved equal", "as directed" or similar phrases are used in the following specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the owner as the approving agency. The name or make of any equipment or materials named in this specifications (whether or not the words "or approved equal" are used) shall be known as the "standard". 2. These specifications establish quality standard of materials and equipment to be provided. Specific items are identified by manufacturer, trade name or catalog designation. This contractor shall submit his base bid price based upon standard specified equipment described herein and as detailed on drawings and associated contract documents. These specifications are not to be considered proprietary. The contractor may submit information on materials and manufacturers (other than those listed) for review by the architect and engineer no later than ten (10) days before bids are submitted. Manufacturers of products accepted by the architect and engineer will be listed in an addendum to the specifications as an acceptable substitution equipment accepted as detailed below and shall be shown as a separate add or deduct price to be factored into the base bid price by the architect and owner if accepted. 3.Should the contractor propose to furnish materials and equipment other than those specified or approved by addendum, submit a written request for substitutions to the architect at the bid opening.The request shall be an alternate to the original bid; be accompanied with complete descriptive (manufacturer, brand name, catalog number, etc.) and technical data for all items. Failure by this contractor to submit the requisite documentation detailed above shall be understood by the architect and engineer to indicate that substitute equipment will not be presented by the contractor for consideration. Such substitutions will not be considered after the bid opening date and delay of project will not be permitted for further inspection and evaluation after this date. 4. Where such substitutions alter the design or space requirements indicated on the drawings, include all items of cost for the revised design and construction including cost of all allied trades involved. 5. Acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitutions shall be subject to approval of the architect and engineer. If requested, the contractor shall submit (at his cost) inspection samples of both the specified and proposed substitute items. 6. In all cases where substitutions are permitted, the contractor shall bear any extra cost of evaluating the quality of the material and equipment to be provided. G. Testing and Placing in Service 1. Any material or equipment failing a test shall be repaired or replaced at the contractor's expense. 2. Tests shall include the following: G.a. Measure the load on each phase of the main service and each phase of every feeder under full load conditions. G.b. Measure the no-load and full-load voltages (phase to phase, phase to neutral and phase to ground for each phase of each service, of each separately derived system, and at each panelboard or transformer). G.c. Measure the ground resistance of the main service grounding electrode and the ground resistance of each separately derived system's grounding electrode. G.d. Make insulation resistance tests on all motors. 3. Provide performance testing as required per N.E.C. or local authority having jurisdiction. H. Interferences 1. Before the installation of any item begins, the electrical contractor shall carefully ascertain that it does not interfere with clearances for the erection of finish beams, columns, pilasters, walls or other structural or architectural members as shown on the architectural drawings. If any work is installed and the architectural design cannot be followed, this contractor shall, at his own expense, make changes in his work as directed by the architect to permit the completion of the architectural work in accordance with drawings and specifications. 2. It shall be the duty of this contractor to report any interferences between his work and that of any of the other contractors as soon as they are discovered. The architect shall determine which equipment will be relocated, regardless of which was installed first. His decision will be final. I. Quality Assurance 1. All products shall be new and of the type and quality specified. Where materials, equipment, apparatus or other products are specified by manufacturer, brand name, type of catalog number, such designation shall establish the standards of the desired quality and style. It is the intent of these specifications to establish a standard of quality of materials and equipment installed. J. Special Inspections 1. Special Inspection (as applicable) is to be provided in addition to inspections conducted by the department of building safety and shall not be construed to relieve the owner or his/her authorized agent from requesting periodic and called inspections required by the building code. Special Inspection shall be paid by the owner. 2. Special Inspector shall meet the qualifications as stated in the applicable building code and shall perform the duties and responsibilities as outlined in the applicable building code. 3. The electrical contractor shall provide access to areas requiring testing or inspections, and provide requested documentation (if required by the Special Inspector). 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t E04.01 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t EN01.01 ELECTRICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 5 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t EN01.02 ELECTRICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 5 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t EN01.03 ELECTRICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 5 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t EN01.04 ELECTRICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t EN01.05 MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORM WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t EN01.06 PLUMBING COMPLIANCE FORM WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB F SD F SD F SD F SD F SD F SD F SD SD SD SD V F F F F SD SD SD V B C D 3 2 1 A A T1 B L RP CL (ETR) (ETR) 1 1 RTU-1 TYPICAL FIRE ALARM DEVICE WIRING DIAGRAM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOTES: DD V N.T.S. TO LANDLORD FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL WIRE SPEAKERS & STROBES SEPARATELY FOR SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION. TO ADDITIONAL DEVICES. PROVIDE EOL RESISTOR AT END OF CIRCUIT. (TYPICAL) TO ADDITIONAL DEVICES (2) #14 AWG TO FAN CONTROLLER FOR SHUTDOWN REMOTE TEST STATION (TYPICAL) INDICATES EXISTING EQUIPMENT/CONDUIT/WIRING, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE INDICATES EQUIPMENT/CONDUIT/WIRING INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT INDICATES FUTURE EQUIPMENT/CONDUIT/WIRING, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE 1. THE EXISTING SYSTEM SHALL BE MODIFIED AND UPGRADED AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE PROPOSED AREAS OF RENOVATIONS. THE INTENT IS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE PROPOSED AREAS OF RENOVATION, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. 2. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MUST BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND MUST MEET ALL STATE & LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL CODE REQUIRED DOCUMENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. A FLOOR PLAN WHICH INDICATES THE USE OF ALL ROOMS. B. LOCATIONS OF ALARM-INITIATING AND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES. C. ALARM CONTROL AND TROUBLE SIGNALING EQUIPMENT. D. ANNUNCIATION. E. POWER CONNECTION. F. BATTERY CALCULATIONS. G. CONDUCTOR TYPE AND SIZES. H. VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS. I. MANUFACTURERS, MODEL NUMBERS AND LISTING INFORMATION FOR EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND MATERIALS. J. DETAILS OF CEILING HEIGHT AND CONSTRUCTION. K. THE INTERFACE OF FIRE SAFETY CONTROL FUNCTIONS. THESE DOCUMENTS MUST BE PREPARED BY A CERTIFIED FIRE ALARM DESIGNER AND MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 3. A STAMPED SET OF APPROVED FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT THE JOB SITE AND SHALL BE USED FOR INSTALLATION. 4. UPDATE AN AS-BUILT DRAWING SET DAILY WITH JOB PROGRESS. PROVIDE AN AS-BUILT DRAWING SET TO OWNER NO LATER THAN 7 DAYS AFTER FINAL TEST. 5. EQUIPMENT: ALL DEVICES, COMBINATIONS OF DEVICES, APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH THEY ARE USED AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 6. SYSTEM DEVICES, BACK-BOXES, AND ENCLOSURES MUST BE RATED FOR THE ENVIRONMENT WHICH IT IS INSTALLED. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT SEALS WHERE RACEWAYS PASS BETWEEN CONDITIONED AND UNCONDITIONED SPACES. 7. NOTIFICATION DEVICE COVERS SHALL BE WHITE WITH RED LETTERING, UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. 8. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. DO NOT RUN ANY OTHER WIRING IN THE SAME CONDUIT WITH ALARM WIRING. DO NOT RUN 120VAC WIRING WITH ALARM WIRING. ALL WIRE TO BE SHIELDED CABLE. ALL J-BOXES ASSOCIATED WITH THE SUPERVISORY ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE SPRAY PAINTED "FIRE ENGINE" RED. 9. ALL WIRE & CABLE MUST BE RATED PER THE LATEST REVISION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE SECTION 760. 10. CONFIRM ALL WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE MANUFACTURER OF THE PROPOSED FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED PRIOR TO BID AND PROVIDE IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH. WIRING SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM REPRESENTS THE MINIMUM SIZE REQUIRED. WIRE SIZES SHALL BE INCREASED AS REQUIRED FOR VOLTAGE DROP. 11. FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROPRIATE SECTION OF NEC 760. MARK ALL FIRE ALARM WIRES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 760 SECTIONS FOR POWER LIMITED AND NON-POWER LIMITED WIRE. 12. WIRING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM ONE DEVICE TO THE NEXT. SPLICING IS PROHIBITED. 13. THE TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM IS NOT INTENDED TO SHOW QUANTITIES OF DEVICES. REFER TO PLANS FOR QUANTITIES. 14. WHERE PROPOSED ROUTING OF SYSTEM CONDUIT AND WIRING IS INDICATED ON PLANS, DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS, SAID ROUTING IS DIAGRAMMATIC. EXACT ROUTING OF CONDUITS AND WIRING TO BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO SUIT CONDITIONS. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH CODE AND PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. ALL MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY INDICATED ON THE RECORD DRAWINGS. 15. ALL CONDUCTORS INCLUDING SHIELDS MUST TEST FREE OF OPENS, SHORTS & GROUNDS BEFORE MAKING CONNECTIONS TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 16. EACH FIRE ALARM PANEL AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT REQUIRES A DEDICATED 120VAC CIRCUIT. RUN 3-#12 (INCLUDES THE GREEN GROUND WIRE) FROM A 20 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER. PROVIDE A LOCK-ON CLIP & RED MARKING ON THE BREAKER AND IDENTIFY AS "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL.” THE LOCATION OF THE CIRCUIT DISCONNECTING MEANS (CIRCUIT BREAKER) SHALL BE PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED AT THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT. 17. DO NOT APPLY POWER TO SYSTEM EXCEPT IN THE PRESENCE OF A FACTORY TRAINED TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE. 18. INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM DEVICES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. POWER LIMITED AND NON-POWER LIMITED FIELD WIRING MUST BE INSTALLED WITHIN EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND NEC 20. STROBES SHALL BE WIRED SEPARATELY FOR SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION. PROVIDE SYNCHRONIZATION MODULES AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH CODE. 21. SMOKE DETECTOR HEADS MUST BE INSTALLED FREE OF DUST OR ANY OTHER CONTAMINATION. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED WITHIN 3'-0" OF A SUPPLY OR RETURN AIR GRILLE. COORDINATE SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 22. IN ALL ROOMS REQUIRING SMOKE DETECTION, IF THERE IS NOT A SMOOTH, FLAT CEILING, THEN DETECTION SHALL BE SPACED PER NFPA 72. IF THERE ARE BEAM DEPTHS LESS THAN 10% OF THE CEILING HEIGHT (0.1 X H), SMOOTH CEILING SPACES SHALL BE PERMITTED. IF THERE ARE BEAM DEPTHS EQUAL OR GREATER THAN 10% OF THE CEILING HEIGHT (0.1 X H), AND THE BEAM SPACING IS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 40% OF THE CEILING HEIGHT (0.4 X H), SPOT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE CEILING IN EACH BEAM POCKET PER NFPA 72 2007, 5.7.3.2.4. 23. DUCT DETECTORS SHALL HAVE REMOTE TEST STATIONS INSTALLED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AND BE CLEARLY LABELED TO INDICATE THEIR FUNCTION AND THE MECHANICAL UNIT ASSOCIATED WITH EACH DETECTOR. DUCT DETECTOR TEST STATIONS SHALL BE LOCATED AS CLOSE TO THE APPLIANCES AS POSSIBLE FOR EASE IN LOCATING AND UNLESS ASSOCIATED WITH ROOF TOP MECHANICAL UNITS A. IF THERE IS A DROP CEILING, THE REMOTE TEST STATIONS SHALL BE MOUNTED IN CEILING TILES BELOW THE DUCT DETECTORS. B. IF THERE IS A HARD CEILING, THE REMOTE TEST STATIONS SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE CEILING NEXT TO A MINIMUM OF A 2'x4' OR 3'x3' ACCESS PANEL LOCATED BELOW THE DUCT DETECTOR. C. IF THERE IS NO CEILING, THE REMOTE TEST STATIONS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON A PILLAR OR WALL AS CLOSE TO THE DEVICE AS POSSIBLE. 24. THE LOCATION OF ALL DETECTORS IN AIR DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AND CLEARLY IDENTIFIED AND RECORDED. 25. ALL DETECTORS NOT ACCESSIBLE STANDING AT FINISHED FLOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A REMOTE TEST SWITCH WITH INDICATOR LIGHT. LOCATIONS OF ALL FIRE ALARM REMOTE TEST STATIONS SHALL BE LABELED PER LOCAL AUTHORITY REQUIREMENTS. TEST STATION LOCATIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED WITH LOCAL AUTHORITY PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 26. DUCT DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND POSITIONED TO ALLOW EASY ACCESS FOR PERIODIC INSPECTION AND TESTING. 27. FURNISH AND INSTALL A KNOX BOX AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. EXACT QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS AS DETERMINED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. KNOX BOX MANUFACTURER SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. PROVIDE AN ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULE WHEN REQUIRED. 28. THE FIRE ALARM SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF THE PROGRAMMING CODES AND OPERATION MANUALS IN A SLEEVED BINDER ATTACHED TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 29. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO REMOTE SUPERVISION AS DIRECTED FOR SUPERVISION OF SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL AUTHORITY & OWNER. PROVIDE ALL INTERFACE REQUIRED TO INITIATE REMOTE SUPERVISION. 30. PROVIDE & INSTALL A CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IN FRONT OF FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AND EACH REMOTE MOUNTED AUXILIARY PANEL IN ADDITION TO THE DEVICES SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLANS. 31. PROVIDE & INSTALL MANUAL STATIONS WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA-72 SECTION 3-8.1.2 IN ADDITION TO THE DEVICES SHOWN ON THE PLANS. VERIFY WITH LOCAL AUTHORITY PRIOR TO BIDDING & INDICATE COST IN BID PRICE. 32. INCLUDE ON-SITE SERVICES OF A CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN TO PROVIDE TECHNICAL INSTALLATION SUPPORT FOR EQUIPMENT START UP, PROGRAM EDITING, TROUBLESHOOTING OF THE SYSTEM, AND ASSISTANCE TO THE INSTALLER FOR ONE COMPLETE FINAL SYSTEM CHECKOUT. 33. THE COMPLETED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-72, AND LOCAL AND STATE CODE REQUIREMENTS, BY THE INSTALLER, IN THE PRESENCE OF THE G.C., OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. UPON COMPLETION OF A SUCCESSFUL TEST, THE INSTALLER SHALL SO CERTIFY, IN WRITING, TO THE OWNER AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR. (2) CONDUCTOR #14 AWG #18 AWG TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR (4) #14 AWG J FF NOTE: FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS NOTES: V F F DD AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE CD CANDELA DI DUCTILE IRON ESFR EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST RESPONSE ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FP FIRE PROTECTION GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE JB JUNCTION BOX MAX MAXIMUM MIN MINIMUM N/A NOT APPLICABLE ABBREVIATIONS NIC NOT IN CONTRACT OC ON CENTER PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE PROVIDE FURNISH AND INSTALL PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE RD RETURN DUCT REV REVISION SD SUPPLY DUCT SF SQUARE FEET TYP TYPICAL UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE V VOLT(S) WP WEATHERPROOF FIRE ALARM STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS 84" 60" 120" 60" 48" 84" AUDIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (DISPLAY) FIRE ALARM BELL (EXTERIOR) FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT (DISPLAY) PULL STATIONS (HANDLE) VISIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) FIRE ALARM (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) THIS IA A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ETC. ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR AND REMOTE TEST STATION FOR RTU SHUTDOWN. COORDINATE REMOTE TEST STATION LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. FIRE ALARM AUDIO/VISUAL (SPEAKER/STROBE) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED WALL AT THE LESSOR OF 80" AFF TO BOTTOM OR 6" BELOW FINISHED CEILING. 1.VERIFY IN FIELD WHETHER FIRE ALARM DEVICES ARE EXISTING OR NEED TO BE REPLACED. CONNECT ALL DEVICES TO TO MALL'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. VERIFY ALL AMOUNTS, LOCATIONS, AND REQUIREMENTS WITH MALL'S FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BID AND WORK COMMENCEMENT. FIRE ALARM AUDIO/VISUAL (SPEAKER) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED CEILING. IF NO FINISHED CEILING, PENDANT MOUNT. COORDINATE PENDANT MOUNT HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT. FIRE ALARM VISUAL (STROBE) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED WALL AT THE LESSOR OF 80" AFF TO BOTTOM OR 6" BELOW FINISHED CEILING. 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA As indicated \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t FA01.01 FIRE ALARM PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 N 1/4" = 1'-0" FIRE ALARM PLAN REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB F6 F6E S1 S1 S1S1 F6 E F6 F8 F8 F8 F8 F8 F8 F8 D OC OC OC OC OC OCMS1 MS2 D D OC DOC OC OC D OC D OC B C D 3 2 1 A 1 FITTING ROOM WALLS ARE FULL HEIGHT 5 1" ARM OVER CONCEALED PENDANT SPRINKLER HEAD W/ WHITE COVER PLATE 1" OUTLET CEILING 1" DROP 1" ARM OVER HANGER ASSEMBLY UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HANGER ASSEMBLY 1" OUTLET UPRIGHT SPRINKLERCONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & AVAILABLE SURVEY INFORMATION AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. FIRE SPRINKLER DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. OWNER RETAINS RIGHTS OF SALVAGE FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE SALVAGED AND THE LOCATION FOR STORAGE. AVOID DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND DEVICES DURING DEMOLITION WORK AND DURING TRANSPORT TO OWNER'S DESIGNATED STORAGE LOCATION. 4. PERFORM ALL WORK ACCORDING TO THE PHASING SCHEDULE FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY DESIGN AND/OR CONFIGURATIONS THAT MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS AS NECESSARY TO CONFORM TO THE REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PHASING OF THE PROJECT. 5. ONLY THE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING AFFECTED BY THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT HAVE BEEN SHOWN. INFORMATION SHOWN AS EXISTING TO REMAIN IS NOT BEING MODIFIED AS A PART OF THIS PROJECT. 6. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED SO AS TO NOT INTERRUPT SERVICE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY NOTIFY THE BUILDING OWNER, LANDLORD, THE LEASER AND ADJACENT TENANTS AS APPLICABLE A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THIS WORK. 7. REMOVE ALL UNUSED AND DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS FROM SITE. ABANDONING UNUSED PORTIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. 8. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 9. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE FIRE SPRINKLER COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS. 10. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM(S) NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE LEFT IN SERVICE AS APPLICABLE. 11. VERIFY THAT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN IS OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF ANY DAMAGED AND/OR MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS. 12. ALL SYSTEMS TO BE LEFT IN SERVICE PRIOR TO THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. FIRE SPRINKLER GENERAL NOTES: 1. SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. SYSTEM SHALL ALSO MEET ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, FIRE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE CARRIER. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL. 2. INFORMATION ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS GENERAL INFORMATION AND FOR BID PURPOSES ONLY. LAYOUT SYSTEM, PERFORM REQUIRED CALCULATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. 3. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION AND TO MEET AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE CARRIER REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 4. MODIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM. RELOCATE AND/OR PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPRINKLERS, PIPING, HANGERS, ETC. COORDINATE WITH WALLS, CEILINGS, LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, STRUCTURE, OBSTRUCTIONS, ETC., IN AREAS AFFECTED BY SCOPE OF WORK. 5. COORDINATE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS TO MINIMIZE SYSTEM IMPAIRMENT. PROVIDE FIRE WATCH AND INTERIM FIRE PROTECTION MEASURES WHERE REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INSURANCE CARRIER OR OWNER. 6. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING NEAR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH NFPA 70. 7. COORDINATE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURES NEAR HEAT-PRODUCING SOURCES WITH NFPA 13. 8. DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN ONE SPRINKLER TO AN EXISTING ONE-INCH OUTLET UNLESS HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS ARE INCLUDED TO VERIFY PERFORMANCE. 9. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED PIPING, FITTINGS, HANGERS, ETC. 10. FORWARD COMPLETED CONTRACTOR MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATES TO THE OWNER. 11. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE HANGER ASSEMBLY THAT PREVENTS UPWARD MOVEMENT OF THE PIPE WHEN ARMOVER LENGTH EXCEEDS 12-INCHES AND SYSTEM STATIC PRESSURE AT THE SPRINKLER EXCEEDS 100 PSI. PROVIDE HANGER WHEN ARMOVER LENGTH EXCEEDS 24-INCHES AND SYSTEM STATIC PRESSURE AT THE SPRINKLER DOES NOT EXCEED 100 PSI. ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. MODIFY TO SUIT CONDITIONS AND MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE HANGER WHEN ARMOVER LENGTH EXCEEDS 24 INCHES. ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. MODIFY TO SUIT CONDITIONS AND MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. NTS NTS 1" x 1/2" REDUCER 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA As indicated \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ j d m \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ j d m _ R 2 1 . r v t FP01.01 FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 N 1/4" = 1'-0" FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER PLAN HEAD LEGEND UPRIGHT SPRINKLER CONCEALED PENDANT SPRINKLER HEAD WITH WHITE COVER PLATE EXTENDED COVERAGE WHITE SIDE WALL SPRINKER HEAD REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB B C D 3 2 1 A TG-1, 18x8 1 T RTU-1 2 4 BOTH SIDES TS RTU-1 RG-1 24x24 RG-1 24x24 SG-1, 10x3 100 CFM SG-1, 12x4 200 CFM SG-1, 10x3 100 CFM SG-1, 12x3 150 CFM SG-1, 12x4 200 CFM RTU 1 (ON ROOF) 10 TONS 5 6 EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN. 8 8 7 9 SG-1, 14x4 250 CFM SG-1, 14x4 250 CFM SG-1, 12x4 200 CFM 18"ø 12 " ø 8" ø SG-1, 10x3 100 CFM 3 TG-1, 8x6 BOTH SIDES 4 10"ø 14"ø 20"ø 1 1 UC TG-1, 8x6 TG-1, 8x6 TG-1, 8x6 TG-1, 8x6 TG-1, 8x6 BOTH SIDES BOTH SIDES BOTH SIDES BOTH SIDES BOTH SIDES 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 SG-1, 12x6 300 CFM SG-1, 12x6 300 CFM 10 " ø 10 " ø 10 " ø 10 " ø 10 " ø 10 " ø CD-1, 10"ø 400 CFM CD-1, 10"ø 400 CFM CD-2, 10"ø 400 CFM CD-2, 10"ø 400 CFM CD-2, 10"ø 400 CFM CD-2, 10"ø 400 CFM 12x1216x1620x16 5 5 5 555 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS RS RL CWR CWS HWR HWS LPC LPS CD ACD PIPING GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COORDINATION DRAWINGS. COORDINATION DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE PROPOSED LOCATIONS OF PIPING, DUCTWORK, SPRINKLER PIPING, AND LIGHTING, AS WELL AS LOCATIONS OF STRUCTURAL BEAMS AND OTHER RELEVANT STRUCTURAL FEATURES. COORDINATION DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE HEIGHTS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, STRUCTURAL BEAMS, AND CEILINGS TO ENSURE INSTALLED EQUIPMENT WILL FIT ABOVE CEILING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COORDINATION DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. ANY REVISIONS TO DUCTWORK, EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT OR PIPING REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR FAILURE TO SUBMIT PROPERLY PREPARED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE HVAC CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CLIENT AND DELAY TO THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER A FINAL TEST AND BALANCE REPORT PER MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS. TEST AND BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO ENGINEER'S FINAL PUNCH. HEATING HOT WATER RETURN HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY REFRIGERANT SUCTION CHILLED WATER RETURN REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE (HOT GAS) HEAT PUMP RETURN HEAT PUMP SUPPLY REFRIGERANT LIQUID DIRECTION OFFLOW CHILLED WATER SUPPLY EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN EXISTING PIPING TO BE REMOVED RD HR HS CONDENSATE DRAIN LOW PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE LOW PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY ELBOW DOWN ELBOW UP THERMOMETER PRESSURE GAUGE CONTROLVALVE BALL VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE CHECK VALVE THREE-WAY CONTROL VALVE TRIPLE DUTY VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS BALANCING VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS STRAINER SOLENOID VALVE AUXILIARY CONDENSATE DRAIN THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. NOTE: H T DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR FSD SD C02 TS SP HVAC EQUIPMENT & DUCTWORK FD MD BD EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN BRANCH DUCT WITH 45° RECTANGLE-ROUND BRANCH FITTING AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. SEE SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR DUCTWORK TO RECEIVE INSULATION OR LINER. RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES NECK SIZE, TYPE, CFM OF SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR REGISTER MOTORIZED DAMPER THERMOSTAT FIRE DAMPER FIRE SMOKE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION HUMIDISTAT EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION 10" CSD-1 300 CFM BACKDRAFT DAMPER CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN NOTE: TEMPERATURE SENSOR (SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN) STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR S AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BD BACKDRAFT DAMPER CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DX DIRECT EXPANSION EA EXHAUST AIR FFA FROM FLOOR ABOVE FFB FROM FLOOR BELOW GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE IN WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN MAX MAXIMUM MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MIN MINIMUM NC NOISE CRITERIA OA OUTSIDE AIR RA RETURN AIR SA SUPPLY AIR SD SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR TFA TO FLOOR ABOVE TFB TO FLOOR BELOW TYP TYPICAL UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE W/WITH W/O WITHOUT ABBREVIATIONS STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS MECHANICAL (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) THERMOSTATS (USER ADJUSTABLE)(TOP OF DEVICE)48" CONTROLS (TOP OF DEVICE)48" 1 CU 1 ANNOTATION 1 M1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER MECHANICAL PLAN CALLOUT CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING 1 M1 SECTION CUT DESIGNATION SUPPLY GRILLE (SG-1) GENERAL NOTES: K.COORDINATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS WITH LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS/DOORS TO ENABLE SERVICE OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR FILTER REPLACEMENT. L.SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE BUILDING COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS. FIREPROOF PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. REQUIREMENTS. M.COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING SIZE AND FRAME TYPE OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH THE SUPPLIER TO MEET THE CEILING, WALL AND DUCT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. N.ADJUST LOCATION OF CEILING DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FINAL CEILING GRID AND LIGHTING LOCATIONS. O.LOCATE AND SET THERMOSTATS, TEMPERATURE SENSORS, AND HUMIDISTATS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALL DEVICES WITH TOP OF DEVICE AT MAXIMUM 48" AFF TO MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. PROVIDE INSULATED BACKING FOR THERMOSTATS MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR BUILDING WALLS. INSTALL WIRING IN CONDUIT PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16. AT A MINIMUM, PROVIDE CONDUIT IN THE WALL FROM THE JUNCTION BOX TO 6" ABOVE THE CEILING. P.COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES WITH PRESENTATION BOARDS, DISPLAY CABINETS, SHELVES OR OTHER COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS. CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE REIMBURSED FOR RELOCATION OF WALL- MOUNTED DEVICES CAUSED BY A LACK OF COORDINATION. Q.PROVIDE A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN EACH BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FROM MAIN SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTS. R.PROVIDE A PREFABRICATED 45 DEGREE, HIGH EFFICIENCY, RECTANGULAR/ROUND BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FITTING WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND LOCKING QUADRANT FOR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS AND TAKE-OFFS TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. S.BRANCH DUCTWORK TO AIR OUTLETS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS OUTLET NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. T.DUCTWORK INSULATION: PROVIDE 3/4 LB DENSITY, 1-1/2" (R-4) THICK, INSULATION WRAP ON ALL CONCEALED RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR, SUPPLY, RETURN AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS. PROVIDE 1" (R-4) THICK, 1-1/2 LB DENSITY INTERNAL DUCT LINER ON ALL RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS THROUGH THE FIRST 10 FEET OF DUCTWORK OR 3 FEET PAST THE FIRST ELBOW FOR SOUND ATTENUATION ONLY. DUCT SIZES ON MECHANICAL PLANS INDICATE CLEAR INSIDE AIRFLOW DIMENSIONS, INCREASE SHEET METAL SIZES ACCORDINGLY. U.PROVIDE THERMAFLEX TYPE M-KE, FLEXMASTER TYPE 8, OR APPROVED EQUAL FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE LISTED UNDER UL 181 AS CLASS 1 AIR DUCT AND BE PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL R-4, 3/4 LB DENSITY FIBERGLASS INSULATION. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 5'-0" IN LENGTH AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED TO AVOID SHARP BENDS AND SAGGING. V.KEEP EXHAUST AND VENT PENETRATIONS THROUGH ROOF A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM HVAC EQUIPMENT FRESH AIR INLETS AND 2'-0" FROM ROOF PARAPETS. A.PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. B.EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. C.COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE A NEAT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION. INSTALL DUCTWORK AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. D.DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING CONSTRUCTION AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. E.ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. F.NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK ARE SHOWN AT APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. FIELD MEASURE FINAL DUCTWORK LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT THE DUCTWORK WITHIN THE AVAILABLE SPACE. VERIFY THAT FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS MEET MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING SERVICE CLEARANCE AND PROPER AIRFLOW CLEARANCE AROUND EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE COORDINATION DIMENSION DRAWINGS FOR THE ENGINEER TO REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION. G.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RELATED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AS APPLICABLE TO THE HVAC SYSTEM. VERIFY CHASES AND PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE INTENDED FOR DUCTWORK MEET REQUIREMENTS. H.COORDINATE LOCATION OF ROOF MOUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. I.INDOOR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PROTECT INSIDE OF (INSTALLED AND DELIVERED) DUCTWORK AND HVAC UNITS FROM EXPOSURE TO DUST, DIRT, PAINT AND MOISTURE. REPLACE INSULATION THAT HAS GOTTEN WET AT ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION, DRYING THE INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. SEAL ANY TEARS OR JOINTS OF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATION. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CEILING/RETURN AIR PLENUM INCLUDING DUST. AN INDEPENDENT, PROFESSIONAL DUCT CLEANING COMPANY SHALL VACUUM CLEAN ANY DUCTWORK CONNECTED TO HVAC UNITS THAT WERE OPERATED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AFTER NEW FILTERS ARE INSTALLED AND PRIOR TO TURNING SYSTEM OVER TO THE OWNER. J.INSTALL DUCTWORK PARALLEL TO BUILDING COLUMN LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED. 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 1/4" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ j d m \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ j d m _ R 2 1 . r v t M01.01 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 N 1/4" = 1'-0" MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN CODED NOTES:# 1. PROVIDE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND WALL MOUNT AT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND COLOR/STYLE OF SENSORS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING. 2. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTATS FOR REMOTE SENSORS, ONE FOR EACH UNIT, AT LOCATION SHOWN AND LABEL WITH CORRESPONDING UNIT NAME. MOUNT THERMOSTATS AT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF THERMOSTATS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF WIRING OR BACKING. 3. DO NOT ROUTE DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. OVER ELECTRICAL PANEL BOARDS. RELOCATE ANY EXISTING PIPING OR DUCTWORK WHICH IS ROUTED OVER THE PANELS (AS NECESSARY TO MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS). 4. MOUNT WALL TRANSFER GRILLE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. TRANSFER DUCT SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS GRILLE NECK. GRILLE SHALL BE ORIENTED SO BLADES POINT TOWARD CEILING. 5. NEW 10-TON UNIT LOCATED IN SAME LOCATION AS EXISTING UNIT. PROVIDE ROOF CURB ADAPTOR AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH LANDLORD AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACING UNIT. 6. INSTALL RETURN BOOT SAME SIZE AS UNIT CONNECTION WITH 1" LINER INSULATION FOR SOUND ATTENUATION. PROVIDE 1/2" BIRDSCREEN AT INLET. 7. ROUTE DUCT UP TO ROOFTOP UNIT CONNECTION. TRANSITION AS NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO UNIT. 8. PROVIDE 1" LINER INSULATION FOR SOUND ATTENUATION TO RECTANGULAR SUPPLY DUCT. 9. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF INTERLOCKED WITH SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATED IN SUPPLY AIR DUCT TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UNDER ALARM. DETECTOR SHALL BE FURNISHED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT PER N.E.C. 10. MOUNT TRANSFER AIR GRILLE ABOVE FITTING ROOM DOOR. 1 2 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 ROUND SUPPLY DUCT INTEGRAL VOLUME DAMPER SURFACE MT. GRILLE NOTES: 1.USE THREADED ROD FOR ALL DUCTS LARGER THAN 60"∅WIDE. 2.SHEET METAL SCREWS MAY BE OMITTED IF HANGER STRAP IS CONTINUOUS AND LOOPS UNDER ENTIRE DUCT. PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE ANGLE OR UNISTRUT 60" (MAX) ANGLE OR UNISTRUT RECTANGULAR DUCT BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE LOADS MUST BE HUNG WITHIN 6”OF PANEL POINTS ROOF 1" MIN ROOF 6" THREADED ROD (TYP) SHEET METAL SCREWS SEE NOTE 2. (TYP) HANGER STRAP SEE NOTE 1 6" JOIST ROUND SUPPLY DUCT -22.5° SURFACE MT. GRILLE INTEGRAL VOLUME DAMPER PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE ROUND DUCT TWIST STRAP PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE ROOF 6" ROOF 16 GA. GALV. STEEL BAND (2”WIDE) ROUND SUPPLY AIR DUCT LOADS MUST BE HUNG WITHIN 6” OF PANEL POINTS SHEET METAL SCREW (MAX. 24"∅) OPTIONAL ROUTING IN CONCEALED AREAS 6" BOLT AND NUT (MAX. 36"∅) NOTES: 1.FOR DUCTS LARGER THAN 36"∅, USE TWO HANGER RODS, WIRES OR STRAPS TO SUPPORT DUCT FROM EACH SIDE. JOIST BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE ANGLE OR UNISTRUT FASTENER TYPES FASTENER FASTENER OUTSIDE AIR SCHEDULE SYSTEM DESIGNATION SYSTEM TAB NAME OR LIST "SINGLE" RTU-1 SINGLE ZONE RTU-1 REMARKS: 1.VENTILATION CALCULATION BASED ON ASHRAE 62.1: TABLE 6.2.2.1. 2.SYSTEM POPULATION BASED ON MAX SEATING AND/OR CODE MAXIMUM VALUES. RTU-1 RTU-1 SINGLE ZONE SINGLE ZONE SINGLE ZONE ZONE SALES FLOOR FITTINGS BOH STORAGE RESTROOMS FLOOR AREA SERVED BY SYSTEM (SF) 1480 380 640 60 SYSTEM AVERAGED AREA-BASED 0.12 0.12 0.06 0.06 SYSTEM POPULATION (PEOPLE) 23 5 4 - SYSTEM AVERAGE PEOPLE-BASED 7.5 7.5 10 0 TOTALS DESIGN OA INTAKE 550 550 350 83 78 4 515 REQUIRED OA INTAKE REMARKS 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 NOTE: MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ROOF OPENING SIZES & LOCATIONS, FOR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FRAMING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR ROOFTOP UNIT: FASTEN TO CURB WITH STRAP GASKET AND SILICONE SEALING PRESSURE- TREATED WOOD NAILER STRIP CURB FURNISHED AS AN ACCESSARY TO UNIT. WITH SHIM TO SET UNIT DEAD LEVEL ON STEEL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FRAME FOR UNIT & DECKING AT FULL PERIMETER OF FACTORY CURB COUNTER FLASHING STRIP 1" RIGID INSULATION 3" CANT STRIP ROOFING ROOF INSULATION METAL DECKING RA SA NOTES: 1.FOR UNITS NOT SUPPLIED WITH SMOKE DETECTORS INSTALL SMOKE DETECTORS, PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, IN DUCTWORK WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. 2.PROVIDE 1" ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING IN SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS FROM UNIT CONNECTION TO POINTS INDICATED ON PLANS. 3.TRANSITION SUPPLY AND RETURN UNIT CONNECTIONS TO SIZES INDICATED ON PLANS. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION (TYP.) ROOF FRAMING. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PROVIDE WITHIN CURB SPACE THREE (3) ALTERNATING LAYERS OF 1-1/2" THICK RIGID FIBERGLASS BOARD AND 1/2" THICK WATER RESISTANT DRYWALL (GREENBOARD) SIX (6) LAYERS TOTAL METAL ROOF DECK RIGID INSULATION SECURE ALL AROUND AT 12" O.C. 14" HIGH PREFABRICATED ROOF CURB WITH INSULATION BY RTU MFR. ROOFING FELTS TO EXTEND UP UNDER RTU CURB CAP WOOD NAILER STRIP ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT MOUNTED ON FULL PERIMETER ROOF CURB. UNIT SHALL SIT ON CURB DEAD LEVEL. PROVIDE FIBERGLASS ISOLATION PADS BETWEEN UNIT AND CURB SIMILAR TO KINETICS KIP-RT INDOOR A.C. OR RTU UNIT EQUIPMENT DRAIN POINT INDOOR A.C. UNIT SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE ROOF CLEAN OUT SEE NOTE 3 AIR GAP = 2 x PIPE DIA. TRAP SEAL (SEE NOTES 1 & 2) EQUIPMENT DRAIN INVERT DRAIN LINE IS ONE SIZE LARGER THAN EQUIPMENT DRAIN POINT SIZE CLEANOUT NOTES: 1.FOR DRAINS ON SUCTION SIDE OF FAN USE 3"MIN. TRAP SEAL OR MAX. FAN SUCTION PRESSURE PLUS 1" WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 2.FOR DRAINS ON DISCHARGE SIDE OF FAN USE 6" MIN. TRAP SEAL OR MAX. FAN DISCHARGE PRESSURE PLUS 1" WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 3.DISCHARGE ONTO SPLASH BLOCK ON ROOF OR OVER FLOOR DRAIN IN FINISHED FLOOR. RTU OVER 10 TONS TYPE "C" COPPER . . 3" M I N . 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ j d m \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ j d m _ R 2 1 . r v t M02.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 GRILLE AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL FRAME OR BORDER TYPE MODULE SIZE DAMPER TYPE FINISH REMARKS SUPPLY CD-1 TITUS EXPOSED ROUND CD-2 TITUS EXPOSED ROUND SG-1 TITUS S301 FS DUCT MOUNTED SEE PLANS INTEGRAL PER ARCHITECT 1 RETURN RG-1 TITUS 350 RL SURFACE SEE PLANS NONE PER ARCHITECT 1 TG-1 TITUS 350 RL SURFACE SEE PLANS NONE PER ARCHITECT 1 REMARKS: 1.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: ANEMOSTAT, KRUEGER, NAILOR, PRICE, TITUS, OR TUTTLE AND BAILEY. REMARKS: 1.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: CARRIER, JOHNSON CONTROLS, LENNOX, McQUAY, TRANE, OR YORK. 2.PROVIDE WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION AND DISCONNECT. 3.PROVIDE WITH ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER WITH POWERED EXHAUST. 4.PROVIDE WITH CONDENSER HAIL GUARD. 5.PROVIDE WITH MINIMUM 14" HIGH INSULATED ROOF CURB 6.PROVIDE WITH POWERED CONVENIENCE OUTLET (120/1Ø). 7.PROVIDE WITH HOT GAS REHEAT AND RETURN AIR HUMIDITY SENSOR. 8.PROVIDE WITH CURB ADAPTOR. N.T.S.3 REGISTER MOUNTING TO ROUND DUCT DETAIL N.T.S.1 RECTANGULAR DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL N.T.S.4 REGISTER MOUNTING TO ROUND DUCT DETAIL (ANGLED) N.T.S.2 ROUND DUCT TAKE-OFF DETAIL N.T.S.6 ROOFTOP UNIT CURB DETAIL N.T.S.7 ROOFTOP UNIT INSTALLATION DETAIL N.T.S.8 CONDENSATE DRAIN ROOF DETAIL wear ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULES (ELECTRIC) MARK NOMINAL TONS MANUFACTURER MODEL SUPPLY AIR (CFM) MIN. OUTDOOR AIR (CFM) EXT. STATIC PRESSURE ("WC) TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE ("WC)BHP HP HEAT PUMP CAPACITY @47°F (MBH) HEATING EAT/LAT (°F) No. OF STAGES TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) REFRIGERANT TYPE EER EAT DB/WB (°F)LAT DB/WB (°F) FILTER EFFICIENCY (%) ELECTRICAL OPER. WT. (LBS)REMARKSMCA MOCP VOLT. PH. RTU 1 10 TRANE WSC120H3R0A**E6 4000 550 1.0 1.41 2.19 2.75 104.61 70.0 / 93.67 1 118.05 96.98 R-410A 11.0 80.0 / 67.0 59.41 / 58.22 30 54.00 80 208 3 1239 1-8 1 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE Section 200500 - General Requirements A. General 1. Specifications are applicable to all contractors and/or subcontractors for all mechanical systems in Divisions 01, 20, 21, 22, and 23. 2. This contractor is also referred to the architectural, structural, electrical and all other drawings and specifications pertinent to this project and fully coordinate with all other trades, owner and architect requirements. All of the above mentioned drawings and specifications are considered a part of the contract documents. 3. Conform to all Instructions to Bidders, general and special conditions of contract as specified by architect and/or owner. 4. Before submitting a bid, each contractor is requested to visit the job site to familiarize themselves with construction condition, check facilities and conditions and make all necessary observations and measurements. Note conditions under which work is to be performed and take all items into consideration in bid. No consideration will be given for his failure to do so. 5. Systems are to be complete and workable in all respects, placed in operation and properly adjusted. 6. Each contractor shall provide for his own clean-up, removal and legal disposal of all rubbish daily. 7. Each contractor shall protect his work, his existing and adjacent property against weather. 8. Each contractor shall protect his work, materials, apparatus and fixtures from damage. Any work damaged by failure to provide protection required, shall be removed and replaced with new material at the contractor's expense. 9. Each contractor must confirm all utility company requirements and connection points in field, prior to starting work. Each contractor shall include cost of utility companies work in their bid. 10. Each contractor must confirm size, location and materials at point of tie in connections in the field prior to rough-in of new work. 11. Arrange for and obtain owner's and insurance representative's permission for any service shutdowns. 12. Each contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, sequences of construction and the safety of workmen. 13. No piping, ductwork, wiring, etc., shall be installed or routed above or below electrical panels and equipment, through elevator equipment rooms or elevator shafts or stairways unless these items serve these areas only. 14. All contractors shall coordinate with the electrical contractor and obtain a written approval identifying the electrical characteristics of all mechanical equipment prior to ordering of equipment. No additional payment will be made for lack of contractor coordination of electrical characteristics. 15. Each contractor shall include modifying existing conditions to complete the project. During construction the contractors may uncover an existing condition that will have to be modified. Any such work which comes under the jurisdiction of this contractor shall be done by this contractor without extra cost to the owner and project. 16. Work related to the existing building shall be coordinated to minimize interference or interruption of normal building use by the owner. Refer to architectural plans for phasing requirements. 17. Ceiling grid systems shall not be supported from ductwork, heating or plumbing lines or any other utility lines, and vice versa. Each utility and the ceiling grid system shall be a separate installation and each shall be independently supported from the building structure - concrete, steel or masonry. Where interferences occur, in order to support ductwork, piping, ceiling grid systems, etc., trapeze type hangers or supports shall be employed which shall be located so as not to interfere with access to such mechanical equipment as valves, regulators, mixing boxes, fire dampers, etc. B. Work Coordination and Scope 1. Each contractor under this division shall familiarize himself with the work to be done under other divisions of this specification and their related drawings and shall so coordinate and schedule his work as not to cause delays or interference with the work of others. Such coordination and scheduling shall accomplish the installation of mechanical and plumbing equipment and piping with a minimum of cutting through masonry and other adjustments. 2. Work included under this division shall consist of furnishing all materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation and facilities and performing all labor and services necessary for the complete installation of the mechanical systems of plumbing, fire protection, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and specialty systems. 3. The contractor under this division shall report discrepancies in the work of others which affect his work. Any changes made necessary by failure or neglect to report such discrepancies shall be made by and at the expense of the contractor of this division. Obtain written instructions for changes necessary to accommodate work of others. 4. The contractor under this division shall be responsible for proper size and location of anchors, chases, recesses, opening, etc., required for the proper installation of his work. 5. The division of responsibility under separate mechanical, fire protection and plumbing contracts for tie-in points shall be as follows: a. The plumbing contractor shall provide domestic water and gas to within five feet (5'-0”) of equipment connection furnished by the mechanical or electrical contractor, final connection by mechanical or electrical contractor. On the water lines, the plumbing contractor shall provide the shut-off valve, check valve, backflow preventor and pressure regulator. On the gas lines, the plumbing contractor shall provide the shut-off valve and pressure regulator. b. Plumbing contractor shall run the gas, water, and sanitary points as noted on the drawings. c. Fire protection, plumbing and mechanical contractor shall provide sleeves to the general contractor for placement in floors, walls, etc. and coordinate such location. The plumbing contractor shall be responsible for flashing at vent roof terminals. d. The fire protection, plumbing and mechanical contractor shall check with the architectural drawings concerning the test borings to determine areas of rock which should be included in his excavation work. Failure to adjust for rock conditions shall not warrant cause for additional compensation. e. The plumbing contractor shall rough-in and connect all other fixtures and equipment where shown on the drawings but not previously mentioned. Provide with shut-off valves and p-traps with clean-out plug. f. Unless responsibility to provide or furnish is otherwise stated on the electrical or mechanical drawings and electrical and mechanical specifications the contractor, under these divisions shall provide motors, special controls, disconnects, transformers, starters and relays as required for the proper operations of all equipment furnished under this division. All electrical equipment shall conform to requirements set forth under the electrical division and be suitable for operation on 60 cycle current available at the site. g. All motors 1/3 HP and smaller shall be single phase motors, 1/2 HP and larger, shall be three phase motors except where otherwise specified. Thermal overload protection for all motors shall be provided. Combination fused disconnect and magnetic line starters with auto-off-test switch shall be provided for all three-phase motors. Thermal overload relays shall be sized for 115 percent of full load motor current. The installation of all motors, starters and other electrical work under this mechanical division shall be done so as to conform with the National Electric Code. Each motor shall be of squirrel cage type, open-drip proof, normal starting torque, having ball bearings unless otherwise specified. For manufacturers that use PMAC motors, this contractor shall supply VFD's to operate motor. 6. Each contractor shall provide OSHA approved handrail (Guard) system for all roof mounted equipment within 10'- 0” of roof edge where the roof edge does not have a 42” high parapet or higher. C. Codes, Permits, Standards and Regulations 1. Contractors shall install work in full accordance with rules and regulations of all applicable codes (local, city, county, state, national codes, NFPA, OSHA, etc.), government regulations, utility company requirements, and applicable standards having jurisdiction over premises. This shall include safety requirements of the state department. Do not construe this as relieving contractor from compliance with any requirements of specifications which are in excess of code requirements and not in conflict therewith. 2. Contractors shall secure and pay for all fees, permits, and certificates of inspection incidental to this work required by foregoing authorities. Arrange for all required inspections and approvals. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for payments to all public utilities for work performed by them in connection with provision of service connections required under this division of specifications. 4. Deliver all permits and certificates to architect in duplicate. D. Design Drawings 1. The design drawings, as submitted, are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact location of equipment, piping and ductwork unless dimensions are given. Piping and ductwork are to be installed along the general plans shown on the drawings while conforming to actual building conditions. Each contractor shall confirm all dimensions by field measurement. 2. Before entering into a contract, the successful bidder may be required to submit satisfactory evidence to show that the manufacturer of all parts of the equipment offered have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of such equipment for three (3) years and have not less than three (3) installations of a similar type which have been in successful operation under conditions similar to those specified for not less than two (2) years. 3. All equipment, piping and material specified herein after as shown on the drawings shall be furnished and installed by the contractor, unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Installation shall comply with all required “Building Codes” and “Reference Standards.” 4. If this contractor proposes to install equipment requiring space conditions other than those as specified and/or shown on the design drawings, or to rearrange the equipment, he shall assume full responsibility and submit drawings for the rearrangement of the space and shall obtain the full approval of the architect prior to start of any work. 5. The exact locations for fixtures, equipment and piping which is not covered by drawings shall be obtained from the architect or his representative in the field and the work shall be laid out accordingly. 6. Drawings and specifications are intended to supplement one another. Any materials or labor called for in one but not the other shall be furnished as if both were mentioned in the specifications and shown on the drawings. E. Base Bid Equipment, Materials and Substitutions 1. All equipment and materials shall be new, free of defects and UL labeled. 2. Base bid manufacturers are included in the specification or listed in schedules on the drawings. All other manufacturers are considered substitution. 3. The name or make of any article, device, material, form of construction, fixture, etc., stated in this specification, whether or not the words "or approved equal" are used, shall be known as a "standard". 4. All cost shall be based on "standards" specified. 5. The equipment schedules on the drawings indicate manufacturer and their equipment model numbers that this design has been based on. Each contractor is required to bid upon the basis of design and furnish the makes specified. 6. Where more than one make or name is mentioned as being acceptable, it shall be understood that only the name or make referring to the manufacturers model numbers or sizes shall be considered the “Specified Standards.” It shall be further understood that other makes and names, even though mentioned, have not been checked for detail and that their size and arrangement are the contractor's responsibility the same as a proposed substitute item. The use of other manufacturer's equipment that is listed as acceptable alternates that entails general trades, structural, mechanical, electrical, etc., revisions is this contractor's responsibility to provide revisions. Any additional cost of such changes shall be paid by the contractor submitting the acceptable alternates which necessitates changes in installing such submitted alternate equipment, even though such costs may be part of another division of work. 7. Bids concerning the use of substitute products must be accompanied by complete specifications and performance characteristic covering these products. Contractor shall provide all available test data and experience records which may be helpful to the architect in evaluating the quality and/or suitability of alternate products. 8. Contractor is also invited to bid on any other similar products the contractor desires to propose as substitutions, stating any difference in cost (add or deduct from base bid cost) for each proposed substitution on the substitution sheet. If the architect decides to accept any of the proposed substitutions, proper notations thereof shall be made in the written contract. Where several makes are mentioned in the specifications and the contractor fails to state that he prefers a particular make in his bid, the owner shall have the right to choose any of the makes mentioned without change in price. No consideration will be given to proposals for alternative products unless submitted with the original bids. 9. Substitutions are subject to the approval of the owner. If a substitution is submitted, it is the contractor's responsibility to evaluate it and certify that the substitution is equivalent in all respects to the base specifications. 10. If substitutions are approved, notify all other contractors, subcontractors, etc., affected by the substitution and fully coordinate with them. Any costs resulting from substitution, whether by this contractor or others, shall be the responsibility of and paid for by the substituting contractor. Approved shop drawings do not absolve this contractor from this responsibility. 11. All equipment shall be installed in full accordance with the manufacturer's data and installation instructions and service clearances. It is this contractor's responsibility to check and confirm these requirements prior to starting of any work. F. Warranty 1. Fully warrant all materials, equipment and workmanship and the successful operation of all equipment and apparatus installed by this contractor for one (1) year from date of final acceptance. 2. Repair or replace without material and labor charge to the owner all items found defective during the warranty periods. In the case of replacement or repair due to failure within the warranty period, the warranty on that portion of the work shall be extended for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of such replacement or repair. G. Shop Drawing Submittals 1. Submit shop drawings for mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, and control systems; including but not limited to sheetmetal, plumbing fixtures and equipment with adequate details and scales to clearly show construction. Indicate the operating characteristics for each required item. Clearly identify each item on the submittal as to mark, location and use, using the same identification as provided on the construction documents. 2. Sheetmetal and fire protection shop drawings shall be fully dimensioned and coordinated based on field verified building dimensions and clearances and architectural ceiling layouts. Indicate structural systems, lighting, ductwork and piping at all critical locations. 3. Contractor shall review and indicate his approval of each shop drawing prior to submittal for review. Shop drawings will not be reviewed by the engineer unless the contractor's approval is noted. Do not start work or fabrication until shop drawings have been reviewed by the engineer and returned to the contractor. 4. Submittals will be reviewed only for general compliance with the contract documents and not for dimensions or quantities. The architect and engineer will make every effort to detect and correct errors, omissions, and inaccuracies in such drawings, but the failure to detect errors, omissions, and inaccuracies shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for the proper and complete installation in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. The submittal review shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for purchase of any item in full compliance with the contract documents or its complete and proper installation. 5. Where submittals vary from the contract requirements, the contractor shall clearly indicate on submittal or accompanying documents the nature and reason for the variations. 6. Each manufacturer or his representative must check the application of his equipment and certify at time of shop drawing submittal that the equipment specified has been properly applied and can be installed, serviced and maintained where indicated on the drawings. Advise engineer in writing with submittal drawings of any potential problems. The manufacturer shall be responsible for any changes that might be necessary because of physical characteristics of equipment that have not been called to the engineer's attention at the time of submittal. 7. Submit a minimum of one (1) print and an electronic “pdf” of shop drawings to the architect. The architect and engineer shall review and return a pdf. The contractor shall distribute copies as required to properly conduct the work, including requirements of the operating manual. H. Record Drawings 1. Each contractor or subcontractor shall keep one (1) complete set of the contract drawings and equipment submittals on the job site on which he shall regularly record any deviations or changes from such contract drawings made during construction. All recording shall be done in color ink. 2. These drawings shall record the installed location of all concealed equipment, piping, electric service, sewers, wastes, vents, ducts, conduit, etc., by measure dimensions to each such item from column centerlines or readily identifiable and accessible walls or corners of the building. Plans also shall show invert elevation of sewers and top elevation of all other below-grade lines. 3. Record drawings shall be kept clean and undamaged and shall not be used for any purpose other than recording deviations from working drawings and exact locations of concealed work. 4. After the project is completed, these drawings shall be scanned to an electronic “pdf” format and pdf and hard drawings shall be delivered to the architect in good condition, as a permanent record of the installation as actually constructed. I. Supervision 1. The contractor shall have in charge of work at all times during construction a competent foreman or superintendent whose experience and background shall qualify him for the work to be performed under this division. Once assigned, the foreman or superintendent shall be retained until completion of the project and any consideration as to his removal on grounds of incompetence shall either be initiated by or referred to the architect for decision. Section 200510 - Basic Materials and Methods A. General 1. Provide all materials, labor, equipment, and accessories required to furnish and install the mechanical items identified in this section. 2. This section includes basic mechanical materials and methods to complement other division sections in this specification and requirements indicated on the mechanical drawings. B. Interferences 1. Before installing any work, contractor shall see that it does not interfere with clearance required for finish on beams, columns, pilasters, walls, or other structural or architectural members, as shown on architectural drawings. If any work is so installed and it later develops that architectural design cannot be followed, contractor shall, at his own expense, make such changes in his work as architect may direct to permit completion of architectural work in accordance with plans and specifications. 2. Install additional offsets on piping or ductwork where required to obtain maximum headroom or to avoid conflict with other work without additional cost to owner. 3. Report any interferences between work under this division and that of any other contractors to architect as soon as they are discovered. Architect will determine which equipment shall be relocated, regardless of which was first installed, and his decision shall be final. C. Protection of Work and Property 1. The contractor shall be responsible for safeguarding work, property, and facilities against damage, both his own as well as others with which he may come into contact in the performance of his work. 2. Stored materials shall be protected against damage from weather. Pipe and duct openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All fixtures and equipment shall be covered and protected against damage. Any materials or equipment damaged at any stage in the construction shall be replaced or repaired. Final completion, all work shall be in a clean and unblemished condition. 3. During construction, all return air ductwork and transfer air openings serving new and existing air handling equipment and/or adjacent tenant spaces shall be protected. Openings which need to remain active shall be covered and protected with MERV 8 filtration media; openings which can remain inactive during construction shall be covered with plastic sheathing and sealed air tight. Filter media shall be replaced regularly as required during construction in order to ensure adequate airflow through all required active openings. In addition, at the end of each phase of construction and at the end of the construction project, all filtration media within each piece of equipment serving the space shall be replaced. D. Supports and Hangers 1. Hangers and supports are to be provided to properly support, secure and align piping and to meet field conditions and as manufactured by Grinnell, Michigan Hanger or Caddy. 2. All hangers, brackets, clamps, etc., shall be of standard weight steel. Perforated strap hangers shall not be used in any work. When two or more pipes are run parallel, they may be supported on unistrut-type trapeze hangers. Other hangers for pipe 3” in size and smaller shall be clevis. Each hanger is to be sized to include pipe insulation saddle for protection. 3. Isolate all copper lines form ferrous hangers or supports by using foil filler or vinyl tape. 4. Spacing to comply with ASHRAE standards and code requirements. E. Pipe Sleeves, Floor and Ceiling Plates 1. All pipes passing through floors or masonry walls shall be provided with machine-cut schedule 40 pipe steel sleeves. The sleeves shall be so sized to allow at least 1/4" clearance between the inside sleeve wall and the pipe or insulation surface. Sheet metal sleeves shall not be used in this work. Pipe sleeves are to extend 2” above finished floor and sealed. Pipe sleeves are to be full wall thickness and sealed. 2. Unused sleeves shall be plugged and finished to match adjoining surface. F. Escutcheons 1. Fit all pipe passing through walls, floors or ceilings in finished rooms with steel or brass escutcheons. Where surface is to receive a paint finish, make escutcheons prime painted; otherwise, make escutcheons nickel or chrome plated. Where piping is insulated, fit escutcheons outside insulation. G. Pipe Identification and Tags 1. Identify each pipe, valve and controls in equipment rooms, above accessible ceilings and in accessible shafts. 2. Color code identification bands or marker backgrounds to identify contents of pipe with initials and direction of flow located near each valve and fitting, on both sides of pipe passing through walls and on long runs at not over 20'-0” intervals. 3. At place where pipe is to have marking, covered pipe shall be properly primed with clear lacquer. After marking is applied, coat with lacquer. Apply marking adjacent to valves and equipment at major changes in directions, where pipes pass through walls or floors. 4. Each piece of equipment shall be identified by a number, together with a brief description of its purpose, e.g. “Air Handling Unit - East Lobby.” Identification shall be embossed or engraved plastic or stamped brass strips firmly attached to the equipment or adjacent wall at the obvious location. The lettering for such strips shall be not less than 1/2" high. 5. All valves shall be provided with brass numbered tags attached to handle with a brass chain or ring. Wiring of tags will not be acceptable. At the completion of the work, a reproducible valve schedule shall be provided. Three (3) copies of this shall be mounted in metal, glass covered frames where requested by the architect. The schedule shall give a description of the line or equipment controlled; the normal position, emergency and/or shutdown position and location given either by description or diagram. 6. All controls, starters, switches, etc, shall be identified by embossed stencil or engraved plate as to purpose and/or equipment controlled. Control wiring shall be identified with program number and device it services. H. Access Panels 1. Each contractor shall be responsible for providing all required access panels necessary for his work. This includes any access panels required for HVAC, plumbing and fire protection. Each contractor shall also provide access panels for any existing conditions as required. 2. Refer to architectural drawings and specifications for type of access panel and coordinate locations prior to any work. 3. Contractor shall mark lay-in ceiling tiles, in a method approved by the architect, where access is required to such mechanical, plumbing, and fire protection equipment, valves, regulators, mixing boxes, fire damper, etc. I. Noise and Vibration Isolation 1. Furnish and install vibration isolating mountings to isolate from the structure, by means of resilient vibration and noise isolators, all mechanical equipment over 1 HP having rotating or reciprocating parts. Isolators shall be supplied by a single source, and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to provide isolation efficiencies in accordance with this specification. Selection shall be based on equipment purposed, power dissipated, frequency, weight distribution and nature of the building structure. Mountings shall be designed to permit attachment to the equipment base or pad and to the structure and shall be selected for uniform deflection allowing for unequal weight distribution. 2. Selection shall be made by the manufacturer of the mountings to provide a transmissibility not exceeding 10 percent. This contractor shall provide inertia pads for equipment where called for on drawings or recommended by the manufacturer of the mountings. These shall consist of reinforced concrete pads of suitable shape, of weight 1-1/2 times the weight of the equipment and provided with weld plates or channels at the corners to which the mountings may be secured. 3. Vibration or noise created in any part of the building by the operation of any equipment furnished and/or installed under this contract will be prohibited, and this contractor shall take all precautions by isolating the various items of equipment, pipe and sheet metal work form the building structure. The major items of equipment shall be isolated as called for on the plans and specified herein. The minor items shall be held the responsibility of this contractor. 4. Isolation efficiency shall be based on the lowest operating speed of the supported equipment. The isolator manufacturer shall provide, as a part of his submittal data, and isolating efficiencies for the isolators supporting each piece of equipment. Isolators shall be manufactured by Consolidated Kinetics Corp., 401 Dublin Avenue, Columbus, Ohio, or Mason Industries, Inc., Hollis, New York. J. Miscellaneous Steel 1. Furnish and install all miscellaneous steel required for supports, hangers, anchors, guides, etc., required for installation of equipment and materials furnished and installed under this division. K. Painting 1. This contractor shall perform all painting incidental to this work. 2. All insulation shall be painted at the time of installation with one coat of Benjamin Foster “Lagtone” water base paint. At the completion of the work, all such insulation shall be given an additional coat of alkyd resin paint of a color to match existing building structure or as selected by the architect. 3. All uncovered black iron pipe, fittings, iron portions of valves, hangers, structural steel, expansion tanks, cooling tower sumps and all other black iron work shall be thoroughly cleaned and given two coats of alkyd resin paint of a color to match existing building structure or as selected by the architect. 4. All uncovered exposed sheet metal shall be thoroughly cleaned and neutralized and given two (2) coats of alkyd resin paint of a color to match existing building structure or as selected by the architect. 5. All painting shall be done with a brush or roller. Spray painting will be prohibited. 6. All finishing materials, thinners, etc., shall be the best quality, first line materials as manufactured by: a. E.I. Dupont De Nemours and Company b. Pratt and Lambert, Inc. c. The Glidden Company d. The Sherwin-Williams Company e. The Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company 7. All paint materials shall be delivered to the job in the manufacturer's original unopened and labeled containers, and they shall be used strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 8. This contractor shall submit a list of materials to the architect. The list shall state the branch names of the materials that the contractor intends to use. This list shall be secured from the paint manufacturer and shall be on his stationery. 9. The architect's approval must be secured before any painting work is started. L. Clean-Up 1. Insofar as this contract is concerned, at all times keep premises and building in a neat and orderly condition: Follow explicitly any instructions of architect in regard to storing of materials, protective measures, cleaning-up of debris, etc. 2. Upon completion of work, this contractor shall thoroughly clean all apparatus furnished by him, pack all valves and thoroughly clean piping, fixtures and equipment removing all dirt, grease and oil. 3. Air systems shall not be operated without filters. Upon completion of work, replace all filters. M. Operating and Maintenance 1. This contractor shall furnish competent personal instruction to the owner's operating personnel for a period of two (2) days in the proper operation of the heating and air conditioning equipment. He shall also supply the owner with copies of an operation manual containing the following: a. Step-by-step procedures for start-up and shut-down for each system and piece of equipment. b. Performance data, curves, ratings. c. Wiring diagrams. d. Manufacturer's descriptive literature. e. Automatic controls with diagrams and written description of operation. f. Manufacturer's maintenance and service manuals. g. Plumbing fixtures. h. Spare parts and replacement parts list for each piece of equipment. i. Name of service agency and installer. j. Final approved shop drawings. Section 200523 - Piping and Valves A. General 1. Furnish all material, labor, equipment, and accessories as required to install complete fire protection, plumbing, and HVAC piping systems as indicated on drawings and in these specifications. 2. Install in full accordance with local code requirements, see other specification section for additional requirements and install in accordance to manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. B. Installation 1. All piping shall be installed parallel with or perpendicular to the building walls. All vertical risers shall be installed plumb and straight. All piping above accessible ceilings shall be installed as high as possible and at height to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. 2. All piping shall be installed with pitch in the direction of flow of not less than 1” in forty feet, except as otherwise shown. It must be possible to drain every portion of the piping system. 3. Run lines as direct as possible and avoid unnecessary offsets. However, if offsets are required in order to obtain maximum headroom or to avoid conflict with other work, they shall be made as required or as requested by the architect without addition cost to the owner. The architect reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of piping and equipment during the roughing-in, without additional cost to the owner. All changes proposed by others shall be approved by the architect. 4. Lines shall be cut accurately to measurement at the site and worked into place without springing or forcing. Sufficient offsets, pipe loops or expansion joints between anchor points shall be provided as needed, whether or not shown, to limit stresses and control movement of lines subject to the thermal expansion. 5. Before any piping is installed, it shall be up-ended and pounded to remove any foreign matter present, and shall be swabbed, if necessary, for thorough cleaning. After installation and before final connections made, all piping system shall be flushed with a material that is not injurious to either pipe or equipment. (See also “Tests and Adjustments.”) 6. Pipe to be threaded shall be cut square and full threaded with clean-cut tapered threads and shall be reamed after threading. Threaded connections shall be made with pipe thread compound applied to the wall threads only. 7. The edges of pipe to be welded shall be machine beveled wherever possible. Before welding, the surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. The piping shall be carefully aligned. No metal shall project within the pipe. Mitered joints are prohibited. Only factory formed fittings shall be used. Elbows shall be long radius type. Flanges shall be welding neck type. Mitering of the pipe to form elbows or the notching of straight runs to form the tee connection will not be permitted. 8. Unions or companion flanges shall be installed in all connections to equipment, automatic valves, etc., as necessary to permit removal of equipment and specialties for servicing, repairing or cleaning. It shall be possible to remove any piece of equipment by removing only one or two sections of piping. 9. Valves shall be provided in suitable locations at each item of equipment, branch circuit, riser, or section of piping as indicated or required for proper and safe operation of the system and to facilitate maintenance and/or removal of all equipment and apparatus. On horizontal pipe runs, install all valve stems vertically up where possible and in no case shall the stems be turned more than 90 degrees from the vertically up position. 10. Drain valves shall be provided at all low points, trapped section, and on the equipment side of all branch valves to permit draining of all parts of all liquid piping systems. Drain valves shall have threaded hose ends with cap and chain. Drain piping shall be provided from pump glands, relief valves, etc., to spill at the floor over floor drains or other acceptable discharge points. The drain line shall terminate with plain, unthreaded end with a minimum 2” air gap at floor drain. 11. Taps (half couplings or tees) shall be provided as necessary to permit the installation of temperature control instruments, thermometers, pressure gauges, air vents, etc. 12. Connections between copper piping and screwed ferrous equipment connections or screwed ferrous piping systems shall be made as follows: a. For stationary non-rotating, non-vibrating equipment connections: dielectric unions. b. For rotating or vibrating equipment connection: cast brass adapter and bronze flanges with dielectric separation of flanges and bolts. c. Connections between copper piping and ferrous equipment flanges or flanged ferrous piping systems shall be made using bronze companion flange with dielectric separation of flanges and bolts. d. Brass or bronze valves in ferrous piping will not require dielectric separation. e. Nipples between copper piping and equipment or fixture connection fittings shall be brass, not galvanized steel. 13. All pressure piping systems shall be installed to conform to the requirements of the local AHJ or state's pressure piping system code. 14. All excavations for installation of pipe shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until piping has been inspected, tested, and accepted. 15. All piping passing thru cast-in place concrete construction shall be sleeved to provide a minimum of 1/2"annular space around entire pipe to be sleeved. Space between sleeve and pipes in foundation walls shall be tightly caulked or mechanical seal to give a waterproof penetration. 16. Any piping resting on or coming in contact with building structure shall be insulated at that point to prevent telegraphing of sound. 17. Threaded joints shall conform to American Taper Pipe Thread ASA-B2.1-1960. All burrs shall be removed, pipe ends shall be reamed or filed to size of bore and all chips removed. Pipe cement shall be used only on male threads. 18. Unions shall have metal seats for drainage systems and metal to metal ground seats on water system. 19. Furnish and install valve in branches to sill cocks, toilet rooms and other fixture groups. Plumbing fixtures shall have wheel or screwdriver stops as specified. 20. All piping shall be rigidly supported and shall not be loose or shaky. C. Sanitary, Waste and Vent 1. Install sewers, vents, drains, etc., as indicated on the drawings. 2. All vent piping shall be constructed and run as direct as possible, protected from contact with slag or cinders and wherever practicable, shall be located so as to be accessible for inspection. The actual runs and locations of drains, soil waste, and leader piping shall be installed as to meet with the various conditions at the building and any work necessary to conceal pipes or clear pipes of other trades shall be done as directed by the architect. 3. Sewers to be pitched a minimum of 1/4" per foot for 3" sizes and under and 1/8" per foot for 4" sizes and larger or to slope as indicated on drawings. 4. All piping shall be correctly aligned before joins are made. All changes of direction in drainage and vent piping shall be made by means of “Y” branches and 1/6, 1/8 or 1/16 bends. No lines shall be run with unnecessary bends or offsets and where changes in direction are unavoidable; they shall be made by use of proper fittings. Single and double sanitary tees, 1/4 bends and 1/8 bends may be used in vertical sections when direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Changes in direction and branch connections shall be made with approved drainage fittings compatible with the piping system material in which it is installed. 5. Install cleanouts at base of each vertical waste stack, each change in a direction of piping greater than 45 degrees, within five feet (5'-0”) of main sewer after exiting the building, or as shown on drawings. Cleanouts on underground lines shall extend up flush with finished floor or grade. Provide cleanouts not over 50'- 0” on center along straight runs. Cleanouts shall be size of pipe to which it is installed up to 6” in diameter. Pipe over 6” in diameter shall have a 6” cleanout. 6. Vent terminals shall be terminated at least 18” above roof. Each vent terminal shall be made water tight with the roof by using sheet copper (8 ounces PSF) with base not less than 16” diameter and collar full height of pipe or rubber boot pipe flushing. Where vents are 4” or larger, flashing may be turned over into top of pipe without gap. Furnish flashing to general contractor for building into roofing material. 7. All fixtures and sanitary drains shall be vented as indicated on drawings and in accordance with code. Vent pipes, where not vertical shall have continuous slope up to vent through roof. 8. Openings in pipes shall be properly plugged when work is not in progress 9. Sewers shall be laid with full length of each section resting on a solid bed. Where necessary to obtain a firm support, the pipe shall be bedded on select material and thoroughly tamped. As pipe is laid, care shall be exercised to keep interior of pipe clear of foreign matter. Where trenching for pipe is excessively wide, the contractor shall, at his own expense, embed the pipe in concrete to support the added load of backfilling. 10. Pipe Schedule: a. Below grade inside building 1) Service weight - cast iron pipe ASTM A-74-82 with ASTM C-564-80 neoprene compression joints or no-hub CISPI with clamps. All kitchen sanitary shall be cast iron only. 2) PVC-DWV Sch. 40 solid core pipe, ASTM D-1785 with ASTM D-2665 DWV solvent weld socket fittings. b. Above grade and vent material shall be as follows: 1) No-hub cast iron pipe CISPI 1-301-78. 2) 1-1/4” and smaller, SCH. 40 galvanized steel pipe ASTM A-53/A53M, Type E with screwed fittings ASME B-16.4, class 125. 11. PVC piping shall not be installed unless permitted by code and shall not be installed in return air plenums. D. Domestic Water Piping 1. Install domestic water piping as indicated on drawings. Include all fittings, valves, hangers, and other accessories including water meter and backflow preventer. Extend domestic water piping to all fixtures and equipment required for complete installation. 2. Include unions, or other disconnect means, stops or valves for isolation of fixtures and equipment. Valves to be fully compatible with piping for service intended as manufactured by Nibco, Crane or Milwaukee. Include hose or drain valves at low points where fixtures cannot be used for drainage. 3. Install shock absorbers at each quick closing fixture and where required to prevent water hammer as manufactured by J.R. Smith, Sioux Chief or Zurn. Absorbers shall be installed in vertical upright position. 4. Hangers on insulated pipe to be outside of insulation, sized accordingly with a sufficient saddle to protect insulation as manufactured by Grinnell or Michigan. 5. Pipe Schedule: a. Above grade (2” and less) 1) Type “L” hard copper ASTM B 88-832 with wrought copper fittings ASTM B 16.22 1980 and non-lead or antimony solder joints. 6. Flush, vent and sanitize all water piping with chlorine as required per AWWA, local building department and health department codes. 7. Domestic hot and cold water piping under concrete floor to be covered with sand so that piping will not become embedded in the floor slab. 8. All piping under concrete floor shall be type "K" soft copper, continuous. Splices or fittings will not be allowed. 9. Extreme caution must be taken so that no copper piping and insulation under concrete floors becomes crushed, cut, split or deformed during the pouring of the floor slab. 10. Allow 1-1/4” per 100 feet of length for expansion in domestic hot water lines. 11. All piping in return air ceiling plenums or walls shall be plenum rated materials. E. Condensate Drain Piping 1. Trap shall be installed near equipment if not integral with equipment. Install piping at a uniform slope of 1” in forty feet downward indirection to drain. 2. Pipe Schedule: a. Piping of all sizes shall be type L hard copper pipe with brass or copper fittings and soldered joint. b. Piping of all size for mechanical rooms, roof and non-return air plenum rated ceiling space shall be type PVC, schedule 40 with solvent weld socket fittings. F. General Hydronic and Domestic Valves and Strainers 1. Ball valves 2” and smaller shall be 600# WOG, 150# SWP, two-piece, full port cast bronze or forged brass body, chrome plated brass ball, replaceable “Teflon” or “TFE” seats and seals, blowout-proof stem, vinyl-covered steel handle and have threaded ends. Valves shall be Hammond 8901, Milwaukee BA-125, Stockham S-207, Nibco T-585, or Apollo 77-100. 2. Gate valves 2” and smaller shall be 150# W.S.P., bronze, screwed pattern with rising stem, union bonnet, solid wedge disc. Valves shall conform to MSS SP-80. Valves shall be Crane 431-UB, Hammond IB-629, Lunkenheimer 3151, Jenkins 47-U, Stockham B-120, Milwaukee 1151, or Nibco T-135. 3. Globe valves 2” and smaller shall be 150# W.S.P., bronze, screwed pattern with rising stem, and union bonnet, and ANSI 420-S stainless steel tapered plug and seat. Valves shall conform to MSS SP-80. Valves shall be crane 14-1/2P, Hammond B-433, Jenkins 546-P, Stockham B-29, Milwaukee 591 A, or Nibco T-235. 4. Check valves 2” and smaller shall be 150# W.S.P. bronze, swing check, bronze seat, screwed pattern. Valves shall conform to MSS SP 80, type 4. Valves shall be Crane 141, Hammond IB-946, Milwaukee 510, Nibco T-43, Stockham B-331B, Lunkenheimer 230, or Jenkins 352. 5. Air vents and drains for main water lines and coils shall be bronze, screwed pattern, ball valves with a 3/4" male hose thread adaptor. 6. Air vents for main water lines shall be 200#, bronze, screwed pattern, non-rising stem angle valves with union bonnet and 3/4" Chicago standard hose thread valves to be Crane 117, Walworth 24, or Jenkins 112. Section 200593 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing A. General 1. After installation, check all equipment and perform start up in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2. All piping shall be tested and free of leaks as required by the local authority having jurisdiction. 3. Work that is scheduled to be concealed or insulated shall remain uncovered until required tests have been completed. If the construction schedule requires, arrange for tests on sections of the system at a time. 4. Balance all systems, calibrate controls, check for proper operation and sequence under all conditions and make all necessary adjustments. 5. Instruct owner in operation of systems and submit operating and maintenance manual for all equipment and systems. 6. Submit air and water balance report from independent AABC or NEBB certified subcontractor for all air and water systems per AABC or NEBB standards. 7. Submit duct leakage test report from independent AABC or NEBB certified contractor. a. Leakage to be less than 1 percent of design cfm with system tested at 8” W.C. 8. Work under this division of the specifications shall not be considered complete until the contractor has obtained required inspection, performance tests, made necessary adjustments and has submitted satisfactory evidence of the architect or his representative will make spot checks to determine the accuracy and completeness of final adjustments. Should spot checks indicate more than a reasonable deviation from design requirements, the contractor shall repeat tests and adjustments to the satisfaction of the engineer. 9. Test results shall be submitted to the architect/engineer. 10. The Test and Balancing contractor shall adjust all sheaves or provide new sheaves and belts as required in order to properly balance all air handling equipment. B. Balancing, Start Up and Instructions 1. After equipment is placed in operation, systems shall be balanced to within 10% of design flow with report submitted to owner. Balancing shall be performed by an independent AABC or NEBB certified contractor. 2. Test, adjust and balance cooling systems during summer season and heating systems during winter season. Balance systems when the outside air conditions are within 5 degrees F wet bulb temperature of the maximum summer design condition and within 10 degrees F dry bulb temperature of the minimum winter design condition. 3. Start up and place all systems in operation and tag all switches and controls with permanent labels. 4. Train and instruct owner on proper operation and preventative maintenance of system. C. Piping: Testing to be done by the contractor. 1. All piping shall be given the following pressure test without appreciable pressure drop: Contractor shall use recording line charts to record all pressure testing outcomes. 2. Care shall be exercised in installation of air piping so as not to allow contamination. Sanitary Sewer Cold Water SERVICE Water Service Piping Condensate Fire Protection See Fire Protection Section Water 125 psi 6 TIME (HOURS) 24 24 TEST MEDIUM Water As per State Plumbing Code or Local Authority Water MIN. PRESSURE 125 psi 150 psi 3. Minor leaks in welded joints shall be corrected by chipping out the weld and rewelding. A general sweating of a weld joint will be considered sufficient cause for rejection. Defects that may develop in screwed joints under test shall be corrected by replacing the fitting or thread or both. Caulking of defective threaded joints will not be permitted. 4. During the testing period, this contractor shall maintain on the job a competent individual thoroughly familiar with all phases of plumbing for as long as may be required to thoroughly adjust all of the systems and to demonstrate to the architect that they are functioning properly. 5. Adjust all flush valves and balancing valves for proper flow. 6. All hydrostatic and/or air tests shall be made before piping is concealed or covered. This contractor shall be responsible for completely draining the systems after hydrostatic tests are performed. Any damage from freezing prior to acceptance of the completed installation shall be repaired at the sole expense of this contractor. 7. All materials and installations under the plumbing system shall be inspected by the inspector to ensure compliance with requirements of the plumbing code. 8. This contractor shall notify the plumbing inspector whenever work is ready for test and inspection. 9. When work for the plumbing permit is issued and completed, this contractor shall request final inspection. Such request shall be made before the building is occupied or used but not more than 30 days after completion of the work. 10. Before approving the plumbing system, the plumbing inspector may require that the system in whole or part be tested to prove sufficiency. All equipment, material, power and labor necessary for inspections and test shall be supplied by the plumbing contractor. 11. All piping of plumbing system shall be tested with water or air per testing schedule. a. Drainage system water test: provide fitting at property line or termination point for purpose of test plug. Water test shall be applied to entire system or by section. When tested in sections, at least the lower 20 feet of the next section above shall be retested so that every section tested shall have at least a 20-foot head test. Hold without pressure loss for 15 minutes. b. Drainage system air test - attach air apparatus to suitable opening, close all other inlets and outlets, and then force air into the system until there is uniform pressure, sufficient to balance a column of mercury 10” in height or 5 pounds gauge pressure on the entire system. Hold without pressure loss for 15 minutes. c. No part of system shall be covered before inspection is made and approved. If covered before test, contractor shall pay for cost of uncovering so test can be made and accepted. d. Defective work or materials shall be replaced and inspection and tests repeated within three days. 12. Certificates of approval of satisfactory completion and final inspection shall be obtained by the plumbing contractor. One copy of each approval shall be given to the architect. 13. Damages which result from breakage or faulty installation shall be the responsibility of the plumbing contractor. 14. After the system has been in service for a two-week period and again before the system is turned over to the owner, all dirt pockets, traps, and strainers shall be cleaned, removed, and reinstalled. D. Air Handling Equipment: For each piece of air handling equipment, this contractor shall list the data of the fan, motor and drive and shall obtain by measurement and furnish to the architect/engineer the fan speed, motor voltage, operating amps, for cfm and static pressure as determined from the manufacturer's fan curves. This contractor shall also determine the fan cfm by means of a velocity traverse which shall be taken a minimum of three fan diameters from fan outlet. Before running any tests, the contractor shall have installed all the components of the system and shall ensure the cleanliness of the filters. E. Diffusers, Registers, Grilles: After completion of the air distribution systems and final adjustments, the contractor shall adjust all dampers and air supply, return and exhaust outlets so that each outlet handles its proper quantity of air. Supply registers and diffusers shall be adjusted to provide for the proper throw and a uniform distribution pattern. 1. For supply, return and exhaust air outlets, the velocity shall be measured with a heated wire resistance type anemometer held 1” from the face of the outlets; the air velocity shall be the average of velocity readings taken at points no more than 6” apart. The area shall be the net core area of the outlet. 2. Test readings shall be taken for each register, grille and diffuser. For each of these units, obtain and furnish information on manufacturer, testing equipment used, procedure followed, location, size, average, velocity, gross and net core areas, observed cfm and specified cfm. Separate tabulations shall be furnished for each manufacturer, each system and each type of register, grille and diffuser. F. Holes in ducts and casings used for static pressure and velocity readings shall be provided with removable closures. G. During the testing period, this contractor shall maintain on the job a competent individual thoroughly familiar with all phases of air conditioning, including refrigeration, temperature control and distribution, for as long a period as may be required to thoroughly adjust all of the systems and to demonstrate to the architect that they are functioning properly. H. The testing and balancing engineer shall, as part of his work, perform a “Spot” re-check balancing conditions between 30 to 90 days after both summer and winter balancing operations at which time a representative of the temperature control manufacturer capable of performing adjustments to his system shall accompany the balancing engineer. This operation shall include a check of space temperature, calibration of controls, pump and fan performance and the necessary adjustments thereto. 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ j d m \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ j d m _ R 2 1 . r v t MP03.01 MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, & FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE Section 200700 - Insulation A.General 1.Furnish all material, labor and equipment as required to install complete plumbing and HVAC insulation as indicated on mechanical drawings and in these specifications. 2.Install in full accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B.Scope: This contractor shall furnish and install all insulation necessary to the project and in accordance with the following requirements. All insulation and accessories used in an air plenum space, and all duct covering and lining, regardless of physical location, shall have a composite (insulation, jacket, and adhesive) fire and smoke hazard rating as tested under procedure ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723, not exceeding a flame spread 25 and smoke developed 50. All other areas shall have insulating materials and accessories on pipes and vessels rated at a flame spread 25 and smoke developed 150 as tested by the same procedure. All calcium silicate shall be asbestos free. C.Workmanship: 1.All insulation shall be installed over clean, dry surfaces. Insulation must be dry and in good condition. Wet or damaged insulation will not be acceptable. No insulation shall be applied prior to pressure test completion of the respective piping and/or duct system. 2.All pipe insulation shall be installed with joints butted firmly together. All valves and fittings shall be insulated using mitered sections of insulation equal in density and thickness to the adjoining insulation, or with an insulation cement equal in thickness to the adjoining insulation or premolded insulated fittings. The insulation applied to the valves and fittings shall be covered with the same type of covering as used on the pipe insulation. No staples. 3.All insulation ends shall be tapered and sealed regardless of services. 4.All insulated, exposed piping 8'-0” and below to the finished floor shall include a 0.020” thick vinyl jacket. This jacket is in addition to the normal finish for the respective service. 5.Rigid duct insulation shall be impaled over welded pins and secured with white insulation caps. All seams shall be firmly butted and sealed with white pressure sensitive vapor barrier tape. No staples. 6.Wrap around duct insulation shall be applied with all joints butted firmly together. Insulation shall be cemented to the surface with fireproof adhesive applied in 6” wide strips on 12” centers. All joints in the insulation covering shall be sealed with adhesive. Where ducts are over 24” wide, the ductwrap shall be additionally secured to bottom of rectangular or oval ducts with mechanical fasteners on 16” centers to prevent sagging. Vapor barrier shall be legibly printed by the manufacturer to show nominal thickness and type of insulation. Aluminum corner angles shall be used to prevent over compressing insulation during installation. 7.Ductliner insulation shall be applied with joints precoated with adhesive and butted firmly together. Lining shall be cemented to ductwork with a minimum of 75 percent coverage of fire resistant adhesive. Mechanical fasteners on 16” centers and adhesive shall be used when duct width exceeds 12” or when duct height exceeds 24”. 8.All round diffuser duct drops connected to lined ductwork shall be insulated the same as “ductwork” schedule non-lined. 9.All flexible elastomeric insulation shall have all fittings, butt ends, and seams sealed with vapor barrier adhesive. 10.Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment which must be opened periodically for maintenance including metal vessel covers, fasteners, flanges, chilled water pumps, frames and accessories. 11.Repair all damaged sections of the existing piping and mechanical insulation damaged during this construction period. Use insulation of same thickness as existing insulation. Install new jacket lapping and seal over existing. 12.Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units. D.Plumbing Insulation (as manufactured by Owens Corning, Knauf or Schuller) 1.Insulate all above-grade hot water, hot water return and cold water piping with 1” thick molded fiberglass having an all service jacket. 2.Insulate all above-grade, horizontal air conditioning condensate floor drains and waste lines. 3.Include insulation of fittings and valves. Keep vapor barriers intact. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. 4.Insulate all exposed waste and water supply piping under lavatory with safety covers per ADA requirements (as manufactured by Plumberex Specialty Products, McGuire or Truebro). E.HVAC Insulation (as manufactured by Owens Corning, Knauf) 1.All insulation to be applied in full accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and comply with 25/50 flame and smoke hazard ratings per ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723. 2.Insulate all supply, return, and exhaust air ducts with 3/4" thick lined insulation or less to none with 1-1/2" thick, 1.5 pcf, R-6, foil faced reinforced kraft jacket fiberglass duct wrap fully secured to duct. Lap and tape seams and secure tightly to the ducts with wire or stick pins. Exposed ductwork in conditioned spaces without ceilings shall not be insulated, unless otherwise noted to be insulated. Ductwork in ceiling plenum space shall be insulated. 3.Insulate all supply, return, and exhaust air ducts lined or not lined located in the attic space with 3” thick, 0.75 pcf nominal density, R-10, foil faced reinforced Kraft jacket, fiberglass duct wrap fully secured to duct. Lap and tape seams and secure tightly to the ducts with wire or stick pins. 4.Insulate all air conditioning condensate drain piping with 1" thick molded fiberglass insulation, C = 0.22 Section 211000 - Fire Protection Systems A. General 1. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment as required to install a complete fire protection system for project. 2. Field-verify sizes and location of existing sprinkler piping before fabrication of new. 3. This contractor shall be responsible for the removal and reinstallation of existing ceiling tiles, as required, for the installation of work shown in areas where existing ceilings are to remain. See architectural drawings for areas where existing ceilings are to remain. 4. This removal and reinstallation of existing lay-in ceiling tiles shall be the responsibility of the fire protection contractor (under the supervision of the general contractor) as required to perform his work. Any damage to existing ceiling tiles or supports shall be the responsibility of the general contractor. Ceiling tiles may be left out of the ceiling areas under construction only if stored in areas as directed by the owner so as not to hinder the daily operations of the building's occupations. 5. This contractor shall modify and relocate sprinkler piping and provide new sprinkler piping and heads, as required, to accommodate new mechanical work in full compliance with NFPA 13. This contractor shall also perform hydraulic calculations for sprinkler piping in the remodeled areas in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Design Basis 1. Design basis for system shall be per NFPA 13 (latest edition) building code requirements, local water department, local fire department, state fire marshal, local code, and owner and owner's fire insurance underwriter requirements. 2. System shall be hydraulically calculated as required by code. 3. Pipe sizes indicated on drawing are approximate and shall be verified per the contractor's hydraulic calculations. C. Drawings and Calculations 1. Contractor shall prepare submittal drawings and hydraulic calculations with a 10% factor of safety for building in accordance with owner's insurance company building department, and local fire authority requirements, tenant's requirements for design density, whichever is most stringent. 2. Contractor shall perform a flow test data on water main and submit data with calculations. 3. It is the fire protection contractor's responsibility to verify each tenant's design density with agreed upon lease documentation and that tenant's prototype or insurance underwriters requirements. 4. Provide wet standpipe system for project in accordance with NFPA 14 requirements. 5. Contractor and designer shall be state certified. 6. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with ductwork and equipment above ceilings and other construction that penetrates ceilings, including but not limited to light fixtures, speakers, HVAC equipment, doors and partition assemblies. No sprinkler piping shall be routed beneath equipment above any ceilings that must be dropped directly down for service, repair, or replacement. 7. Examine areas and conditions under which fire protection materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer. Schedule rough-in installations with installations of other building components. 8. Shop drawings review does not relieve fire protection contractor from responsibility to meet each tenant's requirements for sprinkler coverage. 9. Fire protection contractor is responsible for verifying any high pile storage requirements of future tenants and providing an incoming sprinkler service size and risers to meet the requirements for adequate sprinkler coverage. D. Piping 1. All piping shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 14 (latest edition) and local code requirements. 2. Fire protection piping shall be as follows: a. Inside building - pipe and tubing shall be steel or copper in accordance with NFPA requirements. b. Piping shall match existing building standards. c. Contractor shall arrange with owner and insurance underwriter prior to shut down of existing systems. d. Flush all piping upon completion of project and test per NFPA requirements. e. No piping shall be installed at locations subject to freezing. E. Sprinkler Heads 1. Sprinkler heads shall be UL listed, match existing building standards and be manufactured by Central, Star or Viking. 2. Sprinkler heads shall be as follows: a. Areas with exposed structure 1) Upright - rough brass. b. Areas with ceilings 1) Recessed Pendent - chrome plated with matching two (2) piece, flush escutcheon. 2) Concealed - brass finish with off-white ceiling cover plate. 3) Sidewall - chrome plated with off-white, two (2) piece, semi-recessed escutcheon. 3. Install concealed heads with white flush mounted cover plate in light boxes. 4. Install higher temperature sprinkler heads where required by code or application. 5. Sprinkler heads shall be located in the center of ceiling tiles or the center of an area of a 24” x 24” tile section. See architectural reflected ceiling plans. 6. Submit samples of sprinkler heads to architect prior to fabrication of any piping. F. Valves 1. Install all valves as required by NFPA 13, UL or FM listed and as manufactured by Grinnell, Hammond or Milwaukee. 2. All shut-off valves shall be fitted with tamper switches by fire protection contractor and wired by electrical contractor. Tamper switches shall be as manufactured by Notifier, Potter or Viking. G. Extra Materials 1. Valve wrenches: Furnish to owner, 2 valve wrenches for each type of sprinkler head installed. 2. Sprinkler heads and cabinets: Furnish 2 extra sprinkler heads of each style included in the project. Furnish each style with its own sprinkler head cabinet and special wrenches. 3. Obtain receipt from owner that extra stock has been received and give architect a copy of this receipt. Section 224000 - Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment A. General 1. Furnish all fixtures and equipment indicated and scheduled on drawings, complete with all accessories, controls, etc., as required. 2. Provide factory-fabricated fixtures of type, style and material indicated. For each type fixture, provide fixture manufacturer's standard trim, carrier, seats and valves as shown by their published product information and indicated in the plumbing fixtures schedule; either as designed and constructed or as recommended by manufacturer and as required for complete installation. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer's option, but all fixtures of same type must be furnished by single manufacturer. Where type is not otherwise indicated, provide fixtures complying with governing regulations. 3. Where fittings, trim and accessories are exposed or semi-exposed, provide bright chrome-plated or polished stainless steel units. Provide copper or brass where not exposed. 4. Water Outlets: At locations where water is supplied (by manual, automatic or remote control), provide commercial quality faucets, valves or dispensing devices of type and size indicated and as required to operate as indicated. Include manual shut-off valves and connecting stem pipes to permit outlet servicing without shut-down of water supply piping systems. 5. Water Hammer Arrestors: Provide water hammer arrestors where shown on the drawings and as required to prevent water hammer and excessive vibration in the domestic water system. Arrestors to be as recommended by the manufacturer. 6. P-Traps: Include removable P-traps (with clean out plug) where drains are indicated for direct connection to drainage system. 7. Carriers: Provide cast iron supports for fixtures of either graphitic gray iron, ductile iron or malleable iron as indicated. 8. Fixture Bolt Caps: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fixture bolt caps finished to match fixture finish. 9. Escutcheons: Where fixture supplies and drains penetrate walls in exposed locations, provide chrome-plated sheet steel escutcheons with friction slips. 10. Aerators: Provide aerators of types approved by Health Department having jurisdiction. 11. Comply with additional fixture requirements contained in fixture schedule on drawings. Section 230900 - Instrumentation and Controls A. General 1. Furnish and install complete temperature control for all HVAC systems. 2. Provide new control devices including thermostats, damper operators, motors, temperature sensors, staging relays, and other related devices for a complete operational system per the operating sequence and industry standards. 3. Mount all controls furnished as accessories to equipment and provide all control wiring required for proper operation. All wiring shall be in conduit per N.E.C. and local code requirements. 4. Mechanical contractor shall install all duct-mounted smoke detectors. Electrical contractor shall furnish and wire photo-electric duct smoke detectors at each unit to shut down fan upon activation. Detector shall be located in the supply/return air duct downstream/upstream of the unit connection. Detector will have manual reset and will activate a local alarm panel. B. EXHAUST FANS 1. Exhaust Fan (EF-1) a. Interlock fan with light switch to operate when lights are turned on (interlocking wiring) by electrical contractor. Section 233000 - Air Distribution Systems A. General 1. Furnish all materials, labor, equipment and accessories required to install complete air distribution systems. 2. Contractors bidding this project shall visit this site and familiarize themselves with all condition affecting their work. Submission of a bid on this project shall be construed as having such knowledge. 3. Verify exact conditions in field and coordinate with these drawings and other trades before beginning new work. 4. Determine exact locations for all new and relocated ductwork and accessories in field. 5. Coordinate work of this contract with other trades. 6. Any discrepancies between what is shown on drawings or specified and the actual conditions in the field shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect before proceeding. 7. Building and surfaces damaged during installation shall be repaired, replaced, and/or restored to original condition after completion of work and before acceptance by owner. 8. This contractor is also referred to the appropriate mechanical and plumbing specification sections the items of equipment to be bid as a part of this project. B. Ductwork 1. Fabricate and erect all ductwork to ASHRAE and SMACNA standards from galvanized steel. Comply with NFPA 90A requirements. 2. Ductwork shall be SMACNA low pressure construction 2" static pressure rating with Seal Class A seams and joints, unless otherwise noted. 3. Outdoor-Air, Supply-Air, Return-Air, and Exhaust-Air ductwork (no matter the pressure class) shall have a Seal Class A construction. 4. Include all acoustic, airfoil shaped perforated aluminum turning vanes, manual dampers, flexible connectors, grilles and diffusers, acoustic lining, and other sheet metal accessories for the project. 5. Changes in direction, in low velocity supply air rectangular ductwork, shall be made with full radius elbows with radius equal to 1_1/2 times the horizontal width of the duct, or with square elbows with turning vanes. Turning vanes shall be constructed of the same material as the surrounding ductwork and two (2) gauge numbers heavier. 6. Furnish and install all manual balancing dampers, splitter dampers, extractors, and deflectors required to properly distribute the air. All dampers, extractors and deflectors shall be constructed of the same material as the surrounding ductwork, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. All manual balancing dampers shall be the opposed blade type. 7. All branch connection fittings in rectangular ductwork shall be 45 degree transition type, conical fittings or spin-in fittings with integral air scoops. Butt fittings are not acceptable. 8. Exhaust duct outlets shall be installed a minimum of 10'-0" from all outside air intakes. 9. All exposed round ductwork shall be spiral seam ductwork and painted a color as selected by the architect. C. Drain Pans 1. Install 2” deep secondary drain pan below all domestic water heaters. Pipe 3/4” drain to floor drain independently off all the other drains. D. Duct Liner 1. Acoustic line all rectangular ducts indicated on drawings with 1” thick non-flaking, coated medium density liner, apply to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Duct dimensions indicated on drawings are clear inside dimensions (free area). 3. Duct liner shall comply with NFPA 90A and 90B (latest edition) requirements. E. Duct Accessories 1. Flexible ductwork (as manufactured by Clevaflex, Flexmaster or Wiremold). a. Flexible ducts shall be independently supported from the structure and connected with plastic draw bands and tightened. Flexible ducts shall be limited to 48" maximum straight length. Flexible ducts shall be constructed of 1 1/2" insulation with vinyl vapor barrier jacket and rated at 10" W.C. for sizes though 12", UL listed, and meet 25/50 flame and smoke test. Flexible ducts are not permitted in rooms without ceiling. 2. Dampers (as manufactured by Ruskin, Nailor or Safe-Air) a. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Standards. Provide end bearings and locking, indicating quadrant regulators. Blade to be single thickness with continuous hinge or rod. 3. Control Dampers (as manufactured by Ruskin, Nailor or Safe-Air) a. Fabricate blade of double thickness sheet metal, opposed blade type with self-aligning rod and end bearing suitable for use with an actuator. 4. Access Doors (as manufactured by Ruskin, Nailor or Safe-Air) a. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA standards. Doors to be fabricated of galvanized steel with sealing gasket and quick locking device. b. For insulated ductwork, doors shall have minimum 1” insulation with sheet metal cover. F. All grilles, registers, diffusers and louvers shall be of the sizes, type, etc., as shown on the plan and schedules. G. Grilles, registers, louvers and diffusers as manufactured by Krueger, Anemostat or Titus Company will be considered provided dimensions, capacities, construction and sound characteristics are compatible and so shown by shop drawings and performance specifications. All grilles, registers and diffusers shall be finished a color as selected by the architect. Section 237000 - HVAC Systems and Equipment A. General 1. Furnish all equipment, material, labor, tools, etc., for the complete HVAC system. Install complete and place in operation. 2. Contractors bidding this project shall visit this site and familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work. Submission of a bid on this project shall be construed as having such knowledge. 3. Verify exact conditions in field and coordinate with these drawings and other trades before beginning new work. 4. Determine exact locations for all new and relocated equipment, piping, conduits and ductwork in field. 5. Coordinate work of this contract with other trades. Conflicts shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect. Architect's resolution to conflicts shall be final. 6. Any discrepancies between what is shown on drawings or specified and the actual conditions in the field shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect before proceeding. 7. Building and surfaces damaged during installation shall be repaired, replaced, and/or restored to original condition after completion of work and before acceptance by owner. B. Equipment 1. Mechanical contractor to furnish all HVAC equipment indicated and/or scheduled on the drawings complete with bases, isolators, supports and other required accessories. 2. Install complete and place in proper operation per manufacturer's recommendations, lubricate and adjust as required. Furnish and install clean set of filters prior to balancing. 3. Equipment to be make and model as scheduled unless alternate equipment of equivalent quality and performance is submitted as a substitution prior to bidding. All substitutions are subject to acceptance without qualification by owner, engineer and architect. 4. Contractor shall perform routine service inspection of all existing HVAC equipment to remain. Lubricate bearing, service control systems, replace fan belts and install new filters in each rooftop unit. 5. Contractor shall field verify refrigerant charge and add refrigerant if the charge is less than manufacturer's specifications. 6. Submit service report to any major component failures or malfunctions. Report shall include cost to service all malfunctioning or damaged items listed. Cost shall include parts and labor. Equipment shall be placed in full operation with controls calibrated upon completion of project. C. Cooling Coil Condensate Drains 1. Install condensate piping as indicated on drawings. Include all fittings, traps, hangers etc. Extend condensate piping from all equipment drain pans to approved locations for complete installation. 2. Install condensate piping at a uniform minimum slope of 1/8” per foot. 3. Condensate piping shall be as follows: a. Roof and Plenum space - type "L" hard copper ASTM B 88-832 with wrought copper fittings ASTM B 16.22 1980 and non-lead or antimony solder joints. b. Roof or non-return air plenum ceiling space - PVC schedule 40 plastic solvent weld socket fittings. 4. Insulation - see section 200700 - Insulation. D. See equipment schedules on mechanical drawings. C. ROOFTOP UNITS 1.Heat Pump Rooftop Unit - Constant Volume (RTU-1) a.Wall mounted seven day programmable thermostat shall sequence heating, cooling and dehumidification. Provide with sub-base to manually select heating, cooling, fan on-off, auto operation. b.Unit shall operate in occupied or unoccupied modes based upon time clock sequence as determined by owner. c.Unoccupied mode - The supply fan will be off, the outdoor air damper will go to 100% closed position and unit will cycle on with a call for heating, cooling or dehumidification. During the unoccupied mode, RTU shall remain off during the cooling season; during the heating season, RTU shall cycle on with outside air dampers remaining closed to maintain a space set-back temperature of 60 deg F (adjustable) as sensed by a night setback space temperature sensor. d.Occupied mode - The supply fan shall run continuously, the outdoor air damper will modulate to the required position based on ventilation sequencing and the unit will go into the heating, cooling mode based upon room thermostat setpoints. 1)Upon a call for heating, the stage 1 compressor and heat reversing valve(s) shall energize. Stage 1 heating shall be enabled when the zone temperature drops 1.5 degree (adjustable) below setpoint. 2)Upon a call for cooling, the stage 1 compressor shall energize. Stage 1 cooling shall be enabled when the zone temperature rises 1.5 degree (adjustable) above setpoint. 3)When there is a call for dehumidification without a call for cooling, hot gas reheat mode shall be enabled. When the relative humidity in the controlled space (as measured by the sensor assigned to space humidity sensing) rises above the space humidity setpoint (50% RH adjustable), compressors and the supply fan will energize to reduce the humidity in the space. The compressors and hot gas reheat coil shall modulate to provide neutral dehumidified air into the space. During active dehumidification the unit discharge air will be controlled to the Supply Air Reheat Setpoint by modulating the amount of reheat produced by the reheat coil. The Supply Air Reheat Setpoint, Occupied and Unoccupied Dehumidification Setpoints are adjustable via the human interface or BAS/Network control. Active dehumidification will be terminated when the humidity in the space is reduced by 5% lower than the space humidity setpoint or when an overriding condition such as heating or cooling demand or a failure occurs in a component required for dehumidification. e.Enthalpy Economizer 1)The economizer shall be enabled whenever: The outside air dry-bulb temperature is less than the return air dry-bulb temperature and the fan status is on. 2)When the outside air dew point is less than the return air dew point by an adjustable dead band (3 deg F), the outdoor air damper(s) shall be set for 100% outdoor air 3)When the Outdoor Air temperature is less than the supply air temperature set point the outdoor air damper, exhaust air damper, and return air damper will modulate, as appropriate, between the adjustable minimum position and full open position to maintain a mixed air temperature setpoint (55 deg F adjustable) until room cooling setpoint is reached. 4)When the return air dew point is greater than the outdoor air dew point OR the outdoor air temperature is greater than the return air temperature the exhaust air damper, return air damper and outside air damper shall be positioned to the minimum control air position and the unit shall operate in mechanical cooling. 5)The economizer shall close to 0% (outside air and exhaust dampers shall be closed and return air damper shall be open) whenever: Supply fan or return fan is off OR mixed air temperature is less than 40°F OR on loss of fan status OR the Discharge Air Temperature Sensor has failed OR the RTU is in the Morning Warm-up or Cool-down mode OR the unit is in unoccupied mode 6)The Outdoor Air Damper shall be set to its minimum position if the Economizer function is disabled. Maintain minimum outside air by setting the outdoor air damper to the minimum position as adjusted by the T&B Contractor to meet the scheduled minimum OSA quantity. f.A duct mounted, photoelectric smoke detector (furnished by electrical contractor and installed by mechanical contractor) shall shut down the unit, close the outside air damper and send a signal to the fire alarm panel when activated. Both safeties will require manual reset, and will activate an alarm at the local control panel. g.All points and settings shall be adjustable. 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ j d m \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ j d m _ R 2 1 . r v t MP03.02 MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, & FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB FE FE SHHBHB B C D 3 2 1 A V MB-1 EWH 1 1.5 KW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 HW CW FCO EWC-1SAN 5 GENERAL NOTES: A.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE TO OBSERVE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. B.PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION RECORD SET OF "AS-BUILT" DOCUMENTS TO THE ARCHITECT REFLECTING ANY VARIANCES OF INSTALLED PIPING LOCATIONS OR EQUIPMENT CONTRARY TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. C.PROVIDE TO THE ARCHITECT A COPY OF INSPECTION REPORTS AND APPROVAL CERTIFICATES FROM LOCAL AND STATE INSPECTIONS, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. D.INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH LEGALLY CONSTITUTED CODES AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND ALSO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. OBTAIN A COPY OF THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND REVIEW PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. E.PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS GOVERN WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS. F.VERIFY LOCATION AND DEPTH OF UTILITIES AT POINTS OF CONNECTION BEFORE START OF PIPING INSTALLATION. G.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. H.DO NOT SCALE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT HORIZONTAL LOCATION OF PIPE ROUTING. I.INSTALL CONCEALED PIPING TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE AND AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. INSTALL EXPOSED PIPING TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE, WALL OR CEILING AND AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. J.VALVES SHALL BE LINE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. K.PIPING IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED; EXPOSED PIPING, WHERE NECESSARY, SHALL BE ROUTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND TIGHT TO WALLS. L.COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND CONTRACTORS. M.COORDINATE PIPING INSTALLATION WITH STRUCTURAL GRADE BEAMS, FOOTINGS, COLUMN PIERS, ETC. SLEEVE PIPING THROUGH GRADE BEAMS, FOOTING, ETC. WHERE REQUIRED AND AS NOTED ON PLANS. COORDINATE SLEEVE INSTALLATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, STRUCTURAL CONTRACTOR AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE CONCRETE IS INSTALLED. N.CLEAN FAUCET AERATORS AND PIPE STRAINERS PRIOR TO TURNING BUILDING OVER TO THE OWNER. O.PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS. P.COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING AWAY FROM ELECTRICAL PANELS. DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. Q.PAINT ALL EXPOSED WATER PIPING USING RUST INHIBITOR PAINT. PAINT AND COLOR SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT AND / OR OWNER. R.INSULATE PIPING ROUTED IN EXTERIOR BUILDING WALLS WITH MINIMUM 2" BATT INSULATION TO PREVENT FREEZING. S.PROVIDE TRANSITION ADAPTER COUPLINGS FOR CONNECTION OF PVC DWV TO CAST IRON AT SLAB ON GRADE. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 15400 FOR MORE INFORMATION. T.WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE SIZE "A" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. U.PROVIDE VERTICAL LIFT SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES IN HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLIES FOR MOP SINK FAUCETS DOWNSTREAM OF SHUTOFF VALVES. V.VERIFY EXISTING EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ACCESSORIES, IS NOT DAMAGED AND IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE ARCHITECT. CTX MB-1LAV(E)FD(E) WC(E) EWH 1 1.5 KW 1/2" C W HW H W 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" CTX LAV(E) FD(E) WC(E) 2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" CTX 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" S A N 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 1/4" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ j d m \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ j d m _ R 2 1 . r v t P01.01 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 N 1/4" = 1'-0" PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN CODED NOTES:# N.T.S. DOMESTIC WATER ISOMETRIC DIAGRAM N.T.S. SANITARY ISOMETRIC DIAGRAM 1. CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY LINE. VERIFY EXISTING TIE-IN POINT ON SITE. 2. CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT LINE. VERIFY EXISTING TIE-IN POINT ON SITE. 3. CONNECT TO EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER LINE. VERIFY EXISTING TIE-IN POINT ON SITE. 4. ROUTE NEW 1/2" HOT WATER LINE TO EXISTING LAVATORY AS REQUIRED. 5. CLEAN AND REFURBISH EXISTING LAVATORY TO LIKE-NEW CONDITION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DEFICIENCIES. 6. CLEAN AND REFURBISH EXISTING WATER CLOSET TO LIKE-NEW CONDITION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DEFICIENCIES. 7. CLEAN AND REFURBISH EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO LIKE-NEW CONDITION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DEFICIENCIES. 1 1 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 3/4" PIPE FROM COLD WATER SUPPLY TO WATER HEATER, WITH NO CHECK VALVES INTERVENING FDA-COMPLIANT BUTYL DIAPHRAGM WELDED STEEL EXPANSION TANK WITH POLYPROPYLENE LINING, NSF APROVED FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE PIPE HANGER NEXT TO ELBOW PROVIDE DIELECTRIC PIPE UNION AT TANK CONNECTION FOR CONNECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS AIR CHARGING VALVE. FILL TANK WITH AIR PRESSURE TO MATCH WATER PRESSURE. NOTE: PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION WHEN INSTALLED. PROVIDE SEISMIC STRAP OR BRACING WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. CHECK VALVE SHUT-OFF VALVE COLD WATER SUPPLY HOT WATER TO FIXTURES THERMOMETER PROVIDE PLATFORM. ATTACH TO BACKBOARD AND/OR SUSPEND FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE, MINIMUM 6" CLEAR OF CEILING, IF ANY PROVIDE 6" DEEP RUST-PROOF WATER-TIGHT PAN UNDER HEATER, WITH DRAIN PIPE DRAIN VALVE WITH HOSE BIBB BY WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER ELECTRIC WATER HEATER PER SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR SCHEDULE PROVIDE A HARD COPPER RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE FULL SIZE OF VALVE OUTLET REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS INSTALL ASME TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE FURNISHED WITH WATER HEATER PROVIDE AUTOMATIC VACUUM RELIEF VALVE ABOVE TOP OF HEATER INSTALL WITH MINIMUM 6" CLEARANCE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE ABOVE NOTE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY CONNECTION SIZES AND LOCATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES. PROVIDE SEISMIC STRAP OR BRACING IF/AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND/OR SEPARATE DETAIL. INSTALL WITH BOTTOM MINIMUM 6'-6" ABOVE FLOOR IF ABOVE JANITOR'S SINK; OTHERWISE HIGH AS POSSIBLE. PLATFORM SHALL BE PLYWOOD ON UNISTRUT FRAME BRACKETED AND ANCHORED TO WALL, AND/OR SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH THREADED ROD. POWER WIRING AND DISCONNECT SWITCH ARE SPECIFIED BY ELECTRICAL. INTERLOCK OF AQUASTAT WITH RECIRCULATION PUMP IS SPECIFIED BY ELECTRICAL IF REQUIRED. ROUTE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE AND DRAIN PAN PIPE SEPARATELY TO DISCHARGE INTO RECEPTOR SHOWN ON PLAN, WITH AIR GAP PER LOCAL CODE PROVIDE DIELECTRIC PIPE UNION AT TANK CONNECTIONS FOR CONNECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS (TYPICAL) FROM RECIRCULATION PUMP IF SHOWN ELSEWHERE PROVIDE 12"WIDE x 12"DEEP HEAT TRAP AT INLET AND OUTLET (TYPICAL) 3/4" BRANCH TO EXPANSION TANK NOTE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION TYPES, INSULATION THICKNESSES, HANGER TYPES, HANGER ROD CONNECTIONS TO SRUCTURE AND HANGER SPACING. CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR HOT PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER. CUT INSULATION TO FIT AROUND HANGER. SEAL EXPOSED INSULATION ENDS WITH JOINT SEALANT COLD PIPE HOT PIPE THREADED STEEL ROD WITH NUT AND WASHER BOTH SIDES (TYP). PROVIDE SHORT INSULATION SHIELD FOR LAPPING INSULATION JACKET OVER HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS. MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR COLD PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER PLUS INSULATION THICKNESS. DO NOT PENETRATE INSULATION WITH HANGER. PROVIDE A SECTION OF HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS AT EACH HANGER OF COLD INSULATED PIPE. SECURE PIPE HANGER TO STRUCTURE (TYP) MH MANHOLE MIN MINIMUM N/C NORMALLY CLOSED N/O NORMALLY OPEN ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN PDI PLUMBING DRAINAGE INSTITUTE PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE RD ROOF DRAIN RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RTU ROOFTOP UNIT SF SQUARE FEET, SUPPLY FAN SP SUMP PUMP SS STAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY SEWER, SOIL STACK TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD TFA TO FLOOR ABOVE TFB TO FLOOR BELOW TYP TYPICAL UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY V VOLT(S) VCP VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE VS VENT STACK VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF W/WITH W/O WITHOUT WC WATER COLUMN WS WASTE STACK WSFU WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT S PIPING SYSTEM SANITARY DRAINAGE & VENT (ABOVE GRADE) SANITARY DRAINAGE & VENT (BELOW GRADE) POTABLE WATER (ABOVE GRADE) CONDENSATE DRAIN - 1" & SMALLER REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FITTINGS, INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND FURTHER INFORMATION ABBREVIATION S, SAN OR V S, SAN OR V CW, HW OR HWR CD PIPING MATERIAL HUBLESS CAST IRON SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON TYPE L HARD DRAWN COPPER TYPE M HARD DRAWN COPPER MA MV CO EV VE AI FP NO O N G CA CD PD V V AV AW AW ST OST GW SAN ID PD 140° HW EJ PA SCW PLUMBING PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING SECTION CUT DESIGNATION SEWER, SOIL STACK INC. ANNOTATION STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS ABBREVIATIONS PIPING PLUMBING SYMBOLS 1 M1 1 M1 CU 1 ELBOW DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE ROUND FLOOR DRAIN (FD), SIZE & TYPE ROOF DRAIN (RD), SIZE & TYPE NITROUS OXIDE NITROGEN OUTLET MEDICAL VACUUM INLET OXYGEN OUTLET MEDICAL AIR OUTLET TEE DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE TEE UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE SQUARE FLOOR DRAIN (FS), SIZE & TYPE EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN EXISTING PIPING TO BE REMOVED SUMP OR SEWAGE PUMP DISCHARGE CONDENSATE DRAIN INDIRECT DRAIN NATURAL GAS NITROUS OXIDE CONDENSATE PUMP DISCHARGE FIRE PROTECTION COMPRESSED AIR NITROGEN MEDICAL AIR OXYGEN DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC. STORM DRAIN ACID WASTE -ABOVE FLOOR ACID WASTE -BELOW FLOOR DOMESTIC COLD WATER DOMESTIC HOT WATER 140° DOMESTIC HOT WATER SANITARY PIPING GREASE WASTE SOFTENED COLD WATER ACID VENT VENT PIPING FLANGE CONNECTION ELBOW DOWN ELBOW UP TEE DOWN ELBOW UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE TEE UP UNION PIPE ANCHOR THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE EXPANSION JOINT THERMOMETER PRESSURE GAUGE BACKFLOW PREVENTER CONTROL VALVE BALL VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE CHECK VALVE BALANCING VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS STRAINER SOLENOID VALVE STRAINER WITH BLOWOFF RELIEF/SAFETY VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR OVERFLOW STORM DRAIN -ABOVE FLOOR VENT CARBON DIOXIDE MEDICAL VACUUM EVACUATION MEDICAL VACUUM EXHAUST MEDICAL AIR INTAKE WATER METER NOTE:THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. HW RHW CW AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BFG BELOW FINISHED GRADE BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE BOS BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT CPVC CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DN DOWN DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT DS DOWNSPOUT ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FD FLOOR DRAIN FFA FROM FLOOR ABOVE FFB FROM FLOOR BELOW FF FINISHED FLOOR FL FLOW LINE FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FLR FLOOR GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE HD HEAD, HUB DRAIN IE INVERT ELEVATION IN WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN JB JUNCTION BOX J-BOX JUNCTION BOX kW KILOWATT MAU MAKE-UP AIR UNIT MAX MAXIMUM MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. UNO, INSTALL PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AS LISTED BELOW WITH FINAL APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT. ADA ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN ADA ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES ADA ACCESSIBLE SHOWER VALVES ADA ACCESSIBLE TUB VALVES ADA ACCESSIBLE URINALS ADA ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET ADA ACCESSIBLE WATER COOLER ADULT STANDARD DRINKING FOUNTAIN ADULT STANDARD WATER COOLER CHILD STANDARD DRINKING FOUNTAIN CHILD STANDARD WATER COOLER CHILD URINAL CLINIC SERVICE SINKS JANITOR'S SINK FAUCET FITTINGS HOSE BIBBS ICE MAKER OUTLET BOXES LAVATORY OR SINK NON FREEZE HYDRANT SHOWER HEADS SHOWER VALVES STANDARD URINALS SURGEON'S SCRUB-UP SINKS TUB VALVES WASHING MACHINE OUTLET BOXES WATER CLOSET 17" FLOOR TO RIM 34" FLOOR TO RIM 38" MINIMUM TO 48" MAXIMUM FLOOR TO CENTERLINE CENTER BETWEEN GRAB BAR AND TUB RIM 17" FLOOR TO RIM 17" TO 19" FLOOR TO TOP OF SEAT 35" FLOOR TO RIM 41" FLOOR TO RIM 41" FLOOR TO RIM 30" FLOOR TO RIM 30" FLOOR TO RIM 14" FLOOR TO RIM 30" FLOOR TO RIM 42" FLOOR TO CENTERLINE 36" AFF TO CENTERLINE 24" FLOOR TO CENTER OF BOX 31" FLOOR TO RIM 18" AFG TO CENTERLINE 6'-6" MEN & 6'-0" WOMEN FLOOR TO CENTERLINE 48" MEN & 42" WOMEN FLOOR TO CENTERLINE 22" FLOOR TO RIM 35" FLOOR TO FRONT RIM 32" FLOOR TO CENTELINE 42" FLOOR TO RIM 15" FLOOR TO RIM 1 X-X X-X 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 1/4" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ j d m \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ j d m _ R 2 1 . r v t P02.01 PLUMBING DETAILS AND SCHEDULES WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 6A N I -01 DOMESTIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE (ELECTRIC) MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE STORAGE TEMPERATURE (°F) RECOVERY AT 100°F (GPH) STORAGE (GAL) No. OF ELEMENTS RELIEF VALVE SETTING (PSIG) MAX. OPER. KW ELECTRICAL REMARKSVOLT. PH. EWH 1 A.O. SMITH DEL-6 TANK 140 6 6 1 150 1.5 120 1 1,2 NOTE: 1.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES; A.O. SMITCH, BRADFORD WHITE, LOCHINVAR, OR RHEEM. 2.RECOVERY RATE BASED ON 40° ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE. PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE DESIGNATION MANUFACTURER MODEL CW HW SAN VENT DESCRIPTION WATER COOLER EWC-1 HALSEY TAYLOR HAC8FS-BL-WF -Q 1/2"-1-1/2" 1-1/2" BI-LEVEL WALL MOUNTED COOLER, 9.3 GPH @ 70 DEGREE AMBIENT, FILTRATION SYSTEM, STAINLESS STEEL FINISH. MOP BASIN MB-1 FIAT PFMB2424 1/2"1/2"3"1-1/2" MOLDED STONE BASIN WITH TILING FLANGES, STAINLESS STEEL SPLASH PANELS, MOP HANGER, HOSE WITH WALL HOOK, 3" DRAIN WITH DOME STRAINER AND LINT BASKET, CHICAGO MODEL 897 FAUCET WITH VACUUM BREAKER SPOUT, ADJUSTABLE WALL BRACE, PAIL HOOK AND 3/4" HOSE THREAD OUTLET. CLEANOUT FCO J.R. SMITH 4020 --SEE PLANS SEE PLANS DUCO CAST IRON CLEANOUT WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED SECURED NICKEL BRONZE TOP. NOTES: 1.REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR APPROVED EQUAL MANUFACTURERS. 2.FIXTURES IN THIS SCHEDULE OR THEIR APPROVED EQUIVALENT ARE PROVIDED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON EACH OF THESE ITEMS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. N.T.S. SMALL EXPANSION TANK N.T.S. ELECTRICAL WATER HEATER OVERHEAD N.T.S. INSULATED PIPE HANGER DETAIL REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 07/18/2022 PERMIT/BID/LL 1 07/07/2022 REVISION 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE HBHBSHHBHB SHHBHB SHHBHB HBHBSHHBHBSHHBHB C1 C2 FE FE SHHBHB T B B JJJ J J MS DC DC KP T J S B C D 3 2 1 A 2 WALL DATA CABINET MOUNTED WITH BOTTOM OF CABINET AT 90" A.F.F. MINIMUM. +139" WAP 1 WG FLOORGUARD SHOPPERTRAK 3 +139" WAP 2 +139" WAP 1 7 +103" Mount B Cam. 01+103" Mount B Cam. 03 +103" Mount B Cam. 04 +103" Mount B Cam. 02 360˚ T02.01 4 REFER TO BACKBOARD ELEVATION DETAIL ON SHEET T02.01 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. VERIFY EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT WITH OTHER VENDORS BEFORE INSTALLATION. 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 5 5 +18" MAN S 6 CW2 TS1 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 1/4" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t T01.01 TECHNOLOGY PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 # #TECHNOLOGY GENERAL NOTES: A. REFER TO ALL TECHNOLOGY DETAIL DRAWINGS AND TECHNOLOGY SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RELATED TO THE TECHNOLOGY INSTALLATION. COORDINATE FLOOR BOX AND DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH SYSTEMS FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS. C. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS HAVE PRIORITY OVER TECHNOLOGY DRAWINGS WITH REGARD TO LOCATIONS OF ALL VISIBLE ELEMENTS AND DEVICES. COORDINATE EXACT DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AND TYPICAL DEVICE MOUNTING DETAILS AND NOTES. D. REFERENCE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE SPEAKERS, SECURITY DEVICES, TECHNOLOGY OUTLETS, DISPLAYS, RACKS, CABLE, AND PATHWAYS WITH ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. E. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN COORDINATE EXACT POWER REQUIREMENTS AND LOW VOLTAGE ROUGH- IN REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. F. E.C. TO FURNISH ROUGH-IN AND AC POWER TO EQUIPMENT PER TECHNOLOGY DRAWINGS. G. E.C SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FURNISH AND INSTALL RACEWAYS, SLEEVES, PATHWAYS, CORING AND FIRE STOPPING FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS. REFERENCE TECHNOLOGY DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS. H. COORDINATE ALL TECHNOLOGY OUTLETS WITH ADJACENT ELECTRICAL OUTLETS FOR ELEVATION AND SPACING BETWEEN BOXES. REFERENCE THE TECHNOLOGY DETAIL SHEETS. I. TECHNOLOGY OUTLETS SHALL MATCH THE MATERIAL AND FINISH OF THE ADJACENT POWER OUTLETS. COLOR AND FINISH OF ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT. REFER TO TECHNOLOGY DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR COLORS OF INDIVIDUAL JACKS BY FUNCTION. J. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ANY INSTALLED CAT6 CABLE EXCEED THE PERMANENT LINK LENGTH OF 295 FEET. TECHNOLOGY CODED NOTES: 1. PROVIDE TWO (2) SURFACE-MOUNT JACK ASSEMBLIES FOR CONNECTION TO SECURITY DEVICES. LEAVE 20 FEET OF COILED, SLACK CABLE FOR LOCATING ADJACENT TO SECURITY DEVICES. REFER TO TECHNOLOGY DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2. EXTEND DATA, SOUND SYSTEM, AND OTHER LOW-VOTAGE CABLING UP THROUGH TWO-SECTION POWER POLE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EXTEND CABLES TO ABOVE CEILING AND RUN ALL CABLING BACK TO COMMUNICATIONS BACKOBOARD LOCATED IN CORRIDOR 111. 3. MOUNT WIRELESS ACCESS POINT TO CEILING AT THIS LOCATION. TERMINATE CABLING WITH MODULAR PLUG APPROVED FOR CABLING SYSTEM. TERMINATE CABLING AT PATCH PANEL. 4. SECURITY CAMERA MOUNTED TO CEILING AT THIS LOCATION. EXTEND ON COLUMN TO BE LEVEL WITH BOTTOM EDGE OF TRACK LIGHTING FIXTURES. TERMINATE CABLING TO CAMERA WITH MODULAR PLUG APPROVED FOR CABLING SYSTEM. TERMINATE CABLING WITH MODULAR PLUG FOR CONNECTION DIRECTLY TO NVR/SWITCH AT COMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARD. SURVEILLANCE CAMERA SYSTEM BY OTHERS. 5. REFER TO DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING CASH WRAP AND TAILOR SHOP OUTLETS, SPECIFICALLY THE ROUGH-IN REQUIRED, OUTLET CONFIGURATION AND COLORS, AND LABELING REQUIREMENTS. 6. REFER TO DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING MANAGER DESK OUTLETS, SPECIFICALLY THE ROUGH-IN REQUIRED, OUTLET CONFIGURATION AND COLORS, AND LABELING REQUIREMENTS. 7. SURFACE-MIOUNTED DOOR MONITORING CONTACT. MOUNT MAGNET TO ROLLING GATE INDICATING DOOR IS CLOSED WHEN IN PROXMITY TO SWITCH. EXTEND CABLING BACK TO INTRUSION ALARM PANEL. N 1/4" = 1'-0" TECHNOLOGY PLAN REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 TECHNOLOGY ABBREVIATIONS AC --------------------------- ABOVE COUNTER. ADA ------------------------- AMERICANS WITH DISABILITY ACT. AFF ------------------------- ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. AV --------------------------- AUDIO-VISUAL. BFC ------------------------- BELOW FINISHED CEILING. BICSI ----------------------- BUILDING INDUSTRY CONSULTING SERVICE INTERNATIONAL. BMS ------------------------ BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. CATV ----------------------- COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION (CABLE TELEVISION). CBC ------------------------ COUPLED BONDING CONDUCTOR. CCTV ---------------------- CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (VIDEO SURVEILLANCE). CM -------------------------- CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. CT --------------------------- CABLE TRAY. DAS ------------------------- DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM. DVR ------------------------- DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDER. EC --------------------------- ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EIA -------------------------- ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES ASSOCIATION. EMT ------------------------ ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING. ER --------------------------- EQUIPMENT ROOM. ET --------------------------- ELAPSED TIME. ETR ------------------------- EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN. FPD ------------------------- FLAT PANEL DISPLAY. FR --------------------------- FIRE RATED. GC -------------------------- GENERAL CONTRACTOR. HC --------------------------- HORIZONTAL CROSS CONNECT. HVAC ---------------------- HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. IC ---------------------------- INTERCOM ICC -------------------------- INTERMEDIATE CROSS CONNECT. IG ---------------------------- ISOLATED GROUND. IP ---------------------------- INTERNET PROTOCOL. LAN ------------------------- LOCAL AREA NETWORK. LCR ------------------------- LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY. MATV ---------------------- MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM. MCC ------------------------ MAIN CROSS CONNECT. MM -------------------------- MULTIMODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE. MUTOA -------------------- MULTI-USER TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET ASSEMBLY. NEC ------------------------ NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. NESC----------------------- NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE. NFPA----------------------- NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION. NI----------------------------- NETWORK INTERFACE. NTS-------------------------- NOT TO SCALE. NVR------------------------ NETWORK VIDEO RECORDER. OBC------------------------ OHIO BUILDING CODE. OFE------------------------ OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. OSP------------------------ OUTSIDE PLANT. PA ------------------------ PUBLIC ADDRESS. POE------------------------ POWER OVER ETHERNET. PTZ------------------------ PAN, TILT, ZOOM. RCDD ---------------------- REGISTERED COMMUNICATIONS DISTRIBUTION DESIGNER. RF --------------------------- RADIO FREQUENCY. RR --------------------------- REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING TECHNOLOGY DEVICE AS SHOWN OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. RX --------------------------- REMOVE EXISTING TECHNOLOGY DEVICE ALONG WITH RELATED CONDUIT AND CABLING, UON. SM -------------------------- SINGLE MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE. SR --------------------------- SOUND REINFORCEMENT. STP ------------------------- SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR. TC --------------------------- TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR. TGB ------------------------- TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING BUSBAR. TIA -------------------------- TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION. TMGB ---------------------- TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUNDING BAR. TR --------------------------- TELECOMMUNICATION ROOM. UG -------------------------- UNDERGROUND. UL --------------------------- UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES. UON ----------------------- UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. UPS ------------------------- UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY. UTP ------------------------- UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR. VOIP ------------------------ VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL. V ----------------------------- VIDEO PROJECTOR. WAP ---------------------- WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. WAN ------------------------ WIDE AREA NETWORK WP -------------------------- WEATHERPROOF. 1 25 2 26 3 27 4 28 5 29 6 30 7 31 8 32 9 33 10 34 11 35 12 36 13 37 14 38 15 39 16 40 17 41 18 42 19 43 20 44 21 45 22 46 23 47 24 48 WALL PLATE -CASH WRAP 2 WALL PLATE -MANAGER DESK D01 D06 D21 D08 D10D45D30D25 WALL PLATE -TAILOR SHOP 1 D17 D18 BLANK D32 D11BLANKD42D41 WALL PLATE -TAILOR SHOP 2SURFACE AT ENTRY WG FLOOR GUARD D35D34 D12 D22 BLANKD36 D13 D37 RACK MOUNTED 48-PORT CAT6 PATCH PANEL SURFACE AT ENTRY SHOPPERTRAK D34 D35 CW2 MAN TS1 TS2 TECHNOLOGY SYMBOL LEGEND DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL TECHNOLOGY / SYSTEM CODED NOTE## DATA COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET - REFER TO DETAILS FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING ROUGH-IN BOX SIZE, GANGS, ELEVATION CEILING DATA COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET - REFER TO DETAILS FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING ROUGH-IN BOX SIZE & TYPE. MAY TERMINATE TO MODULAR PLUG TERMINATED LINK FLOOR DATA COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET - REFER TO DETAILS FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING ROUGH-IN BOX SIZE & TYPE. COORDINATE BOX TYPE WITH ADJACENT POWER OUTLET DOOR CONTACT -MOUNT IN DOOR FRAME AND STUB UP TO ACCESSIBLE CEILINGDC DOOR CONTACT, SURFACE MOUNT -MOUNT CONTACT TO DOOR FRAME, STUB CABLE UP TO ACCESSIBLE CEILINGDC S KEYPAD -INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM. MOUNT TO 1-GANG BOX AT 48" AFF.KP CEILING MOUNTED IP CAMERA. REFER TO CAMERA SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. CAMERAS REQUIRE ONE (1) CAT6 NETWORK CABLE, RECEIVE POWER OVER ETHERNET. MOUNT TYPE CEILING MOUNTED PANORAMIC 360˚IP CAMERA. REFER TO CAMERA SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. CAMERAS REQUIRE ONE (1) CAT6 NETWORK CABLE, RECEIVE POWER OVER ETHERNET. MOUNT TYPE MS CEILING MOTION SENSOR. MOUNTS TO 3-1/2" OCTAGON BOX. CEILING LINE DOOR MULLION 6-FOOT DOUBLE DOOR OPENING INSIDE STORE LOOKING OUT CONTROL CABLE FROM ANTENNA PANEL TO ADAPTOR IS 25-FT MAX, INSTALLED BY WG, CHASED IN WALL/MULLION AND/OR PVC CONDUIT. E.C. TO PROVIDE PULL-STRING FOR WG. 3/4" PVC FROM PANEL TO WALL TRENCH FLOOR GUARD ANTENNA PANEL WIFI CONTROLLER ADAPTOR REMOTE ALARM POWER CONDITIONER 120VAC QUAD OUTLET GENERAL NOTES: 1.FLOOR PANEL 59"X15"X1" (LXWXD) MULITPLE ANTENNAS MAY BE USD FOR WIDER ENTRANCES. 2.TRENCH OPENING 65"X20"X2" ACROSS THE ENTRANCE. 4-12" IN FROM THE THRESHOLD FOR EACH ANTENNA. FACTOR IN IF FLOOR IS GOING TO BE BUILT UP PRIOR TO TRENCHING. 3.NO METAL ALLOWED UNDER TRENCHED AREA. 4.SAW CUT FROM TRENCH TO VERTICAL PATH AND INSTALL 3/4" PVC. 5.GC MARKS FLOOR WHERE WIRE AND CONDUIT IS BURIED AS AN ALERT TO PREVENT DAMAGE. ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1.120VAC POWER MUST BE TERMINATED TO A QUAD BOX ADJACENT TO WHERE THE WG POWER SUPPLY WILL BE INSTALLED (WIFI CONTROLLER). MUST BE A 3-WIRE UNSHARED DEDICATED LINE (HNG) DIRECTLY FROM THE BREAKER TO THE OUTLET. THE LINE MUST BE NON-SWITCHED AND WITH A READING OF LESS THAN 0.5VAC BETWEEN NEUTRAL AND GROUND. 2.THE DEDICATED LINE MUST BE IN CONDUIT AND MAY NOT BE SHARED WITH ANY OTHER CABLING. NO OTHER POWER, OR DATA LINES MAY BE PHYSICALLY TIED TO THE CONDUIT'S EXTERIOR, NOR SHOULD THEY BE RUN IN PARALLEL ANY CLOSER THAN 6". EAS DATA LINES: 1.DATA LINES RUN FROM THE FLOOR SYSTEM TO WHERE THE CONTROLLER WILL BE INSTALLED MUST NOT SHARE THE CONDUIT OR CAVITY WITH ANY OTHER CABLES, NOR SHOULD OTHER CABLES RUN IN PARALLEL ANY CLOSER THAN 6". ALL CONDUIT TO BE 1"PVC OR ALUMINUM EMT. FLOOR 1 2 3 3 3 4 5 6 7 11 10 12 1513 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 16 120VAC, 20A PDU FIREWALL #2 FIREWALL #1 SWITCH #2 SWITCH #1 CAT6 PATCH PANEL 96 " 24 " 91 " 11 5 " 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA As indicated \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t T02.01 TECHNOLOGY DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 N.T.S. TECHNOLOGY OUTLET PLATE & PATCH PANEL DETAILS DATA CABLING SCHEDULE Outlet Label Patch Panel-Port Switch - Port VLAN Jack Color Outlet Location Name Port Function Comments D01 1 1 - 1 Payment Terminal Yellow Cash Wrap 2 Payment Terminal 2 D02 2 1 - 3 Payment Terminal Yellow N/C Spare D03 3 1 - 5 WAP Green WAP 1 Stock Room WAP 1 MPTL D04 4 1 - 7 WAP Green WAP 3 Sales Floor WAP 3 MPTL D05 5 1 - 9 WAP Green N/C D06 6 1 - 11 Register Blue Cash Wrap 2 Register 2 D07 7 1 - 13 Register Blue N/C Spare D08 8 1 - 15 VoIP Gray Cash Wrap 2 Phone Dect Station D09 9 1 - 17 VoIP Gray N/C D10 10 1 - 19 IoT Orange Cash Wrap 2 RFID Detagger (Nedap) D11 11 1 - 21 IoT Orange Manager Desk Play Networks (BGM) D12 12 1 - 23 IoT Orange Tailor Shop 1 Tailor Printer D13 13 1 - 25 IoT Orange Tailor Shop 2 Tailor Spare D14 14 1 - 27 IoT Orange Backboard ADT Alarm D15 15 1 - 29 IoT Orange N/C D16 16 1 - 31 IoT Orange N/C D17 17 1 - 33 Back Office Black Manager Desk Printer D18 18 1 - 35 Back Office Black Manager Desk 2nd printer D19 19 1 - 37 Back Office Black N/C D20 20 1 - 39 Back Office Black N/C D21 21 1 - 41 mPOS Printer Purple Cash Wrap 2 Receipt Printer 2 D22 22 1 - 43 mPOS Printer Purple Tailor Shop 1 Kiosk Receipt Printer D23 23 1 - 45 mPOS Printer Purple N/C D24 24 Uplink/Trunk White D25 25 2 - 2 Payment Terminal Yellow Cash Wrap 2 Payment Terminal 3 D26 26 2 - 4 Payment Terminal Yellow N/C Spare D27 27 2 - 6 WAP Green WAP 2 Sales Floor WAP 2 MPTL D28 28 2 - 8 WAP Green N/C D29 29 2 - 10 WAP Green N/C D30 30 2 - 12 Register Blue Cash Wrap 2 Register 3 D31 31 2 - 14 Register Blue N/C D32 32 2 - 16 VoIP Gray Manager Desk Office Phone D33 33 2 - 18 VoIP Gray N/C D34 34 2 - 20 IoT Orange Shoppertrak Main Entry Biscuit - Ceiling D35 35 2 - 22 IoT Orange WG Floor Guard Main Entry Biscuit - Ceiling D36 36 2 - 24 IoT Orange Tailor Shop 1 Tailor Screen D37 37 2 - 26 IoT Orange Tailor Shop 2 Tailor Spare D38 38 2 - 28 IoT Orange Backboard OpenEye NVR D39 39 2 - 30 IoT Orange N/C D40 40 2 - 32 IoT Orange N/C D41 41 2 - 34 Back Office Black Manager Desk Computer D42 42 2 - 36 Back Office Black Manager Desk 2nd Computer D43 43 2 - 38 Back Office Black N/C D44 44 2 - 40 Back Office Black N/C D45 45 2 - 42 mPOS Printer Purple Cash Wrap 2 Receipt Printer 3 D46 46 2 - 44 mPOS Printer Purple N/C D47 47 2 - 46 mPOS Printer Purple N/C D48 48 Uplink/Trunk White ELEVATION CODED NOTES: 1. 96" HIGH x 48" WIDE x 3/4" THICK FIRE-RATED PLYWOOD COMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARD. PAINT COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL. DO NOT PAINT OVER FIRE RATING LABEL. 2. 12 RACK UNIT TALL, 24" DEEP ENCLOSED WALL RACK FOR DATA EQUIPMENT. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN RACK AS SHOWN. 3. 120VAC QUAD OUTLET, BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. TOTAL OF SIX 4. CRADLEPOINT E300 SERIES ENTERPRISE ROUTER. MOUNT WITH ANTENNAS POINTING UPWARDS. 5. WG FLOOR GUARD HEADEND DEVICE 6. SHOPPERTRAK HEADEND DEVICE 7. BACKGROUND MUSIC AMPLIFIER & PLAYER ON WALL-MOUNT SHELF 8. NOT USED 9. NOT USED 10. COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER HEADEND EQUIPMENT 11. COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PROVIDER DEMARK TERMINALS 12. PATCH CONNECTIONS TO SERVICE PROVIDER EQUIPMENT 13. INTRUSION ALARM PANEL 14. OPENEYE VIDEO SURVEILLANCE NVR 15. TWO CAT6 JACKS IN SURFACE-MOUNT BOX FOR DATA COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTION OF INTRUSION ALARM AND VIDEO SURVEILLANCE NVR TO NETWORK. 16. WALL PHONE # # NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EAS SYSTEM TO BE USED IN EACH STORE WITH THE STORE MANAGEMENT AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ROUGH-IN, POWER, & CABLING. NOTE: ALL VIDEO SURVEILLANCE CAMERA CABLING SHALL TERMINATE WITH MODULAR PLUGS AT THE CAMERA AND AT THE SWITCH/NVR. MODULAR PLUGS SHALL BE FROM THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM AND SHALL BE TESTED, CERTIFIED, AND WARRANTIED AS PART OF THE STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM. N.T.S. EAS SYSTEM - WG FLOOR GUARD DETAIL N.T.S.4 BACKBOARD ELEVATION REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 SPECIFICATION SECTION 27 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Description 1. This section includes directions, requirements and products common to all Division 27 specifications and work performed in accordance with those specifications. Section also includes information concerning pathways, fire stopping, Grounding and Bonding, and Labeling. B. General Requirements 1. Drawings and Specifications are to be considered as supplementing one another. Work shown on the drawings but not mentioned in the specifications and work mentioned in the specifications but not shown on the drawings shall be performed or furnished as to reflect both. 2. The Contractor is responsible for providing all systems and equipment specified in this Section unless otherwise instructed by the architect, designer or owner. The contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor including supervision, permits, and services required for the installation of all work and as required to provide a complete and operable system as indicated by the drawings and or specified in these documents. Should the contractor sub- divide the contract such subdivisions will be the sole responsibility of the awarded contractor. 3. It is the contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with the other trades on this project to provide a trouble-free installation. 4. Any equipment installed improperly or does not match the specifications and drawings shall be reworked at no additional cost to the owner. C. Section Includes: 1. Contractor Requirements 2. Common communications installation requirements. 3. Communications equipment coordination and installation. 4. Sleeves for pathways and cables. 5. Sleeve seals. 6. Grout. 7. Fire stopping 8. Grounding and Bonding 9. Labeling D. Related Sections: 1. Division 27 ALL SECTIONS 2. Division 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3. Division 9 FINISHES 4. Division 26 ELECTRICAL 5. Division 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The contractor is responsible for coordinating the installation of equipment specified in this section with other contractors including, but not limited to, the Structured Cabling contractor, Integrated A/V contractor, Electrical contractor and the Construction Manager. B. Coordinate with the Architect and other affected trades arrangement, mounting, and support of communications equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So that connecting pathways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in- place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. D. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for communications items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in addition to the minimum requirements stated in the General Conditions of the Contract. B. Certifications: 1. Submit BICSI certificates for each RCDD, Project Manager and Installer 2. Submit manufacturer’s certificates showing authorization or certification of product training and authorized vendor / installer and warranty status for each product. Include training procedures and course description. C. Product Data: For each type of product listed in Part 2, submit manufacturer’s product data sheets indicating physical and technical/performance data. Submit the Section in its entirety; individual product or partial section submittals will result in the summary rejection of the submittal. Note the Section and Paragraph number on the Product Data Sheet. Provide an Index sheet. Index Sheet should list each item and the corresponding Section and Paragraph for which it is being submitted, quantity of product and use/location. List items in order of Section and Paragraph. For example: 1. 27 05 00 2.1D 2a – Cooper B-Line WB200 Wire Basket System WB212 Qty. = As Req. As shown on Technology Drawings 2. If providing written submittal documents, provide six (6) sets of the information listed in this Section, each set bound separately. Loose-leaf sheets bound using paper clips or rubber bands are not acceptable. D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings including materials, finish, dimensions, accessories, layout, supports, splices and installation details. 1. Review of shop drawings shall not constitute final approval. Said review does not relieve the contractor from the responsibility of furnishing material or performing work as required by the Contract Documents. E. Coordination Drawings: Include floor plans and sections drawn to scale. Include scaled cable tray layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Data presented on these drawings should be as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine. Field verification of all dimensions, routing, etc., is required. Provide estimated link length for each data cable on the coordination drawings. F. Project Review Certification: In addition to the Bid documents, contractor shall provide the review as listed below item. G. Manufacturer certified test reports of specified products, complying with IEC 61537, NEC, and NEMA VE 1/CSA C22.2 No. 126.1. H. Failure by the Contractor to provide submittals within the specified time, shall not entitle the Contractor to an extension of contract time, and request for a contract extension by reason of such default will not be allowed. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cabling Contractor Qualifications and Requirements 1. Installing Contractor must have 5 years’ experience in data/telecom cable installations. 2. Contractor shall submit with his Bid a list of Jobs performed (minimum of 4) in the past 2 years, equal to the one specified herein. Also, the Contractor shall arrange a site visit of any job(s) selected by the Designer. The list shall include the following: a. Job location and date when it was completed. b. Contact person at each job location. c. Brief description of each job d. Estimated cost. 3. The Contractor shall employ on his staff at least one Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD) registered with the Building Industries Consulting Services International (BICSI). The Contractor shall submit with his bid the name, registration number, and seal of the RCDD on the Contractors’ staff. 4. The RCDD shall review all design documents including these bid specifications and provide in writing with the Contractors bid, certification of this review, and shall note any and all discrepancies that the RCDD believes are of material concern to the completion of a fully operating system. 5. The RCDD shall certify the final installation in writing and provide written verification that he/she has inspected the completed installation and that the installation meets the terms and conditions of these specifications, design requirements of the BISCI TDMM (latest edition), and all TIA, NFPA, NEC, and all local codes and specifications related to this work. 6. All design documents, submittals; Project Record Drawings, test results, and other documentation provided by the Contractor shall bear the name, registration number, and seal of the RCDD responsible for this bid 7. Layout Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, Cabling Administration Drawings and field-testing program development by an RCDD. 8. Installation Supervision: A project manager must be present during the course of the installation to provide coordination of work of this specification and of other trades, and provide technical information when requested by other trades. This person must be a BICSI Registered Telecommunications Installer. This person will be responsible for quality control during installation, equipment set-up, and testing. 9. Contractor must have five (5) full time installation personnel currently on staff and employed at the time of installation. 10. The contractor selected for this Structured Cabling System must adhere to all design, engineering and installation procedures of the product manufacturer along with industry installation practices (TIA 568-B-2.1, 569-A, 606, 607, NEC, BICSI TDMM 12th Edition, etc.). SPECIFICATION SECTION 27 05 00 - (CONTINUED) 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Basket Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of wire mesh bottom and side rails. B. BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International. C. Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of a one-piece, ventilated-bottom or solid-bottom channel. D. Ladder Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of two longitudinal side rails connected by individual transverse members (rungs). E. LAN: Local area network. F. WAN: Wide area network. G. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer. H. Solid-Bottom or Non-Ventilated Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of a bottom without ventilation openings within integral or separate longitudinal side rails. I. Trough or Ventilated Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of integral or separate longitudinal rails and a bottom having openings sufficient for the passage of air and using 75 percent or less of the plan area of the surface to support cables. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PATHWAYS A. If not provided by others, provide Pathway equipment as follows. B. Cables Pathways and Spaces: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A. C. Cable Support: NRTL labeled. Cable support brackets shall be designed to prevent degradation of cable performance and pinch points that could damage cable. 1. Comply with NFPA 70 and UL 2043 for fire-resistant and low-smoke- producing characteristics. 2. Support brackets with cable tie slots for fastening cable ties to brackets. 3. Lacing bars, spools, J-hooks, and D-rings. 4. Straps and other devices. D. Cable Trays: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cablofil Inc. b. Chalfant Mfg. c. Cooper B-Line, Inc. d. Chatsworth Products, Inc. 2. Cable Tray Material: Metal, suitable for indoors, and protected against corrosion by electroplated zinc galvanizing, complying with ASTM B 633, Type 1, not less than 0.000472 inches thick. a. Basket Cable Trays: Minimum of 6 inches wide and 2 inches deep. Wire mesh spacing shall not exceed 2 by 4 inches. 3. Cable Tray Support: Cable trays are to be supported on both sides of the tray. Center hung supports are not acceptable. E. Conduit and Boxes: Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." Flexible metal conduit shall not be used. 1. Outlet boxes shall be no smaller than 2 inches wide, 3 inches high, and 2-1/2 inches deep. F. Pathway Installation in Communications Equipment Rooms: 1. Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard where a single piece of plywood is installed, or in the corner of room where multiple sheets of plywood are installed around perimeter walls of room. 2. Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions. 3. Secure conduits to backboard when entering room from overhead. 4. Extend conduits 3 inches above finished floor. 5. Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor to grounding system. 2.2 SLEEVES FOR PATHWAYS AND CABLES A. If not provided by others, provide and install 1. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. 2. Sleeves shall be finished to eliminate sharp edges, terminated with bushings, and painted blue to indicate use for telecommunication services. B. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side more than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. 2.3 SLEEVE SEALS A. If not provided by others provide and install Sleeve Seals as follows. B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and pathway or cable. 1. Sealing Elements: interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of pathway or cable. 2. Pressure Plates: Include two for each sealing element. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2.4 GROUT A. If not provided by others provide and install Grout as follows. B. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, non-staining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 2.5 FIRESTOPPING A. If not provided by others provide and install Fire stopping as follows. B. Penetration Sealants 1. Dow Corning "Firestop Foam" and "Firestop Sealant.” 2. Insta-Foam Products, Inc., "Insta-Fire Seal Silicone RTV Foam.” 3. 3M Brand "Fire Barrier" Caulk. 4. 3M Brand Moldable Putty "Pads" and Moldable Putty "Stix.” 5. Metalines, Inc., Metacaulk. 6. Chase Technology Corp., CTC PR-855. C. Intumescent sealants for use in openings and sleeves involving plastic pipe, insulated pipe, or flexible cable: 1. Dow Corning "Firestop Intumescent Wrap Strip.” 2. 3M Brand "Fire Barrier" Caulk, with FS-195 Wrap Strip and CS-195 Composite Sheet. 3. STI EZ-Path Cable Pathway and Firestop device, SpecSeal, SpecSeal Triple S or LCI. D. Materials - General 1. Provide flame (F) rating minimum one hour, but not less than fire resistance rating of the assembly in which installed, per ASTM E814. 2. Maintain effective barrier against flame, smoke, and hot gasses per ASTM E814 and UL 1479. 3. Suitable for firestopping of penetrations by steel, glass, plastic, and insulated pipe. Also, flexible cable, bus duct, and cable tray. 2.6 GROUNDING A. If not provided by others provide and install a Telecommunications Grounding System as follows. B. Comply with NEC-250, ANSI-J-STD-607-A and the following items. C. All bonding conductors and connectors shall be insulated copper and listed for the purpose intended an approved by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). D. Provide Telecommunications Grounding/Bonding System using approved Grounding Hardware. CAD Weld Bonding Conductors to Building Steel. E. Provide Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) in main Equipment Telecommunications Room (ER). Provide a TMGB with the following: characteristics 1. Pre-drilled copper busbar with holes for use with standard sized lugs 2. Electro-tin plated 3. Minimum dimensions of 6 mm (0.25in) thick x 50mm (2in) wide and of variable length to meet the application requirements and with consideration for future growth. 4. All TMGB Connections to be made with double-bolted, Compression style, Grounding Lugs. SPECIFICATION SECTION 27 05 00 - (CONTINUED) 5. As a minimum, Bond TMGB to following: a. Building Steel (minimum #2 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor). b. Main Electrical Service Ground (minimum #2 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor). c. Local Service Panel Ground (minimum #6 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor). F. Provide Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) in all Telecommunication Rooms (TRs) and AV Equipment Cabinets. 1. Provide a TGB with the following: characteristics a. Pre-drilled copper busbar with holes for use with standard sized lugs b. Electro-tin plated c. Minimum dimensions of 6 mm (0.25in) thick x 50mm (2in) wide and of variable length to meet the application requirements and with consideration for future growth. 2. All TGB Connections to be made with double-bolted, Compression style, Grounding Lugs. 3. As a minimum, Bond TGB to following: a. Building Steel (minimum #2 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor). b. Local Service Panel Ground (minimum #6 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor). c. Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB) that connects TGB to other TGBs and TMGB (minimum #2 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor). d. Associated Telecommunications Cable Tray(s) (minimum #6 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor). e. Telecommunications Conduit(s) Entering TR (minimum #6 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor). G. Provide Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB) between all TGBs and the TMGB. 1. The TBB shall be a minimum of #2 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor. 2. All TBB Connections to be made with double-bolted, Compression style, Grounding Lugs. 3. Associated Telecommunications Cable Tray(s) minimum #6 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor. 4. Telecommunications Conduit(s) entering ER/TR minimum #6 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor. H. As a minimum, the Technology Contractor shall bond the following devices to the associated TMGB and TGBs using a minimum #6 AWG insulated copper bonding conductor using compression style lugs: 1. PABX Equipment 2. Equipment Racks and Cabinets 3. TR Cable Ladder and Tray 4. CATV Equipment 5. Lightning and Surge Protectors 6. Telecommunications Devices 7. Coupled Bonding Conductors (CBCs) 8. Backbone Cable Shields 9. Telecommunication and Fiber Cable Shields 10. Antenna Cable Shields I. Lugs, Fasteners, Connectors, etc. 1. Provide all of the above to install a complete grounding and bonding system as defined in TIA J-STD-607-A. J. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Chatsworth, Erico, Harger, SquareD or Tyco. 2.7 LABELING A. All cable, outlets, patch panels and other components shall be labeled according to TIA 606a labeling and administration requirements. B. For cables, labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type with printing area and font color that contrasts with cable jacket color but still complies with requirements in TIA 606-A. Labels shall be flexible vinyl or polyester that flexes as cables are bent. C. Nameplates shall be laminated Phenolic with a white surface and black core. Use 1/16" thick material for plates up to 2" X 4". For larger sizes use 1/8" thick material. D. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Thomas & Betts, Brady or Dymo. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounted items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both communications equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PATHWAYS A. Coordinate layout and installation of cable tray, sleeves, etc. with other trades. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated in submittals as required to suit field conditions and as approved by the Architect. B. Cable Trays: Comply with NEMA VE 2 and TIA-569-A. C. Comply with requirements for demarcation point, pathways, cabinets, and racks specified in Division 27 Section "Communications Equipment Room Fittings." Drawings indicate general arrangement of pathways and fittings. D. Comply with TIA-569-A for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull points. E. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows whenever possible. F. Pathway Installation in Communications Equipment Rooms (ER / TR): 1. Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard where a single piece of plywood is installed, or in the corner of room where multiple sheets of plywood are installed around perimeter walls of room. 2. Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions. 3. Secure conduits to backboard when entering room from overhead. 4. Extend conduits 3 inches above finished floor. 5. Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor to grounding system. 6. Install ladder rack or tray in the ER and TR(s) to provide a complete pathway from the entrance point to the cabinets/racks. The ladder rack or tray shall extend above all cabinets/racks in the room. G. Backboards: Install backboards with 96-inch dimension vertical. Butt adjacent sheets tightly, and form smooth gap-free corners and joints. 3.3 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS PENETRATIONS A. Communications penetrations occur when pathways, cables, wireways, or cable trays penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors a minimum of 2 inches (50mm) above finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pathway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. I. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and pathway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." J. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pathway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal pathway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." K. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual pathways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. L. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pathway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. SPECIFICATION SECTION 27 05 00 - (CONTINUED) 3.4 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for pathway or cable material and size. Position pathway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pathway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." Comply with TIA-569-A; Annex A, "Firestopping." B. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping Systems" Article. C. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for communications installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. D. Examination 1. Examine surfaces to receive penetration sealant or foam and report unacceptable conditions to the Architect before starting firestopping work. Start of work indicates firestopping installer’s acceptance of sizing of holes and application conditions. 2. Verify that penetration holes are approximately 1 ½” larger diameter than the penetrating element to allow space for wrap strip. Each trade must control sizing of their penetration holes made to accommodate their penetrating items. E. Preparation 1. Clean penetration holes of dirt, loose materials, and foreign matter which may affect bond or installation. 2. Remove coatings such as paint, curing compounds, water repellent, and sealers as required. F. Application 1. Installation of Firestopping Materials: All firewall penetrations shall be fire stopped by the low voltage contractor where necessary in accordance with local building codes. 2. Install firestopping materials, including forming, packing, and other accessory materials to fill all existing and new openings around technology services penetrating floors, walls, and cable tray to provide firestops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. Comply with installation requirements established by testing and inspecting agency. 3. Install firestopping materials systems in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 4. Employ installation techniques which will ensure that firestopping is deposited to fill and seal holes and openings. G. Provide flame (F) rating minimum one hour, but not less than fire resistance rating of the assembly in which installed, per ASTM E814. H. Ensure effective smoke seal. 1. Tool exposed surfaces of applied sealant smooth. I. Clean-up 1. Clean surfaces adjacent to sealed joints free of excess sealant and soiling from this Work as work progresses, using solvent or cleaning agent recommended in writing by the sealant manufacturer. 2. Leave finished Work in neat, clean condition; remove excess debris and materials. 3.6 GROUNDING A. Install grounding according to the BICSI TDMM, "Grounding, Bonding, and Electrical Protection" Chapter. B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A and NEC Article 250. C. Locate grounding bus bar to minimize the length of bonding conductors. Fasten to wall allowing at least 2-inch clearance behind the grounding bus bar. Connect grounding bus bar with a minimum No. 4 AWG grounding electrode conductor from grounding bus bar to suitable electrical building ground. D. Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG equipment grounding conductor. E. Bonding conductors should not be placed in a ferrous metallic conduit. If it is necessary to place bonding conductors in a ferrous metallic conduit that exceeds three feet (3’) in length, the conductors shall be bonded to each end of the conduit with a No. 6 AWG conductor. F. Each telecommunication bonding conductor shall be marked appropriately by a distinctive green color and shall be labeled. G. All installation work shall be done in a neat high-quality manner and in conformity with local, state and federal building codes. 3.7 LABELING A. Each Voice/Data (UTP) outlets shall be labeled to designate the Telecommunications Room (TR), Rack, Patch Panel, and Port that terminates that specific cable. (For example, if a particular UTP cable is terminated on TR #1, Rack 2, Panel #B, Port 21, then the labeling for that outlet would be TR01-R2-B-21.) B. Labeling and Color Coding: All connectors in the wall plates are to be labeled with printed, black-on-clear plastic labels. Brother P-Touch or similar labels are acceptable. Use sans serif font at least 3/16” height. C. Upon completion of all work, contractor shall provide the Architect/Engineer with a copy of required EIA/TIA 606 documents, including pathway reports, cable reports, drawings, work orders, end-to-end reports and other reports required by TIA 606. Contractor shall also provide an electronic copy of required documents above on a CD. END OF SECTION 270500 SPECIFICATION SECTION 271100 - COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Description 1. This section includes directions, requirements, products and work performed for main Equipment Rooms (ER, MCC, MDF), Intermediate Telecommunications Rooms (TR, IDF, TC) and Entrance Facilities (EF). The rooms shall be provisioned, installed and configured in a complete manner so as to provide a unified facility. B. General Installation Requirements 1. Drawings and Specifications are to be considered as supplementing one another. Work shown on the drawings but not mentioned in the specifications and work mentioned in the specifications but not shown on the drawings shall be performed or furnished as to reflect both. 2. The Contractor is responsible for providing all Technology Systems specified in this section unless otherwise instructed by the designer/owner. The contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor including supervision, permits, and services required for the installation of all work and as required to provide a complete and operable system as indicated by the drawings and or specified in these documents. Should the contractor sub- divide the contract such subdivisions will be the sole responsibility of the awarded contractor. 3. Any equipment installed improperly or which does not match the specifications and drawings shall be reworked at no additional cost to the owner. C. Section Includes: 1. Telecommunications mounting elements. 2. Backboards. 3. Telecommunications equipment racks and cabinets. 4. Telecommunications service entrance pathways. 5. Grounding. D. Related Sections: 1. Division 27 Section – 27 1300 “Communications Backbone Cabling" 2. Division 27 Section – 27 1500 “Communications Horizontal Cabling" 3. Division 28 Section "Conductors and Cables for Electronic Safety and Security" 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of communications equipment with Construction Manager, other trades, telecommunications and LAN equipment contractors, and service suppliers. Coordinate service entrance arrangement with local exchange carrier. 1. Meet jointly with telecommunications and LAN equipment suppliers, local exchange carrier representatives, and Owner to exchange information and agree on details of equipment arrangements and installation interfaces. 2. Record agreements reached in meetings and distribute them to other participants. 3. Adjust arrangements and locations of distribution frames, cross-connects, and patch panels in equipment rooms to accommodate and optimize arrangement and space requirements of telephone switch and LAN equipment. 4. Adjust arrangements and locations of equipment with distribution frames, cross-connects, and patch panels of cabling systems of other communications, electronic safety and security, and related systems that share space in the equipment room. B. Coordinate location of power raceways and receptacles with locations of communications equipment requiring electrical power to operate. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in addition to the requirements stated in the General Conditions of the Contract. 1. Product Data: Provide product data for each type of product listed in Part 2 of this Section. Refer to Section 27 0500 Common Work for Communications for submittal requirements. 2. Shop Drawings: Refer to Section 27 0500 Common Work for Communications for shop drawing requirements. 3. Coordination Drawings: Refer to Section 27 0500 Common Work for Communications for coordination drawing requirements. 4. Qualification Requirements: Refer to Section 27 0500 Common Work for Communications for qualification requirements. B. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For floor-mounted cabinets, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: identify center of gravity, locate, and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. Base certification on the maximum number of components capable of being mounted in each rack type. Identify components on which certification is based. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Refer to Section 27 0500 Common Work Results for Communications for Quality Assurance requirements. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A. D. Grounding: Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Floor-mounted cabinets and cable pathways shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to: 1. The term "withstand" means, "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install equipment frames and cable trays until spaces are enclosed and weather tight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and work above ceilings is complete. 1.7 DEFINITIONS A. Refer to Division 27 Section 27 0500 Common Work for Communications for definitions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PATHWAYS A. Refer to Division 27 Section “Common Work Results For Communications” for Pathway requirements and products. B. Conduit and Boxes: Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. Flexible metal conduit shall not be used. 1. Outlet boxes shall be no smaller than 4-11/16" wide, 4-11/16" high, and 2-1/8" deep, plus any plaster-ring depth. 2.2 BACKBOARDS A. Backboards: If not provided by others, provide plywood, fire-retardant treated, 3/4 by 48 by 96 inches. Install the sheets in the vertical orientation. Comply with requirements for plywood backing panels specified in Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry." (Provided by Division 26) B. Comply with requirements in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" for painting backboards. For fire-resistant plywood, do not paint over manufacturer's label. C. Quantity. Provide quantity of backboards to cover the wall directly behind the cabinets and racks. 2.3 EQUIPMENT CABINETS, RACKS AND OTHER TERMINATION HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Chatsworth Products, Inc. 2. Tripp-Lite 3. Hubbell Premise Wiring 4. Great Lakes Case & Cabinet B. Provide 19 RU, wall-mounted, enclosed rack, 24-inch useable depth, with rear section, and 12-24 tapped rack rails. 1. Wire management panels for horizontal, one per every 48 ports. 2. Minimum 12 rack units 3. Grounding and Bonding equipment / material. 4. Locking front door with Plexiglas panel 5. Chatsworth 11900-724, or equivalent from approved manufacturers C. Cabinets, racks and enclosures must all be from the same manufacturer. D. Refer to Technology Detail drawings for configuration, quantity and location of all cabinets / racks. Refer to the ER/TR room large-scale detail diagrams within the Technology Floor plan drawings for orientation of cabinets/racks within the room. 2.4 POWER STRIPS A. Power Strips: Comply with UL 1363. 1. Rack mounted 2. Have eight 20A, 120VAC, NEMA 5-20R receptacles 3. LED indicator lights for power and protection status. 4. LED indicator lights for reverse polarity and open outlet ground. 5. Integral Circuit Breaker 6. Cord connected with 6-foot line cord terminated with a locking NEMA L5-20P plug 7. Rocker-type on-off switch, illuminated when in on position. SPECIFICATION SECTION 271100 - (CONTINUED) 2.5 GROUNDING A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." for grounding conductors and connectors. B. All equipment and Installation practices shall comply with the current ANSI/NFPA-70 NEC. C. All equipment installation shall comply with the local jurisdiction of that area. D. All equipment installed shall comply with the ANSI/TIA/EIA-758. E. Telecommunications Main Bus Bar: Refer to Section 27 0500 Common Work Results for Communications for grounding and bonding bus bar requirements. F. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A. 2.6 LABELING A. Refer to Section 27 0500 Common Work Results for Communications for labeling products and requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ENTRANCE FACILITIES A. Contact telecommunications service provider and arrange for installation of demarcation point, protected entrance terminals, and housing when so directed by service provider. B. Install underground, buried and/or aerial pathways complying with recommendations in TIA/EIA-569-A, "Entrance Facilities" Article and as described in Division 27 Section 27 1300 Communication Backbone Cabling and shown on the project drawings. C. Install underground entrance pathway complying with Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." 1. Comply with NECA 1. 2. Comply with BICSI TDMM for layout and installation of communications equipment rooms. 3. Cable Trays: Comply with NEMA VE 2 and TIA/EIA-569-A-7. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PATHWAYS A. Cable Trays: Comply with NEMA VE 2 and TIA/EIA-569-A. B. Comply with requirements for demarcation point, pathways, cabinets, and racks specified in Division 27 Section "Communications Equipment Room Fittings." Drawings indicate general arrangement of pathways and fittings. C. Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull points. D. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for installation of conduits and wireways. E. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows whenever possible. F. Pathway Installation in Communications Equipment Rooms: 1. Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard where a single piece of plywood is installed, or in the corner of room where multiple sheets of plywood are installed around perimeter walls of room. 2. Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions. 3. Secure conduits to backboard when entering room from overhead. 4. Extend conduits 3 inches above finished floor. 5. Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor to grounding system. G. Backboards: Install backboards with 96-inch dimension vertical. Butt adjacent sheets tightly, and form smooth gap-free corners and joints. H. Backboards are to be painted with two coats of fire rated paint. Bundle, lace, and train conductors and cables to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. Refer to drawings for location and layout of technology closets. 3.3 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A, Annex A, "Firestopping." B. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping Systems" Article. C. Comply with requirements in Section 27 0500 “Common Work Results for Communications". 3.4 GROUNDING A. Install grounding according to BICSI TDMM, "Grounding, Bonding, and Electrical Protection" Chapter. B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A. C. Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG equipment grounding conductor. 1. Bond the shield of shielded cable to the grounding bus bar in communications rooms and spaces. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with TIA/EIA-606-A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems.” B. Equipment identification: Provide nameplates on all Equipment Racks and Patch Panels 1. Lettering shall include name of equipment, the specific unit number, and any reference to "on-off" or other instructions that are applicable. Nameplates shall be laminated Phenolic with a white surface and black core. Use 1/16" thick material for plates up to 2" X 4". For larger sizes use 1/8" thick material. The space between lines shall be equal to the width of the letters. Use 1/4" minimum height letters, which occupy four to the inch. Increase letter size to 3/4" on largest plate. 2. Nameplates shall be secured to equipment with brass #10-24 round head screws and brass nuts. C. See Division 27 – 27 1500 Section "Communications Horizontal Cabling" for additional identification requirements. D. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. No hand writtel labels or felt- tip marker written directly on the cable jacket will be accepted. END OF SECTION 271100 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t T03.01 TECHNOLOGY SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 SPECIFICATION SECTION 27 15 00 - COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Description 1. Horizontal cable and its connecting hardware provide the means of transporting signals between the work area telecommunications outlet/connector and the horizontal cross-connect located in the communications equipment or telecommunications rooms. a. Horizontal cabling shall contain no more than one transition point or consolidation point between the horizontal cross-connect and the telecommunications outlet/connector. b. Under no circumstances shall any permanent link exceed 295 feet, exclusive of patch cables. B. General Requirements 1. Drawings and Specifications are to be considered as supplementing one another. Work shown on the drawings but not mentioned in the specifications and work mentioned in the specifications but not shown on the drawings shall be performed or furnished as to reflect both. 2. The contractor is responsible for providing all Technology Systems specified in Division 27 unless otherwise instructed by the designer/owner. The contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor including supervision, permits, and services required for the installation of all work and as required to provide a complete and operable system as indicated by the drawings and written in these documents. Should the contractor sub-divide the contract such subdivisions will be the sole responsibility of the awarded contractor. 3. Any particular items mentioned in the specifications which are not shown on the drawings are the contractor’s responsibility to provide a complete system. 4. It is the contractor’s responsibility to coordinate with the other trades on this project to provide a trouble-free installation. 5. Any equipment installed improperly or which does not match the specifications and drawings shall be reworked at no additional cost to the owner C. Section Includes: 1. Contractor Requirements 2. Pathways 3. UTP and coaxial cable. 4. Cable connecting hardware, patch panels, and cross-connects. 5. Telecommunications outlet/connectors. 6. Cabling identification products. 7. Installation instructions and procedures including testing and training. 8. Cabling administration system D. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Penetration Firestopping” 2. Division 27 Section “Common Work Results for Communications” 3. Division 27 Section "Communications Backbone Cabling". 4. Division 27 Section “Communication Equipment Room Fittings” 5. Division 28 Section "Conductors and Cables for Electronic Safety and Security" 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Basket Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of wire mesh bottom and side rails. B. BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International. C. Channel Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of a one-piece, ventilated- bottom or solid-bottom channel. D. Consolidation Point: A location for interconnection between horizontal cables extending from building pathways and horizontal cables extending into furniture pathways. E. Cross-Connect: A facility enabling the termination of cable elements and their interconnection or cross-connection. F. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. G. IDC: Insulation displacement connector. H. Ladder Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of two longitudinal side rails connected by individual transverse members (rungs). I. LAN: Local area network. J. WAN: Wide Area network K. MUTOA: Multi-user telecommunications outlet assembly, a grouping in one location of several telecommunications outlet/connectors. L. Outlet/Connectors: A connecting device in the work area on which horizontal cable or outlet cable terminates. M. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer. N. Solid-Bottom or Nonventilated Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of longitudinal side rails and a bottom without ventilation openings. O. Trough or Ventilated Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of longitudinal side rails and a bottom having openings for the passage of air. P. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. The Structured Cabling System shall: 1. Be capable of a minimum of 1,000 Mbps full duplex transmission via 4-pr. Category 6 horizontal cable and must comply with TIA 568B requirements for color-coding. 2. Comply with transmission standards in TIA/EIA-568-B.1, when tested according to test procedures of this standard. 3. Meet the requirements of Paragraph 2.0 Products of this document. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following in addition to the requirements stated in the General Conditions of the Contract. 1. Product Data: Provide product data for each type of product listed in Part 2 of this Section. Refer to Section 27 05 00 Common Work for Communications for submittal requirements. 2. Shop Drawings: Refer to Section 27 05 00 Common Work for Communications for shop drawing requirements. 3. Coordination Drawings: Refer to Section 27 05 00 Common Work for Communications for coordination drawing requirements. 4. Qualification Requirements: Refer to Section 27 05 00 Common Work for Communications for qualification requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by BICSI as an RCDD to supervise on-site testing. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A. D. Grounding: Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A. 1.6 SYSTEM WARRANTY A. System shall carry an industry standard, performance based warranty by the manufacturer for a minimum period of 20 years. This warranty shall cover all cabling and hardware to include fiber-optic cabling, UTP cabling, patch panels, jacks, patch cables, terminations and labor to install. All remaining work shall be warranted for 1year from date of completion. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cables and connecting materials until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of telecommunications pathways and cabling with Owner's telecommunications, LAN equipment, service suppliers, and other contractors where this applies. B. Coordinate telecommunications outlet/connector locations with location of power receptacles at each work area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CABLE AND CONNECTIVITY SYSTEMS A. Contractor shall provide, install and terminate a combination of products as listed in Part 2 Products. Any deviation from this requirement must be submitted to the Architect/Engineer ten (10) working days prior to the bid opening for approval. B. The products shall be installed in such a manner as to assure compliance with the Manufacturer’s performance warranty. C. All floor box locations shall be cabled with Indoor/Outdoor rated cables for data, video and voice applications. D. All products described herein shall be by the Manufacturers listed and only the specified series of product shall be deemed equal unless otherwise specifically approved by the Design Consultant. 2.2 PATHWAYS A. Refer to Division 27 Section “Common Work Results for Communications” for Pathway requirements and information. SPECIFICATION SECTION 27 15 00 - (CONTINUED) 2.3 BACKBOARDS A. Refer to Division 27 Section “Common Work Results for Communications” for Backboard requirements and information. 2.4 UTP CABLE A. Contractor shall install one of the following specified series of UTP cable. B. All UTP cable shall be CMP or MPP rated. C. CATEGORY 6: All products described herein shall be by the following list of manufacturers. Additionally, only the specified series of product shall be deemed equal unless otherwise specifically approved by the Owner/Consultant. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Mohawk CDT AdvanceNet, White Jacket 2.5 UTP CABLE HARDWARE A. Contractor shall install one of the following combinations of UTP termination products (connectors, patch panels, etc.). B. All products described herein shall be by the following list of manufacturers. Additionally, only the specified series of product shall be deemed equal unless otherwise specifically approved by the Owner/Consultant. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Jacks shall be rated for CAT6 performance 2. Jacks shall mount within standard keystone openings. 3. Jacks shall be available in the following colors: a. Black b. Brown c. Red d. Orange e. Yellow f. Green g. Blue h. Violet i. Gray j. White C. Patch panels shall be modular keystone type. 1 rack unit, with 48 pre-punched holes to accept modular CAT6 jacks. D. General Requirements for Cable Connecting Hardware: Comply with TIA/EIA-568- B.2, IDC type, with modules designed for punch-down caps or tools. Cables shall be terminated with connecting hardware of same category or higher. E. Connecting Blocks: Provide 110-style IDC for Category 6 (as appropriate) blocks for the number of cables terminated on the block, plus 15 percent spare. Integral with connector bodies, including plugs and jacks where indicated. F. Cross-Connect: Modular array of connecting blocks arranged to terminate building cables and permit interconnection between cables. 1. Number of Terminals per Field: 1 for each conductor in assigned cables. G. Patch Panel: Modular panels housing multiple-numbered jack units with IDC-type connectors at each jack for permanent termination of pair groups of installed cables. 1. Number of Jacks per Field: 1 for each four-pair. H. Jacks and Jack Assemblies: Modular, color-coded, eight-position modular receptacle units with integral IDC-type terminals. I. Patch Cords: Provide same Category compliant patch cables from the same manufacturer as the cables or Connectivity manufacturer. Factory-made, four-pair cables in 1 and 6-foot lengths; terminated with eight-position modular plug at each end. 1. Patch cords shall have bend-relief-compliant boots and should be Category 6. Patch cords shall have latch guards to protect against snagging. 2. Provide one 6-foot patch cord for every work station port plus 10 percent. 3. Patch cords shall match jack color for connections between switches and patch panels. 2.6 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET/CONNECTORS A. Jacks: 100-ohm, balanced, twisted-pair connector; four-pair, eight-position modular. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1. B. Workstation Outlets: Refer to the Technology Outlet Legend located on the Technology Floor Plan Drawings and the Technology Cover plate Detail for outlet designation and configuration. C. Workstation Outlets: Coordinate either plastic or metal faceplates with Division 26 Section “Wiring Devices”, including color of plastic outlet plates. 1. For use with snap-in keystone jacks accommodating any combination of UTP work area outlets. a. Flush mounting jacks, positioning the cord at a 90-degree angle. 2. Legend: Factory labeled by silk-screening or engraving. 3. Legend: Machine printed, in the field, using adhesive-tape label. 4. Legend: Snap-in, clear-label covers and machine-printed paper inserts. 2.7 GROUNDING A. Refer to Division 27 Section “Common Work Results for Communications” for Grounding and Bonding requirements and information. B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-B 2.8 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Comply with ANSI/TIA-606-A and UL 969 for labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers. B. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." C. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: Thomas & Betts, Brady or Dymo. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate cables. B. Factory test UTP cables on reels according to TIA/EIA-568-B.1. C. Factory test UTP cables according to TIA/EIA-568-B.2. D. Cable will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING METHODS A. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces, attics, and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 1. Install plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. 2. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." B. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where possible. C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train cables to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CABLES A. Provide, install and terminate horizontal UTP cables to support the outlets as shown on the Technology drawings and on the Technology Room Schedule. B. Comply with NECA 1. C. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1. 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 6, "Cable Termination Practices." 3. Install 110-style IDC termination hardware unless otherwise indicated. 4. MUTOA shall not be used as a cross-connect point. 5. Consolidation points may be used only for making a direct connection to telecommunications outlet/connectors: a. Do not use consolidation point as a cross-connect point, as a patch connection, or for direct connection to workstation equipment. b. Locate consolidation points for UTP at least 49 feet from communications equipment room. 6. Terminate conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, cross-connects, and patch panels. 7. Cables may not be spliced. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. SPECIFICATION SECTION 27 15 00 - (CONTINUED) 8. Install lacing bars to restrain cables, to prevent straining connections, and to prevent bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer. 9. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIM, "Cabling Termination Practices" Chapter. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 10. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 11. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Heat lamps shall not be used for heating. 12. In the communications equipment room, install a 10-foot-long service loop on each end of cable. 13. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 4, "Pulling Cable." Monitor cable pull tensions. D. UTP Cable Installation: 1. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2. 2. Do not untwist UTP cables more than 1/2 inch from the point of termination to maintain cable geometry. E. Open-Cable Installation: 1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment. 2. Suspend UTP cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches above ceilings by cable supports not more than 60 inches apart. 3. Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. F. Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields. G. Separation from EMI Sources: 1. Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIA/EIA-569-A for separating unshielded copper voice and data communication cable from potential EMI sources, including electrical power lines and equipment. 2. Separation between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 5 inches. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 24 inches. 3. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-1/2 inches. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches. 4. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: No requirement. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 3 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches. 5. Separation between Communications Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers, 5 kVA or HP and Larger: A minimum of 48 inches. 6. Separation between Communications Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of 5 inches. 3.3 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." B. Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A, Annex A, "Firestopping." C. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping Systems" Article. 3.4 GROUNDING A. Refer to Division 27 Section “Common Work Results for Communications” for Grounding and Bonding requirements and information. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with TIA/EIA-606-A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Administration Class: 2 2. Color-code cross-connect fields and apply colors to voice and data service backboards, connections, covers, and labels. B. Paint and label colors for equipment identification shall comply with TIA/EIA-606-A for level of administration. C. Cable Schedule: Post in prominent location in each equipment room and wiring closet. List incoming and outgoing cables and their designations, origins, and destinations. Protect with rigid frame and clear plastic cover. Furnish an electronic copy of final comprehensive schedules for Project. D. Cabling Administration Drawings: Show building floor plans with cabling administration-point labeling. Identify labeling convention and show labels for telecommunications closets, terminal hardware and positions, horizontal cables, work areas and workstation terminal positions, grounding buses and pathways, and equipment grounding conductors. Follow convention of TIA/EIA-606-A. Furnish electronic record of all drawings, in software and format selected by Owner. E. In each ER/TR, provide a printed schedule of all data, voice and video ports according to each related room jack designation for that ER/TR. Place this schedule in a protective folder and post the folder and schedule in the first cabinet or rack. F. In addition, post a copy of the “As Built” drawing covering the area of service for that ER or TR on a wall in the ER or TR accessible to be read by the staff when making moves, adds or changes. Protect the drawing with a clear cover. G. Cable and Wire Identification: 1. Label each cable within 2 inches of each termination and tap, where it is accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated. 2. Each wire connected to building-mounted devices is not required to be numbered at device if color of wire is consistent with associated wire connected and numbered within panel or cabinet. 3. Exposed Cables and Cables in Cable Trays and Wire Troughs: Label each cable at intervals not exceeding 15 feet. 4. Label each terminal strip and screw terminal in each cabinet, rack, or panel. a. Individually number wiring conductors connected to terminal strips, and identify each cable or wiring group being extended from a panel or cabinet to a building-mounted device shall be identified with name and number of particular device as shown. b. Label each unit and field within distribution racks and frames. 5. Identification within Connector Fields in Equipment Rooms and Wiring Closets: Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting hardware. Identify jacks and outlets by the color code listed elsewhere in this specification and on the technology detail drawings. 6. Uniquely identify and label work area cables extending from the MUTOA to the work area. These cables may not exceed the length stated on the MUTOA label. H. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type with printing area and font color that contrasts with cable jacket color but still complies with requirements in TIA/EIA-606-A. 1. Cables use flexible vinyl or polyester that flex as cables are bent. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Final tests and adjustments shall be done by the Contractor and all cost for same shall be included as part of the bid. 2. Visually inspect UTP cable jacket materials for NRTL certification markings. Inspect cabling terminations in communications equipment rooms for compliance with color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections for compliance with TIA/EIA-568-B.1. 3. Visually confirm marking of outlets, cover plates, outlet/connectors, and patch panels. 4. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 5. Test UTP copper cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks. Test cables after termination but not cross- connection. SPECIFICATION SECTION 27 15 00 - (CONTINUED) a. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA-568-B.2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in "Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy specified in "Measurement Accuracy (Informative)" Annex. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration. 6. UTP Performance Tests: a. Test for each outlet and MUTOA. Perform the following tests according to TIA/EIA-568-B.1 and TIA/EIA-568-B.2: 1) Wire map. 2) Length (physical vs. electrical, and length requirements). 3) Insertion loss. 4) Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss. 5) Power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss. 6) Equal-level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT). 7) Power sum equal-level far-end crosstalk (PSELFEXT). 8) Return loss. 9) Propagation delay. 10) Delay skew. 7 Final Verification Tests: Perform verification tests for UTP systems after the complete communications cabling and workstation outlet/connectors are installed. a. Voice Tests: These tests assume that dial tone service has been installed. Connect to the network interface device at the demarcation point. Go off-hook and listen and receive a dial tone. If a test number is available, make and receive a local, long distance, and digital subscription line telephone call. b. Data Tests: These tests assume the Information Technology Staff has a network installed and is available to assist with testing. Connect to the network interface device at the demarcation point. Log onto the network to ensure proper connection to the network. D. Document data for each measurement. Data for submittals shall be printed in a summary report that is formatted similar to Table 10.1 in BICSI TDMM, or transferred from the instrument to the computer, saved as text files, and printed and submitted. E. End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION / TRAINING A. Training: Provide a total of 2 hours of on-site training and demonstration of the new system to the Owners staff including but not limited to: cable-plant management operations, changing signal pathways for different workstations, rerouting signals in failed cables, and keeping records of cabling assignments and revisions when extending wiring to establish new workstation outlets. END OF SECTION 271500 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ M E P T \ R e v i t U s e r s \ M E P _ i l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ M E P _ i l _ R 2 1 . r v t T03.02 TECHNOLOGY SPECIFICATIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 05/23/23 REV. NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 06/27/2022 CD SET 5 5/23/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 MATERIAL TEKS SELF-DRILLING FASTENERS ICC REPORT # ICC REPORT NUMBERS HILTI X-U CLARK DIETRICH C-SECTIONS AND TRACKS ICC ESR-1976 ICC ESR-2269 ICC ESR -1166P 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 12" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ S t r u c t u r a l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ S T R U C T _ R 2 1 . r v t S01.01 GENERAL NOTES WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 09/30/22 6A N I -01 ABBREVIATIONS A.B.------- ANCHOR BOLT A.R.------- ANCHOR ROD ADD'L ------- ADDITIONAL A.F.F. ------- ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ARCH. ------- ARCHITECTURAL B/------- BOTTOM OF BLDG. ------- BUILDING BM.------- BEAM BOT. ------- BOTTOM BRG. ------- BEARING BTJ ------- BOLTED TIE JOIST CANT'L ------- CANTILEVER CFMF ------- COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING C.I.P. ------- CAST-IN-PLACE CJ ------- CONTROL JOINT CL ------- CENTERLINE CLR. ------- CLEAR CMU ------- CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL. ------- COLUMN CONC. ------- CONCRETE CONSTR.----- CONSTRUCTION CONT. ------- CONTINUOUS C.Y.------- CUBIC YARD DBA ------- DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR DET. ------- DETAIL DIAG. ------- DIAGONAL Ø / DIA. ------- DIAMETER D.L.------- DEAD LOAD DWG. ------- DRAWING E.F.------- EACH FACE EJ ------- EXPANSION JOINT EL.------- ELEVATION EMBED.------- EMBEDMENT E.S.------- EACH SIDE EQ.------- EQUAL OR EQUIVALENT EQUIP. ------- EQUIPMENT E.W. ------- EACH WAY EXP. ------- EXPANSION (E)------- EXISTING EXT. ------- EXTERIOR F.D.------- FLOOR DRAIN FIN.------- FINISH FLG. ------- FLANGE FLR. ------- FLOOR F.S.------- FAR SIDE OR FOOTING STEP FT.------- FEET FTG. ------- FOOTING GA.------- GAUGE GB ------- GRADE BEAM G.C. ------- GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALV. ------- GALVANIZED HD'D ------- HEADED HORIZ. ------- HORIZONTAL I.F.------- INSIDE FACE INT.------- INTERIOR J/B OR J/BRG. ------- JOIST BEARING k ------- KIP LG.------- LONG L.L.------- LIVE LOAD (LLH) ------- LONG LEG HORIZONTAL (LLV) ------- LONG LEG VERTICAL (LSH) ------- LONG SIDE HORIZONTAL (LSV) ------- LONG SIDE VERTICAL L.W. ------- LONG WAY MECH. ------- MECHANICAL MFR. ------- MANUFACTURER (N)------- NEW (N.I.C.) ------- NOT IN CONTRACT N.S.------- NEAR SIDE NTS ------- NOT TO SCALE O.C. ------- ON CENTER O.F.------- OUTSIDE FACE O/O ------- OUT TO OUT OPP. ------- OPPOSITE PC ------- PRECAST CONCRETE PJ ------- PANEL JOINT PL ------- PLATE PSF ------- POUNDS/SQUARE FOOT PSI ------- POUNDS/SQUARE INCH RAD. ------- RADIUS R.D.------- ROOF DRAIN REINF. ------- REINFORCING REQ'D ------- REQUIRED SECT. ------- SECTION SIM.------- SIMILAR TO S.O.G. ------- SLAB ON GRADE SP.------- SPACES SQ.------- SQUARE STIFF. ------- STIFFENER STL. ------- STEEL STRUCT. ----- STRUCTURAL S.W. ------- SHORT WAY SYM. ------- SYMMETRICAL T/------- TOP OF TYP. ------- TYPICAL UNO ------- UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT. ------- VERTICAL V.I.F. ------- VERIFY IN FIELD W.P. ------- WORK POINT W.W.R. ------- WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT W/------- WITH 1.The term General Contractor (G.C.) as used in these documents refers to the Contractor / Construction Manager in responsible charge of the project in terms of coordination, scheduling, subcontractor coordination, etc. This term refers to, but is not limited to, General Contractor, Construction Manager, Design Build Contractor, Prime Contractor, etc. The term is referencing the entity that coordinates the work of other trades. 2.All referenced standards, such as codes, specifications, and other publications noted herein, are intended to refer to the edition of said standard as referenced by the applicable building code or the latest edition published as of the date on the contract documents. 3.The structure or its modifications are designed to be self-supporting and stable after the building or its modifications are fully completed. It is solely the contractor's responsibility to determine erection procedure and sequence and insure the safety of the construction personnel, public, building and its component parts, and adjacent buildings and properties. This includes the addition of whatever temporary or permanent shoring, bracing, etc. that may be necessary to brace new construction, existing walls, and framing to remain so that the structure is braced for wind, seismic, gravity, construction loads, etc. Temporary supports shall be maintained in place until permanent supports and/or shoring and bracing are installed. Design of these supports shall be by an engineer registered in the state where the project is located in the employ of the contractor. 4.It is the contractor's responsibility to enforce all applicable safety codes and regulations during all phases of construction. 5.The contractor shall perform all construction for the project in a manner and sequence that are based on accepted industry standards that recognize the interaction of the components that comprise the structure, without causing distress, unanticipated movements or irregular load paths as a result of the construction means and methods employed. 6.Construction loads shall not exceed design live loads. The contractor shall be responsible for all design required to support construction equipment used in constructing this project. Shoring and re-shoring is the responsibility of the contractor. 7.Principal openings through the structure are shown on these drawings. The general contractor shall examine the structural and mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and other trades drawings for the required openings and shall verify size and location of all openings with the appropriate trade contractor. Providing all openings required for mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or other trades shall be a part of the general contract, whether or not shown in the structural drawings. Any deviation from the openings shown on the structural drawings shall be brought to the engineer's attention for review. 8.The existing conditions shown on these documents are based upon survey drawings prepared by Adaptive Property Solutions dated March 17, 2022 and existing drawings prepared by Gruen Associates dated November 11, 1991. The drawings illustrate the existing structure, structural elements and framing details based on either the original construction, drawings and/or site observation. Prior to initiating material procurement and construction it is the contractor's responsibility to verify existing conditions are consistent with the contract documents. This may required the removal of existing finishes and possible selective demolition to verify the as-built conditions. The contractor is responsible for field verifying all existing conditions; any discrepancies are to be immediately reported to the engineer and architect prior to proceeding with any of the work in question. 9.Contractor shall field verify slab on grade floor construction type prior to cutting. Under no circumstances shall the contractor cut a structural floor slab thicker than four (4") inches without prior written approval from Engineer of Record. Notify Engineer of Record of any slab thickness greater than four (4") inches prior to proceeding with any saw cutting. 10.All mechanical and electrical duct work, plumbing, piping, wiring, lighting and all architectural items that need to be removed during the modification of, or reinforcing of, existing structure shall be replaced in kind. The contractor shall keep all existing systems in operation during the construction phase of the project. 11.All contractors are required to examine the drawings and specifications carefully, visit the site and fully inform themselves as to all existing conditions and limitations, prior to agreeing to perform the work. Failure to visit the site and familiarize themselves with the existing conditions and limitations will in no way relieve the contractor from furnishing any materials or performing any work in accordance with drawings and specifications without additional cost to the owner. 12.Details labeled "Typical Details" on drawings apply to situations occurring on the project that are the same or similar to those specifically detailed. Such details apply whether or not details are referenced at each location. Notify engineer for clarifications regarding applicability of "Typical Details". 13.Work these drawings with architectural, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing drawings, along with all other drawings and specifications included in the contract documents. 14.Do not scale drawings. 15.Any discrepancies between structural and architectural drawings shall be brought to the attention of the architect and structural engineer. 16.Should any of the general notes conflict with any details or instructions on plans, or in the specifications, the strictest provision shall govern. General (Existing) 1.Detailing, fabrication, and erection shall conform to the latest edition as referenced by the applicable building code, of the AISC "Steel Construction Manual" and AISC 360 "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings", herein referred to as "AISC Manual" and "AISC Specification". Structural Steel: (Plate, Angles) ASTM A36 uno HSS: (tubular shapes) ASTM A500 grade C (Fy=50ksi) All column base plates shall have a minimum of four anchors. 2.Connections shown on these drawings are generally schematic. They are intended to define the spatial relationship of the framed members and show a feasible method of making the connection. Any connection that is not shown or is not completely detailed on the structural drawings shall be designed by a registered professional engineer, retained by the fabricator. Details and connections may be designed to conform to AISC Manual. Completely detailed means the following information is shown on the shop detail drawings: A.All plate dimensions and grade. B.All weld sizes, lengths, pitches and returns. C.All hole sizes and spacings. D.Number and type of bolts: where bolts are shown but no number is given, the connection has not been completely detailed. E.Where partial information is given, it shall be the minimum requirement for connection. F.Method of design. 3.Details and connections completely detailed in the contract drawings may not be altered without written approval by the engineer. Where approved, altered connections shall be completely detailed by the fabricator's engineer clearly on the shop drawings. 4.Alterations of schematic connection details may impact architectural concept and shall not be made without prior written approval of the engineer. 5.Minimum connection plate thickness shall be 3/8", unless otherwise indicated in the contract drawings. 6.Unless otherwise noted, all connections at HSS sections shall be designed and detailed in accordance with the AISC Manual and AISC Specification. 7.All other bolts not designated as slip critical bolts shall be considered bearing bolts. Do not over tighten bearing bolts, especially for beams to support concrete slabs. Tighten bearing bolts to a snug condition only, per AISC specifications. 8.Twist-off type tension control bolts are not permitted to be used as bearing bolts. 9.All welding shall be done using E-70xx electrodes in accordance with the latest AWS specifications. 10.Work these drawings with architectural drawings for nailer holes and architectural clearances. 11.General contractor shall verify all structural beam locations, mechanical unit weights and opening sizes and locations with mechanical contractor and vendor's drawings for actual mechanical unit purchased. 12.Splicing of structural members where not detailed on the drawings is prohibited without prior approval of the structural engineer. 13.Cuts, holes, coping, etc. required for work of other trades shall be shown on the shop drawings and made in the shop. Cuts or burning of holes in structural steel members in the field will not be permitted, unless specifically approved in each case by the structural engineer. 14.All HSS shapes (round, square, rectangular, etc.) are to have a 1/4" cap plate at all exposed ends. Cap plates to be seal welded all around, uno. Provide 3/8"Ø weep holes in the center of the plate. 15.All weld sizes not shown in details herein shall be the minimum required size based on thickness of thinner part as per AISC Specification, Tables J2.3 & J2.4. Exception: At member splices welds or bolts shall develop full strength of the member or components being connected. 16.All around welds indicated herein shall be discontinuous at the flange tips of open sections. 17.Any alteration made by the detailer on the structural steel shop drawings to schematic or completely detailed connections shown on the contract drawings must be clearly identified by clouding or by direct note on the shop drawing by the detailer prior to submission to the engineer. 18.Any member sizes shown on the plans, and currently listed in the AISC Manual, which are not currently available must be brought to the architect's and structural engineer's attention prior to award of steel contract. No claim for additional cost will be accepted after the award, for member/built up member substitutions for these sizes. Structural Steel 1.The design, installation and construction of cold-formed carbon or low-alloy steel, structural and nonstructural exterior steel framing, shall be in accordance with "The Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing-General Provisions, American Iron and Steel Institute" (AISI-general) and AISI-NASPEC. 2.Design of cold-formed metal stud framing shown is based on SSMA studs with section properties and allowable resisting moment capacities as defined in AISI manual, Cold-Formed Steel Design. 3.Minimum thickness of exterior cold-formed wall studs and tracks shall be 18 ga. at masonry veneer and 20 ga. at other locations, (u.n.o.). Minimum stud flange width shall be 1 5/8". Increase gauge thickness as required by finish system manufacturer (e.g. metal panel system, etc.). G.C. to coordinate requirements with selected manufacturers. 4.Member sizes given or connections specifically detailed on the drawings shall be considered a minimum requirement. 5.All framing members 16 ga. and heavier shall be formed from steel with a minimum yield strength of 50 ksi. All other framing shall be formed from steel with a minimum yield strength of 33 ksi. 6.All framing shall be galvanized, G90 coating at masonry veneer and G60 at other locations. 7.All connections shall be screwed or welded. Powder driven fasteners are not acceptable for any structural applications without prior approval of engineer of record. 8.Connection methods and fastener sizes/types shall not deviate from that indicated on drawings unless a substitution request is submitted and approved by architect/engineer prior to installation. 9.Member web openings shall be positioned a minimum of 10" from connections. 10.All welds shall be touched up with zinc-rich paint. 11.For all framing components and connections not specifically detailed on the structural drawings including trusses, headers, jambs, etc. submit shop drawings and calculations stamped by an engineer registered in the appropriate jurisdiction of the project. 12.Contractor shall design and furnish cold-formed metal framing for all exterior soffits and ceilings indicated on architectural drawings, designed to resist lateral wind loads and uplift wind pressure. Cold-Formed Metal Framing 1.Special inspection is to be provided in addition to the inspections conducted by the department of building safety and shall not be construed to relieve the owner or his authorized agent from requesting the periodic and called inspections required by the applicable building code. Special inspection shall be paid by the owner. 2.In addition to the regular inspections, the following items will also require special inspection in accordance with the applicable building code: A.Field welding 3.Special inspector shall meet the qualifications as stated in the applicable building code and shall perform the duties and responsibilities as outlined in the applicable building code. Special Inspections Unistrut Framing Materials and Fabrication 1.All detailing, fabrication and erection shall conform to governing building code cited edition of the AISI 'Cold Formed Steel Design Manual', the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, or The Aluminum Association, Inc. 'Specification for Aluminum Structures', whichever is applicable. 2.Welding shall be in accordance with the American Welding Society (AWS D1.1 & D1.3). 3.Unistrut frame shall be anchored to the slab using Hilti Kwik Bolt III or approved equal as shown on the construction documents. Substitution shall be indicated on the shop drawing as such and approval requested. 4.All strut system components shall have, when required by local codes, ICBO, and/or LARR approval. 5.Materials: A.All channel members shall be fabricated GRd from structural grade steel conforming to one of the following ASTM Specifications: AWI 1 58 GR33, A GR33, A653 GR33. B.All fittings shall be fabricated from steel conforming to one of the following ASTM Specifications: A575, A576, A36, or A635. C.All strut system components shall be as manufactured by unistrut corporation or approved equal. Any proposed substitutions shall conform to the above standard and testing requirements. Substitutions shall be indicated on the shop drawings as such and approval requested. 6.Shop drawings and design calculations, showing critical dimensions for placement and design loads, shall be submitted to the architect for review 10 days prior ro deferred submittal date. Shop drawings and calculations shall be signed by an engineer licnensed in the project state. Vendor shall reference the structural drawings for specific strut frame configuration, sizes, dimensions, etc. GENERAL NOTES Design Criteria Applicable Building Code: 2019 California Building Code (IBC 2018) 1.Design live loads A.Floor loads a.Retail •First floor = 75 psf •Upper floors = 75 psf B. Roof loads a.Minimum roof snow or live load dictated by Building Official = N/A b.Minimum roof live load by code = 20 psf c.Total design roof live load = 20 psf 2.Design wind loads A.Basic wind speed (3 second gust)(Ultimate)= 95 mph a.Exposure = C b.Risk Category = II c.Internal pressure coefficient (GCpi)= 0.18 B.Components and Cladding Wind Loads (PSF) (Ultimate) C.Components and cladding: use the most stringent wind load obtained from code, underwriter criteria (Factory Mutual, etc.), and the project specifications. Cladding manufacturer shall consider increased pressure coefficients at building perimeter, corners, eaves, and rakes. Loads noted in general notes are obtained from code. 3.Seismic SS = 2.024 S1 = 0.727 SDS = 1.614 SD1 = N/A Seismic importance factor (le)1.0 Risk Category II Seismic site class D Seismic design category D WALLS - WINDWARD COMPONENTS AND CLADDING Effective Area(sq.ft.) Height Interior Zone Exterior Zone 10 20 50 100 0-36 23.4 22.5 21.1 20.2 WALLS - LEEWARD COMPONENTS AND CLADDING 10 20 50 100 28.8 27.0 24.3 22.5 Effective Area(sq.ft.) Height Interior Zone Exterior Zone 10 20 50 100 0-36 21.6 20.7 19.3 18.4 10 20 50 100 1 21.6 20.7 19.3 18.4 NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 1 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/09/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 EXPIRES DEC 31 2023 EXPIRES DEC 31 2023 B C D 3 2 1 A 30 ' - 0 " ± 1239# RTU -1 30'-0" ±30'-0" ±30'-0" ± (E) W14X34 (E) M14x17.2 (E) W14X34 (E) M14x17.2 (E) W14X38 (E) W14X38 (E) W14X34 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X34 (E) W14X34 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X22 PROVIDE ANGLE FRAMING AT DUCT OPENING. SEE TYPICAL DETAIL ON SHEET S03.01. TYPICAL AT MECH. UNITS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EXACT DIMENSIONS & LOCATIONS OF FRAMING WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. MC6x12 ON TOP OF DECK. TYPICAL AT MECH. UNITS. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET S03.01 (E ) W 1 8 X 3 5 (E ) W F (E ) W 1 4 X 2 2 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X22 (E) W14X22 2" EXPANSION JOINT (E) K-BRACE AREA OF (N) SOFFIT 9'-6 7/8" ± 1 S03.01 5 BB -1 BC -1 BC -1 3 S03.01 SEE TYPICAL BOX COLUMN BRACE DETAIL ON S03.01 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA 1/4" = 1'-0" \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ S t r u c t u r a l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ S T R U C T _ R 2 1 . r v t S02.01 EXISTING ROOF FRAMING PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 09/30/22 6A N I -01 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" EXISTING ROOF FRAMING PLAN NOTES: •EXISTING ROOF CONSTRUCTION: METAL ROOF DECK OVER STEEL BEAMS. •SEE SHEET S01.01 FOR GENERAL NOTES. •SEE SHEET S03.01 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS. •BB-X DENOTES BOX BEAM. SEE DETAILS ON S03.01. •BC-X DENOTES BOX COLUMN. SEE DETAILS ON S03.01. •(E) DENOTES EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. •(N) DENOTES NEW CONSTRUCTION. 1 NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 1 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/09/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 5 EXPIRES DEC 31 2023 * * LENGTH OF D IAG ON AL 1 5/8"1 5/8" WALLS WHERE DIAGONAL IS ATTACHED TO TOP OF WALL SPACING OF DIAGONAL BRACING INTERIOR PARTITIONS - 48" O.C. MAX CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR LENGTHS LONGER THAN 18'-0".* AT DIAGONAL, ATTACH TRACK TO WALL STUD w/(2)-#8 SCREWS EACH SIDE. 1 1 NOTE: FOR DOUBLE STUD DIAGONALS, "SECOND" STUD SHALL END AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO END CONNECTION, TOP & BOTTOM. (4)-#8 SCREWS WALL OR STOREFRONT STUD. CONNECT TRACK TO VERT STUDS W/(1)-#8 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD, EXCEPT INSTALL (2)-#8 SCREWS IN EACH FLANGE AT VERT STUDS WITH DIAGONALS CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAGE TO MATCH WALL STUD, EXCEPT USE 20 GAGE MIN TRACK) CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE PER DETAIL C/S-03.01 VIEWS A-A & B-B 2"x2"x0'-6" LG, 12 GA FRAMING CLIP W/(3)-#8 SCREWS EA LEG CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAGE TO MATCH WALL STUD, EXCEPT USE 20 GAGE MIN TRACK) CENTER DIAGONAL OVER VERTICAL STUD DIAGONAL LENGTH- UP TO 10'-0" DIAGONAL LENGTH- 10'-1" TO 18'-0" * SINGLE 3 5/8", 20 GA. DIAGONAL DBL 3 5/8", 20 GA. STUDS WITH 1 5/8" WIDE FLANGES #8 SCREWS @ 12"c/c 20 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING OPTIONS VIEW A-A VIEW B-B TYPICAL DIAGONAL BRACING -STRUCTURAL STUDS HORIZONTAL BRIDGING @ 4'-0" O.C. VERT. (ATTACHMENT PER MFR REQUIREMENTS) 3 5/8" METAL STUD OR 6" METAL STUD. SEE ARCH. (E) SLAB 18GA TRACK W/ 1/4"Øx1 3/4" EMBED TAPCON CONCRETE SCREW ANCHORS @ 16" O.C. MAX. TYPICAL PARTITION WALL BASE CONNECTION DETAIL MECHANICAL UNIT SEE MECH. DWGS TYPICAL ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT SUPPORTS MECH. UNIT CURB SEE MECH. DWGS. CLIP L2x2x16GA. x 0'-4" LG. (2) AT EA. CORNER, (8) TOTAL, W/(2) #10-16 TEKS EA. LEG CLIP L2x2x16GA. x 0'-4" LG. (2) AT EA. CORNER, (8) TOTAL, W/(2) #10-16 TEKS TO CURB & (2) #12-24 TEKS TO MC6 CHANNEL 3-16 3/16TYP. AT EA. JOIST EXIST. BEAM EXIST. METAL DECK STEEL SHIMS AT 2'-0" O.C. (NOT REQUIRED IF TAPERED CURBS ARE PROVIDED, COORD. WITH RTU SUPPLIER) MC6, EACH END OF RTU CURB (SEE PLAN) (E) BEAM TYP. TYPICAL ROOF OPENING DETAIL L6x4x3/8x0'-8" (LLV) * L4x4x5/16 TYP. EACH SIDE OF OPENING BURGLAR BARS MAY OCCUR COORD. WITH ARCH. & MECH. FOR ALL ROOF OPENINGS 12" OR GREATER. COORD. OPENING SIZES AND LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT & MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 3/16 TYP 3/16TYP BEAM SPACING (VIF) A S03.01 ROOF OPENING * CLIP ANGLE L6x4x0'-8"LG. (LLV) W/HORIZ LEG CUT OFF AT EA. END L4x4x5/16 AT ROOF OPENING EXISTING BEAM HORIZONTAL LEG TO FIT BETWEEN DECK FLUTES. EQ EQ D 6"x18GA METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 14GA CLIP W/ (2) #12-24 SCREWS TO (E) WF & (4) #12-14 SCREWS TO METAL STUD (TYP.) REMOVE (E) 7" DECK FOR INSTALLATION OF (N) SOFFIT (E) ROOF DECK SEE PLAN B/(E) WF EL= (+13'-7 1/2") B/(E) WF EL= (+13'-0") NOTE: REMOVE & REPLACE (E) FIREPROOFING AS REQ'D TO MAKE CONNECTIONS PROPOSED SOFFIT FRAMING DETAIL 5 (E) ROOF DECK 1" G A P (2) #10 SCREWS @ 16" O.C. DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK W/ @ FLANGE DEPTH TO MATCH VERICAL STUD DEPTH. ATTACH TO (E) METAL DECK W/ (2) 0.205Ø PAF OR (2) #10 SCREWS SEE ARCH. FOR METAL STUD SIZE & FINISHES HORIZONTAL BRIDGING @ 4'-0" O.C. VERT. (ATTACHMENT PER MFR REQUIREMENTS) DEFLECTION TRACK CONNECTION DETAIL 2" DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK MAX WALL HEIGHT 33 MIL 43 MIL 54 MIL 16'-11" 20'-7" 35'-0" 7'-6" ± (VIF) UNISTRUT P1000 W/ UNISTRUT P3087 COLUMN INSERT (TYP.) UNISTRUT P1001 (E) WF BEAM (VIF) LT GA BRACE L3x3x14GA LT GA BRACE PARALLEL TO (E) WF BEAMS S03.01 B S03.01 C UNISTRUT LT GA BRACEL3x3x14GA W/ (4) #12 SCREWS EA. LEG (E) WF BEAM (VIF) UNISTRUT P1026 ANGLE FITTING TOP & BOT. W/ (2) 1/2"Ø BOLT EA. LEG UNISTRUT INSERT UNISTRUT UNISTRUT P1001 SPANNING BETWEEN (E) WF. SEE DET. B FOR CONNECTION LT GA BRACE (E) WF BEAM (VIF) LT GA BRACE PERPINDICULAR TO (E) WF BEAM ATTACH BRACE TO UNISTRUT W/ (3) #12 SCREWS 2 S03.01 (E) WF BEAM (VIF) UNISTRUT LT GA BRACE ATTACH TO UNISTRUT W/ (3) #12 SCREWS SEE DETAIL C FOR ADD'L INFORMATION 7'-6" ± (VIF) 6x18GA NESTED STUD (E) WF BEAM (VIF) LTGA BRACE LT GA BRACE PARALLEL TO (E) WF BEAMS L3x3x14GAx0'-6"LG W/ (2) #12 SCREWS EA. LEG (N.S.,F.S.) L3x3x14GAx0'-6"LG (V.I.F. LENGTH) W/ (3) #12 SCREWS EA. LEG 6"x18GA TRACK #10 SCREW @ 12" O.C. 6"x18GA STUD TYPICAL NESTED STUD DETAIL (E) WF BEAM (VIF) LTGA BRACE ATTACH TO UNISTRUT W/ (3) #12 SCREWS L3x3x14GAx0'-9"LG (V.I.F. LENGTH) W/ (3) #12 SCREWS EA. LEG LT GA BRACE PERPINDICULAR TO (E) WF BEAM TYPICAL BUILT-UP BOX COLUMN DIETRICH A-SERIES 16GA. CLIP W/ (6) #10-16 TEK SCREWS TO COL. & (4) 1/4"Øx1 1/4" EMBED TAPCON SCREW ANCHORS CONT. TRACK BOX COLUMN SEE BC-1 ON THIS SHEET FOR ADD'L INFO. COLD FORMED BOX BEAM & BOX COLUMN PROFILES 6" x18 GA 10"x18 GA STUD (8) #10-16 TEKS @ 16" O.C., TYP BB-1 6"X18GA TRACK 6"x18 GA STUD (8) #10-16 TEKS @ 16" O.C., TYP BC-1 1 1/2"x1 1/2"x16 GA FRAMING CLIP x 3 5/8" LONG W/ (2) #10 PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS EACH LEG (TYP, TOP & BOTTOM OF BEAM) STOP FULL HEIGHT TRACK OF BULIT-UP BEAM SHORT OF CONNECTION TRACK 16 GA TRACK W/ #10 PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS EACH FLANGE AT 2" O.C. & (2) ROWS OF #10 SCREWS AT 2" O.C. INTO POST (TRACK LENGTH TO MATCH BEAM DEPTH) BOX BEAM, SEE PLAN STOP FULL LENGTH TRACKS OF BUILT-UP COLUMN SHORT OF BASE TRACK (4) 3/16"Ø CONCRETE SCREWS 18 GA BASE TRACK BOX COLUMN CONNECTION @ BC-1 SEE TYPICAL BOX COLUMN BRACE DETAIL FOR TOP CONNECTION (N) 3 5/8"x18 GA. STUDS @ 16" O.C. SIGN, SEE ARCH. CONNECTION TO SOFFIT FRAMING BY MFR BOX BEAM, SEE PLAN 6"x18GA. TRACK (4) #10 SCREWS, TYP, (UNO) 3 5/8"x18GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. TYP. 6"x18GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. (2) #10 SCREWS @ 16" O.C. ATTACH VERT. STUD TO BOX BEAM W/ (3) #10 SCREWS @ EA. STUD3 5/8"x18GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. (E) WF BEAM (E) 3 5/8"METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. TYP. UNO (E) LT GA TRACK (E) LT GA TRACK (E) SOFFIT FRAMING (E) GRILLE (4) #10 SCREWS, TYP, (UNO) 3 5/8"x18GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. TYP. BOX COLUMN SEE PLAN(E) WF BEAM L2x2x14GA W/ (2) #12 SCREWS EA. LEG, TYP. (N.S./F.S.) TYPICAL BOX COLUMN BRACE DETAIL 5 3030 West Streetsboro Road Richfield, Ohio 44286 (330) 659-6688 Ph. (330) 659-6675 Fax Thorson Baker Associates+ C GO N S U L T I N E SNGINE E R 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. TBA TBA TBA As indicated \\ t b s - p r o j e c t s 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 \ T B A - C a d - R e v i t \ S t r u c t u r a l \ 2 0 2 2 - 0 4 5 1 _ S T R U C T _ R 2 1 . r v t S03.01 STRUCTURAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS & SECTIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 09/30/22 6A N I -01 SCALE:- DETAIL 3/4" = 1'-0" A SCALE: SECTION -3/4" = 1'-0" 1 5 SCALE:- DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" B SCALE:- DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" C SCALE: SECTION -1 1/2" = 1'-0" 2 5 5 NO.DATE DESCRIPTION 1 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 11/09/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 SCALE: SECTION -3/4" = 1'-0" 3 EXPIRES DEC 31 2023 DESIGN DATA 1. THE DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURE AND PARTS THEREOF IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, AS AMENDED AND ADOPTED BY THE CITY OF ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA. 2. FLOOR LIVE LOADS. AREA UNIFORM CONCENTRATED IMPACT LIVE LOAD REDUCTION 2. SEISMIC DESIGN DATA: SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Ie MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCEL. RISK CATEGORY SITE CLASS SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY Ss = SDS = S1 = SD1 = 1.975 0.721 0.9761.580 STORES/RETAIL 1ST FLOOR 1.0 kips -YES, PER CBC 1607.11.1100psf II 1.0 D [DEFAULT] E 1. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE AN INTEGRAL COMPONENT TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND COORDINATE ACCORDINGLY. A. PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPARE STRUCTURAL DIMENSIONS AND SECTIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DIMENSIONS AND SECTIONS. DISCREPANCIES ARE TO BE REPORTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT. B. PRINCIPAL OPENINGS ARE SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR OTHER OPENINGS NOT SHOWN. C. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS AND LOCATIONS OF SLAB DEPRESSIONS AND CURBS NOT SHOWN. PROVIDE POSITIVE SLOPE TO ALL DRAINS. D. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE PENETRATIONS, SLEEVES, CURBS, AND INSERTS REQUIRED FOR THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SIZE, WEIGHT, LOCATION, AND SUPPORT CONDITIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED ON OR SUSPENDED FROM THE ROOF OR FLOORS. F. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION WITH ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY IN WRITING THE ARCHITECT & ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 3. EXISTING CONDITIONS MAY BE CONCEALED. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IN WRITING OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR ITEMS SUCH AS CORROSION, ROT, DELAMINATION, OR CRACKS WHICH MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT CONSTRUCTION. 4. DIMENSIONS TO EXISTING OR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION ARE BASED ON THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND/OR APPROXIMATE FIELD MEASUREMENTS. THEY ARE TO BE USED FOR BID PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR SHOP DRAWING PREPARATION OR CONSTRUCTION. FIELD MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE USED TO INSURE PROPER FIT UP OF FRAMING MEMBERS. 5. TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING OF COMPONENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO MEET REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING OF WALLS AND GRADE BEAMS DURING CONSTRUCTION. SHORE WALLS AND GRADE BEAMS DURING THE BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION PROCESS. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NECESSARY TEMPORARY BRACING AND SHORING DURING CONSTRUCTION UNTIL STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND DIAPHRAGMS ARE COMPLETED. TEMPORARY BRACING SHALL BE DESIGNED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A LICENSED ENGINEER. 6. SELECTION OF CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, AND PROCEDURES, AS WELL AS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS, ARE SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES. AS SUCH, CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND DESIGN RESULTING FROM THESE SELECTIONS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. A. EXAMPLES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, ENGINEERING OF SHORING AND SCAFFOLDING SYSTEMS; LOAD CHECKS AND STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS FOR STORAGE, STAGING, AND CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT LOADING; MEANS OF EGRESS FOR HEAVY EQUIPMENT; CRANE SELECTION, LOCATION, SUPPORT AND BRACING; TEMPORARY HOISTS, LIFTS AND PLATFORMS. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT APPROPRIATE ENGINEERING IS PERFORMED BY A LICENSED ENGINEER FOR THE WORK, CONSULTED WITH ON FIELD MODIFICATIONS, SPECIFY APPROPRIATE LEVELS OF INSPECTION OF THE WORK, AND TO REVIEW INSPECTION REPORTS. C. CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING FEES HAVE NOT BEEN INCLUDED IN THE BASE FEE TO THE OWNER/ARCHITECT. IF REQUESTED, THE EOR MAY CONSIDER PERFORMING THESE SERVICES AS AN ADDITIONAL SERVICE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. 7. PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS SHALL BE CONDUCTED TO DISCUSS SUBGRADE PREPARATION, FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION, WALL BACKFILL, VOID FORM SYSTEMS, CONCRETE FORMING & PLACING, AND TESTING & INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AS LISTED IN THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. GENERAL NOTES 1. WOOD SPECIES AND GRADES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A. HORIZONTAL FRAMING (JOISTS, RAFTERS, BEAMS): #2 SYP. OR DFL, OR BETTER. ALL WOOD SHALL HAVE A MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19% MAXIMUM. SILL PLATES AND ANY OTHER MEMBER BEARING ON CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED WITH DOT SODIUM BORATE (SBX). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE SPECIAL CARE TO ENSURE THAT PRESSURE TREATED WOOD IS COVERED DURING TRANSPORT AND STORAGE AT THE JOB SITE. WOOD FRAMING NOTES 1. POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL ONLY BE USED WHERE SPECIFIED ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER-OF-RECORD PRIOR TO INSTALLING POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS IN PLACE OF MISSING OR MISPLACED CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHORS. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN IN PLACING POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING REINFORCING OR POST-TENSIONING. 2. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS, FOR PRODUCTS OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED BELOW, SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE ENGINEER-OF-RECORD ALONG WITH CALCULATIONS THAT ARE PREPARED & SEALED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. THE CALCULATIONS SHALL DEMONSTRATE THAT THE SUBSTITUTED PRODUCT IS CAPABLE OF ACHIEVING EQUIVALENT PERFORMANCE VALUES (MINIMUM) OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT USING THE APPROPRIATE DESIGN PROCEDURE AND/OR STANDARD(S) AS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODE. 3. POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS INCLUDE EXPANSION ANCHORS, UNDERCUT ANCHORS AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS. ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL CONSIST OF A STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE AND STEEL INSERT. STEEL INSERTS SHALL BE EITHER ASTM F1554, GRADE 36 THREADED ROD OR ASTM A615, GRADE 60 REINFORCING STEEL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE, STORE AND INSTALL PRODUCTS IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. EXPANSION ANCHORS FOR USE IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED AND QUALIFIED FOR USE IN ACCORDACE WITH ACI 355.2 AND ICC-ES AC193. EXPANSION ANCHORS SHALL BE EITHER HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ ANCHORS OR SIMPSON STRONG-TIE STRONG-BOLT 2 ANCHORS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. EXPANSION ANCHORS SHALL BE 3/4" DIAMETER WITH 4 3/4" EMBEDMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 5. UNDERCUT ANCHORS FOR USE IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED AND QUALIFIED FOR USE IN ACCORDACE WITH ACI 355.2 AND ICC-ES AC193. UNDERCUT ANCHORS SHALL BE EITHER HILTI HDA ANCHORS OR SIMPSON STRONG-TIE TORQ-CUT ANCHORS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 6. ANCHOR CAPACITY IS DEPENDANT UPON THE SPACING BETWEEN ADJACENT ANCHORS AND THE PROXIMITY OF ANCHORS TO THE EDGE OF CONCRETE. INSTALL ANCHORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPACING AND EDGE CLEARANCES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 7. PRIOR TO PLACEMENT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE MANUFACTURER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE VISIT THE SITE TO INSTRUCT THE CONSTRUCTION TEAM AND TESTING LAB ON PROPER STORAGE AND INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A LETTER FROM THE MANUFACTURER’S REPRESENTATIVE STATING THAT SUCH A VISIT WAS CONDUCTED. 8. ALL EXPANSION ANCHORS SHALL BE INSPECTED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB FOR THE FOLLOWING: A. CORRECT LOCATION AND POSITION OF HOLE. B. CORRECT HOLE DIAMETER C. CORRECT EMBEDMENT DEPTH. D. CORRECT BOLT TYPE AND FINISH. E. CONDITION OF HOLE IN CONNECTION MATERIAL (NO BURNING OF HOLES ALLOWED). F. SNUG TIGHT FIT. 9. THE TESTING LAB SHALL PREPARE AN INSPECTION REPORT SPECIFICALLY INDICATING DEGREE OF CONFORMANCE IN ALL CATEGORIES LISTED ABOVE. POST-INSTALLED ANCHOR NOTES CONTRACTOR'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PLAN 1. AS PART OF THE SUBMITTAL FOR BUILDING PERMIT, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING FORM AS A WRITTEN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY. a. AS THE GENERAL CONTACTOR, WE ARE AWARE OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AS LISTED IN THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. b. AS GENERAL CONTRACTOR, WE ACKNOWLEDGE THAT CONTROL MUST BE EXERCISED BY OUR ORGAINIZATION TO OBTAIN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. WE ACKNOWLEDGE OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO DISTRIBUTE UP TO DATE DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, ADDENDA, CHANGE ORDERS, RESPONSES TO REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION, ARCHITECTURAL SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS, SHOP DRAWINGS, ETC., TO ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND TO THE SPECIAL INSPECTORS. WE ACKNOWLEDGE OUR RESPONSIBILITY FOR CALLING THE APPROPRIATE SPECIAL INSPECTORS AT APPROPRIATE TIMES TO FULLFILL THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. c. AS GENERAL CONTRACTOR, WE HAVE DEVELOPED PLANS AND PROCEDURES FOR EXERCISING CONTROL WITHIN OUR ORGANIZATION, FOR THE METHOD AND FREQUENCY OF REPORTING AND FOR THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE REPORTS. d. THE FOLLOWING QUALIFIED INDIVIDUAL(S) WITHIN OUR FIRM WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTROLLING THE PLAN, PROCEDURES AND PROCESS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PLAN: Name Name Name Name Firm Name Position within Firm Position within Firm Position within Firm Position within Firm 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES OUR RESPONSIBLITIES AS STATED ABOVE. Name Position within Firm Date STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 1. INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET IS BEING SUBMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PROVISIONS OF THE 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. THIS INFORMATION CONSTITUTES THE SCHEDULE OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS (SSI) REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. 2. THE OWNER OR THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED AGENT, OTHER THAN THE CONTRACTOR, SHALL EMPLOY ONE OR MORE APPROVED AGENCIES TO PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS DURING CONSTRUCTION ON THE TYPES OF WORK LISTED HEREIN. 3. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL BE A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, FOR INSPECTION OF THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION OR OPERATION REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION. 4. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FULFILL THE FOLLOWING REPORT REQUIREMENTS: a. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL KEEP RECORDS OF INSPECTIONS. b. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, THE OWNER, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND THE ARCHITECT. IN ADDITION, REPORTS RELATED TO GEOTECHNICAL ISSUES SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. WHEN TESTS OR INSPECTIONS INDICATE THAT THE WORK DOES NOT COMPLY WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BY PHONE ON THE DAY OF THE TEST OR INSPECTION AND SHALL FOLLOW THAT CALL WITH AN EXPEDITED WRITTEN REPORT WITHIN ONE BUSINESS DAY. ALL OTHER REPORTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITHIN 5 BUSINESS DAYS OF THE EVENT DOCUMENTED. c. REPORTS SHALL INDICATE THAT WORK INSPECTED WAS OR WAS NOT COMPLETED IN CONFORMANCE TO APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS d. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION. e. IF THE DISCREPANCIES ARE NOT CORRECTED, THE DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND TO THE REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE WITHIN ONE BUSINESS DAY. A FINAL REPORT DOCUMENTING REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND CORRECTION OF ANY DISCREPANCIES NOTED IN THE INSPECTIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR AT A POINT IN TIME AGREED UPON BY THE PERMIT APPLICANT AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. g. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR'S FINAL REPORT SHALL IDENTIFY THE FOLLOWING: 1) THE MATERIALS, SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS, AND WORK REQUIRED TO HAVE SPECIAL INSPECTION OR TESTING BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR BY THE REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBLE FOR EACH PORTION OF THE WORK. 2) THE TYPE AND EXTENT OF EACH SPECIAL INSPECTION. 3) THE TYPE AND EXTENT OF EACH TEST. 4) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION OR TESTING FOR SEISMIC OR WIND RESISTANCE AS SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 1705.11, 1705.12 AND 1705.13. i. WHERE SECTION 1705.12 OR 1705.13 SPECIFIES SPECIAL INSPECTION, TESTING OR QUALIFICATION FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE, THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL IDENTIFY THE DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEMS AND SEISMIC FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEMS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OR TESTS. ii. WHERE SECTION 1705.11 SPECIFIES SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR WIND REQUIREMENTS, THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL IDENTIFY THE MAIN WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEMS AND WIND-RESISTING COMPONENTS SUBJECT TO SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. THE REPORT SHALL BE SIGNED BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR 5. FOR EACH TYPE OF SPECIAL INSPECTION, IDENTIFICATION AS TO WHETHER IT WILL BE CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION, PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION OR PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NOTATION USED IN THE REFERENCED STANDARD WHERE THE INSPECTIONS ARE DEFINED. 6. REFER TO PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON QUANTITY, FREQUENCY AND DETAILED INFORMATION ON TESTING, INSPECTION AND REPORTING. 7. PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING TO DISCUSS THE SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH ALL INVOLVED PARTIES. 8. THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PROGRAM OUTLINED HEREIN, DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY OTHER ENTITY OF ANY CONTRACTUAL DUTIES, INCLUDING QUALITY CONTROL, QUALITY ASSURANCE, OR SAFETY. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, AND JOB SITE SAFETY. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ENGINEERING SERVICES REQUIRED TO INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT WORK THAT DOES NOT CONFORM TO THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS OR IS FOUND DEFICIENT OR DEFECTIVE. ACI 318:17.8.2.4 X ACI 318: 17.8.2 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 1. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND VERIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE AS REQUIRED IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE. VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION CO N T I N U O U S PE R I O D I C NO T AP P L I C A B L E REFERENCED STANDARD CBC REFERENCE 1. INSPECT ANCHORS POST-INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE MEMBERS a. ADHESIVE ANCHORS INSTALLED IN HORIZONTALLY OR UPWARDLY INCLINED ORIENTATIONS TO RESIST SUSTAINED TENSION LOADS X b. MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS NOT DEFINED IN 4.a 12001 N. CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY, SUITE 300 DALLAS, TEXAS 75243 214-739-8100 MARK KAISER SE PROJECT #2215.405 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 05/23/23 12" = 1'-0" S-0.1 GENERAL NOTES & SPECIAL INSPECTIONS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 08/19/21 Designer Checker Author SPECIAL INSPECTIONS GENERAL NOTES R.NO DATE DESCRIPTION 1 07/07/2022 Revision 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 1 1 B B C C D D 2 2 3 3 AC.FS_02 ACESSORIES WALL BAY AT (2) LOCATIONS REF 3/S2.0 FC.FS_03 PERIMETER FIXTURE 3 BAY AT (6) LOCATIONS REF 2/S2.0 FP.FS_01 FEATURED PORTFOLIO FREESTANDING FIXTURE (2) BAY AT (2) LOCATIONS REF 1/S2.0 TAILOR SHOP AT (1) LOCATION REF 1/S2.1 4 4 (E) 5" MIN SLAB ON GRADE FV NOTIFY EOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES 12001 N. CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY, SUITE 300 DALLAS, TEXAS 75243 214-739-8100 MARK KAISER SE PROJECT #2215.405 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 05/23/23 1/4" = 1'-0" S-1.0 FOUNDATION PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 06/22/22 Designer Checker Author 1/4" = 1'-0"1 FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: 1. GC TO COORDINATE NUMBER OF FIXTURES AND LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT. 1 1 1 3 R.NO DATE DESCRIPTION 1 07/07/2022 Revision 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 03/10/2023 BULLETIN 1 1 1 B B C C D D 2 2 3 3 COORD W/ ARCH 14'-0" CO O R D W / A R C H 9' - 0 " 4' - 0 " REF 3/S2.1 FOR LIGHT BOX TYP REF 3/S2.1 FOR LIGHT BOX TYP REF 6/S2.1 FOR TRACK LED LIGHT SUPPORT TYP (E ) W F B M F V (E ) W F B M F V (E ) W F B M F V 4 4 (E ) W F B M F V (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV (E) WF BM FV FV (E) SLAB ON METAL DECK NOTIFY EOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION 4'-0"8'-2 1/4" 2'-11 3/8" 1'-0 5/8" 4'-0" 2' - 4 1 / 8 " 4' - 0 " 2' - 5 1 / 8 " 4' - 0 " 1' - 3 1 / 8 " 4' - 0 " 1' - 3 1 / 8 " 4' - 0 " 1' - 7 1 / 2 " 4' - 0 " 12001 N. CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY, SUITE 300 DALLAS, TEXAS 75243 214-739-8100 MARK KAISER SE PROJECT #2215.405 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 05/23/23 1/4" = 1'-0" S-1.1 FRAMING PLAN WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 06/24/22 Designer Checker Author 1/4" = 1'-0"1 FRAMING PLAN 3 R.NO DATE DESCRIPTION 1 07/07/2022 Revision 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 03/10/2023 BULLETIN 1 15.748" 1.181" 16.929" 96.063" 47.244"47.244" 90.787" 1.575" 45.669" 1.575" 45.669" 90" 0.787" 3.74" 67.913" 75.787" 1.575" 126" 41.732" 137.795" 6.496" FRONT ELEVATION PLAN ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION NOTES: WEIGHT= 946.67 LBS 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNO. 7.5" 1.614" 1.575" 1.638" 0.26" 1.575"A-A REF A-A FOR OUTRIGGER TYP AT (3) LOCATIONS 1.575" 14.248" 0.197" 0.984" 7.874" 12.205" B-B LEVELER_McMASTER CARR, 3/8-16 x 1-1/2" STEM SCREW MACHINE BUTTON HEAD M8 X 16MM WASHER FLAT #10 7/32" x 1/2" .036" THK REF B-B FOR BASE TYP FEATURED PORTFOLIO- FREESTANDING FIXTURE- 2 BAY [FP.FS_01] 4 S-2.0TYP S-2.0 7 143.307" 47.244" 47.244" 123.228" 32.441" 90" 20.01" 13.031" 19.685" 0.413" 3.74" 67.913" 47.44" 0.413" 11.004" 1.575" 7.018" 1.575" 47.244" 0.787" 90.787" 3.937" FRONT ELEVATION PLAN ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION NOTES: WEIGHT= 556.09 LBS 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNO. 2.953" 1.378" 1.732" 3.74" 19.685" 1.573" 12.205" 1.575" 0.75" 0.827" A-A B-B WALL LOCATION SPIGOT SCREW MACHINE BUTTON HEAD M8 X 16MM WASHER FLAT #10 7/32" x 1/2" .036" THK BLACK OXIDE LEVELER_McMASTER CARR, 3/8-16 x 1-1/2" STEM REF A-A FOR OUTRIGGER TYP AT (4) LOCATIONS REF B-B FOR BASE TYP PERIMETER FIXTURE- 3 BAY [FC.FS_03] 4 S-2.0 TYP 5 S-2.0TYP FIXTURE POST 11 GA METAL FLOOR BRACKET BY VENDOR 1/4" DIA x 1" SCREW (E) SLAB FV 5" THICK MIN 16GA FRAME TYP 3/8" DIA X 3" HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2 EMBED 2" EFFECTIVE A-A (N) 1x6 WOOD NAILER STRIP TO WALL STUD W/ A MIN OF (2) 1/4" DIA x 2 1/2" SELF TAPPING METAL SCREW PER STUD 3/16" DIA x 1" BOLT WITH HEAD RECESSED INTO WOOD NAILER PLATE BEYOND. BOLT IS INTENDED TO SECURE THE SIMPSON STRAP TO THE CLIP 4 1/2" LONG SECTION OF SIMPSON CMST12 STRAP WITH A MINIMUM OF (3) 3/16 DIA x 1 1/8" WOOD SCREWS FASTENED TO WOOD NAILER BEYOND FIXTURE BEAM BY VENDOR 1 1/2"x 1 1/2" x 14 GA x 1 1/2" MIN ANGLE CLIP AT TOP OF PERIMETER BAY FIXTURE OUTRIGGER (N) 1x6 WOOD NAILER STRIP TO WALL STUD W/ A MIN OF (2) 1/4" DIA x 2 1/2" SELF TAPPING METAL SCREW PER STUD A-A (E) MTL STUD WALL MIN 362S125-43 @ 16" MAX 16'-0" MAX HEIGHT FV A-A (N) 1x6 WOOD NAILER STRIP TO WALL STUD W/ A MIN OF (2) 1/4" DIA x 2 1/2" SELF TAPPING METAL SCREW PER STUD FIXTURE BEAM BY VENDOR (N) 1x6 WOOD NAILER STRIP TO WALL STUD W/ A MIN OF (2) 1/4" DIA x 2 1/2" SELF TAPPING METAL SCREW PER STUD BRACKET BY VENDOR WITH A MINIMUM OF (2) 1/4" DIA x 1 1/8" WOOD SCREWS FASTENED TO WOOD NAILER BEYOND A-A (E) MTL STUD WALL MIN 362S125-43 @ 16" MAX 16'-0" MAX HEIGHT FV 31.496" 0.709" 85.827" 0.709" 0.709"30.079"0.709" 31.496" 14.827" 14.827"0.709" 0.709" 91.181" 31.496" 91.181"85.827"87.244" 3.937"3.937" FRONT VIEW PLAN VIEW SIDE VIEW REAR VIEW NOTES: WEIGHT= 157.87 LBS 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNO. 2.441" 0.118" 2.717" 0.591" 0.079" 0.079" 0.591" 3.937" 2.441" 2.441" 9.291" 0.591" 9.843" 0.591" 9.843" 0.591" 0.079" 0.591" 0.079" 13.488" 0.079" 0.591" 0.079" 0.591" 0.984" 12.858" 0.984" A-A B-B SCREW WOOD FLAT HEAD COMBO 8 X 0.750 LEVELATOR OUTWATER #LL-158-3 SUPPORT BRACE WITH 3/8 X 3" SLOTTED LEVELER A-A A-A REF B-B FOR BASE TYP S-2.0 8 S-2.0 8 OH S-2.0 8 S-2.0 8 OH 3/8" DIA X 3" HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2 EMBED 2" EFFECTIVE AT EA BRACKET (4) MIN PER FIXTURE ACCESSORIES- WALL BAY [AC.FS_02] A-A (N) 1x8 WOOD NAILER STRIP TO WALL STUD W/ A MIN OF (2) 1/4" DIA x 2 1/2" SELF TAPPING METAL SCREW PER STUD FIXTURE BY VENDOR (N) 1x8 WOOD NAILER STRIP TO WALL STUD W/ A MIN OF (2) 1/4" DIA x 2 1/2" SELF TAPPING METAL SCREW PER STUD BRACKET BY VENDOR WITH A MINIMUM OF (4) 3/16" DIA x 1 1/8" WOOD SCREWS FASTENED TO WOOD NAILER BEYOND A-A (E) MTL STUD WALL MIN 362S125-43 @ 16" MAX 16'-0" MAX HEIGHT FV 12001 N. CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY, SUITE 300 DALLAS, TEXAS 75243 214-739-8100 MARK KAISER SE PROJECT #2215.405 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 05/23/23 As indicated S-2.0 DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 08/19/21 Designer Checker Author 12 3" = 1'-0"4 ANCHOR ATTACHMENT 3" = 1'-0"5 PERIMETER FIXTURE WALL ATTACHMENT 3" = 1'-0"7 FEATURED PORTFOLIO WALL ATTACHMENT 3 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 ACCESSORIES- WALL BAY ATTACHMENT R.NO DATE DESCRIPTION 1 07/07/2022 Revision 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE FIXTURE POST (E) SLAB FV 5" THICK MIN 3/16 THICK PLATE WELD TO BASE OF POST 3/8" DIA X 3" HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2 EMBED 2" EFFECTIVE 2"1" 1/2"2 1/2" 3/ 4 " 2 1 / 2 " 3/ 4 " A-A A-A 6'-0" MAX (E) MTL DECK GC TO TO FV NOTIFY EOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES (E) WF BEAM FV P1000 AT EA VERTICAL PROVIDE UNISTRUT P2785 EA END INSTALL PER MNR REC UNISTRUT LS500-050 INSTALL PER MNFR REC REF 4/S-2.1 PROVIDE UNISTRUT P3006 OR SIM AT EACH VERT 5/8" DIA HANGER ROD TYP FIXTURE, BRACKETS AND ATTACHMENT TO PLYWOOD BY OTHERS 4 5 ° - 6 0 ° 1/8" DIA AIRCRAFT WIRE W/ ALLOWABLE WORKING TENSILE STRENGTH = 340 LBS LOCATE PER PLAN ON 3/S2.1 PROVIDE UNISTRUT SPF100 AT EA DIAGONAL AT UNISTRUT. INSTALL PER MNFR REC. P1000 TYP PROVIDE 5/8" DIA THREADED ROD LOCATE PER 3/S2.1 W/ UNISTRUT P1012 AT EA THREADED ROD. INSTALL PER MNFR REC PROVIDE UNISTRUT P1036 AT CORNERS. INSTALL PER MNFR REC PROVIDE UNISTRUT P1031 AT "T" INTERSECTION. INSTALL PER MNFR REC 1/2" PLYWOOD ATTACH TO UNISTRUT FRAMING W/ #10 SCREWS AT 6" OC TYP LIGHT BOX 4' - 0 " 4'-0" 4x4 LIGHT FIXTURE 9'-0"x14'-0" COOLEDGE LIGHT FIXTURE NOTES: 1. UNIT WEIGHT= 43 LBS NOTES: 1. UNIT TOTAL WEIGHT=252 LBS MAX 2. N.T.S. 1'-1 5/8"1'-8 3/4"1'-1 5/8" (4) 5/8" DIA THREADED ROD TYP, LOCATE PER MNFR REF 5/S2.1 FOR CONNECTION TO (E) STRUCTURE ~2'-0" COORD W/ VENDOR TYP AT CORNER +/-2'-3 1/2" COORD W/ VENDOR TYP RE F P L A N 1 1 ' - 0 " M A X (26) 5/8" DIA THREADED ROD TYP, LOCATE PER MNFR REF 5/S2.1 FOR CONNECTION TO (E) STRUCTURE PROVIDE UNISTRUT P1000 TYP REF 4/S2.1 PROVIDE UNISTRUT P1036 AT EA CORNER TYP PROVIDE UNISTRUT P1031 AT EA "T" INTERSECTION TYP EQ EQ PROVIDE UNISTRUT P1000 TYP REF 4/S2.1 PROVIDE UNISTRUT P1036 AT EA CORNER TYP PROVIDE UNISTRUT P1031 AT EA "T" INTERSECTION TYP REF PLAN 2'-0" MAX 2'-0" MAX 2'-0" MAX 2'-0" MAX 2'-0" MAX 2'-0" MAX 2'-0" MAX 2'-0" MAX 4'-0" OC MAX NOTES: WEIGHT=2232.56 LBS 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNO. ISOMETRIC VIEW SIDE VIEWFRONT ELEVATION PLAN VIEW S-2.1 2 S-2.1 2 S-2.1 2 S-2.1 2 TAILOR SHOP 111.024" 114.173" 134" 114.173" 134" 114.173" 5/8" DIA HANGER ROD TYP LOCATE 4'-0" MAX TRACK LIGHTING FIXTURE REF ARCH CONNECTION TO UNISTRUT SYSTEM BY VENDOR 4 5 ° - 6 0 ° 1/8" DIA AIRCRAFT WIRE W/ ALLOWABLE WORKING TENSILE STRENGTH = 340 LBS LOCATE IN FOUR DIRECTIONS AT EA HANGER TYP. PROVIDE UNISTRUT SPF100 AT EA DIAGONAL AT UNISTRUT. INSTALL PER MNFR REC. P1000 TYP PROVIDE 5/8" DIA THREADED RODW/ UNISTRUT P1012 AT EA THREADED ROD. INSTALL PER MNFR REC GYP BOARD FINISH REF ARCH CEILING SUPPORT BY ARCH REF 7/S2.1 FOR ADD'L INFORMATION 12001 N. CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY, SUITE 300 DALLAS, TEXAS 75243 214-739-8100 MARK KAISER SE PROJECT #2215.405 9 6 0 A t l a n t i c A v e n u e A l a m e d a , C A 9 4 5 0 1 T e l 5 1 0 8 6 5 8 6 6 3 F a x 5 1 0 8 6 5 1 6 1 1 LEVI STRAUSS & CO. 1155 BATTERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TEL: 415.677.9927 Ref. North SHEET TITLE A/E PROJECT # ST O R E N U M B E R ST O R E L O C A T I O N LEVI'S PROJECT # DATE ISSUED DESIGN TYPE SCOPE DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: REVISIONS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY LEVI STRAUSS & CO. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LEVI'S"). THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LEVI'S AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LEVI'S. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LEVI'S. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LEVI'S UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY LEVI'S. 05/23/23 As indicated S-2.1 DETAILS WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A SP A C E E 1 6 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E AR C A D I A , C A 9 1 0 0 7 08/20/21 Designer Checker Author 3" = 1'-0"2 TAILOR SHOP ANCHORAGE 5 4 3 1 3/4" = 1'-0"6 SEISMIC TRACK LIGHTING1 5 R.NO DATE DESCRIPTION 1 07/07/2022 Revision 1 2 09/30/2022 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 5 05/19/2023 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3